MTH-5171 Tome 1
Uploaded by
程宇凡MTH-5171 Tome 1
Uploaded by
程宇凡LEARNING GUIDE
MATHEMATICS DBE
MTH-5171-2 SCI
VOLUME 1
ALGEBRAIC
AND GRAPHICAL
MODELLING
IN A FUNDAMENTAL CONTEXT 2
E
I ANC W
MPLEN E
WIT
CO
I N H TH
G R A M
P R O S T U DY
OF
RÉSOLUTION LEARNING GUIDE
MATHEMATICS DBE
MTH-5171-2 SCI
VOLUME 1
ALGEBRAIC
AND GRAPHICAL
MODELLING
IN A FUNDAMENTAL CONTEXT 2
Project Management: Linguistic Review: English Version
Nancy Mayrand Nadia Leroux
Project Management:
Isabelle Tanguay
Graphic Design and Cover: Ali K. Mohamed
Pedagogical Design: Mylène Choquette
Translation and Proofreading:
Jean-Claude Hamel
Graphic Commands: Documens
Authors: Olivier Arsenault Mathematical Content Review:
Jean-Claude Hamel Marie-Chantal Beaulieu
Fionna Spence
Jonathan Lafond
Production and Illustrations: Mathematics Teacher, English Montreal School Board
Jean-François Cardin
Alphatek Daniel Afriyie
Stéphane Laplante
Mathematics and Science Teacher, English Montreal
Proofreading: School Board
Pedagogical Review:
Olivier Arsenault
Valériane Passaro Bernard Osei-Asamoah
Julie Doyon Mathematics Consultant, English Montreal School Board
Déborah Nadeau Parent
Carl-Abel Melançon
Docimological Review: Photo credits
Corrections: Shutterstock
Stephan Bertrand
Ginette Choinière C1 © everything possible • p. 2 © chombosan • p. 3h ©
Scientific Review: xieyuliang • p. 3b © AlexandrBognat • p. 4 © Concept Photo •
p. 6 © Chesky • p. 8 © iurii • p. 15 © Kittinan Pinijgarn • p. 17 ©
Jean-François Cardin
phyZick • p. 21 © BAIVECTOR • p. 24 © Eviled • p. 25 © Zoltan
Major • p. 27 © won gou choi • p. 28 © Ipek Morel • p. 32 ©
Nickolay Grigoriev • p. 34 © Nickolay Grigoriev • p. 36 ©
Andrey Burkov • p. 40 © Phonlamai Photo • p. 41 © mikser45 •
p. 44-45 © LVM • p. 48 © Monkey Business Images • p. 49 ©
Voyagerix • p. 56 © Zastolskiy Victor • p. 57 © Benoit Daoust •
p. 58 © Pakhnyushchy • p. 59 © cynoclub • p. 60 © I-ing • p. 61
© Vector FX • p. 61 © BYUNGSUK KO • p. 62 © Matveev
Aleksandr • p. 64 © pitagchai • p. 65h © Gubin Yury • p. 65b ©
Monkey Business Images • p. 66 © ian Tessier • p. 71 ©
Patchamol Jensatienwong • p. 73 © Marc Bruxelle • p. 77 ©
© SOFAD 2019 Dergausov • p. 82 © MimaCZ • p. 85 © Bart Sadowski • p. 86 ©
ambrozinio • p. 88 © ModernNomads • p. 93 © saicle • p. 95 ©
All rights for translation and adaptation, in whole or in part, reserved
-strizh- • p. 97 © monticello • p. 100 © Champ008 • p. 105 ©
for all countries. Any reproduction by mechanical or electronic means,
Alena Ohneva • p. 118 © Monkey Business Images • p. 119 ©
including micro reproduction, is prohibited without the written Taras Kushnir • p. 120 © Ramunas Bruzas • p. 122 © Dean
permission of a duly authorized representative of SOFAD. Drobot • p. 124 © Peter Maerky • p. 125h © Neil Lockhart • p.
125b © Tom Reichner • p. 126g © Sam Carrera • p. 126d ©
Any use by means of rental or loan is prohibited without written
Bildagentur Zoonar GmbH • p. 127 © Jed Packer • p. 129g ©
permission and corresponding license granted by SOFAD. Eric Isselee • p. 129d © Eric Isselee • p. 132 © BGSmith • p. 134
© SFIO CRACHO • p. 135 © IrinaK • p. 137 © Volodymyr Burdiak
This work is funded in part by the Ministère de l’Éducation et de
• p. 143 © antishock • p. 148 © Leonardo da • p. 149 © Matt
l’Enseignement supérieur du Québec.
Mohd • p. 150 © wellphoto • p. 151 © Who is Danny • p. 152 ©
zlikovec • p. 162 © pistolseven • p. 173 © Nickolay Grigoriev •
Legal Deposit – 2019 p. 175 © BT Image • p. 176 © ssguy • p. 177 © oliveromg • p.
Bibliothèque et Archives nationales du Québec 186 © Halfpoint • p. 188 © VCoscaron • p. 189 © alphaspirit • p.
Library and Archives Canada 191 © Monkey Business Images • p. 192h © Fer Gregory • p.
ISBN: 978-2-89798-047-4 (print) 192b © Pakhnyushchy • p. 211 © goku4501
ISBN: 978-2-89798-048-1 (PDF) Legend: r = right c = centre l = left
t = top b = bottom
February 2019
Table of Contents VOLUME 1
How the Learning Guide is Structured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V
CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 2
Piecewise Functions and The Inverse of a Function and
Absolute Value Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Square Root Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Automated Systems Living in Society
SITUATION 1.1 SITUATION 2.1
PIECEWISE FUNCTIONS THE INVERSE OF A FUNCTION
SOLVING EQUATIONS OR INEQUALITIES GRAPHICALLY SIMPLIFYING EXPRESSIONS WITH A SQUARE ROOT
SP 1.1 – An Autonomous Braking System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 SP 2.1 – Preventing Floods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Exploration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Exploration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Acquisition A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Acquisition A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
• Representing a Piecewise Function • Determining the Inverse Rule of
• Solving an Equation or Inequality Graphically a Quadratic Function in Context
• Representing the Inverse of a Function in Context
Solution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Solution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Acquisition B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Acquisition B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
• Determining and Interpreting the Properties of
a Piecewise Function • Representing the Inverse in Functional Notation
• Translating a Situation into a Periodic (Piecewise) • Simplifying Expressions with a Square Root
Function
Consolidation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Consolidation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
SITUATION 2.2
SITUATION 1.2
SQUARE ROOT FUNCTIONS
ABSOLUTE VALUE FUNCTIONS SOLVING EQUATIONS WITH A SQUARE ROOT
SIMPLIFYING EXPRESSIONS WITH ABSOLUTE VALUE THE INVERSE OF A SQUARE ROOT FUNCTION
SP 1.2 – A Sliding Door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 SP 2.2 – Rush Hour. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Exploration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Exploration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Acquisition A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Acquisition A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
• Representing an Absolute Value Function
• Graphing a Square Root Function
Graphically and Algebraically
• Determining the Rule of a Square Root Function
• Manipulating Algebraic Expressions Containing From its Graph
an Absolute Value
Solution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Solution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Acquisition B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Acquisition B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
• Determining Certain Properties of a Square Root Function
• Determining and Interpreting the Properties of
• Solving an Equation Containing a Square Root
an Absolute Value Function
• Determining the Rule of an Absolute Value Function • Determining the Inverse Rule of a Square Root Function
from its Graph Consolidation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Consolidation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
INTEGRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
INTEGRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
LES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
LES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
ANSWER KEY PAGE XXX III
CHAPTER 3 COMPLEMENTS
Operations on Functions and
Rational Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 REFRESHER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Wildlife Adaptability
SITUATION 3.1 KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
OPERATIONS ON FUNCTIONS
FUNCTION COMPOSITION MATHEMATICAL REFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
SP 3.1 – Between Coyote and Wolf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Exploration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
GLOSSARY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Acquisition A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
• Determining and Interpreting the Sum, the Difference,
the Product and the Quotient of Two Functions ANSWER KEY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
• Determining and Interpreting the Composition of
Two Functions
Solution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 EVALUATION GRID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Acquisition B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
• Graphing a Sum or a Difference of Two Functions
QUICK REFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
• Graphing Certain Properties of the Product or the
Quotient of Two Functions
Consolidation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
SITUATION 3.2
RATIONAL FUNCTIONS AND THEIR INVERSE
SOLVING RATIONAL EQUATIONS OR INEQUALITIES
SP 3.2 – The Figure Eight Dance of the Honey Bee. . . . . . 152
Exploration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Acquisition A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
•
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Graphing a Rational Function
• Determining the Rule of a Rational Function from its Graph.
• Determining the Inverse Rule of a Rational Function
Solution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Acquisition B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
• Interpreting the General Form of the Rational Function
• Solving an Equation or an Inequality Involving a
Rational Expression
Consolidation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
INTEGRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
LES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
IV HOW THE LEARNING GUIDE IS STRUCTURED
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
HOW THE LEARNING GUIDE
IS STRUCTURED
Welcome to the learning guide for the Algebraic and Graphical Modelling in a Fundamental Context 2
course. The aim of this course, which is the second in the Secondary V Science sequence, is to develop your
ability to handle situations that require an algebraic or graphical model to express a relationship between
quantities. To achieve this, you will study eight new real functions:
• exponential;
• logarithmic ;
• rational;
• square root;
• sinusoidal;
• tangent;
• piecewise;
• absolute value.
You will complete your learning by expanding your knowledge of:
• operations on functions;
• determining the type of dependency relationship using the curve of best fit;
• solving one-variable equations and inequalities.
You will be required to use various solution strategies to understand and model situational problems. You will
need to use your mathematical reasoning skills. You will also have to describe how you solved these problems
clearly and thoroughly using mathematical language.
You are now invited to complete the learning activities found in the six chapters of the two guides for this
course and enrich your knowledge of algebra.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Portailsofad.com
Go to portailsofad.com for videos,
ICT activities and printable versions of
resources that are complementary to
the SOLUTIONS series, which you can
use throughout your learning journey.
V
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
CHAPTER COMPONENTS
The learning process followed in each chapter enables students to progress by building on what they have learned
from one section to the next. The following diagrams illustrate this approach and specify the pedagogical intent of
each section.
CHAPTER INTRODUCTION
The first page describes the context and theme that will
serve as a backdrop for the acquisition of the new
knowledge discussed in the chapter.
CHAPTER 1
Piecewise Functions and
Absolute Value Functions
CHAPTER 1
SITUATION1.1 A table of contents
PIECEWISEFUNCTIONS
SOLVINGEQUATIONSORINEQUALITIESGRAPHICALLY accompanies this first
Automated Systems SP 1.1 – An Autonomous
Braking System p. 4 page. The knowledge
C
omputer applications play an ever greater role in
our lives. While some consider this phenomenon SITUATION1.2 to be acquired is
to be invasive, others believe it represents
ABSOLUTEVALUEFUNCTIONS
progress. Nevertheless, automated systems are
undoubtedly becoming more and more prevalent. Think
SIMPLIFYINGEXPRESSIONSWITHABSOLUTEVALUE described for each of
SP 1.2 – A Sliding Door p. 28
of public buildings with sliding doors or the automation
of assembly lines. The role of such systems in today's the Situations, as well
automobiles is another example. Some vehicle KNOWLEDGESUMMARY p. 51
prototypes drive autonomously, without human
INTEGRATION p. 56
as the theme of the
intervention. Of course, these systems are programmed
by specialists who excel in mathematics and clearly LES situational problems.
understand the concepts of distance, speed and Automatic Winding p. 62
acceleration, and the functional models that relate them.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
2 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE XXX 3
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
LAWOFCOSINES
PIECEWISEFUNCTIONS
TRIGONOMETRICFORMULAFORAREA
SITUATION1.1 HERON’SFORMULA*
SOLVINGEQUATIONSORINEQUALITIESGRAPHICALLY
LAWOFCOSINES
An Autonomous
SP1.1
SP2.2
ABSOLUTEVALUEFUNCTIONS
TRIGONOMETRICFORMULAFORAREA
SITUATION1.2 HERON’SFORMULA*
SIMPLIFYINGEXPRESSIONSWITHABSOLUTEVALUE
Braking System
A Sliding Door SP1.2
More and more cars are equipped with an
emergency autonomous braking system.
The next step for the industry is to offer an When an automatic sliding door is
autonomous braking system that operates at all installed, people should be able to enter
times. One aim of this system is to regulate a car's and exit without slowing their pace or
speed by taking into account the speed of the car stopping. The sliding door must open in
ahead of it and the distance separating them. time to let people through, but it must
not remain open needlessly when there
SITUATIONS Consider the following example.
A car drives at 90 km/h on a country road. Its sensors
detect another car 100 m ahead driving at 54 km/h.
is nobody there.
To program a sliding
Distance door
Between theto open
Two Cars,optimally, a research team decided to
You want to program the system for gentle braking, Depending on the Time Elapsed
do random simulations for a better understanding of what happens.
Distance
In general, there are two learning
which would result in deceleration of 2.5 m/s2 until (m)
The following is an example of a simulation.
The Safe Distance
the two cars are driving at the same speed at a safe Initial Corresponds to the
A man is preparing to enter a building while a
distance from each other. You know that the braking distance Distance Travelled by Building Facade
woman wants toCar
Each exit. Sensors
During a located above Sensors
Situations per chapter. The
distance between the cars (meters) and the time 2 s Period
the door detect each person's position. At
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
elapsed (seconds) are related via a quadratic function, Sliding Door
first, the man is 3 m from the door and the
in which parameter a is equal to half the deceleration.
woman is 4 m. Half a second later, the man
Safe
approach taken in these
The graph to the right describes how the distance is 2.4 m away and the woman is 3.6 m away.
distance
between the two cars should change if the system It is assumed that each person will continue
initiates braking as late as possible. walking at Start
a constant
of Endspeed.
of Time
3m 4m
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
(s)
situations makes it possible to
braking braking
You are part of the team that must perfect the Sliding Door
system's programming. You are asked to perform the
following task. Three constraints were fixed to manage the opening and closing of the sliding door:
acquire new knowledge and Determine at what distance between the two cars the system • should
• The door opens when someone approaches within 1.5 m or less.
The door startsbraking
initiate to closeifagain only
it does thiswhen no one remains in this zone.
TASK
as late as possible. In this example, estimate what the difference between the
• A complete speeds
closing of the two
or opening of the doors takes 1 s.
develop mathematical skills in cars will be when the distance separating them is only 35 m.
The research team is interested in the following question: How long will the door be partially or totally open?
real, realistic or purely Model the situation based on two functions expressing the distance between each person and
TASK
the door, depending on the time elapsed. Give a verbal description of what happens during the
4 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
mathematical contexts.
passage of the two persons, specifying the times when the door's various movements will occur.
Then answer the research team's question.
28 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
VI HOW THE LEARNING GUIDE IS STRUCTURED
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
PHASES OF EACH SITUATION
LAWOFCOSINES
PIECEWISEFUNCTIONS
TRIGONOMETRICFORMULAFORAREA
ACQUISITION A Mathematical knowledge
targeted:
SITUATION1.1 HERON’SFORMULA*
SOLVINGEQUATIONSORINEQUALITIESGRAPHICALLY EXPLORATION • representing a piecewise
function
1. Piecewise Functions • solving an equation or
inequality graphically.
The questions in this exploration activity will help you better understand the many details of the situational
An Autonomous
SP1.1
SP2.2 In this section, you will discover how to represent this new type of function,
problem. To interpret its graph, you will have to refresh your knowledge of polynomial functions and the which is defined differently on different intervals of its domain.
notion of speed.
Braking System
SITUATION1.1
1 A website shows you the position of any commercial aircraft in real time. Below is how the
ACQUISITIONA
1 The following diagram represents the initial situation: you see car A, which is equipped with an altitude of an aircraft is represented during a Toronto-Montréal flight.
SITUATION1.1
automatic braking system, and car B ahead of it.
EXPLORATION
Car A Car B
SkyFlier FR | EN
A little higher, a little farther
Speed: m/s Speed: m/s
Altitude Altitude of a Toronto-Montréal Flight in Real Time
Distance: (m)
12 000
10 000
More and more cars are equipped with an 8 000
emergency autonomous braking system. The Autonomous Braking System
6 000
4 000
The next step for the industry is to offer an 2 000
a) Complete the diagram by calculating the speed of each car in m/s. Above the double arrow, write the 0
autonomous braking system that operates at all initial distance between the two cars.
11:50 11:55 12:00 12:05 12:10 12:15 12:20 12:25 12:30 12:35 12:40 12:45 12:50 12:55
Time
times. One aim of this system is to regulate a car's (h:min)
speed by taking into account the speed of the car
ahead of it and the distance separating them.
b) Determine the distance in metres between the two cars after:
"This flight lasted only 45 min. From takeoff in
Toronto until the aircraft reached its cruising
DIDYOUKNOW?
altitude of 10 000 m, over approximately All airliners operate on automatic pilot for a large part
1s 2s
Consider the following example. 12.5 min, the rate of ascent was almost constant. of the trip, such as when the aircraft is at cruising
c) If the brakes are not activated, how long will it be until there is a collision? The aircraft then maintained its cruising altitude altitude. Even landing is programmed and is done
A car drives at 90 km/h on a country road. Its sensors
for approximately another 12.5 min before autonomously under the pilots' supervision. Takeoff is
detect another car 100 m ahead driving at 54 km/h. Distance Between the Two Cars, making its long descent to Montréal. Contrary the only portion of the flight that is not yet automated.
You want to program the system for gentle braking, Depending on the Time Elapsed STRATEGY Representasituationwithadiagram
Distance to the ascent, this descent was made at an When some passengers applaud as the aircraft touches
which would result in deceleration of 2.5 m/s2 until (m)
Representing a situation with a diagram allows you to visualize the variables and better understand the increasingly slow rate so that the change in ground, it is not the flight captain they are
The Safe Distance
the two cars are driving at the same speed at a safe Initial Corresponds to the relationship between them. In this situation, imagine the two cars, their speed and the distance separating them. altitude was almost zero upon landing.” congratulating, but rather the onboard computer.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
distance from each other. You know that the braking distance Distance Travelled by
Associate these ranges with the given graph. This will make it easier to describe what is happening in words.
Each Car During a
distance between the cars (meters) and the time 2 s Period
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
elapsed (seconds) are related via a quadratic function, a) With reference to the verbal description of the flight, graph the altitude of the aircraft according
in which parameter a is equal to half the deceleration. 2 Now examine the graph of the situational problem. to the time elapsed. Only use straight lines and a part of a parabola.
Safe
The graph to the right describes how the distance distance a) Which two variables are being related? Altitude of the Aircraft as a Function of Time Elapsed (modelling)
between the two cars should change if the system
initiates braking as late as possible. Start of End of Time
braking braking (s) b) The situation described involves three phases: before braking, during braking and after braking.
You are part of the team that must perfect the
Describe in words how the distance between the two cars varies during each of these phases.
system's programming. You are asked to perform the
following task. Before braking:
During braking:
Determine at what distance between the two cars the system should initiate braking if it does this After braking:
TASK
as late as possible. In this example, estimate what the difference between the speeds of the two
c) Which type of function can be associated with each of these phases ?
cars will be when the distance separating them is only 35 m.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 241 7
4 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 240 5
SITUATIONAL PROBLEM EXPLORATION ACQUISITION A
Linked to the main theme of the This section invites you to analyze This is where the knowledge
chapter, this page briefly describes the the data of a situational problem, needed to solve the situational
context of the situational problem, as and then to identify the knowledge problem is assimilated. Each
well as the information required to that you possess and the Acquisition encourages reflection
solve it. knowledge you need to acquire in before presenting new
A box describes the task you will have order to perform the task. mathematical knowledge.
to perform later in the Solution section. The questions posed will guide you
This task is the starting point for toward a problem-solving strategy.
acquiring new knowledge to solve the
situational problem.
SOLUTION ACQUISITION B Mathematical knowledge
targeted: CONSOLIDATION
• determining and
interpreting the
You are now able to solve Situational Problem 1.1. properties of a 1 Based on the given rule, graph the function f. Then study this function by completing the information.
SITUATION 1.1
LAW OF COSINES
TRIGONOMETRICPIECEWISE
FORMULA FUNCTIONS
FOR AREA
HERON’SGRAPHICALLY
SOLVING EQUATIONS OR INEQUALITIES FORMULA*
1. Properties of a Piecewise Function piecewise function
In other courses, you learned how to determine and interpret the properties • translating a situation
An Autonomous
SP 1.1
2.2
into a periodic
⎧ 4x 1 14
⎪
Braking System of certain functions, particularly polynomial functions. The following section if x [2∞, 23[
(piecewise) function. Domain of f :
will allow you to refresh this knowledge. 2 if x [23, 21[
f(x) = ⎨ __
⎪
1 Range of f :
More and more cars are equipped with an
(x 2 1)2 if x [21, 1[
Determine at what distance between the two
emergency autonomous braking system.
The next step for the industry is to offer an
REMINDER REFRESHEREXERCISES 2
autonomous braking system that operates at all
y-intercept:
cars the system should initiate braking if it does
times. One aim of this system is to regulate a car's
PAGE 196, QUESTIONS 5 TO 6 2__
1
x 1 __
⎩ 3 3
speed by taking into account the speed of the car
ahead of it and the distance separating them. if x [1, 1∞[
Properties of a function
TASK
this as late as possible. In this example, estimate Consider the following example.
Maximum of the function:
what the difference between the speeds of the
A car drives at 90 km/h on a country road. Its sensors
detect another car 100 m ahead driving at 54 km/h.
y
To define the main properties of a function,
Distance Between the Two Cars,
Minimum of the function:
You want to program the system for gentle braking, Depending on the Time Elapsed
y
Distance
two cars will be when the distance separating
which would result in deceleration of 2.5 m/s2 until (m)
the two cars are driving at the same speed at a safe
The Safe Distance
Maximum
you will use the quadratic function
Initial Corresponds to the
distance from each other. You know that the braking distance Distance Travelled by
Each Car During a
distance between the cars (meters) and the time
them is only 35 m. y-intercept 5 Zeros of the function:
2 s Period
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
elapsed (seconds) are related via a quadratic function,
in which parameter a is equal to half the deceleration.
The graph to the right describes how the distance
Safe
distance
1 (x 2 1)2 1 2.
f(x) 5 2_ (1, 2) 4
2
between the two cars should change if the system
initiates braking as late as possible.
You are part of the team that must perfect the
Start of
braking
End of
braking
Time
(s) 1.5 3 Increasing interval:
system's programming. You are asked to perform the Zero Zero
following task. 2
Determine at what distance between the two cars the system should initiate braking if it does this
1 3 x 1 Decreasing interval:
TASK
as late as possible. In this example, estimate what the difference between the speeds of the two
cars will be when the distance separating them is only 35 m. Negative Positive Negative
0
Decreasing
5 4
3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 x
Increasing
4 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions 2
In which part of the domain is this function:
SITUATIONALPROBLEMFROMPAGE4 3
Property Definition Example
positive?
4
Summary of the Facts and the Elements Determined in the Exploration Domain Set of values the independent variable can take. Set of real numbers R. 5
negative?
Range (codomain) Set of possible values that the dependent variable can take. [2∞, 2]
• Car A equipped with an autonomous braking
Zeros of the function 21
system is driving at 90 km/h (or 25 m/s). Distance Between the Two Cars, The values of x for which f(x) 5 0. and 3.
(x-intercept)
Distance
Depending on the Time Elapsed
The value of f(0).
2 a) Write the function rule g represented by this graph.
• Car B, which is at an initial distance of 100 m ahead (m)
y-intercept (initial
of it, is driving at 54 km/h (or 15 m/s). The safe distance When the domain of the function is limited to the interval 1.5
value) NOTE: Point (2, 2) is the vertex of a second-degree polynomial function.
corresponds to the [0, 1∞[, the y-intercept is also called the initial value.
100
• When A starts braking, it decelerates at 2.5 m/s , 2 distance travelled
by each car during A function is positive over part of its domain if f(x) . 0 for all
until the two cars are driving at the same speed Positive: x ]21, 3[
a 2 s period the values of x in this part. y
Sign
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
(the braking time is 4 s).
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Negative:
A function is negative over part of its domain if f(x) 0 for all
x ]2∞, 21] [3, 1∞[ 5
• The braking distance between the cars is a the values of x in this part.
4
quadratic function of the time elapsed, in which 30 A function is constant over an interval of the domain if, for all 3
values x1 and x2 in this interval, f(x1) 5 f(x2).
parameter a is half the deceleration (a 5 1.25). 2
The function is increasing over the interval if, for all values Increasing: ]2∞, 1] 1
t0 t1 Time Change
• In the graph to the right, the variables t0 and t1 (s)
x1 and x2 in this interval, x1 x2 results in f(x1) f(x2). Decreasing: [1, 1∞[ 0
4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 x
respectively represent the beginning and end
The function is decreasing over the interval if, for all values
2
of braking. x1 and x2 in this interval, x1 x2 results in f(x1) . f(x2).
Extremum No minimum
The minimum is the smallest of the values of the dependent
Solution (minimum
variable. The maximum is the largest value.
b) Determine the values of x for which g(x) is less than 1.
or maximum) Maximum: 2
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
12 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 242 14 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions 22 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 246
SOLUTION ACQUISITION B CONSOLIDATION
By the time you reach this section, In this second acquisition, you will This section will allow you to
you should have acquired all the acquire new knowledge prescribed consolidate the mathematical
knowledge and strategies that are by the program linked to the knowledge acquired in Acquisitions
essential to solving the situational knowledge encountered in A and B. As in the Integration
problem described at the Acquisition A. section, this Consolidation also
beginning of the situation. contributes to the development of
mathematical skills.
AT THE END OF A CHAPTER...
Voici un résumé de tous
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY intEgration
les savoirs À RETENIR.
Écrivez les information
LES
s
manquantes.
This section
La fonction summarizes
définie par parties all the In 1thisUnesection,
usine de bacswhich includes
de recyclage exercises
en restructuration décide d’engager une The LESdirectrice
nouvelle is a complex
des ventes task developed
qui aura pour mandat d’augmenter les profits de l’entreprise au cours de la prochaine année.
knowledge to Remember in the form
Une fonction définie par parties, c’est une fonction dont la règle diffère and complex
selon l’intervalle situations, you will have to according to the certification evaluation
À l’arrivée de la nouvelle directrice, le profit de l’entreprise représentait une perte de 6000 $. Les deux
dans lequel se situe la variable .
of fill-in-the-blank questions. We invite applypremiers
the knowledge
mois à la direction seen in this
lui ont permis chapter.
de ramener model.
le profit à une valeur It islesaccompanied
nulle. Pour deux mois by a
suivants, l’entreprise s’est mise à faire des profits de 1000 $ par mois. Puis, pendant deux autres mois,
youExemple
to fill: in the missing information. les profits ont suivi la règle f(x) 5 0,5x 1 4, où x est exprimé en mois et competency evaluation grid.
f(x) en milliers de dollars. 2
Représentation graphique Finalement, pendant les six derniers mois de l’année, les profits ont augmenté à un rythme équivalent
Règle de la fonction
au taux de diminution des profits des deux mois précédant cette période.
VII
IRS EN RÉSUMÉ
y
apitre 1
ApITRE 1
tégration
Représentez graphiquement cette situation en considérant que les changements entre les différentes
4
périodes de temps se font de façon constante.
3
0,5x 2 1 si 0 x 8
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
COMPLEMENTS
SELF-EVALUATION RefResheR These refresher questions cover
from a previous course that is knowledge
understand the new knowledge.necessary to
This last activity will prepare you for the final exam of the course and will help you to determine your level of
preparation. The self-evaluation is divided into two parts. ReMINDeR, PAGe 6
Polynomial Functions of Degree Less than 3
Part 1 – Explicit Evaluation of Knowledge 1 Solve the following equations.
4 x26
This section contains a series of unrelated questions. Each question targets one or more specific concepts. a) 12x 1 5 5 8 b) __ 5 _____
3 5
c) 5(x 2 2)2 1 4 5 49 d) 8 5 22x2 112x 2 2
e) 3(x 1 4)2 2 8 5 211 f ) (3x 2 5)(22x 1 6) 5 0
Part 2 – Evaluation of Competencies
2 Graph the following functions.
You will be presented with situational problems similar to those you solved in each of the chapters. You will a) f(x) 5 12 b) g(x) 5 __ 3 2
x 1 8
be required to complete tasks involving various concepts in a new context. 4
c) h(x) 5 4(x 1 1)2 1 3 d) i(x) 5 x2 1 10x 1 25
3 A child drops a pebble into a deep dry well. After 2.5 s, the pebble touches the bottom of the well.
Instructions The pebble starts off at the edge of the well. After 1 s, it has fallen to a depth of 25 m in relation to its
starting position. It is known that the distance travelled by an object in freefall is proportional to the
• Carefully read each question before answering. square of the elapsed time (if air resistance is not taken into account).
• Note that the use of graphing calculators is permitted, a) Determine the rule that describes the position of the pebble as a function of the time elapsed
as well as a quick reference page. during its fall.
• Show each step in your work and calculations. b) After how long is the pebble at a depth of 15 m?
X=0 Y=0
• Once completed, correct the self-evaluation using STAT PLOT F1 TBLSET F2 FORMAT F3 CALC F4 TABLE F5
c) Estimate the depth of the well.
the answer key associated with each question. Y= WINDOW ZOOM TRACE GRAPH
QUIT INS d) Graph this function, taking into account its domain.
2nd MODE DEL
A-LOCK LINK LIST
4
STAT
a) Given that a parabola has a vertex located at (23, 2) and that it passes through point (1, 26),
ALPHA X,T,0,n
TEST A ANGLE B DRAW C DISTR
MATH APPS PRGM VARS CLEAR
Analyzing your performance MATRX D
x –1
SIN–1
SIN
E COS–1
COS
F TAN–1
TAN
G π
ALPHA
H
determine the function rule.
I EE J { K } L e M
, –
b) What are the zeros of this function?
x –2 )
SELF-EVALUATION
(
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
10 x N u O v P w Q [ R
As this is a self-evaluation, you will analyze your own performance using the evaluation grid 7 provided
8 9
LOG × at the
RefResheR
ex
c) What is the value of f(3)?
S L4 T L5 U L6 V ] W
end. If you are having difficulty, don’t hesitate to review the relevant text or contact your teacher
4 5
RCL
for
6LN
help.
–
X L1 Y L2 Z L3 O MEM
+
The Reference column tells you which situations to refer to in the guide.
STO
1 2 3
OFF CATALOG i : ANS ? ENTRY SOLVE
ON
0 . (–) ENTER
241 ANSWER KEY PAGE 316 195
SELF-EVALUATION REFRESHER
A Self-Evaluation section is presented in the Throughout the Situations, you will come across
first part of the Complements section in headings entitled Reminders. These sections
Volume 2. It allows you to evaluate your present concepts seen in a previous course that
acquired knowledge and the mathematical are necessary to understand the new knowledge
skills you have developed throughout the or to solve the current situation.
course. In this way, you will be able to
The Refresher section allows you to use exercises
identify the knowledge that you have
to review the mathematical rules and concepts
mastered and that for which a revision is
that are the subject of a Reminder.
necessary before moving on to the Summary
Scored Activity.
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY MATHEMATICAL REFERENCE
CHAPTER 1
Mathematical Symbols
Piecewise Functions Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning
A piecewise function is a function for which the rule differs depending on the interval where the independent 5 … equals … 1∞ Positive infinity
variable is found. The values of the independent variable that separate two successive parts of the function < … approximately equal to … 2∞ Negative infinity
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
are called critical values.
… not equal to … N Set of natural numbers
Example: Plus or minus R Set of real numbers
An object is thrown into a shallow pond. The following function describes this situation. … less than … Z Set of integers
Graph Function Rule and Critical Values … greater than … f 21 Inverse of the function f
Position of the Object Relative … less than or equal to … … composed of…
to the Surface of the Water as a For p(t), the position of the object (m) relative to the
Position
Function of the Time Elapsed
surface of the water and t the time elapsed (s). … greater than or equal to … dom f Domain of the function f
(m) __
1 1.25 if 0 # t , 0.5
25t2 √a Square root ran f Range of the function f
{ 21
1
p(t) 5 2t 1 0.5 if 0.5 # t , 1.5 3
√
__
a Cube root of a x Change in x
if t $ 1.5 __
n
√ a nth root of a y Change in y
The critical values are 0.5 s and 1.5 s.
0
|a| Absolute value of a m Slope
1 2
Time
(s)
A Angle A log Logarithm
2 1
mA Measure of angle A ln Napierian or natural logarithm
m‾
Range of a point P, which moves by
BC Length of segment BC Pt
rotation on a circle after a time t
Discontinuous Piecewise Functions d(A, B) Distance between points A and B sin t Sine of the angle t
A piecewise function is discontinuous in a critical value if the graph of the function is cut at this value. A Area of the triangle cos t Cosine of the angle t
In the graph of a discontinuous function, a solid circle ()
at the end of a line indicates this endpoint is part of [a, b] Interval of a to b inclusive tan t Tangent of the angle t
the graph, while an open circle () indicates the endpoint is not part of the graph. The range of a critical value
arc sin
always corresponds to the y-coordinate of the closed circle. [a, b[ Interval including a, but excluding b Inverse of the sine function
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
or sin21
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
arc cos
]a, b] Interval excluding a, but including b
or cos21
Inverse of the cosine function
arc tan
]a, b[ Interval of a to b exclusive Inverse of the tangent function
or tan21
… belongs to … Number
Euler number: e 2.71828…
Union of sets
e Used as a base of certain exponential
Intersection of sets functions.
Is included in p Pi number 3.1416…
A\B Set A minus set B
| Such that
⇔ If and only if
∞ Infinity
204 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions 222 MATHEMATICAL REFERENCE
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY MATHEMATICAL REFERENCE
The full version of the Knowledge Summary is In this section, we present mathematical
found in this section. A printable version is symbols used in the guide and some
also available online. abbreviations of units of measurement.
Reminders of mathematical formulas are
also provided.
VIII HOW THE LEARNING GUIDE IS STRUCTURED
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
GLOSSARY ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 1
Absolute value (of a number) Amplitude
Operation on a number resulting in the positive Difference between the maximum and the axis of SITUATION 1.1 AN AUTONOMOUS BRAKING SYSTEM
value of this number. It is written as | |. oscillation of a sinusoidal curve. EXPLORATION 1.1 PAGES 5 TO 6
1 Sample answer:
Examples: Example:
a)
|2| 5 2 In the graph below the amplitude is 1. Car A Car B
Speed: 25 m/s Speed: 15 m/s
|23| 5 3 Graph of the
Sine Function
||
1
__
4
5_
1
4
y
Function cycle
100 m
|2p| 5 p Maximum
1
Amplitude
90 km 90 000 m
0 Car A: 90 km/h 5 ______ 5 _________ 5 25 m/s. 2 a) The distance between the two cars (dependent variable)
Minimum 2π 2π2 π π 3π 2π 5π 3π x 1h 3 600 s
Absolute value function 2
1
2 2 2 and the time elapsed (independent variable).
54 km 54 000 m
Car B: 54 km/h 5 ______ 5 _________ 5 15 m/s. b) Before braking: the distance decreases at a constant rate
Function for which the basic rule is written in the Period 1h 3 600 s
of change.
form f(x) 5 a|x|, where the coefficient a is a real
NOTE: To express in m/s a speed given in km/h, simply
number different from 0. Any transformed function During braking: the distance continues to decreases, but
divide the number by 3.6. To do the inverse conversion, you
of the form f(x) 5 a|x| is an absolute value function.
Arc cosine more and more slowly.
must multiply by 3.6.
Inverse cosine function 3 3.6 After braking: the distance is constant.
Example:
90 km/h 5 25 m/s c) With polynomial functions, respectively 1st, 2nd and
Graph of the absolute value function
Example: 0 degree.
4 3.6
f(x) 5 20.5|3(x 1 1)| 1 4. cos 60° 5 0.5, so arc cos 0.5 5 60°
You must therefore divide by 3.6 when converting from 3 a) 25 m
y (also written as cos-1 0.5).
km/h to m/s.
5 km 1 km 1000 m 1h 1000 m 1 m b) After 1 s: 22.5 m/s After 2 s: 20 m/s
1 3 ___ 5 _____ 3 _______ 3 ______ 5 _______ 5 ___ 3 __
h h 1 km 3600 s 3600 s 3.6 s
4
Arc sine Similarly, you can prove that you must multiply by 3.6 to EXPLANATION: Deceleration of 2.5 m/s2 means the speed
3
convert from m/s to km/h. decreases by 2.5 m/s each second.
2 Inverse sine function
m 1m 1 km 3600 s 3600 km km
1 1 3 __ 5 ____ 3 _______ 3 ______ 5 ________ 5 3.6 3 ___ c) Sample answer:
s s 1000 m 1h 1000 h h
0
Example:
2 5 2 4 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 x 25 2 2.5t
sin 90° 5 1, so arc sin 1 5 90° b) After 1 s: 90 m After 2 s: 80 m
2 2 d) Sample answer:
f
(also written as sin21 1 = 90°).
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
2 3 Every second, car A travels 10 m farther than car B.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
The distance therefore decreases by 10 m/s. Initially, the speed of car A is 10 m/s faster than that of
GLOSSARY
car B.
Arc tangent c) Since the distance between the two cars initially is
100 m and decreases by 10 m/s, there will be a collision Since 10 4 2.5 5 4, it will take 4 s for the two cars to drive
Inverse tangent function after 10 s if the brakes are not applied. at the same speed.
This corresponds to the following graph: e) 1) The parameter a is equal to half the deceleration.
Example:
Therefore, a 5 1.25.
Distance Between the Two cars,
tan 45° 5 1, so arc tan 1 5 45° Depending on the Time Elapsed 2) The vertex is situation at the end of the second phase,
(also written as tan21 1 = 45°). Distance
(m) when braking stops.
The distance would
100 continue to decrease
at a constant rate if the
brakes were not activated.
0 Start of 10 Time
braking (s)
240 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
227
GLOSSARY ANSWER KEY
Words and expressions written in blue in the Toward the end of the guide, you will find
current text are defined in the Glossary. the Answer Key. It is designed not only for
checking your answers, but also to
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
complement your learning process.
It contains the answers to questions and
detailed explanations of the approach to
be taken or the reasoning to be used.
EVALUATION GRID QUICK REFERENCE
Competency 1: Uses strategies to solve situational problems Name of learner:
Evaluation Criteria Excellent Very Good Good Poor Very Poor
A B C D E
1.1 Identifies Identifies nearly Identifies Identifies Identifies very
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Indication of all relevant all relevant some relevant little relevant little relevant
an appropriate information. information. information. information. information.
understanding of the
situational problem,
in oral or written form
1.2 Always uses Generally uses Sometimes uses Seldom uses Uses relevant
Application of appropriate appropriate appropriate appropriate strategies with
strategies and strategies. strategies. strategies. strategies. difficulty.
knowledge*
appropriate to the
situational problem
* The evaluation pertains to the strategies applied.
Competency 2: Uses mathematical reasoning
Evaluation Criteria Excellent Very Good Good Poor Very Poor
A B C D E
2.1 Uses all Uses nearly Uses some Uses necessary Uses necessary
Correct use of necessary all necessary necessary mathematical mathematical
appropriate mathematical mathematical mathematical knowledge knowledge
mathematical knowledge and knowledge and knowledge and with difficulty with great
concepts and obtains all the obtains nearly obtains some and obtains few difficulty and
processes correct results all the correct of the correct of the correct obtains very
results. results. results. few of the
correct results.
QUICK REFERENCE
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
EVALUATION GRID
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
2.2 Presents an Presents an Presents Presents an Presents an
Proper approach that is approach that a solution approach that approach that
implementation consistent with is consistent that is fairly is lacking in is very lacking
of mathematical all the selected with nearly all consistent with consistency. in consistency.
reasoning strategies and the selected the selected
appropriate to knowledge. strategies and strategies and
the situation
knowledge. knowledge.
2.3 Presents a clear Presents a Presents a fairly Presents an Presents an
Proper organization and organized generally complete but approach that approach
of the steps in solution that clear and fairly insufficiently is incomplete that is very
an appropriate complies with organized organized and not well incomplete and
procedure mathematical solution that solution that organized and disorganized
conventions. complies with complies adheres to few and adheres
mathematical with some mathematical to very few
conventions. mathematical conventions. mathematical
conventions. conventions.
* The quick reference must have a maximum length of one page (front) 8½ × 11, be handwritten or electronically created by the learner (minimum
font size 12-point, single spaced) and approved by the teacher. The examples provided by the learner and mathematical formulas are permitted. 327
325
EVALUATION GRID QUICK REFERENCE
A competency Evaluation Grid is available at You can create your own quick reference guide.
the end of the guide. After solving an LES, A detachable sheet is provided for this purpose
you are asked to evaluate yourself using this at the end of the guide in Volume 2. You may use
grid. You can then complete the abbreviated this quick reference during the final test.
version at the bottom of each LES.
IX
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
HEADINGS AND PICTOGRAMS
SP 1.1
Invites the student to watch a video clip on the situational problem.
TASK
Determine the distance between Presents the task to be performed as part of
the two cars when... your Situational Problem.
REFRESHER EXERCISES
REMINDER PAGE 138, QUESTIONS 1 TO 3 REMEMBER
Functions… The functions defined…
The functions including… To calculate the image of a…
Example: Example:
An object starting from To calculate the value
a standstill… of f(9), …
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Refers to knowledge you have acquired in Presents the mathematical knowledge
previous courses and refresher exercises you will be required to master. This is
related to this Reminder. the knowledge prescribed by the
study program.
STRATEGY Representing a...
Presents problem-solving strategies that
Representing a situation with a diagram
can be applied to a variety of situations.
allows you to visualize the variables...
X HOW THE LEARNING GUIDE IS STRUCTURED
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
DID YOU KNOW?
All commercial aircraft operate in control Allows you to discover historical and
mode. cultural information related to the
mathematical concepts being studied.
Tip Provides a tip that simplifies the task, or
offers a different way of dealing with the
When studying piecewise functions in depth, problem or of applying the concept being
a convention is imposed: the intervals that
studied.
define the parts...
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
CAUTION!
Warns of traps to avoid or exceptions that
This is a single function, because it relates the may apply to the concept being studied.
same variables in the same situation, and this
even...
ICT Prompts you to complete an online activity
ICT activity 2.2.1 allows you to use a graphing (GeoGebra or graphing calculator) that will
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
calculator to validate the graph of your encourage you to explore the concept
sketches. This activity is accessible… studied using technological tools.
Indicates that you are ready to complete the
ACTIVITY
SCORED
You must now complete Scored Scored Activity designed to assess your
Activity 1. It can be found on the comprehension as you learn. The Summary
course website… Scored Activity is completed at the very end of
the course. These activities are presented in
separate booklets of the guide. You will have to
submit each completed activity to your teacher
or tutor who will provide you with feedback
following correction.
XI
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1
Piecewise Functions and
Absolute Value Functions
Automated Systems
C
omputer applications play an ever greater role in
our lives. While some consider this phenomenon
to be invasive, others believe it represents
progress. Nevertheless, automated systems are
undoubtedly becoming more and more prevalent. Think
of public buildings with sliding doors or the automation
of assembly lines. The role of such systems in today's
automobiles is another example. Some vehicle
prototypes drive autonomously, without human
intervention. Of course, these systems are programmed
by specialists who excel in mathematics and clearly
understand the concepts of distance, speed and
acceleration, and the functional models that relate them.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
2 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE XXX
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1
SITUATION 1.1
PIECEWISE FUNCTIONS
SOLVING EQUATIONS OR INEQUALITIES GRAPHICALLY
SP 1.1 – An Autonomous
Braking System p. 4
SITUATION 1.2
ABSOLUTE VALUE FUNCTIONS
SIMPLIFYING EXPRESSIONS WITH ABSOLUTE VALUE
SP 1.2 – A Sliding Door p. 28
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY p. 51
INTEGRATION p. 56
LES
Automatic Winding p. 62
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
3
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
LAW OF COSINES
TRIGONOMETRICPIECEWISE
FORMULA FUNCTIONS
FOR AREA
SITUATION 1.1 HERON’SGRAPHICALLY
SOLVING EQUATIONS OR INEQUALITIES FORMULA*
An Autonomous
SP 1.1
2.2
Braking System
More and more cars are equipped with an
emergency autonomous braking system.
The next step for the industry is to offer an
autonomous braking system that operates at all
times. One aim of this system is to regulate a car's
speed by taking into account the speed of the car
ahead of it and the distance separating them.
Consider the following example.
A car drives at 90 km/h on a country road. Its sensors
detect another car 100 m ahead driving at 54 km/h. Distance Between the Two Cars,
You want to program the system for gentle braking, Depending on the Time Elapsed
Distance
which would result in deceleration of 2.5 m/s2 until (m)
The Safe Distance
the two cars are driving at the same speed at a safe Initial Corresponds to the
distance from each other. You know that the braking distance Distance Travelled by
Each Car During a
distance between the cars (meters) and the time 2 s Period
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
elapsed (seconds) are related via a quadratic function,
in which parameter a is equal to half the deceleration.
Safe
The graph to the right describes how the distance distance
between the two cars should change if the system
initiates braking as late as possible. Start of End of Time
braking braking (s)
You are part of the team that must perfect the
system's programming. You are asked to perform the
following task.
Determine at what distance between the two cars the system should initiate braking if it does this
TASK
as late as possible. In this example, estimate what the difference between the speeds of the two
cars will be when the distance separating them is only 35 m.
4 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
EXPLORATION
The questions in this exploration activity will help you better understand the many details of the situational
problem. To interpret its graph, you will have to refresh your knowledge of polynomial functions and the
notion of speed.
1 The following diagram represents the initial situation: you see car A, which is equipped with an
Situation 1.1
automatic braking system, and car B ahead of it.
Exploration
Car A Car B
Speed: m/s Speed: m/s
Distance:
The Autonomous Braking System
a) Complete the diagram by calculating the speed of each car in m/s. Above the double arrow, write the
initial distance between the two cars.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
b) Determine the distance in metres between the two cars after:
1s 2s
c) If the brakes are not activated, how long will it be until there is a collision?
STRATEGY Represent a situation with a diagram
Representing a situation with a diagram allows you to visualize the variables and better understand the
relationship between them. In this situation, imagine the two cars, their speed and the distance separating them.
Associate these ranges with the given graph. This will make it easier to describe what is happening in words.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
2 Now examine the graph of the situational problem.
a) Which two variables are being related?
b) The situation described involves three phases: before braking, during braking and after braking.
Describe in words how the distance between the two cars varies during each of these phases.
Before braking:
During braking:
After braking:
c) Which type of function can be associated with each of these phases ?
ANSWER KEY PAGE 240 5
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMINDER REFRESHER EXERCISES
PAGE 195, QUESTIONS S 1 TO 4
Polynomial Functions of Degree Less than 3
Functions for which the rule is defined by a polynomial are called polynomial functions. They are
commonly given the following names: constant function for a zero degree polynomial, linear
function for a first degree polynomial, or quadratic function for a second degree polynomial.
Example:
An object starting from a standstill accelerates at 3 m/s2.
The following representations describe the acceleration, the speed and the distance travelled
according to the time elapsed.
Acceleration (m/s2) Speed (m/s) Distance (m)
According to Time (s) According to Time (s) According to Time (s)
a v d
3 (1, 3)
(1, 1.5)
t t t
Constant function: a 5 3 Linear function: v 5 3t Quadratic function: d 5 1.5t2
3 The following questions mainly pertain to the braking phase. Answer by referring once again to the text
or the graph of the situational problem.
a) What is the speed (m/s) of car A at the beginning of this phase?
b) What is its speed: after 1 s of braking? after 2 s of breaking?
c) What algebraic expression represents the speed of car A during this phase?
d) How long must braking last for the two cars to drive at the same speed?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
e) The curve that describes the distance between the two cars during the second phase is a parabola.
1) What is the value of parameter a in the standard equation of this parabola?
2) Where do you think the vertex of this parabola is located?
To solve the situational problem, there are still some points to consider. You must account for the fact that the
relation between time and distance is a special function, which is defined differently in each phase of the
situation. The next acquisition activity presents this function, which is called a piecewise function.
6 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 240
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
ACQUISITION A Mathematical knowledge
targeted:
•• representing a piecewise
function
1. Piecewise Functions •• solving an equation or
inequality graphically.
In this section, you will discover how to represent this new type of function,
which is defined differently on different intervals of its domain.
Situation 1.1
1 A website shows you the position of any commercial aircraft in real time. Below is how the
ACQUISITION A
altitude of an aircraft is represented during a Toronto-Montréal flight.
SkyFlier FR | EN
A little higher, a little farther
Altitude Altitude of a Toronto-Montréal Flight in Real Time
(m)
12 000
10 000
8 000
6 000
4 000
2 000
0
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
11:50 11:55 12:00 12:05 12:10 12:15 12:20 12:25 12:30 12:35 12:40 12:45 12:50 12:55
Time
(h:min)
"This flight lasted only 45 min. From takeoff in
Toronto until the aircraft reached its cruising
DID YOU KNOW?
altitude of 10 000 m, over approximately All airliners operate on automatic pilot for a large part
12.5 min, the rate of ascent was almost constant. of the trip, such as when the aircraft is at cruising
The aircraft then maintained its cruising altitude altitude. Even landing is programmed and is done
for approximately another 12.5 min before autonomously under the pilots' supervision. Takeoff is
making its long descent to Montréal. Contrary the only portion of the flight that is not yet automated.
to the ascent, this descent was made at an When some passengers applaud as the aircraft touches
increasingly slow rate so that the change in ground, it is not the flight captain they are
altitude was almost zero upon landing.” congratulating, but rather the onboard computer.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
a) With reference to the verbal description of the flight, graph the altitude of the aircraft according
to the time elapsed. Only use straight lines and a part of a parabola.
Altitude of the Aircraft as a Function of Time Elapsed (modelling)
ANSWER KEY PAGE 241 7
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
STRATEGY Plan a graph
When a function is graphed in context, it is important to plan your work properly in advance by asking
some questions.
• Which of the variables related is the independent variable and which is the dependent variable?
• What are the units of the variables?
• What is the domain of the function, given the context?
• What is its minimum value?
• What is its maximum value?
The answers to these questions are essential to be able to name and graduate the axes of the graph adequately.
b) In your graph in a), enter the coordinates of the endpoints of each segment and of the vertex of
the parabola.
c) Determine the function rule for a flight time:
1) less than 12.5 min
2) greater than or equal to 12.5 min, but less than 25 min
3) greater than or equal to 25 min, but less than or equal 45 min
CAUTION!
This is a single function, because it
relates the same variables in the same
situation, even if the the rule can be
expressed in different ways in each
given interval.
d) Based on this rule, estimate the altitude of the aircraft at each of the following flight times.
1) At 10 min: 2) At 20 min:
3) At 30 min: 4) At 40 min:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
8 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 241
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
Piecewise Functions
A piecewise function is a function for which the rule differs depending on the interval where the
independent variable is found.
The values of the independent variable that separate two successive parts of the function are called
critical values. These are the values that are changed by the function rule.
Example:
Situation 1.1
ACQUISITION A
Graph of a Piecewise Function Function Rule and Critical Values
y
8 20.5x2 1 6 if 0 x 4
{x 2 8
6 f(x) 5 2
2 if 4 x 6
4
f
if 6 x 10
2
The critical values of the function are 4 and 6.
0
22 2 4 6 8 10 12 x
24
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
To calculate the image of a number under the function,
you must first determine the part of the domain where
the number is found.
Tip
When studying piecewise functions in
Example: depth, a convention is imposed: the
intervals that define the pieces of the
To calculate the value of f(9): function are disjoint. For example, the
• determine that 9 is within the interval [6, 10] critical value 4 is excluded from the
• then use the rule f(x) 5 x 2 8 first interval, while it is included in the
second. This convention allows each
• then calculate f(9) 5 9 2 8 5 1
element of the domain to be
associated with a single rule.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
PRACTISE
⎧ 2 __
3
(x 2 2)2 1 6 if 0 x 2
⎪
Let function g(x) 5⎨
2
2
⎪ 2 __3
⎩ 8 (
x 2) 6 if 2 x 6
2
2 1
Complete the table of values, and then graph this function.
x g(x)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
ANSWER KEY PAGE 241 9
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
3 In a store warehouse, an employee uses
Height of the Pallet as a
a lift to move a pallet of boxes from the Function of the Time Elapsed
Height
floor to a shelf. It takes him only 12 s to (m)
5
do this.
4
a) Determine the function rule. 3
2
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Time
(s)
b) How high is the shelf where the pallet
was placed? CAUTION!
Make sure that the intervals that bound the pieces
of the function in your rule are separated and cover
the entire domain, which is all the possible times
from 0 s to 12 s inclusive.
c) How high was the pallet after 3 s?
2. Solving Equations and Inequalities Graphically
It is often necessary to determine which values of the independent variable have certain given values of the
dependent variable as their range. Obtaining the answer graphically avoids a lot of calculations. While a
precise answer usually requires an algebraic solution, a graph allows a good approximation of the solution.
4 Return to the example of the airplane flight and the
graph drawn in question 1 a). Altitude of the Aircraft as a Function
of the Time Elapsed (modelling)
Altitude
From this graph, estimate for how long the aircraft's (m)
12 000
altitude exceeded 3000 m. Explain your approach. 10 000
8 000
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
6 000
4 000
2 000
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44
Time
(min)
10 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 241
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
The Values of the Independent Variable for a Given Range
To calculate them, first determine the parts of the domain where these values are located.
This allows you to choose the appropriate rule or rules for the calculations.
Example: y
1 6 if 0 x 4
20.5x2
{x 2 8
8
Go back to function f(x) 5 22
if 4 x 6
6
if 6 x 10
Situation 1.1
f
ACQUISITION A
4
Below is how to determine the values of x for which f(x) 5 1: 2
y 1
0
• draw a straight line y 5 1 in the graph 2 4 6 8 10 12 x
2
• observe that the straight line intersects the graph at two points 4
• determine the x-coordinate of the points precisely using the appropriate rules
The x-coordinate of the first point is in the interval [0, 4[. The x-coordinate of the second
The rule for this interval is point is in the interval [6, 10].
f(x) 5 20.5x2 1 6. The rule for this interval is
20.5x2 1651 f(x) 5 x 2 8.
x2851
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
x2 5 10
_
x 5 √ 10 x59
_
The negative square root is not in the interval, so x 5 √ 10 .
_
The two values of x sought when f(x) 5 1 are √ 10 and 9.
PRACTISE
5 Below is function g from question 2. y
⎧ 2__
3 (x 2 2)2 1 6 if 0 x 2 7
⎪ 6
f(x) 5 ⎨ 2
5
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
3
⎪ 2__ (x 2 2)2 1 6 if 2 x 6 4
⎩ 8
3
2
1
For what values of x does function g(x) equal 4? Make an estimate
from the graph and then determine the precise values by rounding 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x
to the nearest hundredth. For which values of x do you think
function g(x) is greater than 4?
You can now represent piecewise functions both algebraically and in a graph. You have also learned
how to determine the value of a variable from a graph. You are now able to solve Situational Problem 1.1,
An Autonomous Braking System.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 242 11
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
SOLUTION
You are now able to solve Situational Problem 1.1. LAW OF COSINES
TRIGONOMETRICPIECEWISE
FORMULA FUNCTIONS
FOR AREA
SITUATION 1.1 HERON’SGRAPHICALLY
SOLVING EQUATIONS OR INEQUALITIES FORMULA*
An Autonomous
SP 1.1
2.2
Braking System
More and more cars are equipped with an
emergency autonomous braking system.
Determine at what distance between the two The next step for the industry is to offer an
autonomous braking system that operates at all
cars the system should initiate braking if it does
times. One aim of this system is to regulate a car's
speed by taking into account the speed of the car
ahead of it and the distance separating them.
TASK
this as late as possible. In this example, estimate Consider the following example.
what the difference between the speeds of the
A car drives at 90 km/h on a country road. Its sensors
detect another car 100 m ahead driving at 54 km/h. Distance Between the Two Cars,
You want to program the system for gentle braking, Depending on the Time Elapsed
Distance
two cars will be when the distance separating
which would result in deceleration of 2.5 m/s2 until (m)
The Safe Distance
the two cars are driving at the same speed at a safe Initial Corresponds to the
distance from each other. You know that the braking distance Distance Travelled by
Each Car During a
distance between the cars (meters) and the time
them is only 35 m.
2 s Period
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
elapsed (seconds) are related via a quadratic function,
in which parameter a is equal to half the deceleration.
Safe
The graph to the right describes how the distance distance
between the two cars should change if the system
initiates braking as late as possible. Start of End of Time
braking braking (s)
You are part of the team that must perfect the
system's programming. You are asked to perform the
following task.
Determine at what distance between the two cars the system should initiate braking if it does this
TASK
as late as possible. In this example, estimate what the difference between the speeds of the two
cars will be when the distance separating them is only 35 m.
4 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
SITUATIONAL PROBLEM FROM PAGE 4
Summary of the Facts and the Elements Determined in the Exploration
• Car A equipped with an autonomous braking
system is driving at 90 km/h (or 25 m/s). Distance Between the Two Cars,
Depending on the Time Elapsed
Distance
• Car B, which is at an initial distance of 100 m ahead (m)
of it, is driving at 54 km/h (or 15 m/s). The safe distance
corresponds to the
100
• When A starts braking, it decelerates at 2.5 m/s2, distance travelled
by each car during
until the two cars are driving at the same speed a 2 s period
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
(the braking time is 4 s).
• The braking distance between the cars is a
30
quadratic function of the time elapsed, in which
parameter a is half the deceleration (a 5 1.25).
• In the graph to the right, the variables t0 and t1 t0 t1 Time
(s)
respectively represent the beginning and end
of braking.
Solution
12 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 242
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Solution (continued)
Situation 1.1
Solution
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Answer:
STRATEGY Determine possible solution pathways
A situation may contain a lot of information and sometimes you do not know where to begin. It is then important
to ask yourself the right questions.
• What are you looking for? In this case, you are looking for the distance at which the car must initiate braking,
namely the distance at time t0.
• What do you know about the value of t0? Can the value of the distance at time t0 be expressed with an
algebraic expression?
• What do you know about the function rule that allows you to determine distance based on time?
• In the second part of the task, how does the speed of car A change during the braking phase?
By expressing the answers to these questions algebraically, you can consider different solution paths.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 242 13
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
ACQUISITION B Mathematical knowledge
targeted:
•• determining and
interpreting the
properties of a
1. Properties of a Piecewise Function piecewise function
In other courses, you learned how to determine and interpret the properties •• translating a situation
of certain functions, particularly polynomial functions. The following section into a periodic
(piecewise) function.
will allow you to refresh this knowledge.
REMINDER REFRESHER EXERCISES
PAGE 196, QUESTIONS 5 TO 6
Properties of a function
y
To define the main properties of a function,
Maximum
you will use the quadratic function
y-intercept
1 (x 2 1)2 1 2.
f(x) 5 2_ (1, 2)
2 1.5
Zero Zero
21 3 x
Negative Positive Negative
Increasing Decreasing
Property Definition Example
Domain Set of values the independent variable can take. Set of real numbers R.
Range (codomain) Set of possible values that the dependent variable can take. [2∞, 2]
Zeros of the function 21
The values of x for which f(x) 5 0. and 3.
(x-intercept)
The value of f(0).
y-intercept (initial
When the domain of the function is limited to the interval 1.5
value)
[0, 1∞[, the y-intercept is also called the initial value.
A function is positive over part of its domain if f(x) . 0 for all
Positive: x ]21, 3[
the values of x in this part.
Sign
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Negative:
A function is negative over part of its domain if f(x) , 0 for all
x ]2∞, 21] [3, 1∞[
the values of x in this part.
A function is constant over an interval of the domain if, for all
values x1 and x2 in this interval, f(x1) 5 f(x2).
The function is increasing over the interval if, for all values Increasing: ]2∞, 1]
Change
x1 and x2 in this interval, x1 x2 results in f(x1) , f(x2). Decreasing: [1, 1∞[
The function is decreasing over the interval if, for all values
x1 and x2 in this interval, x1 x2 results in f(x1) . f(x2).
Extremum No minimum
The minimum is the smallest of the values of the dependent
(minimum
variable. The maximum is the largest value. Maximum: 2
or maximum)
14 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
1 A humanoid robot has been programmed to climb stairs. The following
function represents the relative height of the robot's left foot in relation
to the right foot during the few seconds when the right foot is placed
on a step.
8x 2 16 if 0 # x , 4.5
{ 16
f(x) 5 2 if 4.5 # x , 5 ,
8x 1 56
if 5 # x # 6
where f(x) represents the relative height of the robot's left root in
Situation 1.1
ACQUISITION B
relation to the right foot (cm) and x represents the time elapsed (s).
a) Graph this function.
b) Describe the domain and the range of the function,
accounting for the context.
c) What is the maximum relative height reached by the
robot's left foot?
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
d) At what relative height is the left foot at the beginning of
the observation?
e) Does this function have a zero? If yes, give its value and explain what it means in this context.
f ) In what part of the domain is the function negative? In what part is it positive?
What does this mean in this context?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
g) Describe how the relative height of the left foot changes during this observation.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 244 15
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
Interpreting the Properties of a Piecewise Function
Interpreting the properties consists of explaining what these properties mean, taking the context
into account.
Example:
In the previous situation of the stair-climbing robot, the domain of the function is [0, 6]. If you
consider the context, you can specify that this is [0, 6] seconds. You can interpret this by saying
that the movement of the robot's left leg is observed for the first 6 seconds.
PRACTISE
2 A winch on a boat can be used to launch an Height of the Submarine Base
Relative the Surface of the Water as
exploration submarine. The graph to the a Function of the Time Elapsed
Height
right describes the position of the base of (m)
12
the submarine relative to the surface of the
10
water, over time, up to the moment when
8
the submarine is set free.
6
a) Given the context, describe the domain 4
of the function. 2
0
2 2 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Time
b) Initially, the submarine is on the deck 2 4 (s)
of the boat. How high above the water 2 6
is it?
c) What is the minimum of the function? Interpret this value in light of the context.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
d) When does the bottom of the submarine touch the surface of the water?
e) In which part of the domain is the function positive? Interpret your answer in light of the context.
f ) On which interval is the function decreasing? What happens to the submarine during the
period represented by this interval?
g) For how long does the winch really lower the submarine?
16 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 244
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
2. Discontinuous Functions
Up to now, you have considered piecewise functions with a graph formed by a single line, or continuous
functions. However, situations exist that are modelled by discontinuous functions.
3 An object starting from a standstill accelerates at 3 m/s2. At 2 s, the object stops accelerating and then
moves at a constant velocity.
a) Graph the following two functions, and then write their rule.
1) The velocity according to the time elapsed 2) The acceleration according to the time elapsed
Situation 1.1
ACQUISITION B
Speed Acceleration
(m/s) (m/s2)
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Time Time
(s) (s)
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Rule: Rule:
b) What is the critical value of each of these functions?
c) Which function is discontinuous at this critical value?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 244 17
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
Discontinuous Piecewise Functions
A piecewise function is discontinuous at a critical value if the graph of the function is cut at this value
(there is a jump).
In the graph of a discontinuous function, a solid circle () at the end of a line indicates this endpoint is
part of the graph, while an open circle () indicates the endpoint is not part of the graph. The image of a
critical value always corresponds to the y-coordinate of the closed circle.
Example:
In a parking lot, a machine automatically calculates the price payable according to the parking
period (h). Parking for less than 30 min is free.
Function Rule Graph
0 if x , 0.5
{ 8 if
Price as a Function of the
P(x) 5 2x
if 0.5 x , 4 ,
# Length of Parking Time
Price
x$ 4 ($)
9
8
where P(x) is the price for parking ($) and x is the 7
parking period (h). 6
5
(It is assumed that the machine rounds the price 4
payable after calculation, if applicable.) 3
2
1
0 1 2 3 4 5
Length of Time
(h)
The two critical values are 0.5 h and 4 h.
At 0.5 h, the function is discontinuous. At 4 h, the function is continuous.
PRACTISE
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
4 On a computer, you can look at the time with a Time Indicated by a
clock that simulates the movement of the hands. Clock as a Function
of the Time Elapsed
The graph to the right shows what could be Time Indicated
by the Clock
observed during the first hours of a certain (h) 7
Sunday in November. 6
5
4
a) What event does this graph represent?
3
2
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Time Elapsed
b) Write the rule of this function. (h)
c) What is the time indicated by the clock 2 h after midnight?
d) How much time has elapsed since midnight if the clock indicates that it is 1:30 a.m.?
18 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 244
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
3. Periodic Piecewise Functions
In some situations, the same phenomenon is repeated regularly. This type of situation is modelled by a
periodic function which, in some cases, may also be a piecewise function. The following example will allow
you to discover the characteristics of this type of function.
5 Sitting in a car while a fine rain is falling outside, you observe the angle formed by the intermittent
windshield wipers with the base of the windshield. This angle ranges from 0 to 100°. Each sweep in each
direction seems to last 1 s. A beat is followed by a pause of a fraction of a second in the closed position.
Between the start of the first beat and the start of the sixth, exactly 12 s elapses.
Situation 1.1
ACQUISITION B
Below is a graph of the situation.
Angle Formed by the Windshield
Wipers over Time
Angle
(°)
120 CAUTION!
100
80 Ensure that the repetition of the
60 pattern you highlight allows the
40 graph of the function to be
20 reproduced completely by
horizontal translation, without
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Time superposition and without
(s) leaving blank spaces.
a) The graph shows a pattern that repeats by translation. Highlight this pattern.
b) Determine the length of the interval containing the pattern you highlighted in a). What does this
length mean in the context?
c) At this rhythm, how many times will the wipers beat in one minute?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
d) You can also represent the situation algebraically.
The function f(t) represents the angle in degrees formed by the wipers after t seconds. Write the rule
of this function, limited to the part of the domain that contains the highlighted pattern.
e) Using this rule and your answer in b), determine the angle formed by the wipers after 80 s.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 245 19
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
Periodic Functions
A function for which the graph consists of a
pattern that is repeated by horizontal translation CAUTION!
over its entire domain is called a periodic function.
In reality, there are many phenomena that are
The pattern that is repeated is a cycle of the
cyclical, without being precisely periodic. For
function.
example, the tide is a cyclical phenomenon
The period of the function is the length of the that is repeated twice a day, without being
smallest interval that contains a complete cycle. exactly the same. To be periodic, the cycle
must repeat as is, without any change.
When a function is periodic, certain elements of
the domain have the same range:
f(x) 5 f(x p) 5 f(x 2p) 5 f(x 3p) 5 …
Example:
Graph and Cycle of a Period of the Function Rule for
Periodic Function Function the Chosen Cycle
y A cycle is recorded
One cycle on the x-axis in the Over the interval [2, 5[ :
f(x) 5 {
4 interval [2, 5[. 4x 2 11 if 2 # x # 3.5
3 2
2 The period of 4x 1 17 if 3.5 # x 5
1 the function is
0 therefore equal
3 22 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 x
to 3, or 5 2 2.
2
22
23
24
Below is how to calculate the image of a value of x outside the chosen cycle, for example f(21).
• Subtract (or add) the period as many times as necessary for the result to be in the domain of
the chosen cycle:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
x ± np ⇒ at a value of the domain of the chosen cycle
21 2 6 3 3 5 3.
The number 4 is part of the interval [2, 5[.
• The value sought is the same as the image by the function of the number determined:
f(21) 5 f(3) 5 4(3) 2 11 5 1.
20 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
PRACTISE
6 Which of the following graphs represent a periodic function? For these chosen functions, highlight
one of their cycles.
(A) (B)
y
y
6
6
5
5
4
4
3 3
2 2
Situation 1.1
ACQUISITION B
1 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 x
(C) (D)
y y
7 10
6
5 8
4 6
3 4
2
1 2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 x
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
7 For each periodic function of the preceding number, determine the following elements.
a) The period of the function:
b) The function rule if it is restricted to the cycle you highlighted:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
c) The image of the function for x 5 38:
ANSWER KEY PAGE 245 21
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
CONSOLIDATION
1 Based on the given rule, graph the function f. Then study this function by completing the information.
⎧ 4x 1 14 if x [2∞, 23[
⎪
Domain of f :
2 if x [23, 21[
f(x) = ⎨
⎪
1 Range of f :
__
(x 2 1) 2 if x [21, 1[
2
y-intercept:
2__
1
x 1 __
⎩ 3 3
if x [1, 1∞[
Maximum of the function:
y Minimum of the function:
5 Zeros of the function:
4
3 Increasing interval:
2
1 Decreasing interval:
0
5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 x
2
In which part of the domain is this function:
3
positive?
4
5
negative?
2 a) Write the function rule g represented by this graph.
NOTE: Point (2, 2) is the vertex of a second-degree polynomial function.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
5
4
3
2
1
0
2 4 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 x
2
2
b) Determine the values of x for which g(x) is less than 1.
22 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 246
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
3 Determine the critical values of the function f and say if the function is continuous or discontinuous at
each of these critical values. Justify your answer.
⎧ __
⎪
1 3
x 1 __ if x ]2∞, 21[
2 2
3 if x [21, 1[
f(x) 5⎨ 2
⎪
2x 1 5 if x [1, 4[
2__
8
1 x 2 __
⎩ 3
if x [4, 1∞[
3
4 Below is the graph of a periodic function.
Situation 1.1
Consolidation
y
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
216 214 212 210 28 6
2 2 4 2
2 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 x
2 4
2 6
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
a) Highlight the cycle present in the graph of this function.
b) Determine the period of this function.
c) What is the image of 118 of this function?
5 Based on the following rule, determine the requested images.
⎧ 22x 2 5 if x ]2∞, 22[
⎪ 3x 1 5 if x [22, 0[
h(x) 5 ⎨
⎪5 if x [0, 3[
⎩ 2x 1 4 if x [3, 1∞[
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
a) h(21.4) 5 b) h(1) 5 c) h(3) 5
ANSWER KEY PAGE 246 23
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
6 In a ski resort, a gondola lift has 150 cabins on the ascending side and the same number on the
descending side. The distance between the cabins is 7 m. The ascending speed is 210 m/min.
At the beginning of the observation period, cabin 2 is at the top.
What will the position of this cabin be after
18 min 20 s, given that the lift system operates
7m
continuously at the same speed?
7 The following graph illustrates the movement of an elevator over time in seconds.
Given that each storey is 4 m high, answer the following questions.
Movement of an Elevator as
Height in Relation a Function of the Time Elapsed
to Ground Level
(m) 24
20
16
12
8
4
0
4
2 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160
8
2 Time
(s)
212
a) Determine the maximum and the minimum. What do they represent?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
b) For which intervals is the elevator stopped at floor level?
c) In which intervals is the elevator going up?
d) What is the range of this function? What does it represent?
e) Over which interval is the elevator below ground level?
f ) On which storeys is the elevator stopped over the time period studied?
24 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 247
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
8 The following figures show how a car's autonomous parking system executes parallel parking.
35° 35°
0s 1.4 s 3.6 s 5s 8s
a) Graph the angle in degrees formed by the car with the street direction according to the time elapsed
in seconds. Then write the rule of this function.
Situation 1.1
Consolidation
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
b) Describe the parking manoeuvres in words, specifying if the car is moving forward, stopping or
backing up, and how the angle it forms with the street direction varies.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 248 25
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
9 The graph to the right describes the speed of a cyclist who Speed of a Cyclist as a Function
of the Time Elapsed
accelerates for 5 s and then rides at a constant speed. To Speed
(m/s)
calculate the distance in metres this person will have covered 8
7
after a certain time t, simply calculate the area of the region 6
under the curve in the interval between 0 and this value of t. 5
4
For example, the area of the coloured region in the graph 3
corresponds to the distance covered by the cyclist in the 2
1
first 6 seconds. This distance is 14 m.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Time
(s)
a) Complete the following table of values.
Distance Covered by the Cyclist as a Function of Time Elapsed
Time (s) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Distance
0 14
(m)
b) Graph the distance according to the time and then determine the rule of this function.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
c) How long did it take the cyclist to cover:
1) the first 8 metres?
2) the next 8 metres?
26 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 248
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
10 A ball is dropped from a balcony 7.2 m high. From his bedroom
window, a child whose eyes are at a 3 m height sees the ball fall
and bounce.
With each bounce, the ball reaches a height equivalent to
two thirds of the maximum height reached on the previous
bounce. Since the height of a body in freefall is a quadratic
function of the time elapsed, parameter a in this case is equal
to half its acceleration.
7.2 m
Situation 1.1
NOTE: On Earth, gravitational acceleration is approximately 29.8 m/s2 and
Consolidation
the parameter a corresponds to half of this acceleration, or 24.9. It can be
rounded to 25 for this solution. 3m
a) What rule represents the relation between the height of the
ball (m) and the time elapsed (s) from the time the ball starts
falling to the third time the ball touches the ground?
Round your measurements to the nearest tenth.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
b) How long after the ball started falling will the child see the ball for the last time? Round your answer
to the nearest tenth.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 249 27
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
LAW OF COSINES
ABSOLUTE
TRIGONOMETRIC VALUE FUNCTIONS
FORMULA FOR AREA
SITUATION 1.2 HERON’S
SIMPLIFYING EXPRESSIONS WITH FORMULA*
ABSOLUTE VALUE
A Sliding Door SP 1.2
When an automatic sliding door is
installed, people should be able to enter
and exit without slowing their pace or
stopping. The sliding door must open in
time to let people through, but it must
not remain open needlessly when there
is nobody there.
To program a sliding door to open optimally, a research team decided to
do random simulations for a better understanding of what happens.
The following is an example of a simulation.
A man is preparing to enter a building while a
Building Facade
woman wants to exit. Sensors located above Sensors
the door detect each person's position. At
Sliding Door
first, the man is 3 m from the door and the
woman is 4 m. Half a second later, the man
is 2.4 m away and the woman is 3.6 m away.
It is assumed that each person will continue
walking at a constant speed. 3m 4m
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Sliding Door
Three constraints were fixed to manage the opening and closing of the sliding door:
• The door opens when someone approaches within 1.5 m or less.
• The door starts to close again only when no one remains in this zone.
• A complete closing or opening of the doors takes 1 s.
The research team is interested in the following question: How long will the door be partially or totally open?
Model the situation based on two functions expressing the distance between each person and
TASK
the door, depending on the time elapsed. Give a verbal description of what happens during the
passage of the two persons, specifying the times when the door's various movements will occur.
Then answer the research team's question.
28 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
EXPLORATION
The questions of this exploration activity allow you to discern the situational problem clearly by helping you
interpret its diagram and its constraints. They also offer the opportunity to review the concept of distance
and absolute value.
1 The first part of the task is to model the situation with two functions, for which the independent variable
Situation 1.2
is the time elapsed in seconds.
Exploration
a) What is the dependent variable of each of these functions?
1st function: 2nd function: CAUTION!
b) What is the initial value of each of these functions? To define a variable in a
situation with context,
1st function: 2nd function: it is important to
c) Between 0 and 0.5 s, what is the rate of change of each of these specify the unit of
functions? Specify what these rates mean in the context. measure.
1st function: 2nd function:
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
2 To understand the situation better, you can use a number line. In the following representation, point M
represents the man's starting position and point D represents the starting position of the sliding door.
M D
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Position
(m)
Analyze some possible cases by completing the following table. For each time value you choose, situate
the man's corresponding position on the number line.
Position of the Man and Distance Between the Man and the Door as a Function of Time
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Elapsed Time Position of the Man Relative Distance Between the Is the Man in the Door
(s) to his Starting Point (m) Man and the Door (m) Opening Area?
ANSWER KEY PAGE 249 29
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
STRATEGY Choose numeric examples
When you are looking for an algebraic rule, choose numeric examples to understand the situation better. The
values chosen must be diverse to account for all the possible cases. In this case, the values chosen in the table
must show that the distance differs depending whether the man is located before or after the door.
3 Use the preceding table to answer the following questions.
a) What algebraic expression represents the man's position relative to his starting point after t seconds?
b) Write the function rule representing the distance in
metres between the man and the door after t s. CAUTION!
Validate your answer with different values of t.
A distance is always represented by a
positive number. Does the rule you
determined in b) give a positive number
for any value of t ?
REMINDER REFRESHER EXERCISES
PAGE 198, QUESTIONS 7 AND 8
Absolute Value and Concept of Distance
The absolute value of a number, written as |x|, is the value you obtain when you do not not take into
account the sign of this number. If the number is positive, do nothing; if the number is negative,
change its sign.
Example 1 :
|3| 5 3 and |23| 5 3
The distance between two points on a number line can be expressed as an absolute value by using
the following formula: d(A, B) 5 |xB 2 xA|
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Example 2 :
The distance from P to N, written as d(P, N), is equal to 2.7, N P
because |3.5 2 6.2| 5 |22.7| 5 2.7. 0 3.5 6.2 x
You have just described the distance between the man and the door according to the time elapsed, using
a single algebraic expression containing an absolute value. To continue the solution, you must define the
algebraic expression that describes the distance between the woman and the door. To make its interpretation
easier, the next acquisition activity presents a new function called an absolute value function.
30 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 250
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
ACQUISITION A Mathematical knowledge
targeted:
•• representing an absolute
value function graphically
and algebraically
1. Discovering Absolute Value Functions •• manipulating algebraic
In this section, you will learn to graph an absolute value function when its expressions containing an
rule is written in the standard form (vector form) f(x) 5 a|x 2 h| 1 k. You will absolute value.
discover how the characteristics of the graph of this function are determined
Situation 1.2
ACQUISITION A
by the parameters a, h and k.
1 First consider the simplest absolute value function, for which the rule is f(x) 5 |x|.
a) Complete the table of values below, situate the points in the Cartesian plane,
and then draw the graph of this function.
y
x f(x) 5 |x|
5
23
4
22 3
21 2
1
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
0
0
5 4
3
2
1 1 2 3 4 5 x
1
2
2 3
3 4
5
b) Describe at least three characteristics of the graph of this function.
Tip
Compare this graph to the parabola of the
equation y 5 x2. What is similar about them?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
What is different about them? These questions
help determine its characteristics.
c) Now study what happens if you change this function by adding parameters a, h and k.
Complete the table of values for each of the functions f1, f2 and f3. Then draw their graph in the same
Cartesian plane as in a). (Use different colours.)
x 23 22 21 0 1 2 3
1 CAUTION!
f1(x) 5 _ |x|
2
To assess the absolute value
1
f2(x) 5 _ |x| 2 2 of an expression, you must first
2
determine the numeric value of
1
f3(x) 5 _ |x 2 1| 2 2 this expression and then take the
2
absolute value of the result.
Example:
If x 5 23, then
|x 2 1| 5 |(23) 2 1| 5 |24| 5 4.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 250 31
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
d) Observing the four graphs you drew, state a conjecture on the role of each parameter: a, h and k.
2 a) What would happen to the graph of the function if parameter a were negative?
b) Validate your answer by drawing the graph of the function
1 |x 2 1| 2 2 in the Cartesian plane below.
f4(x) 5 2_
2
y
0
5 4
3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 x
1
2
3
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
5
32 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 250
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
Absolute Value Functions
The absolute value of a number x is defined algebraically
as follows: CAUTION!
|x| 5{ 2
x if x 0 The algebraic expression 2x does not
x if x 0 represent a negative number. Instead
this expression means "the opposite
of x ." When x is negative, the opposite
Situation 1.2
An absolute value function is a function for which the rule
ACQUISITION A
of x is positive. The absolute value of a
can be written in standard form (vector form)
number is always positive.
f(x) 5 a|x − h| 1 k ,
where the parameters a, h and k are real numbers.
The graph of this function is shaped like a V (if a is positive) or like an inverted V (if a is negative).
More specifically, the graph has the following characteristics:
• It has a vertical axis of symmetry for which the equation is x 5 h.
• It is formed of two rays with the same intercept and slopes with the respective values of 2a
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
(left of the axis of symmetry) and a (right of the axis of symmetry).
• The origin point of the rays, called the vertex, is located on the axis of symmetry, at the
coordinates (h, k).
Example: y
For the function f(x) 5 22|x 1 1| 1 3. 4
3 Vertex (21, 3)
Value of the parameters: a 5 22; h 5 21; k 5 3
2
Axis of symmetry
Since the parameter a is negative, the V is inverted. 1
0
Axis of symmetry: x 5 21 2 41 23 2
2 1
2 2 3 4 x
1
2 2
2 2
2
Slope of the rays: 2 and22 3
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
2
1
Coordinates of the vertex: (21, 3) 4
2
NOTE: To make it easier to write, the parameter a will always be used in the rule, even if you are dealing with
slopes of rays.
ICT ICT Activity 1.2.1, which is accessible on portailsofad.com, offers the opportunity to graph absolute value
functions with a graphing calculator. You will thus be able to validate your own graphs.
33
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
PRACTISE
3 Graph the following functions.
a) f(x) 5 3|x 2 1| 2 2 b) g(x) 5 2|x 2 2| 1 3
4 For each of the functions represented, determine the sign of the parameter a and the slope of
the two rays. Taking the coordinates of the vertex into account, then write the function rule.
a) Function f b) Function g
y y
(8, 12)
22 2 x
(0, 0) (16, 0)
x
4
2
Sign of the parameter a: Sign of the parameter a:
Slopes of the rays: Slopes of the rays:
Function rule: Function rule:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
34 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 251
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
2. Manipulating Algebraic Expressions with Absolute Value
As is the case for the function you determined in the exploration activity, it may happen that the rule of
an absolute value function is not written initially in standard form. However, it is possible to convert it by
algebraic manipulations that apply the properties of the absolute values you are now going to uncover.
5 Answer the following questions, justifying each of your answers with reasoning or a counterexample.
a) Is the following statement true?
Situation 1.2
The absolute value of the product of two numbers is equal to the product of the absolute values of
ACQUISITION A
these numbers.
|a 3 b| 5 |a| 3 |b|
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
b) Can the same be said if multiplication is replaced by division?
c) What if multiplication is replaced by addition or subtraction?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
d) What do you think of the following equation: is it true or false?
|a 2 b| 5 |b 2 a|
STRATEGY Prove using a counterexample
To prove that a statement is false, you only need to provide one counterexample. In the present situation, this
could be an example of possible values of a and b for which the equation is false.
The requirement is not at all the same to prove that the statement is true. In this case, it is not enough to give
an example or examples that validate it. Instead, you must explain with reasoning why the statement is true,
regardless of the example chosen.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 251 35
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
Properties of the Absolute Value
The absolute value of the product (or the quotient) of two numbers is equal to the product (or the
quotient) of the absolute values of these numbers.
a |a|
1) |a 3 b| 5 |a| 3 |b| 2) | |
_
5 _
b | b|
These properties are useful to write the standard form of the rule of an absolute value function.
Example:
For the absolute value function f(x) 5 212 _
|
10 2 5x
3
|
.
To write this rule in standard form, the expression on the right of the equation can be simplified.
|_
212
3 |
10 2 5x
5
|10 2 5x|
212 _
| 3|
(Property of the absolute value of a quotient)
|10 2 5x|
5 212 _ (Calculation of the absolute value of 3)
3
5 24|10 2 5x| (Simplification)
5 24|25x 1 10| (Commutative property of addition)
5 24|25(x 2 2)| (Factoring out the coefficient of x)
5 24|25||x 2 2| (Property of the absolute value of a product)
5 24(5)|x 2 2| (Calculation of the absolute value of 25)
5 220|x 2 2| (Simplification)
The rule in standard form is f(x) 5 220|x 2 2|.
The values of the parameters are: a 5 220, h 5 2 and k 5 0.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
36 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
PRACTISE
6 Write the following rules in standard form. Deduce the value of the parameters a, h and k.
2x
a) f(x) 5 2 2 |4 2 2x| | |
b) g(x) 5 3 _ 2 1 1 1
3
Situation 1.2
ACQUISITION A
a5 h5 k5 a5 h5 k5
Tip
To validate your answer, calculate the image of some numbers by using the initial rule.
Then check that you obtain the same result with the rule in the standard form.
7 Maximilio leaves home by car. He first has to leave the village where he lives, which takes him
5 min. Then he takes a road on which he drives at 90 km/h. There is a service station on this road
12 km from the village.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
The distance between Maximilio and the service station is a function of the time elapsed since he
left home. Given that 90 km/h is equivalent to 1.5 km/min, the following rule can be established:
d(t) 5 |1.5(t 2 5) 2 12| ,
where d(t) is the distance (km) and t is the time elapsed (m).
This rule is valid for times of 5 min or more, because during the first 5 minutes, he is not on the
road, but driving through the village.
a) Determine the distance between Maximilio and the service station,
1) after 5 min: 2) after 15 min:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
b) Write the rule of this function in standard form.
c) At what time does Maximilio pass the service station? Justify your answer.
For Situational Problem 1.2, A Sliding Door, you can now write the rule of each of the functions that allows you
to calculate the distances between the people and the sliding door. By graphing these two functions in the
same Cartesian plane and taking the other constraints into account, you will be able to analyze what is
happening and answer the question.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 252 37
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
SOLUTION
You are now able to solve Situational Problem 1.2. LAW OF COSINES
ABSOLUTE
TRIGONOMETRIC VALUE FUNCTIONS
FORMULA FOR AREA
SITUATION 1.2 HERON’S
SIMPLIFYING EXPRESSIONS WITH FORMULA*
ABSOLUTE VALUE
A Sliding Door SP 1.2
When an automatic sliding door is
installed, people should be able to enter
and exit without slowing their pace or
stopping. The sliding door must open in
Model the situation with two functions time to let people through, but it must
not remain open needlessly when there
is nobody there.
expressing the distance between each person To program a sliding door to open optimally, a research team decided to
do random simulations for a better understanding of what happens.
and the door, depending on the time elapsed. The following is an example of a simulation.
A man is preparing to enter a building while a
Describe in words what happens during the
TASK
Building Facade
woman wants to exit. Sensors located above Sensors
the door detect each person's position. At
Sliding Door
first, the man is 3 m from the door and the
passage of the two persons, specifying the
woman is 4 m. Half a second later, the man
is 2.4 m away and the woman is 3.6 m away.
It is assumed that each person will continue
times when the door's various movements
walking at a constant speed. 3m 4m
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Sliding Door
will occur. Then answer the research team's Three constraints were fixed to manage the opening and closing of the sliding door:
• The door opens when someone approaches within 1.5 m or less.
• The door starts to close again only when no one remains in this zone.
question. • A complete closing or opening of the doors takes 1 s.
The research team is interested in the following question: How long will the door be partially or totally open?
Model the situation based on two functions expressing the distance between each person and
TASK
the door, depending on the time elapsed. Give a verbal description of what happens during the
passage of the two persons, specifying the times when the door's various movements will occur.
Then answer the research team's question.
28 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
SITUATIONAL PROBLEM FROM PAGE 28
Summary of the Facts
A man and a woman are heading for a sliding Building Facade
door, according to the diagram on the right. Sensors
• After 0.5 s, the man is 2.4 m from the door and Sliding Door
the woman is 3.6 m from the door. (Thus, their
walking speeds respectively are 1.2 m/s and
0.8 m/s.)
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
• The door opens when someone approaches 3m 4m
within 1.5 m or less.
Sliding Door
• The door starts to close again only when no
one remains in this zone.
• A complete closing or opening of the doors takes 1 s.
• The research team is mainly interested in the following question: How long will the door be partially or
totally open?
Solution
38 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 252
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Answer:
Description:
ANSWER KEY PAGE 252
Solution (continued)
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
Situation 1.2
39
Solution
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
ACQUISITION B Mathematical knowledge
targeted:
•• determining and
interpreting the
properties of an
1. The Properties of an Absolute Value Function absolute value function
This section addresses the properties of an absolute value function that can •• determining the rule
be deduced directly from its parameters. When applicable, these properties of an absolute value
function from its graph.
must be interpreted by taking the context into account, as is the case in the
following example.
1 A robotics competition involves a precision trial. Each team's robot
must pour exactly 5 cl of liquid into a test tube. Based on the result
obtained, the team that designed the robot is awarded a certain
number of points P, depending on the volume v of liquid poured
in centilitres. This number of points (which may be negative) is
calculated by the following formula:
P 5 20 2 5|v 2 5|
The test tube can contain a maximum of 10 cl of liquid.
a) Graph this function, taking the context into account.
b) What score will a team receive if its robot poured
54 ml of liquid into the test tube?
c) What is the maximum score that can be obtained
for this trial?
d) On what interval is the function increasing?
On what interval is it decreasing? What does
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
this mean in this context?
e) Determine the zero or zeros of the function. Interpret your answer in light of the context.
f) For what volumes of liquid will the team lose points? What is the maximum number of points it can lose?
40 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 253
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
The Properties of an Absolute Value Function
Certain properties of the function can be deduced from the parameters of its rule written
in standard form: f(x) 5 a|x 2 h| 1 k
If a 0 If a 0
Extremum k is the minimum of the function. k is the maximum of the function.
Situation 1.2
ACQUISITION B
Increasing interval: [h, 1∞[ Increasing interval: ]2∞, h]
Change
Decreasing interval: ]2∞, h] Decreasing interval: [h, 1∞[
y y
Increasing part
Decreasing part
Example Minimum k Maximum k
h x Increasing part x Decreasing
h part
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
The Zeros of an Absolute Value Function
An absolute value function may have two zeros, only one zero or no zero, depending on the position of
its graph relative to the x-axis. The number of zeros can be determined by observing the sign of the
parameters a and k.
Two Zeros Only One Zero No Zero
If the parameters a and k have If k 5 0. If the parameters a and k have
Criterion
opposite signs and k 0. the same sign and k 0.
a 0 and k 0 a 0 and k 5 0 a 0 and k 0
y y y
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Example
x x x
ICT InGeoGebra.
ICT Activity 1.2.2, you can observe the effect of the parameters on absolute value functions, using
Find this activity on portailsofad.com.
41
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
It is possible to determine the zeros of an absolute value function algebraically by supposing that
f(x) 5 0 and solving the resulting equation. To do this, you must first isolate the absolute value to
obtain an equation of the form |x 2 h| 5 c, where c is a constant.
• If c > 0, there are two zeros, which are h 2 c
and h 1 c. Tip
• If c 5 0, there is only one zero that is equal to h.
When the function is written in standard form, the
• If c 0, there is no zero, because it is impossible k .
value of the constant c is equal to 2_
for an absolute value to be equal to a negative a
number.
Example:
22|x 1 1| 1 3 5 0
For the function f(x) 5 22|x 1 1| 1 3. The values of the
parameters are: a 5 22, h 5 21 and k 5 3. 22|x 1 1| 5 23
Since the value of a is negative, this function has a maximum |x 1 1| 5 1.5
of 3. The function is increasing over the interval ]2∞, 21] and
x 1 1 5 1.5 or x 1 1 5 21.5
decreasing over the interval [21, 1∞[.
x 5 0.5 or x 5 22.5
Since the sign of k is different than the sign of a, the function
has two zeros. They can be determined algebraically in the The zeros of this function
manner shown on the right: are 0.5 and 22.5.
PRACTISE
2 To make a tight turn, a cyclist's speed varies according to the following rule until he regains his
initial speed
v(t) 5 4.2|t 2 5| 1 15 ,
where v is the cyclist's speed (km/h) and t is the time elapsed (s).
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
a) What is the cyclist's initial speed?
b) Keeping the context in mind, what is the domain of the function v ?
c) What is the minimum of this function and what does it mean in this context?
d) On what interval is the function increasing?
e) Does this function have a zero? Justify your answer.
3 Indicate the number of zeros that each of the following function has, and then determine these
zeros, if applicable.
a) f1(x) 5 23|x 2 2|
b) f2(x) 5 |x 2 3| 2 2
c) f3(x) 5 22|x| 2 3
42 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 254
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
2. Determining the Rule of an Absolute Value Function
When the absolute value function is associated with a context that involves distance or a spread between two
numbers, it is usually possible to determine the function rule by directly expressing the context as algebraic
expressions. However, situations exist, such as the next question, where the rule can be determined only by
graphing the function.
4 A nurse measured and noted a patient's temperature every 2 h. Patient's Temperature as a
Given the medications administered to the patient, it is Function of Time Elapsed
assumed that his temperature reached a maximum and then Time Elapsed (h) Temperature (°C)
Situation 1.2
ACQUISITION B
fell at the same rate as it rose. 0 38
2 40.4
a) Based on the table of values, sketch a graph of the
function in the plane on the right. 4 39.2
b) Determine the slope of the straight line passing Patient's Temperature as a
Function of the Time Elapsed
through the first two points of the graph. What is Temperature
(°C)
the equation of this line?
41
40
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
39
38
c) What is the equation of the straight line symmetrical
37
to the first that passes through the third point?
0 1 2 3 4 5
Time
(h)
d) Determine the coordinates of the intersection point of these two straight lines. When did the
temperature reach a maximum ? What was this maximum?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
e) The patient's temperature can be expressed as an absolute value function of the time elapsed.
What is the rule of this function?
ANSWER KEY PAGE 254 43
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
Determining the Rule of an Absolute Value Function from its Graph
To determine the rule of an absolute value function, certain characteristics of its graph can be observed:
• The slopes of the rays and the orientation of the V allow you to determine the value of a.
• The position of the axis of symmetry allows you to determine the value of h.
• The extremum of the function allows you to determine the value of k.
In some cases, the parameters are determined by reasoning, which may involve solving an equation or
a system of equations.
Example:
The following is an absolute value function for which the intercepts are given.
To determine the function rule, the following reasoning is applied: y
320 2
• Slope of the ray on the left side: _
5 1.5.
022 3
• Based on the orientation of the graph, a 0. Therefore, a 5 1.5.
• The graph's axis of symmetry is the mean of the 2 5 x
215
two x-intercepts: _ 5 3.5. Therefore, h 5 3.5.
2
• As a result, the rule can be written in the form f(x) 5 1.5|x 2 3.5| 1 k.
• The value of k is calculated by using the coordinates of one of the points, such as (5, 0):
0 5 1.5|5 2 3.5| 1 k
0 5 1.5(1.5) 1 k
k 5 22.25
The function rule: f(x) 5 1.5|x 2 3.5| 2 2.25
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
44 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
PRACTISE
5 Sketch a graph of the following absolute value functions and then determine their rule.
a) The only zero of the function f is 5 and its y-intercept is 25.
Situation 1.2
ACQUISITION B
b) The function g is negative on the interval [0, 5] and has a
minimum of 25.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
c) The increasing interval of the function h is [1, 1∞[. Its y-intercept
is 1 and the function passes through the point (3, 3).
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 254 45
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
CONSOLIDATION
1 Based on the rule given below, graph the function f. Then study this function by completing the
information requested in each box.
2
f(x) 5 _
|x 1 1| 2 2 Domain of f :
3
Range of f :
y
y-intercept:
5
4 Maximum of the function:
3
2
Minimum of the function:
1
Zeros of the function:
0
5
4
3
2 1
1 2 3 4 5 x
Increasing interval:
2
3
Decreasing interval:
4
5
In which part of the domain is this function:
positive?
negative?
2 Write the following rules in standard form f(x) 5 a|x 2 h| 1 k. Then deduce the values of the parameters
a, h and k.
| |
22x
a) f(x) 5 5 − |2 − 4x| b) g(x) 5 9 _
1 6
3
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
a5 h5 k5 a5 h5 k5
3 Determine the rule of the absolute value functions represented below.
a) b)
y y
5 4
(22, 4) 4 (27, 2)
(21, 0)
3 2 (8, 1)
2
1
0
0 8
2 2 4 4 8 x
2 5 4 3 2 1
2 2 2 2
1 2 x 2
2
22 (0, 2)
2
23
4
2
46 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 255
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
4 Determine the rule of the absolute value function that has the following properties.
Explain your reasoning.
The function:
• is a maximum of 8
• is positive in the interval [24, 6]
• is decreasing in the interval [1, 1∞[.
Situation 1.2
Consolidation
5 Determine the number of zeros of each of the following functions. When they exist, give their value.
a) f(x) 5 27|x 1 12| b) g(x) 5 4|x 2 2| 2 8 c) h(x) 5 3|x 1 6| 1 2
Number of zeros: Number of zeros: Number of zeros:
6
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
An Olympic runner proposes a challenge to one of her friends. She offers to race him on a 400 m oval
track, but she gives him a head start. When the observation begins, the male runner is 50 m ahead of the
Olympian and running at a constant speed of 5.3 m/s, while the Olympian is running at a constant speed
of 7.8 m/s.
NOTE: For this task, you will disregard the acceleration time at the start of the race.
a) What absolute value function rule in its standard form describes the relation of the distance between
the two friends according to the time elapsed since the start of the race?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
b) What limits must be imposed on the domain of the function in the context of the situation?
c) What is the vertex of the graph of this function and what does it represent in this context?
d) When the Olympian has completed one round of the track after the observation begins, what
distance will separate the runners?
ANSWER KEY PAGE 256 47
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
7 A science teacher invites his students to conduct an experiment in which they will determine the value
of the Earth's gravitational acceleration, that is, the acceleration of a body in freefall on Earth.
To determine whether the students have produced a quality experiment, the teacher uses a tool called
relative error. In fact, this tool is a formula that quantifies the manipulation errors by comparing the value
obtained in a laboratory experiment with the theoretical value accepted by the scientific community.
Formula for calculating the relative error: |V 2 V |
E R 5 _
c t
Variables: V t
ER : Relative error
Vc: Value calculated in the laboratory
Vt: Theoretical value
The teacher considers that a laboratory experiment is successful when the relative error is below 5%.
Given that the theoretical value of gravitational acceleration is 9.81 m/s2, what are the acceptable values
his students could produce? Justify your approach.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
48 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 257
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
8 Two friends are playing billiards. One of them claims he can hit the black ball directly and finish the game
with a ricochet off the rim into a corner pocket. The other believes the balls are poorly aligned to achieve
this feat. The situation is described in the plane below.
• Determine whether or not the ball will land in the pocket by hitting the black ball directly with the
white ball, centre to centre, knowing that if there is no effect on the ball, the ball's trajectories before
and after the rebound will form angles of the same measures with the rim.
• If the ball does not land in pocket, which rim next to the pocket will it hit: the horizontal rim or the
vertical rim?
Situation 1.2
Consolidation
Position on the
Width of the Table
(cm)
125
100
The white
(80, 86) ball
75
(100, 60) Other
50 billiard ball
25
0 50 100 150 200 250
Position on the
Length of the Table
(cm)
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 257 49
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
9 Two cyclists are riding in opposite directions on a bicycle path, heading toward each other. The first
cyclist is riding at a speed of 4.5 m/s and second at 7.5 m/s. Initially they are separated by 90 m.
a) Express the distance (m) separating the two cyclists according to the time elapsed (s). Write the
rule in standard form.
b) What is the increasing interval of this function? What does this interval mean in this context?
c) How would the function rule in a) be different if the first cyclist were riding ahead of the second
cyclist in the same direction?
d) Determine the increasing interval of this new function. Interpret this interval, taking the context into
account.
10 A laser pointer held 15 cm above a table
sends a beam that is reflected in a mirror
placed on the table and then reaches a wall Laser pointer
2.4 m from the pointer, as shown in the
diagram on the right. The point touched by
the laser in the mirror is 80 cm above the
floor and 1.8 m from the wall. Mirror
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
NOTE: You can disregard the thickness of
the mirror.
Given that the trajectory of the laser beam can be modelled by an absolute value, at what height does
the laser beam touch the wall?
50 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 258
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
This is a summary of
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY you need to REMEMBER
what
.
Fill in the missing
information.
Piecewise Functions
A piecewise function is a function for which the rule differs depending on the interval where the
variable is found. The values of the independent variable that separate two
Knowledge Summary
successive parts of the function are called .
Chapter 1
Example:
An object is thrown into a shallow pond. The function below describes this situation.
Graph Function Rule and Critical Values
Position of the Object Relative
to the Surface of the Water as a For p(t), the position of the object (m) relative to the
Function of the Time Elapsed
Position surface of the water and t the time elapsed (s).
(m)
25t2 1 1.25 if # t ,
1
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
p(t) 5 2t 1 0.5 if # t ,
21 if t $
0
1 2
Time
(s) The critical values are and .
1
2
Discontinuous Piecewise Functions
A piecewise function is discontinuous in a critical value if the graph of the function is .
In the graph of a discontinuous function, a circle at the end of a line indicates this
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
endpoint is part of the graph, while an circle indicates the endpoint is not part of
the graph. The range of a critical value always corresponds to the y-coordinate of the closed circle.
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY PAGE 204 51
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
The Values of the Independent Variable for a Given Range
To determine the values of the independent variable for a given range, first check
. This allows you to choose the
appropriate rule or rules for the calculations.
Example:
For the function p(t) of the preceding example. To determine Position
(m)
when the thrown object is 30 cm under water:
• Determine from the graph that only one point has a 1
y-coordinate equal to 20.3 m.
• Calculate the x-coordinate of the point using the 0
appropriate rule. 1 2
Time
(s)
It is on the interval [0.5, 1.5[. The rule to be used 1
2
is p(t) 5 .
The object is 30 cm under water at 0.8 s.
Interpreting the Properties of a Piecewise Function
Interpreting the properties consists of explaining what they mean, taking the context into account.
Example:
In the situation of the object thrown in the water, the properties can be interpreted as follows:
Domain: The modelling is valid regardless of the observation period, or, .
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Range: The position of the object varies from ,
or [21, 1.25[ m.
Initial value: The object is at the starting point.
Minimum: At its lowest, the object is located .
Change: The function is over its entire domain, because the object never rises.
It is constant after .
Zero: The object touches the water at .
Sign: The function is positive and negative .
This means that up to 0.5 s, the object is above water, after that, it is under water.
52 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY PAGE 205
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Periodic Functions
A function for which the graph consists of a pattern that is repeated by horizontal translation over its entire
domain is called a periodic function. The pattern that is repeated is a .
The period of the function is that contains a
complete cycle.
When a function is periodic, certain elements of the domain have the same range:
Knowledge Summary
Chapter 1
f(x)
Example:
Graph and Cycle of a Periodic Function Period of the Function
y The cycle indicated by the blue line in the graph marks the interval
from 2 to 5 along the x-axis.
4
3 The period of the function is therefore equal to 3, or 5 2 2.
One cycle
2
1
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
0
21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 x
22
23
24
Absolute Value Functions
The absolute value of a number x, written as |x|, is defined algebraically as follows:
|x| 5{
x if x 0
.
2 x if x 0
An absolute value function is a function for which the rule can be written in standard form
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
where the parameters a, h and k are real numbers.
The graph of this function is shaped like a V (if a is ) or like an inverted V
(if a is ). More specifically, the graph has the following characteristics:
• It has a vertical axis of symmetry for which the equation is .
• It is formed of two rays with the same origin and slopes with the respective values of
.
• The origin of the rays, called the vertex, is located on the axis of symmetry, at the coordinates .
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY PAGE 206 53
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Example:
y
Given the function f(x) 5 3|x 2 1| 2 2.
4
Value of the parameters: a 5 ;h5 ;k5
2
Axis of symmetry: x 5 0
2 4 22 2 4 x
Slope of the rays: and 2 2
2 4
Coordinates of the vertex:
The Properties of an Absolute Value Function
We can deduce certain properties from the function with the parameters of its rule written in standard form
f(x) 5 a|x 2 h| 1 k.
If a 0 If a 0
Extremum k is the of the function. k is the of the function.
Increasing interval: Increasing interval:
Change
Decreasing interval: Decreasing interval:
y y
Increasing part
Decreasing part
Example: Minimum k Maximum k
h x Increasing part x Decreasing
h part
The Zeros of an Absolute Value Function
An absolute value function may have two zeros, only one zero or no zero, depending on the position of its
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
graph relative to the x-axis. The number of zeros can be determined by observing the sign of the parameters
a and k.
Two zeros Only One Zero No Zero
If the parameters a and k If the parameters a and k
If .
Criterion and and
. .
a 0 and k 0 a 0 and k 5 0 a 0 and k 0
y y y
Example
x x x
54 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY PAGE 207
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Example: 3|x 2 1| 2 2 5 0
Given the function f(x) 5 3|x 2 1| 2 2.
• Value of the parameters: a 5 3, h 5 1 and k 5 22.
• Since the sign of k is different than the sign of a, the
function has two zeros. They can be determined
algebraically in the following manner:
Knowledge Summary
The zeros are and . x5
Chapter 1
Determining the Rule of an Absolute Value Function from its Graph
To determine the rule of an absolute value function, certain characteristics of its graph can be observed:
• The slopes of the rays and the orientation of the V allow you to determine .
• The position of the axis of symmetry allows you to determine .
• The extremum of the function allows you to determine .
Example:
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Consider the graph of an absolute value function to the right.
To determine the function rule, the following reasoning is applied: y
• Slope of the segment that passes through points (2, 4) and (4, 0): (2, 4)
2
• Since the V is inverted, the parameter a must be negative. Therefore, a 5 .
• To determine the coordinates of the vertex, you must solve a system of equations. 4 x
Equation of the segment to the right of the axis of symmetry: y 5
Equation of the other segment that passes through (0, 2): y 5
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
The system of equations to solve is .
By the elimination method:
Value of x:
The coordinates of the vertex are (1.5, 5).
The function rule is f(x) 5 .
Properties of the Absolute Value
The absolute value of the product (or the quotient) of two numbers is equal to the product (or the quotient)
of the absolute values of these numbers.
a |a|
1) |a 3 b| 5 |a| 3 |b| | |
2) _
5 _
b b|
|
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY PAGE 208 55
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
INTEGRATION
1 The graph below describes the different phases of a parabolic flight that allows an aircraft's passengers
to experience weightlessness for a few seconds.
Altitude of the Aircraft as a
Altitude
Function of the Time Elapsed
(m) Hypergravity Weightlessness Hypergravity
8750
8500
8250
8000
7750
7500
7250
7000
6750
6500
6250
6000
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85
Time
(s)
"At first, the aircraft is at an altitude of 6300 m. Then 5 s later, it starts to accelerate, ascending
rapidly for 15 s. This is called the hypergravity phase. A 5 s transition phase follows, from 7200 m
to 7800 m, during which the pilot gradually reduces the power of the engines. When the
engines are at minimum power, the weightlessness phase begins, lasting 25 s. The aircraft is
then like a rock thrown into the sky. It follows a parabolic trajectory. This is when the passengers
have the impression they are floating within the cabin. The aircraft reaches a maximum altitude
of 8550 m, and then descends. The pilot restores full power to the engines and the aircraft
accelerates, but this time while descending. The same transition and hypergravity phases follow
each other until the aircraft returns to its departure altitude."
Write the rule of this function. Justify your reasoning.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
56 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 259
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
2 Mona has stopped at a level crossing, because the flashing
lights warn of the arrival of a commuter train. She must wait
20 s before the train starts passing in front of her, then another
8 s before the flashing lights go off.
On this type of track, the flashing lights go on when the train is
still 500 m from the level crossing and go off when the tail end
of the train has passed and is 50 m away.
a) Determine the rule of the absolute value function that
represents the distance between the head of the train and
Integration
Chapter 1
the level crossing.
b) What is the length of the train?
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
3 Clock hands move regularly and obviously so do the angles they form throughout the day. For example,
the following graph shows what happens between midnight and 6 a.m.
Measure of the Angle Formed by
the Two Hands as a Function of
Angle (°) the Time Elapsed Since Midnight
180
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Time
(h)
This morning, Andrew slept in. He woke up a little before 10:30 a.m. When he looked at the time on the
kitchen clock, he saw that the two hands formed an angle of exactly 180°.
What time was it? Give your answer in hours and minutes, rounding to the nearest minute.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 259 57
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
4 Michel was injured during the first moments of a
100 m race in which he was competing. The graph Michel's Acceleration
as a Function of Time
to the right is a modelling of his acceleration during Acceleration
(m/s2)
the first 12 seconds of his race. 3
2
a) What do you think negative acceleration means? 1
0
-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
-2 Time
b) Graph Michel's speed as a function of the time (s)
for the first 12 seconds.
c) What is the maximum speed he reached?
d) During what interval did his speed decrease?
e) After 12 s, what distance had he covered?
5 The thickness of a 200-page book was measured with a ruler, not including the cover. 1.1 cm was
obtained. This measurement is not necessarily accurate, because any measuring instrument involves a
margin of error, but it can certainly be said that it is precise to 0.5 mm.
NOTE: This means that the deviation between the measurement taken and the real thickness of the book is less than
or equal to 0.5 mm.
Express this situation as an inequality with absolute value in which the variable represents the thickness
of one leaf (2 pages per leaf ) of the book. Then answer the following question: On what interval is the
thickness of a single leaf of the book? Give your answer in micrometres.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
58 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 260
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
6 Anfisa cut a pastry, which was originally in the form of a
rectangular prism with dimensions of 10 cm by 3 cm, x cm
and the height is 3 cm, into two pieces. She cut the
pastry on an angle as illustrated, making a vertical cut
3 cm from one of the ends of the pastry. However, she
is not certain that the cut also ends 3 cm from the other
end; this is why the variable x describes this length.
a) Express as a function of x the difference D in volume 3 cm
between the bigger piece and the smaller piece.
Integration
Chapter 1
Give the rule of this function and graph it.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
b) Keeping the context in mind, interpret the zero and the y-intercept of this function.
7 The graph of an absolute value function passes through the points (4, 2), (6, 7) and (10, 7).
In which part of its domain is this function negative:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 260 59
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
8 During a forest hike, Carla walks only 2.5 m behind a young woman who is advancing at the same speed
as her, approximately 0.8 m/s.
Carla feels a little uncomfortable being so close to this young woman. To dispel her discomfort, she
decides to walk at a new speed v for 10 s so that the distance d that will separate her from the other
hiker after these 10 s has at least doubled.
Given that d is an absolute value function of v, at what speeds
can Carla walk for 10 s so that her discomfort is dispelled?
9 a) For what values of a and b is the following equation true? Justify your answer.
|a 1 b| 5 |a| 1 |b|
b) What happens to the relation between |a 1 b| and |a| 1 |b| in the other cases. State a conjecture
about this and then justify your answer.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
60 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 261
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
10 In Ville de Québec, Martha slowly starts to go down a 60-step stairway at a speed of approximately
1 step per second.
At the same time, Rodrigue starts to climb the same stairway at an average speed of approximately
1.5 steps per second. When he reaches the 42nd step, he realizes that he forgot something at home.
Without wasting time, he goes back down the stairs at the same speed he climbed them.
During all these actions, are Martha and Rodrigue ever side by side on the same step? If yes, how
many times? On which step and at what time?
Justify your answer with appropriate representations.
Integration
Chapter 1
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 262 61
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
LES
Automatic Winding
A machine has been programmed to wind a wire on a reel. A metal arm moves the wire from end to end of
the reel while it rotates on its own axis. The arm moves at a constant speed. As soon as it reaches the end of
the reel, it goes back in the other direction, at the same speed.
The following three images show the position of the wires winding at three instants of a back-and-forth cycle.
At the Start of Observation After 1.5 s After 3 s
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
10 cm 22.5 cm 25 cm
The machine's operation is therefore observed for exactly 30 s.
TASK
You must determine the position the winding wire will reach at the end of observation.
62 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 263
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Solution
Chapter 1
LES
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Evaluation by Criterion
Answer: Cr. 1.1 A B C D E
Cr. 1.2 A B C D E
Cr. 2.1 A B C D E
Cr. 2.2 A B C D E
Cr. 2.3 A B C D E
ANSWER KEY PAGE 263 63
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 2
The Inverse of a Function
and Square Root Functions
Living in Society
P
eople in a society have different opinions. There are
decisions to be made and they sometimes must be
justified by mathematical facts. For example,
management of a dam must account for the possibility of
flooding downstream. The quantity of water let through the
dam must be calculated precisely. Also, sometimes individual
interests are in contradiction with collective interests. At rush
hour, for example, everyone would like to drive as fast as
possible to get to their destination, but the maximum traffic
flow does not necessarily correspond to the speed limit. All this
can be calculated—even the number of secret interactions that
can be established within a group of friends! As soon as you
wonder how a certain variable is influenced by another, or
conversely how this second variable influences the first one, you
begin to apply the concepts of function and inverse.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
64 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE XXX
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 2
SITUATION 2.1
THE INVERSE OF A FUNCTION
SIMPLIFYING EXPRESSIONS WITH A SQUARE ROOT
SP 2.1 –Preventing Floods p. 66
SITUATION 2.2
SQUARE ROOT FUNCTIONS
SOLVING EQUATIONS WITH A SQUARE ROOT
THE INVERSE OF A SQUARE ROOT FUNCTION
p. 88
SP 2.2 – Rush Hour
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY p. 111
INTEGRATION p. 117
LES
The Size of a Group p. 122
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
65
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
LAW OF COSINES
THE INVERSE
TRIGONOMETRIC OF AFOR
FORMULA FUNCTION
AREA
SITUATION 2.1 HERON’S
SIMPLIFYING EXPRESSIONS WITH FORMULA*
A SQUARE ROOT
Preventing Floods SP 2.1
2.2
By regulating the flow of rivers, dam management
limits spring floods. If a greater quantity of water
is allowed to pass through the dam, the river's
flow increases. On the other hand, if a smaller
quantity of water is allowed to pass through, the
river's flow decreases. For dam managers, it is
obviously important to know the effect of a
change of streamflow on the river level.
A river is located downstream from a dam with gates that can totally control
its flow. The diagram below shows a cross-section of the river. This section
resembles a trapezoid with non-parallel sides that have slopes of 50% and
100% respectively. The river bottom is relatively flat and approximately
12 m wide.
This diagram illustrates the current level of the river when the flow is 80 m3/s.
It also shows that the river can rise another 4 m without overflowing, but
beyond this there will be a flood.
Flow D of a river is
calculated by the
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Maximum level
following formula:
4m
Current level
D 5 vS,
h where v is the velocity
of the current and S is
12 m
the area of the river
section.
Assume that the mean velocity of the current at this location is 0.5 m/s and that this velocity is constant,
regardless of the height h of the water level.
Using various representations, describe how the height h of the river is determined by its flow D,
and then answer the following questions.
TASK
• What will happen to the river level if the flow is increased to 90 m3/s? to 100 m3/s? to 120 m3/s?
• Will there be a flood if the river doubles its flow?
66 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
EXPLORATION
The questions of this exploration activity will help you to determine the relation between the flow of the river
and the height of the water level. They also allow you to review the concept of the inverse of a function.
1 a) Draw the trapezoid that represents the section of
the river in the same position as in the diagram of
the situation. Enter the measurement of the short
base and indicate the height with the letter h.
b) On which side is the slope:
1) of 50%?
2) of 100%?
c) Break down your trapezoid into a rectangle and
Situation 2.1
two triangles. Enter the relevant measurements
EXPLORATION
that describe the dimensions of these figures.
d) What algebraic expression represents: CAUTION!
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
1) the measurement of the long base of the In everyday life, slope is generally expressed
trapezoid? as an absolute value and no distinction is
made between a positive or negative slope.
2) the area of this trapezoid?
Example:
In the following diagram, the slope of
the land is said to be 30%, even though
it would be a negative slope in a
Cartesian plane.
e) Taking the velocity of the current into account,
express the flow D of the river as a function of the
3m
height h. What type of function is involved?
10 m
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
STRATEGY Manipulate algebraically to discover the function
Sometimes, there are not enough clues to determine the appropriate type of function that allows a situation to
be modelled. It is then wise to rely on geometric properties to establish a relation between the variables. Using
algebraic manipulations, you can then seek to isolate one of the variables and express it as a function of the other.
By determining the rule in this way, you then discover the most appropriate type of function.
2 The equation determined in 1 e) allows you to calculate the flow D that corresponds to a given height h.
However, this is not exactly what is asked in the task. How is this different?
ANSWER KEY PAGE 264 67
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMINDER REFRESHER EXERCISES
PAGE 198, QUESTIONS 9 TO 12
The Inverse of a Function
The inverse of a function is the relation obtained if the role of the two variables is switched: the
independent variable becomes the dependent variable and the dependent variable becomes the
independent variable.
Example:
A swimming pool that contains 20 m3 of water is emptied with a pump that has a flow of 8 m3/h.
The Function The Inverse of this Function
The volume of water remaining in the pool is
The time elapsed for the pool to contain a given
observed according to the time elapsed.
volume of water is observed.
Let V be the volume of water (m3) and t, the time
To determine the rule, the variable t is isolated.
elapsed (h).
V 5 20 2 8t (Function rule)
Function rule: V 5 20 2 8t.
_ 8t 20 2 V
5 _
(Algebraic manipulation)
8 8
t 5 2.5 2 0.125V (inverse rule)
The volume is expressed as a function of the time. The time is expressed as a function of the volume.
Volume of Water According Time Elapsed According to
Volume
to the Time Elapsed Time
the Volume of Water
(m3) (h)
20 5
16 4
(1, 12)
12 3
8 2
(12, 1)
4 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 4 8 12 16 20
Time Volume
(h) (m3)
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
After 1 h, 12 m3 of water remains in the pool. It takes 1 h for 12 m3 of water to remain in the pool.
Domain : [0, 2.5] h Range: [0, 20] m3 Domain : [0, 20] m3 Range: [0, 2.5] h
NOTE: The inverse in this situation is also a function; this is
not always the case. Tip
You obtain the graph of the inverse by switching
the axes, and thus switching the pairs. In this
way, the pair (t, V) becomes (V, t) in the inverse.
To continue solving the situation, you must determine the inverse of the quadratic function obtained in
question 1 e). Defining the inverse of this type of function is more complex than for the linear functions
studied in a previous course. The next acquisition allows you to discover why.
68 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
ACQUISITION A Mathematical knowledge
targeted:
•• determining the inverse
rule of a quadratic
function in context
1. The Inverse of a Quadratic Function •• representing the inverse
in Context of a function in context.
In this section, you will discern the different questions that can be raised
by the definition of the inverse of a quadratic function with three examples
related to the concept of area.
1 Given A the area of a square (cm2) as a function of c, the measurement of its c
sides (cm). The rule of this function can be represented by A 5 c2, where c . 0.
a) Write the inverse rule of this function.
b) In the graph below, note the coordinates of the three points belonging to the curve.
Then graph its inverse in the Cartesian plane on the right.
Situation 2.1
Acquisition A
Area of the Square as a Function
Length of One Side of a Square
of the Length of its Sides as a Function of its Area
Area
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
(cm2)
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Length of the Sides
(cm)
c) What can you say about the shape and the position of the curve representing the inverse?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
2 The total area of a square-based prism 1 cm high depends on the length of
the sides of its base. The rule can be represented by A 5 2c2 1 4c, where c . 0, 1
A is the area of the prism (cm2) and c is the measurement of the side (cm). c
a) The following is a graph of this function. Determine the coordinates of a few
points on this curve, then graph the inverse in the Cartesian plane on the right.
Area of the Prism as a Function of Length of the Sides of
the Length of the Sides of its Base the Base of the Prism as
Area a Function of its Area
(cm2)
48
42
36
30
24
18
12
6
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Length of the Side
(cm)
ANSWER KEY PAGE 264 69
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
b) What are the domain and the range of the inverse?
Domain: Range:
c) Determine the inverse rule by first writing the function rule in standard form.
REMINDER REFRESHER EXERCISES
PAGE 200, QUESTIONS 13 TO 15
The Rule of the Second-Degree Polynomial Function
To write the rule of a polynomial function in standard form based on its general form,
you may, for example:
•• complete the square
or
•• determine the coordinates of the vertex of the parabola from the parameters of the general
equation:
(2 _, _)
b 4ac 2 b 2
.
2a 4a
The diagram below shows how to switch from one form of writing to another.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
General form
f(x) ax2 bx c
Completing
the square Factoring
Simplification Simplification
Factoring
Standard form (vector form) Factored form
f(x) a(x h)2 k f(x) a(x x1)(x x2)
Finding the vertex
70 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 265
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
3 The dimensions of a 2 by 6 rectangle are changed 6
by adding a certain positive number d to its width
and subtracting the same number from its length,
so that the area of the new rectangle is given by 2
2 d
the rule A 5 (6 2 d) (2 1 d), where d ]0, 6[.
a) Write the rule in standard form.
6 d
b) Sketch a graph of the function and its inverse, taking the context into account.
Situation 2.1
Acquisition A
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
c) Determine the inverse rule.
d) Is the inverse a function? Justify your answer.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 265 71
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
The Inverse of a Quadratic Function in Context
To determine the inverse rule of a quadratic function for which the equation is given, simply:
•• write this equation in standard form
•• isolate the independent variable from the function, taking the context into account.
Example:
An object is dropped from a height of 20 m. The height of the object during its fall is
a quadratic function of the time elapsed, for which the rule can be expressed as follows:
h 5 20 2 5t2 , where h is the height of the object (m) and t is the time (s).
To determine the inverse rule,
the variable t is isolated in CAUTION!
standard form:
To isolate the independent variable of a quadratic function,
h 5 25t2 1 20 you must use a square root. Since there are two possible
5t2 5 20 2 h square roots, positive and negative, the inverse generally is
not a function. However, if the context requires that only
20 2 h
t2 5 _
one of the two roots be retained, the inverse itself will be a
5_
function. It will then be said to be a square root function.
t 5 6 _ √
20 2 h
5
Since the time elapsed is necessarily positive, only the positive square root must be retained.
_
The inverse rule is: t 5 _
5 √
20 2 h
, where h [0, 20].
Height of an Object in Time Elapsed During
Freefall as a Function Freefall of an Object as a
of the Time Elapsed Function of its Height
Height Time
(m) (s)
20
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
2
2 20
Time Height
(s) (m)
In this situation, the inverse is itself a function. This is a square root function.
72 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
PRACTISE
4 The parabolic trajectory of a ball, from the time it is
thrown at a height of 2 m until it touches the ground,
is described by the following rule:
h 5 20.4(d 2 2)2 1 3.6, h
where h is the height of the ball (m) and d is the
horizontal distance (m) from its location relative to d
its starting point.
a) Given the context, what values can be taken by the variables h and d?
Situation 2.1
Acquisition A
b) Given that the height h is a quadratic function of the distance d, determine the inverse rule of
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
this function, taking the context into account.
c) Is this inverse a function? Justify your answer.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
You now know how to determine the inverse rule of a quadratic function while taking the context into
account, determine its domain and its range, graph it and determine whether or not it is a function.
This knowledge should allow you to solve Situational Problem 2.1 Preventing Floods.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 266 73
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
SOLUTION
You are now able to solve Situational Problem 2.1. LAW OF COSINES
THE INVERSE
TRIGONOMETRIC OF AFOR
FORMULA FUNCTION
AREA
SITUATION 2.1 HERON’S
SIMPLIFYING EXPRESSIONS WITH FORMULA*
A SQUARE ROOT
Preventing Floods SP 2.1
2.2
By regulating the flow of rivers, dam management
limits spring floods. If a greater quantity of water
Using various representations, describe how the is allowed to pass through the dam, the river's
flow increases. On the other hand, if a smaller
quantity of water is allowed to pass through, the
height h of the river is determined by its flow D, river's flow decreases. For dam managers, it is
obviously important to know the effect of a
change of streamflow on the river level.
and then answer the following questions. A river is located downstream from a dam with gates that can totally control
its flow. The diagram below shows a cross-section of the river. This section
• What will happen to the river level if the
TASK
resembles a trapezoid with non-parallel sides that have slopes of 50% and
100% respectively. The river bottom is relatively flat and approximately
12 m wide.
flow is increased to 90 m3/s? to 100 m3/s? This diagram illustrates the current level of the river when the flow is 80 m3/s.
It also shows that the river can rise another 4 m without overflowing, but
beyond this there will be a flood.
to 120 m3/s? Flow D of a river is
calculated by the
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Maximum level
following formula:
• Will there be a flood if the river doubles
4m
Current level
D 5 vS,
h where v is the velocity
its flow?
of the current and S is
12 m
the area of the river
section.
Assume that the mean velocity of the current at this location is 0.5 m/s and that this velocity is constant,
regardless of the height h of the water level.
Using various representations, describe how the height h of the river is determined by its flow D,
and then answer the following questions.
TASK
• What will happen to the river level if the flow is increased to 90 m3/s? to 100 m3/s? to 120 m3/s?
• Will there be a flood if the river doubles its flow?
66 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
SITUATIONAL PROBLEM FROM PAGE 66
Summary of the Facts
•• The gates of a dam allow total control of its flow.
•• The cross section of the river is shaped like a trapezoid with non-parallel sides.
•• The short base of the trapezoid measures 12 m.
•• The non-parallel sides have slopes of 50% (or 0.5) and 100% (or 1).
•• Flow D of the river is calculated by the formula D 5 vS, where v is the mean velocity of the current,
which is constant at 0.5 m/s, and S is the cross-sectional area of the water-filled section (m2).
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
•• The diagram corresponds to a flow of 80 m3/s. With this flow, the river can rise another 4 m before
overflowing.
Maximum level
4m
Current level
12 m
74 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 266
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Solution
Situation 2.1
Solution
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Answer:
STRATEGY Switching from one type of representation to another
A rule, a table of values and a graph are different tools for representing a function. Each has its use. While the rule
allows the function to be defined precisely, the table of values allows its changes to be analyzed and the graph
provides an overview of the function. Switching from one type of representation to another is sometimes essential
to solve a situational problem efficiently.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 266 75
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
ACQUISITION B Mathematical knowledge
targeted:
•• representing the inverse
in functional notation
1. The Inverse in Functional Notation •• simplifying expressions
with a square root.
The inverse concept can apply to any function, in contextualized or
non-contextualized situations. It is therefore possible to be interested in the
inverse of function where the domain is not limited by a context. Often in such situations, functional
notation will be used to describe the function. This has an impact on how the inverse is represented.
The purpose of this section is to clarify certain mathematical conventions related to this type of notation.
1 Begin with the basic quadratic function f(x) 5 x2, for which
the graph is given to the right. y
a) The graph of the function passes through the point
(22, 4)
(22, 4). This means that the graph of the inverse passes
through the point (4, 22). Situate the point (4, 22) in the
same Cartesian plane.
b) Follow the same approach with other points of the graph x
of the function. In each case, situate the corresponding
point of the inverse in the same Cartesian plane. Then
draw the curve that passes through these points.
c) What geometric transformation allows a point belonging
to the graph of the function to be transferred to the
corresponding point of the inverse. Explain.
d) The function rule f(x) 5 x2 can also be written as y 5 x2.
How would you write the inverse rule? Justify your answer. CAUTION!
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
By mathematical convention,
when the variables of a relation are
represented by the letters x and y,
the letter x always represents the
independent variable and the y always
represents the dependent variable.
e) What values can the independent variable of the inverse have?
What values can its dependent variable have?
76 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 267
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
2 The following is another example, this time with a
generalized quadratic function. Given g(x) 5 22(x 1 1)2 1 4. y
a) This function is graphed to the right. Using the
appropriate geometric transformation, draw the
graph of the inverse of g in the same Cartesian plane.
b) Determine the inverse rule.
x
Tip
First replace g(x) with y to write the
function rule as an equation with two
Situation 2.1
Acquisition B
variables. Then switch the letters x
and y to obtain the rule associated
c) What is the domain of the inverse? with the inverse. Then all you need
to do is isolate y.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 268 77
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
The Inverse in Functional Notation
The inverse of a function f, written as f 21, is the relation obtained if the independent variable and the
dependent variable of the function are switched.
When the function rule is defined by an equation in x and y, you must account for the mathematical
convention whereby, in any relation, x always represents the independent variable and y represents the
dependent variable. Therefore, to determine the inverse rule, you must first switch the letters x and y in
the equation, then isolate the variable y.
Example:
For the function f(x) 5 2(x 2 1)2 2 2. To determine the inverse rule f 21, you can:
•• replace f(x) with y to express the rule in the form of an equation: y 5 2(x 2 1)2 2 2
•• switch the letters x and y to obtain the equation of the inverse: x 5 2(y 2 1)2 2 2
x12
•• isolate y (the dependent variable of the inverse): (y 2 1)2 5 _
2
_
y 2 1 5 6 _ √
x12
2
_
y 5 1 6 _
_
√
x12
2
√
x12
•• replace y with f 21(x) in the equation obtained; f 21(x) 5 1 6 _
2
.
y
NOTE: Using the notation f 1 to designate the inverse of f does
2
not mean that this inverse is a function. It may or may not be
depending on the type of the function f and the restrictions Zeros of f
provided by the context.
0
x
In a situation without a context, it is possible to represent
the function and the inverse in the same Cartesian plane. Axis of
reflection Graph
In the case where the graduations of the two axes are of f 21
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
identical, you can see that the two curves are a reflection
of each other where the axis is the bisector of the 1st and
3rd quadrants.
CAUTION!
The letter x in the function rule does not represent the same variable as the letter x in the inverse rule.
However, in both cases, this letter represents an independent variable.
In the rule f(x) 5 2(x 2 1)2 2 2, the letter x represents the independent variable of the function.
_
21
√
In the rule f (x) 5 1 6 _
x12
, the letter x represents the independent variable of the inverse.
2
78 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
PRACTISE
3 Determine the inverse rule of the following polynomial functions. Write your answer in functional
notation.
a) f(x) 5 2x 2 3 b) g(x) 5 2x2 2 3
f 21(x) 5 g 21(x) 5
4 For each function of the number 3, graph the function and its inverse in the same Cartesian plane.
Then indicate whether or not the inverse is itself a function.
a) The function f and its inverse b) The function g and its inverse
Situation 2.1
Acquisition B
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
2. Simplifying Expressions Containing Square Roots
When you determine the inverse rule of a quadratic function, the result contains an expression with a square
root that can sometimes be simplified. In this section, you will discover the properties of square roots that
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
allow you to do this. But first, a reminder about exponents.
REMINDER REFRESHER EXERCISES
PAGE 201, QUESTIONS 16 TO 17
Some Properties of Exponents
Property Description Example
1 _ _
Definition of the exponent _
_1 _1
For any base a $ 0, a 2 5 √
a . 16 2 5 √
16 5 4
2
For any base a $ 0 and b . 0 and any 22 3 52 5 (2 3 5)2 5 102 5 100
Distributivity of exponent n,
5 (_
) 5 22 5 4
exponentiation over 1
6 2 16 2
multiplication and division (ab)n 5 anbn et ( )
_
a n _ a n
5 n . _
b b 8
2 8
For any base a $ 0 and any exponent 1
_ 23_
1
Power of a power (42) 2 5 4 2 5 41 5 4
m and n, ( a m) n 5 amn.
NOTE: Other properties of exponents will be reviewed later in the guide.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 268 79
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
5 Three properties of square roots are presented below. Complete the demonstrations, justifying each step
with a property of exponents.
a) Property 1: The square root of the product of two positive numbers is equal to the product of
_ _ _
their square roots. For any a $ 0 and b $ 0, √ a 3 √
ab 5 √ b .
Demonstration:
_ _ 1
1
√ ab 5 (ab) 2 Definition of the exponent _
1 _
_ 1 2
5 a 2 b
2
_ _
5 √ a 3 √ b
b) Property 2: The square root of the quotient of two positive numbers is equal to the quotient of
_ _
their square roots.
For all a $ 0 and b . 0,
a √
_ 5 _
b √
a
_ .
b √
Demonstration:
_
_ 5 (
√ ) 2
a a _1 1
__ Definition of the exponent _
b b 2
5 _
5 _
c) Property 3: The square of the square root of a positive number is equal to that number.
_
For all a $ 0, ( √
a ) 2 5 a.
Demonstration:
_ 1
(√
a ) 2 5 Definition of the exponent _
2
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
5
1
5 By simplification: _ 3 2 5 1
2
6 Using the properties of square roots you just demonstrated, determine (without a calculator) the value
of the following expressions.
_ _ _ _ _2 _2
a) √ 18 3 √
2 b) √
18 ÷ √
2 c) ( √
2 ) d) ( 3√ 2
)
80 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 268
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
7 Do you think properties similar to properties 1 and 2 of number 5 exist for the square root of a sum or a
difference? Justify your answer.
REMEMBER
Properties of Square Roots
The following properties are useful to simplify expressions containing square roots.
Property Possible Use to Simplify Expressions
1. For_any a_$ 0 and _ b $ 0, This property allows simplification of the square root of a number by
√ ab 5 √
a 3 √
b . breaking it down into factors.
_ _ _ _ _
72 5 √
Example: √ 36 3 2 5 √
36 3 √
2 5 6√
2
Determine the greatest square root
Situation 2.1
Acquisition B
that divides 72.
_ _
a _
_
2. For any a $ 0 and b . 0,
a
√_
5 .
b √ b √ The property allows simplification of the square root of a rational
number. _ _ _
√
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
5
_ _ √_
5 _ √
5
Example: 5 5
16 √ 16 4
_
3. For any a $ 0, (√ a ) 2 5 a. This property can be used to rationalize a denominator.
_ _ _
1 1_3 √ 2 _ _ √ 2
√
2
Example: _
_ 5 _ 5 _ 2 5 _
√ 2
√ 2 ( √ 2 ) 2
3 √2
Multiplying the numerator and the
denominator by the same number does
not change the value of the fraction.
Tip
The denominator is rationalized to estimate the numeric expression more easily.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Example: _ _
√
2 1_
1.414, it is much simpler to estimate mentally than _
Given that √ 2 _ .
2 √ 2
1.414 1 1000
In the first case, simply calculate _ 5 0.707. Otherwise, you would have to calculate _ 5 _
5 …
2 1.414 1414
What happens next is not obvious!
A mathematical convention exists that stipulates that a numeric expression, in the form of a fraction,
must use the simplest possible denominator, that is, a positive integer that does not have a common
factor with the numerator.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 269 81
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
PRACTISE
_
8 Write the following numerical expressions in the simplified form a√
b , ensuring that the value of b
is the smallest possible integer.
_ _
a) √ 98 b) √ 0.45
_ _
√ 3
c) 6 _
4
_
√
2
d)
3
20
e) _ _
CAUTION! √
8
If you work too quickly,
you_could write_that
_
√ 3
6 _ 5 √
4 √ 3
_ .
6 3
4
But clearly this is false!
Can you say why?
Explain why in c).
_
9 The rule of the inverse of a quadratic function is f (x) 5 6 _
m _
1
2 50x
3
.√
Express this rule in the form f 21(x) 5 6_
√ bx , where m, n and b are positive integers, ensuring that
n
the value of b is as small as possible. Justify each step of your calculation.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
82 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 269
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
CONSOLIDATION
1 Simplify the following square roots.
_
a) √ 12 5
_
b) √ 275 5
_
√
c) _
45
5
8
_
d) √ 0.72 5
Situation 2.1
Consolidation
2 Simplify the square roots included in the following inverse rules.
_
a) f 21(x) 5 6√ 162x
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
_
b) g21(x) 5 6√ 1.21x
_
c) h21(x) 5 6 _
x
169√
2 40
_
d) i (x) 5 6 _
2 1
√
16 2 32x
25
1 2
3 Rationalize the denominator of the following fractions.
1_
a) _
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
5
√ 3
6_
b) _ 5
√ 2
_
_√
7 1 2
c) _ 5
√
7
4 Determine the inverse rule of the following polynomial functions. Write your answer in functional
notation.
a) f(x) 5 23x 1 6 b) g(x) 5 3(x 1 1)2 1 4
f 21(x) 5 g21(x) 5
ANSWER KEY PAGE 269 83
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
5 For each function of the number 4, graph the function and its inverse in the same Cartesian plane.
Then indicate whether or not the inverse itself is a function.
a) The function f and its inverse b) the function g and its inverse
6 The number of amoebas a present in 100 ml of water of a contaminated fish farm pond follows the rule
a 5 (n 1 2)2 1 1, where n represents the number of days since the contamination and n $ 0.
a) Graph the number of amoebas per 100 ml b) Graph the inverse
of water according of the number of days of this function.
elapsed since the contamination.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
c) Given that the pond contained 900 L of water at the time the contamination was observed, what
quantity of amoebas was introduced into the pond?
84 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 270
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
7 A stock market trader believes that the value of an IT company share he is analyzing will follow the
model below for its first 300 days: v 5 2 _ 1 (n 2 250)2 1 200, where v represents the value of the share
1000
and n is the number of days since the company was listed on the exchange, between 0 and 300 inclusive.
a) What is the inverse rule of this function?
b) What does this inverse represent in the context?
Situation 2.1
Consolidation
c) Is the inverse a function? Justify your answer.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
_ _
8 Given that √ 10 3.16, estimate without a calculator the value of √
0.4 to the nearest hundredth.
Explain your procedure.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 271 85
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
9 When an unexpected obstacle appears on the road, a driver will take at least one second to react. From
the time he presses the brake, the car still travels a certain distance that is proportional to the square of
the speed. The total stopping distance, including the reaction and braking time, is a function of the
speed at which the car was driving when the obstacle appeared.
v 2
Let d 5 _ 1 v, where v $ 0, be the rule that defines this function and where d is the distance (m) and v
12
is the speed (m/s).
a) What is the inverse rule in this context?
b) Explain in words what this rule allows you to calculate, given the context.
c) At what speed must the car drive to stop in time if a child suddenly appears in the street 12 m ahead?
Give your answer in kilometres per hour, rounded to the nearest tenth.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
86 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 271
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
10 According to the theory of rectilinear motion with uniform acceleration, it is possible to determine the
final position xf of an object moving in a straight line when you know its initial position xi, its initial
speed vi, its acceleration a and the length of time t during which the object is accelerating. The relation
1
that unites these different variables is xf 5 xi 1 vi t 1 _
at2.
2
An airplane is observed from a satellite, flying in a straight line over Montréal. On the map produced
from this observation, you find that at a certain time (t 5 0), this airplane is located 250 m from the
control tower, travelling at a speed of 270 km/h and accelerating at a rate of 2.5 m/s2.
a) Considering the information given on the aircraft's position and initial speed, what rule expresses the
final position xf in metres as a function of the time t in seconds?
b) What is the inverse rule of this function?
Situation 2.1
Consolidation
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
c) What does this inverse represent in the context?
d) What will the aircraft's final position be when it reaches its maximum cruising speed of 936 km/h ?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
CAUTION!
When you work with formulas that call for different units of
measure, it is important that they be compatible. For example,
if a speed is in metres per second (m/s), then the distance that
will be associated with it is in metres (m), the time is in
seconds (s) and the acceleration is in metres per second
squared (m/s2) !
ANSWER KEY PAGE 271 87
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
SQUARELAW
ROOTOFFUNCTIONS
COSINES
SOLVING EQUATIONS WITH
TRIGONOMETRIC A SQUARE
FORMULA ROOT
FOR AREA
SITUATION 2.2 HERON’S
THE INVERSE OF A SQUARE ROOTFORMULA*
FUNCTION
Rush Hour SP 2.2
Rush hour on big city highways is a
nightmare for many drivers. When the
traffic is dense, you must adjust your speed
accordingly. Careful drivers will leave a safe
distance between their car and the car
ahead, while others will tailgate the car in
front of them. Studies have shown that
these varied behaviours may be a cause
of traffic jams.
The scatter plot to the right represents a
sample of data collected on a highway. Mean Speed of the Vehicles According
Mean Speed
to the Traffic Density
It describes the relation between traffic (km/h)
density and the mean speed of the vehicles. 150
140
An urban planner wonders for which 130
density and mean speed the traffic flow is 120
greatest. To answer this, he wants to model 110
this relation with a square root function. He 100
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
90
has drawn a curve of best fit for the chosen
80
model. He is therefore interested in the
70
equation that would allow him to forecast 60
the speed V of the vehicles depending on 50
traffic density D, as well as the flow of traffic 40
(in number of vehicles per hour). 30
20
The flow of traffic corresponds to the 10
product of the mean speed multiplied
by the density. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130
Density
(veh./km)
TASK
After modelling the situation with a square root function as the urban planner is seeking to do,
determine the density and speed conditions under which the flow of traffic will be maximum.
88 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
EXPLORATION
The questions of this exploration activity allow you to analyze different elements of this situational problem,
in particular, the modelling of a scatter plot by a function, and to identify the three variables involved in the
task in order to state a conjecture.
1 The graph both describes the reality and a model of the reality. You must first ensure you clearly
distinguish one from the other.
a) Which part of the graph corresponds to the reality?
b) Which part corresponds to the model?
c) Which variables are being related in this graph?
Situation 2.2
EXPLORATION
d) One of the points of the scatter plot is associated with a density of 12 veh./km. Identify this point.
Then estimate the mean speed of the vehicles that corresponds to this traffic density:
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
1) according to the data collected; 2) according to the proposed model.
e) Which of these two values is relevant to determine the rule of a square root function?
2 Now pay attention to the shape and location of the curve drawn.
a) Describe the characteristics of this curve (type of curve, variation, intercepts, etc.).
b) The following are other curves that could have been drawn to model the same scatter plot. In each
case, briefly explain why they are not completely adequate.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
1)
Mean Speed of the Vehicles According
Mean Speed
to the Traffic Density
(km/h)
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Density
(veh./km)
ANSWER KEY PAGE 272 89
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
2)
Mean Speed of the Vehicles According
Mean Speed
to the Traffic Density
(km/h)
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Density
(veh./km)
STRATEGY Modelling a scatter plot with a curve
To draw a curve of best fit for a scatter plot, you must pay attention to the following elements:
• The curve must pass through the scatter plot, adhering to its shape as much as possible while corresponding to
the chosen functional model.
• There should be nearly as many points of the scatter plot above the curve as below it, over its entire length, at
both ends of the curve and in the middle.
• Among several possible options, you will choose the curve that minimizes the vertical deviations from the
points of the scatter plot.
• The characteristics of the curve (zeros of the functions, y-coordinates, asymptote, etc.) must be consistent with
the situation you are trying to represent.
3 Part of the task consists of expressing the speed V as a function of the density D. But the task also
concerns the flow of traffic. The letter D (uppercase) is used for density and the letter d (lowercase) is
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
used for flow.
a) What rule relates the flow to the speed and the density?
b) According to the model proposed in the graph of the situational problem, for which traffic densities
will the flow be minimal? Explain your answer.
CAUTION!
c) For approximately what density do you think the
Stating a conjecture is like stating a hypothesis
flow will be maximum? State a conjecture, based on plausible arguments or examples.
explaining your point of view. Doing this when you start to solve a problem
allows you to initiate the search for the solution.
To solve the situational problem, you will have to determine the rule of the square root function based
on its graph.
90 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 272
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
ACQUISITION A Mathematical knowledge
targeted:
•• graphing a square root
function
1. The Graph of a Square Root Function •• determining the rule of a
square root function
In this case, a square root function means a function that can be associated from its graph.
with the inverse of a quadratic function with a restricted domain, represented
by a half parabola. This section teaches you to sketch a quick graph of this
function based on its rule.
1.1 The Standard Form of the Rule
The rule of any square root function can be written in the following standard form:
_
f(x) 5 a√
b(x 2 h) 1 k, where a and b are the multiplicative parameters, while h and k are the
additive parameters. To obtain this form of writing, you must perform algebraic manipulations.
_
22 1 √ 6 2 3x
___________
Situation 2.2
1 A square root function is defined by the rule f(x) 5
.
Acquisition A
2
Using algebraic manipulations, write this rule in standard form, and then give the values of each
parameter.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
a5 b5 h5 k5
1.2 The Role of the Multiplicative Parameters a and b
You want to show the relations between the parameters and the graph of the function, starting with the
analysis of the signs of a and b.
_
2 The basic square root function has the following rule: y 5 √ x . The parameters a and b of this function
each have a value of 1. The following are the other three possibilities if the sign of these parameters is
changed.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
a negative and a positive and a negative and
b positive b negative b negative
_ _ _
y 5 2√
x y5√ 2x y 5 2√
2x
Associate each of these rules with its graph.
y y y y
4 4 0
0
3 3
2 1 1 2 3 4 x 2 4 3
2 2
2 2 1 x
2 2 2
2 22
1 1 3
2 23
4
2 24
0 1 2 3 4 x 2 4 3
2 2 2 1 0
2 x
ANSWER KEY PAGE 273 91
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
3 For a good understanding of the role of the parameters a and b, you must also analyze what happens if
their numeric value is changed (without changing their sign).
_
x represented in the Cartesian planes below.
Consider the graph of the functionf(x) 5 √
a) In these same Cartesian planes, draw the graphs obtained if you double the values of the parameters
a and b.
_ _
f1(x) 5 2√ x f2(x) 5 √ 2x
y y
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 f(x) √x 3 f(x) √x
2 2
1 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
b) What do you observe?
1.3 The Role of the Additive Parameters h and k
You undoubtedly suspect that the parameters h and k play the same role as for the other functions already
studied (quadratic, greatest-integer, absolute value). You can verify this with this last example.
_
4 In the basic functions f(x) 5 √
x , the parameters h and k are equal to_ 0. By changing these parameters so
that h 5 2 and k 5 3, you obtain the transformed function g(x) 5 √ x 2 2 1 3.
a) What value must the variable x have for the function g to be well defined?
b) Complete the table of values and draw the graph of g in the same Cartesian plane as the graph of f,
which is already drawn.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
y
x g(x)
2 8
7
3 6
4 5
4
5 3 f(x) √x
2
6
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
c) What geometric transformation allows you to apply the graph of the function f to the graph of g?
d) What are the coordinates of the vertex of the parabola that represents the function g?
92 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 273
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
1.4 Graphing a Square Root Function
If you have clearly understood the previous material, drawing the graph will not pose any problem for you.
5 Go back to the function at the beginning of this section, with its rule in standard form:
1 _
f(x) 5 _
√ 23(x 2 2) 2 1 .
2
1
The parameters are: a 5 _ ; b 5 23; h 5 2; k 5 21.
2
a) What are the coordinates of the vertex?
b) Given the signs of the parameters a and b, what orientation will the graph have?
Circle the right answer, given that the point represents the position of the vertex.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
c) Situate the vertex in the Cartesian plane below, add one or two points and sketch the graph.
Situation 2.2
Acquisition A
y
4
3
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
2
1
0
4
2 3
2 2 2 12
2
1
1 2 3 4 x
2
2
3
2
4
2
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 274 93
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
The graph of a square root function
_
The rule of a square root function can be written in standard form f(x) 5 a√ b(x 2 h) 1 k.
The graph of this function is a half parabola, for which the coordinates of the vertex are (h, k) and the
opening and orientation are determined by the parameters a and b.
According to the signs of a and b, the graph has one of the following four orientations.
If a . 0 and b . 0 If a , 0 and b . 0 If a . 0 and b , 0 If a , 0 and b , 0
(h, k) (h, k)
(h, k) (h, k)
The higher the absolute values of a and b, the greater the opening of the half parabola.
Example:
_
Consider the function f(x) 5 22√ 2(x 2 1) 1 3.
y
•• Value of the parameters: a 5 22 ; b 5 21; h 5 1; k 5 3.
4 (1, 3)
3
•• Coordinates of the vertex: (1, 3). 2
1
•• The parameters a and b are negative. From the vertex,
0
the curve heads left and downward, as you can see in 4 23 22 21
2 1 2 3 4 x
22
the graph to the right. 23
24
•• Domain of f: ]2∞, 1] Range of f : ]2∞, 3]
ICT ICT activity 2.2.1 allows you to use a graphing calculator to validate the graph of your sketches.
Find this activity on portailsofad.com.
PRACTISE
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
6 Sketch a graph of each function, situating the vertex and at least one other point. In each case, give
the domain and the range of the function.
_ _
a) f(x) 5 2√ x 1 1 b) g(x) 5 2√ x 1 2 1 2
y y
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
0 0
4
2 3
2 2 2 12
2
1
1 2 3 4 x 4
2 3
2 2 2 12
2
1
1 2 3 4 x
2
2 2
2
3
2 3
2
4
2 4
2
Domain: Domain:
Range: Range:
94 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 274
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
_
c) h(x) 5 3√ 2(x 2 1) 2 3
y Tip
4 You can validate the domain and the range of the function
3
by establishing the values the independent and dependent
2
variables can have based on the rule.
1
Domain: For the function to 2(x 2 1) $ 0
0
24 23 2 2 12
2
1
1 2 3 4 x be well defined in real x21#0
2
2 numbers, you must have x # 1.
3
2
_
Range: You know that 3√ 2(x 2 1) $ 0, because the factor 3
4
2
before the square root is positive. If you subtract 3 from
Domain: this expression, as in the function rule of Question 6 c), the
result necessarily will be greater than or equal to 23.
Range:
2. Determining the Rule from the Graph
Situation 2.2
Acquisition A
You must now take the opposite approach and determine the rule of the square root function from its graph.
You can see the coordinates of the vertex, h and k, at a glance. For the multiplicative parameters, a and b, this
is more complex, because there are several possible answers.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
7 The graph below represents a square root function with the vertex situated at (0, 0). Determine at least
two rules of the curve that represent this function. In each case, give the value of the parameters a and b.
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 274 95
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
The Rule of a Square Root Function
_
You can determine the rule f(x) 5 a√
b(x 2 h) 1 k of a square root function from its graph if you know
the coordinates of the vertex and one other point.
NOTE: Generally, you look for a rule first, assuming that one of the two multiplicative parameters (a or b) is equal
to 1 or 21 depending on the orientation of the curve. The rule obtained is not necessarily the simplest, but can be
simplified afterwards.
•• The parameters h and k are given by the coordinates of the vertex.
•• Several values are possible for the parameters a and b.
Example:
To determine the function rule represented below, you can proceed as follows:
1. Identify the values of h and k. y
Based on the coordinates of the vertex, h 5 2 and k 5 3. (2, 3)
2. Determine the sign of the parameter b.
Based on the orientation of the curve, b , 0.
0
x
You can therefore assume that b 5 21.
3. Calculate the value of the parameter a by using the (21, 23)
coordinates of the other point.
_
According to the two previous steps, the rule can be written in the form f(x) 5 a√ 2(x 2 2) 1 3.
Since the curve passes through the point (21, 23), the following equation can be used:
___________
a√ 2(21 2 2) 1 3 5 23
_
a√ 3 5 26
26
a5_ _
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
√ 3
By rationalizing _ the denominator:
_
_ 26 3 √ 3 _ 2 _
26√ 3
a 5 _ _ 5 5 2√ 3 .
√ 3
3 √ 3
3
_ _
The function rule can be written as f(x) 5 (22√ 3 )√ 2(x 2 2) 1 3.
Tip
By applying one of the properties of the square roots, it is better to write
_
f(x) 5 22√
23(x 2 2) 1 3
_ _
instead of f(x) 5 (22√ 3 )√ 2 (x 2 2) 1 3, to make it easier to read the parameters, which are then integers.
96 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
PRACTISE
8 A square root function is represented by a curve with vertex (3, 4) and has an x-intercept of 5.
Sketch a graph, and then determine the function rule in the simplest possible form.
Situation 2.2
Tip
Acquisition A
In concrete situations, it is not always necessary to determine the exact values of the parameters a and
b, especially if the curve itself is an approximation, for example, when modelling a scatter plot, as in the
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
situational problem Rush Hour. In this case, the value of the parameter b can stay at 1 or 21, and the
value of a will be rounded to the desired number of decimals.
You now know how to sketch a graph of a square root function quickly based on its rule and you can do the
opposite by determining the function rule from its graph. This is what you will put into practise to solve
Situational Problem 2.2 Rush Hour. Do not forget that you can always validate your answer by ensuring that
the curve drawn conforms to the parameters determined.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 274 97
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
SOLUTION
You are now able to solve Situational Problem 2.2. SQUARELAW
ROOTOFFUNCTIONS
COSINES
SOLVING EQUATIONS WITH
TRIGONOMETRIC A SQUARE
FORMULA ROOT
FOR AREA
SITUATION 2.2 HERON’S
THE INVERSE OF A SQUARE ROOTFORMULA*
FUNCTION
Rush Hour SP 2.2
Rush hour on big city highways is a
nightmare for many drivers. When the
traffic is dense, you must adjust your speed
accordingly. Careful drivers will leave a safe
After modelling the situation with a square root distance between their car and the car
ahead, while others will tailgate the car in
front of them. Studies have shown that
TASK
function as the urban planner is seeking to do, these varied behaviours may be a cause
of traffic jams.
determine the density and speed conditions The scatter plot to the right represents a
sample of data collected on a highway. Mean Speed of the Vehicles According
to the Traffic Density
under which the flow of traffic will be maximum.
Mean Speed
It describes the relation between traffic (km/h)
density and the mean speed of the vehicles. 150
140
An urban planner wonders for which 130
density and mean speed the traffic flow is 120
greatest. To answer this, he wants to model 110
this relation with a square root function. He 100
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
90
has drawn a curve of best fit for the chosen
80
model. He is therefore interested in the
70
equation that would allow him to forecast 60
the speed V of the vehicles depending on 50
traffic density D, as well as the flow of traffic 40
(in number of vehicles per hour). 30
20
The flow of traffic corresponds to the 10
product of the mean speed multiplied
by the density. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130
Density
(veh./km)
TASK
After modelling the situation with a square root function as the urban planner is seeking to do,
determine the density and speed conditions under which the flow of traffic will be maximum.
88 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
SITUATIONAL PROBLEM FROM PAGE 88
Summary of the Facts
•• The scatter plot represents a sample of
data collected on a highway. Mean Speed of the Vehicles According
Mean Speed
to the Traffic Density
•• An urban planner wants to model this (km/h)
150
relation with a square root function.
140
•• The urban planner is interested in the flow 130
of traffic (in number of vehicles per hour). 120
110
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
100
Reminder of the elements determined 90
in the Exploration 80
70
•• The mean speed (km/h) of the vehicles, 60
written as V, is expressed as a function of 50
the traffic density (veh./km), written as D. 40
30
•• Moreover, if d is the flow of traffic, then 20
d 5 V 3 D. 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130
Density
(veh./km)
98 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 275
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Solution:
Situation 2.2
Solution
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Answer:
STRATEGY Use technology to complete a table of values
A good way to determine the maximum flow is to complete a table of values and compare the results. For this
purpose, you could use a spreadsheet or the "Table" option of a graphing calculator. Knowing the function rule
that models the situation will then be very useful to you.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 275 99
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
ACQUISITION B Mathematical knowledge
targeted:
•• determining certain
properties of a square
root function
1. The Properties of a Square Root Function •• solving an equation
As is the case for any function, it is possible to determine the properties containing a square root
of a square root function with its graph. The next questions show certain •• determining the inverse
relations between the parameters of the function and its properties. rule of a square root
function.
1 Once again, the following is the function rule for which you sketched
a graph in Acquisition A (Question 5 c).
1 _
f(x) 5 _
√ 23(x 2 2) 2 1
2
a) What is the domain of this function?
b) Does this function have an extremum? If yes, is it a minimum or a maximum?
c) What is the range of this function?
d) Is this function increasing or decreasing?
CAUTION!
e) What relations can you establish between the parameters To observe a function
of the function and the properties you determined in the increasing or decreasing based
previous questions? on its graph, you must read it
from left to right, and not from
a specific point of the curve,
such as the vertex.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
100 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 276
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
Some Properties of Square Root Functions
Certain properties
_ of square root functions can be determined directly from the parameters of its rule
f(x) 5 a√
b(x 2 h) 1 k.
Domain of the function
For the function to be well defined, it is necessary
that b(x 2 h) $ 0. If b . 0 If b , 0
The domain therefore depends on the sign of b dom f 5 [h, 1∞[ dom f 5 ]2∞, h]
and the value of h.
Extremum and range of the function
The extremum of the function is equal to k. This is a If a . 0 If a , 0
minimum, if a . 0, and a maximum, if a , 0. ran f 5 [k, 1∞[ ran f 5 ]2∞, k]
Situation 2.2
Acquisition B
The range therefore depends on the sign of a and
the value of k.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Change in the function
If a and b have the Same Sign If a and b have Opposite Signs
The function is increasing. The function is decreasing.
y
Example:
_
You can see that the function f(x) 5 22√ x 2 3 1 4 4 Maximum
is a decreasing function, because the parameters a 3
and b are opposite signs (a 5 22 and b 5 1). 2
Range of the
function 1
Since b . 0, the domain of the function is [3, 1∞[.
0
2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 x
Since a , 0, the function has a maximum, which is 4.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
2
The range of the function is ]2∞, 4].
2
Domain of
the function
PRACTISE
2 The following are four square root functions.
_ _ _ _
f1(x) 5 5 2 2√ x f2(x) 5 √
2x 2 5 f3(x) 5 25√ 2 2 x f4(x) 5 5 1 √
22x
a) Which of these functions are increasing?
b) Which ones have a minimum?
c) Determine the domain and the range of each of these function.
dom f1 5 dom f2 5 dom f3 5 dom f4 5
ran f1 5 ran f2 5 ran f3 5 ran f4 5
ANSWER KEY PAGE 276 101
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
3 A steel ball is dropped from the top of a 45 m tower. You are interested in the velocity v (m/s) at
which the object descends to the ground from the height h of the object (m) during its fall. If you
assume that the air resistance is negligible, you can represent this function rule by:
_
v 5 2√ 25(h 2 45)
a) Is this function increasing or decreasing? Justify your answer.
b) Describe the domain and the range of the function, taking the context into account.
2. Solving an Equation Containing a Square Root
Different situations may require solving an equation containing a square root. For example, to determine the
zeros of a square root function or, more generally, when seeking the value of the independent variable that
corresponds to a given value of the dependent variable. The graph allows the solution to be estimated, but in
some cases, an exact value must be calculated. This can only be done by an algebraic solution.
4 Return to the function in Question 1 of this Acquisition: y
1 _
f(x) 5 _
√ 23(x 2 2) 2 1
2
The sketch of the graph shows that the function has a zero
that is less than 1.
To determine the precise value of the zero, you must
1 _ x
solve the equation _
√ 23(x 2 2) 2 1 5 0. (2, 21)
2
a) Solve this equation using the following steps.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
1) Isolate the square root:
2) Square each member of the equation:
3) Solve the resulting equation:
b) Validate your answer by checking that the image of this number under the function is 0.
102 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 277
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
Solving an Equation Containing a Square Root
To solve an equation containing a square root, you must:
•• isolate the square root
•• square each element of the equation (ensuring that a solution is possible)
•• solve the resulting polynomial equation
•• validate the answer.
Example:
_
Go back to the function f(x) 5 22√ x 2 3 1 4.
_
To determine the value of x for which f(x) 5 2, you must solve the equation 22√ x 2 3 1 4 5 2.
_
By isolating the square root, you obtain: √ x 2 3 5 1
By squaring, you obtain: x2351
Situation 2.2
Acquisition B
The solution of this equation is: x54
Validation:
_ _
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
f(4) 5 22√ 4 2 3 1 4 5 22√ 1
1 4 5 22(1) 1 4 5 2
CAUTION!
_
In the equation √ x 2 3 5 1, observe
_ that the square root is equal to a positive number. If this were not
√
the case, for example, if it were x 2 3 5 21, you would have to stop the solution at this step, because
the square root of any real number cannot give a strictly negative number. This would mean there is
no solution.
If you continued the solution anyway by squaring the members, you would obtain the same equation
as_ in the example, or x 2 3 5 1 and the same solution, x 5 4, but this is not the solution of the equation
√ x 2 3 5 21, as you can verify by replacing x with 4. Squaring the two elements of an equation does not
always give an equivalent equation. In case of doubt, it is preferable to validate the answer.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
PRACTISE
5 You are still interested in the ball that was dropped from a height of 45 m. Its velocity v (in m/s)
during its fall depends on the height h (m) at which it is located.
_
v 5 2√ 25(h 2 45) , where h [0, 45]
At what height is the speed of the ball:
a) 20 m/s? b) 40 m/s?
ANSWER KEY PAGE 277 103
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
3. The Inverse of a Square Root Function
At the beginning of this chapter, you learned that the inverse of a quadratic function could be a function itself
if the domain of the quadratic function is restricted. When this is the case, a square root function is not
necessarily involved. You must now determine what the inverse of a square root function is.
6 You suspect that the inverse of a square root function is a quadratic
_function. Prove this by determining
algebraically the rule of the inverse of the function f(x) 5 a√
b(x 2 h) 1 k.
REMEMBER
The Inverse of a Square Root Function
The inverse of a square root function is a quadratic function for which the domain is restricted so that its
graph is a half parabola. To define the inverse properly, its domain must be specified.
Example:
_
Given the function f(x) 5 22√ x 2 3 1 4, which can also be described by the equation
_
y 5 22√ x 2 3 1 4.
•• The range of this function is ]2∞, 4].
•• Thus, the domain of the inverse is ]2∞, 4].
To determine the inverse rule, switch the variables x and y,
and then isolate y.
_ y
x 5 22√ y 2 3 1 4
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
10
_
2√ y 2 3 5 4 2 x 9
8
_ 42x
√ y 2 3 5 _ 7
f 21
2 6
y 2 3 5 (_
2 )
42x 2 5
(3, 4)
4
y 5 (_
2 )
42x 2 3 (4, 3)
1
3
2
You can define the inverse as follows: 1 f
1
f 21(x) 5 _ (x 2 4)2 1 3 for all x # 4. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x
4
104 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 277
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
PRACTISE
7 In the situation
_ of the ball dropped from a 45 m tower, the velocity of the ball (m/s) is given by the
rule v 5 2√ 5(h 2 45) , where h [0, 45].
2
a) Determine the inverse rule by expressing the height as a function of the velocity.
b) What is the domain of the inverse in this context?
Situation 2.2
Acquisition B
ICT InGeoGebra.
ICT Activity 2.2.2, you can observe the effect of the parameters on square root functions, using
This activity also offers the opportunity to observe the graph of this function and its inverse.
Find this activity on portailsofad.com.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 277 105
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
CONSOLIDATION
1 Based on the given rule, graph the function f. Then study this function by completing the information
requested in each box.
_
f(x) 5 22√ x 1 3 1 4 Domain of f :
y Range of f :
4 y-intercept:
3
2 Maximum of the function:
1
Minimum of the function:
0
2 4 3
2 2
2 2 1 1 2 3 4 x
22
Zeros of the function:
23
Increasing interval:
24
Decreasing interval:
In which part of the domain is this function:
positive?
negative?
2 a) In the same Cartesian plane,
_ _ graph the functions
f(x) 5 2√ x and f(x) 5 √
4x .
b) You should observe something in particular in question a).
How do you explain this observation, considering that the
two rules are distinct?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
3 Determine the rule of the square root function for which the vertex is (4, 5) and the y-intercept is 24.
Give your answer in the functional form.
106 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 278
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
_
12 2 2√ 29x 1 27
_______________
4 Consider the square root function for which the rule is f(x) 5
3
. Write this rule in
standard form and graph the function.
_
5 For the square root described by the rule g(x) 5 3 2 5√ 2 2 x .
a) What are the coordinates of the vertex of this function?
Situation 2.2
Consolidation
b) Is the function increasing or decreasing?
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
c) What is the inverse of this function?
6 a) Determine the rule of the function represented below.
10
8
(28, 6)
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
0
2 10 2 8 2 6 2 4 2 2 2 4 6 8 10 x
2 2
2 4
2 6
(4, 26)
2 8
2 10
b) What are the intercepts of this function?
ANSWER KEY PAGE 278 107
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
7 For the past few years, a man has bred Cornish Rex cats. Since he only has one male, he decided to let his
cats breed freely to study their reproduction. He extrapolates
_ his results, as if he had really kept all the
kittens, and obtains the correspondence rule P 5 2√ t 1 2, where P represents his cat population and t
is the number of months elapsed since the start of his observations (t $ 0).
a) How many female cats did he have when he started his experiment? Explain your answer.
b) How long after the start of his experiment will he obtain a population of 9 cats? Explain your answer.
c) What is the inverse rule of this function?
d) What does this inverse represent in the context?
8 An engineer ordered 100 identical cylindrical metal parts, which he painted red. In all, the equivalent in
paint of a surface of 245.04 dm2 was necessary to paint the parts. Given that it is possible to calculate the
r (cm) of one of the cylindrical parts based on its surface area A (cm2) with the following formula:
radius___________
√
r 5 _
1
(A 1 50p) 2 5, where A . 0, determine the following:
2p
a) What is the radius of these cylindrical parts?
Tip
The Mathematical References
section at the end of your
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
learning guide recalls the
geometric formulas necessary to
solve the situational problems of
this guide. Do not hesitate to
b) Express the surface area of the cylinder as a function of the consult it.
radius. Deduce the height of the cylinder from this information.
108 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 279
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
9 Young researchers created a habitat in which they_ put rats and white mice. They state the hypothesis
that the rats breed _ according to the rule fr(x) 5 2√ x 2 3 1 6 and the white mice breed according to the
rule fm(x) 5 3.024√ x 2 5 1 4, where x represents the number of weeks elapsed since the start of
construction of the habitat (x $ 0).
a) According to the proposed rules, how many rats were put in the habitat at the start of the
experiment? How many white mice?
b) Graph fr(x) and fm(x) in the same Cartesian plane.
c) When will the number of rats and mice be identical?
Situation 2.2
Consolidation
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
d) Given that the habitat created for the experiment has a maximum
capacity of 50 animals, how long after the start of the experiment
will the researchers have to start building a new habitat if the same
preparation time is required as for the initial habitat?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 280 109
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
10 You can easily observe that the greater the length of a pendulum, the longer the time of its oscillations.
In fact, the time of the oscillations depends only on the length of the wire and not on the mass of the
weight attached to it.
The scatter plot below represents the results of the experiment conducted with pendulums of different
lengths. In each case, the time it takes the pendulum to complete ten oscillations (back-and-forth
movements) is measured.
Period of Ten Oscillations of the
Pendulum According to its Length
Period
(s)
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Length
(cm)
a) Starting from the origin of the axes, draw a half parabola that best fits the scatter plots. Then determine
the equation of the curve you drew.
b) At the École de Technologie Supérieure (ETS) de Montréal, there is a huge pendulum that takes over
9 s to complete a single oscillation. Estimate the length of this pendulum in metres.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
11 A square root function f is represented generically below. The sign of the parameters a and k of function f
is changed to obtain a new function g.
a) In the same Cartesian plane, sketch the graph of the y
function g.
b) What properties do the two functions have in common?
Explain your answer.
f
110 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 281
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
This is a summary of
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY you need to REMEMBER
what
.
Fill in the missing
information.
The Inverse of a Quadratic Function in Context
The Inverse Rule
A simple way to determine the inverse rule of a quadratic function for which the equation is given is to:
•• write this equation in standard form
•• isolate the independent variable from the function, taking the context into account.
Example:
The total area A of a cone for which the apothem measures 10 units is a quadratic function that depends
on the radius r.
Knowledge Summary
A 5 pr 2 1 10pr
Chapter 2
In this context, r is greater than 0, but less than 10.
To define the inverse rule, first write the equation in standard form:
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
A 5 p(r 2 1 10r)
10
Then isolate the variable r:
r
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
( Take only the positive square root, because r 1 5
is necessarily positive.)
The inverse rule is .
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY PAGE 209 111
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Graph of the Inverse
To graph the inverse, simply switch the coordinates of the points of curve of the initial function. (Also switch
the names of the axes and reverse the dependency relationship in the title.)
Example:
Keeping in mind the previous function regarding the total area of a cone. Below is the graph of the
initial function and the graph of its inverse.
Area of the Cone as Radius of the Cone as
a Function of its Radius a Function of its Area
Area Radius
(u2) (u)
200 π 16
14
150 π 12
10
100 π 8
6
50 π 4
2
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 50 π 100 π 150 π 200 π
Radius Area
(u) (u2)
The Inverse of a Function in General Terms
The Inverse in Functional Notation
The inverse of a function f, written as , is the relation obtained if the independent variable and the
dependent variable of the function are switched.
To determine the inverse rule, when the function rule is defined by an equation in x and y, you must first
in the equation, then .
Example:
Consider the function f(x) 5 2(x 2 1)2 1 3. To determine the inverse rule f 21, you must:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
•• replace f(x) with y to express the rule in the form of an equation: y 5 2(x 2 1)2 1 3:
•• switch the letters x and y to obtain the equation of the inverse: x 5 2(y 2 1)2 1 3
•• isolate y: (y 2 1)2 5 2x 1 3
_
y 2 1 5 6√ 2x 1 3
_
y 5 6√ 2x 1 3 1 1 ;
_
•• replace y with f 21(x) in the equation obtained: f 21(x) 5 6√ 2 x 1 3 1 1.
112 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY PAGE 210
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Example :
Graphing the Inverse in the Same Plane as its Function y
In a situation without a context, it is possible to represent 5
4
the function and the inverse in the same Cartesian plane. 3
In the case where the graduations of the two axes are Zeros of f 2 Graph
identical, you can see that that the two curves are 1 of f 21
reflections of each other by in 0
2 5 24 23 22 21 1 2 3 4 5 x
2
which the axis is the bisector of the 1st and 3rd quadrants.
2
23
24
25
The Properties of Square Roots
The following properties are useful to simplify expressions containing square roots.
Property Possible Use to Simplify Expressions
_ _ _
Knowledge Summary
1. For all a $ 0 and b $ 0, √ ab 5 √
a 3 √
b . This property allows simplification of the square root of a number by
breaking it down into factors.
Chapter 2
_ _
75 5 √
Example: √ 25 33
3 5
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Determine the greatest square root
that divides 75.
_ _
a _
_
2. For all a $ 0 and b . 0,
a
√_
√
5 .
b √ b
The property allows simplification of the square root of a rational
number.
_ _ _
2 √
√
_ 5 _
Example:
9 √ 9
√
2
_ 5 _
2
3
_
3. For all a $ 0, (√ a ) 2 5 a. This property can serve to rationalize a denominator.
_ _ _
_ 2_ _2_3 √ 5 _ _ 2√ 5
2√ 5
_
Example: 5 5 _ 2 5
√ 5
√ 5
3 √ 5
( √ 5 ) 5
Multiplying the numerator and the
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
denominator by the same number does
not change the value of the fraction.
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY PAGE 211 113
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Square Root Functions
Its Graph
The rule of a square foot function can be written in standard form .
The graph of this function is , for which the coordinates of the vertex are
and the opening and orientation are determined by the parameters .
According to the signs of a and b, the graph has one of the following four orientations.
If a . 0 and b . 0 If a 0 and b 0 If a 0 and b 0 If a 0 and b 0
(h, k) (h, k)
(h, k) (h, k)
Example:
_
Given the function f(x) 5 2√ 2(x 1 3) 1 2. y
4
•• Value of the parameters: a 5 ;b5 ;h5 ;k5 .
( 3, 2)
2 3
•• Coordinates of the vertex: 2
1
•• The parameter a is negative and the parameter b is positive. 0
4
2 3
2 2
2 2 1 1 2 3 4 x
From the vertex, the curve heads and . 2 2
2 3
•• Domain of f: Range of f : 2 4
The Rule of a Square Root Function
You can determine the rule of a square root function from
its graph if you know the coordinates of the vertex and one other point.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Example:
y
To determine the function rule represented below,
4
you can proceed as follows:
3
1) Identify the values of h and k. 2
1
Based on the coordinates of the vertex, h 5 and k 5 . (0, 0)
0
2 4 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 x
2) Determine the sign of the parameter b. 2 2
Based on the orientation of the curve, b . 0. (22, 23) 2 3
2 4
You can therefore assume that b 5 .
114 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY PAGE 212
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Example (continued) :
3) Calculate the value of the parameter a by using the coordinates of the other point.
Based on the two preceding steps, the rule can be written in the form f(x) 5 .
Since the curve passes through the point (0, 0), the following equation can be used:
By rationalizing the denominator: a 5
The function rule can be written as f(x) 5 , or f(x) 5 .
Some Properties of Square Root Functions
Knowledge Summary
Certain properties of square root functions can be determined directly from
Chapter 2
_
the parameters of its rule f(x) 5 a√
b(x 2 h) 1 k .
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Domain of the Function
For the function to be well defined, it is necessary that b(x 2 h) $ 0. If b . 0 If b , 0
The domain therefore depends on the sign of b and the value of h. dom f 5 dom f 5
Extremum and Range of the Function
The extremum of the function is equal to k. If a . 0 If a , 0
This is a , if a . 0,
ran f 5 ran f 5
and a , if a , 0.
The extremum of the function is equal to a and the value of k.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Change in the Function
If a and b have the Same Sign If a and b have Opposite Signs
The function is . The function is .
Example: y
_
You can see that the function f(x) 5 2√ 2(x 2 3) 1 1 is an 4
Maximum
3
function, because the parameters a 2
1
and b (a 5 and b 5 ).
0
Range of the 24 3
2 22 2 1 1 2 3 4 x
function
Since b , 0, the domain of the function is . 22
23
24
Since a , 0, the function has a maximum, which is . Domain of
the function
The range of the function is .
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY PAGE 213 115
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Solving an Equation Containing a Square Root
To solve an equation containing a square root, you must:
•• isolate the square root
•• square each member of the equation (ensuring that a solution is possible)
•• solve the resulting polynomial equation
•• validate the answer.
Example:
_
Go back to the function f(x) 5 2√ 2(x 2 3) 1 1.
_
To determine the value of x, for which f(x) 5 21, you must solve the equation 2√ 2(x 2 3) 1 1 5 21.
By isolating the square root, you obtain:
By squaring each side of the equation, you obtain:
The solution of this equation is:
Validation:
The Inverse of a Square Root Function
The inverse of a square root function is a quadratic function for which the domain is restricted so that its
graph is a half parabola. To define the inverse properly, its domain must be specified.
Example:
_
Consider the function f(x) 5 2√ 2(x 2 3) 1 1, which can also be described by the equation
_
y 5 2√
2(x 2 3) 1 1.
•• The range of this function is ]2∞, 1].
•• The domain of the inverse is .
To determine the inverse rule, switch the variables x and y, and then isolate y.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
x5
y
4
f 21
3
2
f
1
0
24 3
2 2
2 1
2 1 2 3 4 x
2
You can define the inverse as follows:
2
3
2
for all x . 4
2
116 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY PAGE 214
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
INTEGRATION
1 A ring-shaped Frisbee has a diameter of 24 cm.
The surface area covered by the Frisbee can be calculated by
subtracting the area of the small (empty) disk from the area of
Frisbee Pro d
the large disk:
A 5 122p 2 ( ) p
2
d
_ , where d [0, 24[, and
2
where A represents the surface area covered (cm2) and d is the
diameter of the hole in the middle (cm). 24
a) Using an equation, express the diameter d as a function of A.
Integration
Chapter 2
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
b) Is the function increasing or decreasing? Justify your answer.
c) For the Frisbee to float in the air when it is thrown, its surface
must cover an area of at least 250 cm2. What can the diameter
of the hole be in this case?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
_ __ ___
2 You know that √ 2 1 √
8 does not equal √
10 . However, an integer n exists, such that
_ __ __
2 1 √
√ n .
8 5 √
Determine the value of this number n.
Prove that the equation obtained is true without using a calculator.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 281 117
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
3 Nancy has measured her baby's height every two months since birth. She wonders what his height
should be when he is two years old. Provide an estimate, explaining your approach.
Baby's Height
According to Age
Age Height
(months) (cm)
0 49
2 60
4 65
6 68
8 71
10 74
12 76
4 The following property is useful to rationalize the denominator of certain expressions.
_ _
_ 1 _ _ √ a 2 √ b
For all a . 0 , b . 0 (a b) : _ 5 .
a 1 √ b
√ a2b
a) Demonstrate this property.
_ _ 1 _
b) Given that √ 1.414 and √
2 3 1.732, mentally estimate the value of the expression _
_ .
√ 3
1 √
2
Explain your procedure.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
118 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 282
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
5 A square root function has the following characteristics:
• it is positive only on the interval [5, 9]
• it is increasing
• its maximum is 6
What is its y-intercept?
6 A mountain climber's blood oxygen saturation rate tends to decrease
when climbing at altitude. Based on empirical data, a formula could
be deduced that allows calculation of the minimum altitude A (km)
above which a saturation rate S (%) can be considered normal:
_
A 5 10√ 2(0.96 2 S) , where S [0, 0.96].
Integration
Chapter 2
For example, a 90% saturation rate can be considered normal above
an altitude of 3500 m.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
a) During an expedition on Mount Everest, a mountain climber
measures his oxygen saturation rate and obtains a reading of
78%. At the time he is at base camp at an altitude of 5200 m.
Should he be worried? Justify your answer.
b) What is the normal saturation rate at the peak of Everest at 8848 m?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
DID YOU KNOW?
The higher the mountain climber's altitude, the lower the density of the air and the
more the quantity of oxygen absorbed and transported in his blood when he breathes
is reduced. As his oxygen saturation rate decreases, the climber has more and more
difficulty making the necessary efforts to continue his ascent. If the rate falls too low
relative to the standard, health problems may appear (altitude sickness and pulmonary
or cerebral oedema) and the climber will have to descend urgently.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 283 119
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
7 The range of a projectile is the horizontal
Projectile Launch
distance it travels before touching the ground. y
The diagram to the right illustrates the launch
of a projectile from a height of c metres, which
follows a parabolic trajectory. The vertex of 5
the trajectory is 10 m to the right and 5 m 10
above the starting point. According to the
system of axes given, the rule of the trajectory c
is y 5 20.05x2 1 x 1 c, where y is the height
of the projectile (m) and x is its horizontal
displacement (m).
x
The height c depends on the range p. p
Determine the rule of this function and then answer the following question.
From what height must the projectile be launched for its range to exceed 30 m?
8 On a seaside cliff in Acapulco, a diver leaps from a height of 50 m. Half a second later, a second diver
leaps from a height of 40 m. In _ each case, the time required for the diver to reach a height of h metres
from the water is given t 5 √h 0 2 h
_
5
, where t is the time elapsed (s) since this diver's leap and h0 is
this diver's initial height (m).
Which of the two divers will hit the water first? How far from
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
the water will the other diver be at that time?
120 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 284
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
9 When astronauts landed on the Moon, they observed that the horizon appeared to be much closer
than on Earth. The reason is that the Moon has a smaller radius (1737 km) than Earth (6371 km). When
astronauts go to Mars in the near future, they will observe the same phenomenon. With its radius of
3390 km, Mars also has a different horizon than Earth.
To understand this phenomenon, imagine a celestial body shaped like a perfectly smooth sphere. To
simplify, assume that the observer is looking from a height of 2 m, or 0.002 km from the ground. The
diagram below describes the situation. The astronaut stares at the horizon, which is at a distance of d km.
The radius of the celestial body is r km.
a) Express d as a function of r as simply as possible.
d 0.002
r
r
Integration
Chapter 2
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
b) Graph this function by showing the distances from the terrestrial, lunar and Martian horizon.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
_
10 Graph the function f(x) 5 4√ 2x 2 6 and its inverse in the same Cartesian plane. How many intersection
points do these two curves have? Determine the coordinates of these points, if any.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 285 121
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
LES
The Size of a Group
In a group of 2, 3 or 4 people, it is easy to establish personal relationships, because the number of
possible person-to-person interactions is limited. However, the number of interactions increases
rapidly with the size of the group, as shown in the diagrams and tables of values below. In fact, it can
be shown that in a group of n people, where n $ 2,
n(n 2 1)
there are exactly _ possible interactions.
2
Number of Possible Person-to-Person
Interactions Depending on the Size of a Group B B C
B
Size of the Group Number of Interactions C
2 1
3 3
4 6 A A D
A
5 10 C
C
6 15
Observe that, in a group of three people, there B D
D
B
are three possible interactions, but person A
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
participates in only two interactions and thus E
has one interaction (in orange) that potentially E
A A
could occur without his knowledge. Anyone F
who has been involved in a friendship triangle
has probably experienced this discomfort.
In a group of four people, person A participates in three interactions and there are three others (always orange)
in which that person is not involved. In a group of five people, six out of ten interactions are beyond person A's
control, This number of "uncontrolled" interactions continues to grow as the size of the group increases.
A sociologist is interested in this problem. He assumes that the number of interactions beyond each person's
control plays a crucial role in the structure and survival of groups.
To complete his study, he must be able to provide quick answers to questions like the following: What is the
size of the group, if the number of interactions beyond each person's control exceeds 100, for example?
Help the sociologist by providing him with a formula that gives the size of the group, knowing the
TASK
number of interactions in which a person is not involved. Show how this formula makes it possible
to answer the type of question that is asked.
122 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 286
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Chapter 2
LES
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Answer: Evaluation by Criterion
Cr. 1.1 A B C D E
Cr. 1.2 A B C D E
Cr. 2.1 A B C D E
Cr. 2.2 A B C D E
Cr. 2.3 A B C D E
ANSWER KEY PAGE 286 123
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 3
Operations on Functions
and Rational Functions
Wildlife Adaptability
N
ature evolves and one of the drivers of this evolution is
adaptation. This continuous process causes animals to
adopt behaviours that can be surprisingly efficient. One
awesome example is the ability bees have to communicate with
each other. Evolution can also happen over short periods. Simply
think of a new species that appears after beneficial mutations or
crossbreeding. For example, the coywolf is a crossbreed between
a coyote and a wolf, with adaptability superior to its progenitors.
In studying wildlife, mathematics can be used to describe the
changes in animal populations and make predictions to better
understand the behaviours of certain species or measure their
intelligence. Nature is complex, and the functions that are used
to describe it can be complex as well. In order to reflect this
complexity the repertoire of mathematical models must be
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
enriched, in particular by means of operations on functions.
124 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE XXX
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 3
SITUATION 3.1
OPERATIONS ON FUNCTIONS
FUNCTION COMPOSITION
SP 3.1 – Between Coyote
and Wolf p. 126
SITUATION 3.2
RATIONAL FUNCTIONS AND THEIR INVERSE
SOLVING RATIONAL EQUATIONS OR INEQUALITIES
SP 3.2 – The Figure Eight Dance
of the Honey Bee p. 152
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY p. 178
INTEGRATION p. 185
LES
The Memory of Rats p. 192
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
125
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
LAW OF COSINES
OPERATIONS
TRIGONOMETRIC ON FUNCTIONS
FORMULA FOR AREA
SITUATION 3.1 HERON’SCOMPOSITION
FUNCTION FORMULA*
Between Coyote and Wolf SP 3.1
2.2
Places exist where wolves and
coyotes cohabit. The meeting of
a male wolf and a female coyote
may result in a coupling that will
produce a hybrid animal, known
as a "coywolf." Coyote Wolf
A biologist wants to study the scope of this phenomenon in a region where the
number of coyotes has been estimated for five years, as shown in the statistical
distribution table below. It was also observed that a negative linear correlation
exists between the number of wolves and the number of coyotes in this region.
This relation is represented by a scatter plot and a regression line
Estimated Number of Coyotes
in the Region Since 2010
Number of Estimated Number of
Year wolves (W) and coyotes (C)
Coyotes
in the region
W
2010 20
130
2011 25
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
125
2012 26 120
115
2013 33 110
105 Regression
2014 36 100
Line
95
0 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 C
The biologist makes the following hypothesis: the number of hybrid litters borne by female coyotes in
the region is proportional to the product P of the number of coyotes and the number of wolves. She also
assumes that the percentage of hybrid litters among all litters of female coyotes should be proportional
to the fraction F, represented by wolves among all canids (wolves and coyotes) in the region.
Interpret the data provided to describe how the number and percentage of hybrid litters borne by
TASK
female coyotes in this region have changed since 2010 and how they will continue to change in
future years if the trends observed are maintained.
126 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
EXPLORATION
The questions of this exploration activity will help you clearly define the relevant data and the variables and
functions concerned in the situational problem.
1 This situational problem involves several variables. Some of them are represented by letters. Define each
of these variables.
C:
W:
P:
F:
2 Let t be the time elapsed in years since 2010.
a) In the Cartesian plane to the right, represent the data Estimated Number of Coyotes (C)
According to the Time Elapsed (t)
from the table on the previous page with a scatter plot. in Years Since 2010
C
Then draw a line of best fit for this scatter plot to
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
describe the trend. 40
36
b) Determine the equation of this line. 32
28
24
Situation 3.1
20
Exploration
16
12
8
4
0 1 2 3 4 5 t
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
STRATEGY Interpreting a model and describing a trend
Any straight line (or curve) that describes a trend represents a model of a reality, without corresponding perfectly
to the observations. For example, if you validate the values of C with the equation determined for certain values
of t, you will not obtain the same data as in the table on the previous page. Also, the number of coyotes in the
following years will not necessarily be equal to the number forecast by the model. However, if the trend is
maintained, you can expect that the number of coyotes will be close to this value. However, it is impossible for
the number of coyotes to increase infinitely as forecast by the model. In reality, the growth of this population will
stop at some point in time. The model should not be rejected, but it must be interpreted prudently.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 287 127
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
3 The equation determined in 2 b) allows C to be expressed
as a function of t. This function, which will be designated Tip
by the letter f, can be used to estimate the number of
In symbolic terms, to show that C
coyotes by extrapolation – not only in the future (after
depends on t by a function f, you write:
2010), but also in the past (before 2010).
Dependent Independent
variable
C 5 f(t) variable
After writing the rule of the function f, determine the
domain. Justify your answer. Function name
You can also describe this relation with a
diagram.
Function name
f
Independent t C Dependent
variable variable
4 In the situational problem, a regression line models the relation between the number of wolves (W) and
the number of coyotes (C).
a) Determine the equation of this line.
b) Let g be the function that relates the two variables W and C, and for which the rule is defined by this
equation. Describe this relation in symbolic terms by correctly arranging the letters g, W and C.
c) Determine the domain of the function g.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Using the functions f and g, complete the following table.
Estimated Values of the Different Variables for the Years 2010 and 2015
t C W P F
0
5
6 How did the number and percentage of hybrid litters borne by female coyotes in this region vary
between 2010 and 2015? Explain your answer.
To solve Situational Problem 3.1, you must express all the variables of the table in number 5 as a function
of t, specifying the domain of these functions. For this purpose, you will apply the concept of operations
on functions, particularly function composition, as well as other basic operations such as addition,
multiplication and division. This is what is presented in Acquisition A.
128 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 287
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
ACQUISITION A Mathematical knowledge
targeted:
•• determining and
interpreting the sum, the
difference, the product
1. Basic Operations on Functions and the quotient of two
functions
You have already studied addition, subtraction, multiplication and division
of polynomials. You will now use these operations with functions. To add •• determining and
interpreting the
two functions, for example, simply add their rule. For these operations to composition of two
make sense, particularly when there is a context, you must comply with functions.
certain conditions.
1.1 The Sum, the Difference and the Product of Two Functions
To discover these conditions, first study an example in a context where subtraction must be done. The
concept of operations on functions then will be generalized with addition and multiplication, without
referring to a specific context.
1 Mammals must drink water to survive, but the daily water needs vary from one species to another.
Research has made it possible to express the daily quantities of water adult specimens of two species
must consume according to their weight m.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Daily Water Needs of the Woodchuck (EW) and the Red Fox (ER)
Quantity of Water to be
Weight of an Adult Ingested (ml) as a Function of
the Animal's Weight (kg)
Situation 3.1
Acquisition A
Woodchuck from 2 to 6 kg EW 5 75m 1 45
Red Fox from 3 to 7 kg ER 5 80m 1 20
These two functions, which model the water needs of the two species, will be designated fW and fR.
fW fR
m EW m ER
a) Complete the statistical distribution tables below.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Woodchuck Red fox
Quantity of Water to Quantity of Water to
Weight (kg) be Ingested per Day Weight (kg) be Ingested per Day
(ml) (ml)
2 3
3 4
4 5
5 6
6 7
b) As these tables show, a woodchuck and a fox of the same weight have different water needs.
For example, a 3 kg woodchuck must ingest 10 ml of water more than a 3 kg fox. What is this
difference if their weight is 4 kg, 5 kg and 6 kg? What do you notice?
ANSWER KEY PAGE 288 129
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
c) Let d be the difference in millilitres between the daily water needs of a woodchuck and a fox at the
same weight of m kg. Determine the function rule.
d) What is the independent variable of the function d? Compare this independent variable with that of
the functions fW and fR.
e) Explain why the rule of the function d makes no sense if m 5 7.
f ) Given the context, what is the domain of the function d?
g) What relation can you establish between your previous answer and the domain of the functions
fW and fR?
2 Now consider the following situation.
y
There are two functions f(x) 5 4 2 0.5x and g(x) 5 x 2 2,
8
for which the independent and dependent variables can
7
only have positive real values.
6
a) Determine the domain of each of these functions. 5
4
g
dom f 5 3
f
2
dom g 5
1
b) Determine the rule of the function s obtained if you
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
add together the functions f and g.
Tip
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
c) Determine the rule of the function p obtained if you Saying that the function s is the sum
multiply the functions f and g. of the functions f and g means that
to obtain the image of a number by
the function s, you must calculate
the sum of the images of this
number by the functions f and g.
d) What is the domain of the functions s and p? For example, for x 5 6, this gives
Justify your answer. s(6) 5 f(6) 1 g(6) 5 1 1 4 5 5. Since
this reasoning can be generalized
for all possible values of x, it can be
said that the rule of s(x) is equal to
f(x) 1 g(x).
130 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 288
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
1.2 The Quotient of Two Functions
The definition of the quotient of two functions is similar to those of other operations. However, this operation
has two special conditions that are highlighted in this section: the type of function that results and the
domain of this function.
REMINDER REFRESHER EXERCISES
PAGE 201, QUESTIONS 18 TO 24
Dividing a Polynomial by a Binomial
Dividing a polynomial P(x) by a binomial ax 1 b can be written in the form of a rational fraction
P(x)
_____
. For the rational fraction to be well defined, the variable x must be such that ax 1 b 0.
ax 1 b
The result of this division may or may not have a remainder. The polynomial is said to be divisible
by the binomial when the remainder is equal to 0.
Example:
The division of 3x 2 4 by x 2 2 can be written in the form Dividend Divisor
3x 2 4
of a rational fraction _____
, which is well defined if x 2.
x22 3x 2 4 x22
By division, you obtain a quotient of 3 and a remainder of 2, 2 3x 2 6 3
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
as the calculation on the right shows. 2 Quotient
The remainder of this division can be expressed as another Remainder
rational fraction with a denominator equal to the divisor.
The following identity is then obtained:
Situation 3.1
Acquisition A
Quotient
3x 2 4 2 Vertical
______5 3 1 ______, where x 2
x22 x22 restriction
Dividend Remainder
_________ _______
Divisor Divisor
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
3 Go back to the situation of the previous Question 2. There are two functions f(x) 5 4 2 0.5x
and g(x) 5 x 2 2 for which the dependent and independent variables are limited to the positive
real numbers.
a) Determine the rule of the function q that is obtained if the function f is divided by the function g.
Is the result a polynomial function?
b) What is the domain of the function q ?
ANSWER KEY PAGE 289 131
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
Operations on Functions
Definitions
For all functions f and g with the same independent variable, the following functions can be defined.
•• The sum of f and g, written as f 1 g, is the function for which the rule (f 1 g)(x) is given by
f(x) 1 g(x) .
•• The difference between f and g, written as f 2 g, is the function for which the rule (f 2 g)(x) is given by
f(x) 2 g(x) .
•• The product of f and g, written as f 3 g, is the function for which the rule (f 3 g)(x) is given by
f(x) 3 g(x) .
f f f(x) .
•• The quotient of f divided by g, written as _ , is the function for which the rule _
(x) is given by _
g g g(x)
Tip
In context, a basic operation By applying the function f, you
on functions involves four obtain its dependent variable.
variables, namely one
independent variable and Dependent
three dependent variables. variable of f
f
Independent Dependent
The diagram to the right variable variable
describes the relation among of f, g and f g of f g
g
these variables for addition. Dependent
variable of g
f g
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
132 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Domain of the Resulting Function
The domains of f 1 g, f 2 g and f 3 g are all equal to the intersection of the domains of f and g.
dom (f 1 g) 5 dom (f 2 g) 5 dom (f 3 g) 5 dom f dom g
f
The domain of _is equal to the intersection of the domains of f and g, excluding all the zeros of g.
g
(g)
f
dom _
5 (dom f dom g) \ {x R | g(x) 5 0}
Example:
In a hunting area, it was observed that the male and female moose populations have decreased
over the past few years. If the trend is maintained, it can be estimated that the populations will
continue their decline over the next few years according to the following rules.
Number of female moose: f(t) 5 36 2 2t
Number of male moose: g(t) 5 24 2 3t
Where t is the time elapsed (a).
Estimate of the Number of
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
By carrying out operations on these functions, Male and Female Moose as a
the evolution of certain variables can be described. Function of the Time Elapsed
Number
of Moose
1) The difference f 2 g gives the number of females 54
there will be more than the number of males 48
Situation 3.1
42
Acquisition A
over the next eight years (0 # t # 8). 36
30 Females
(f 2 g)(t) 5 (36 2 2t) 2 (24 2 3t) 5 12 1 t 24
18
g
2) The function __ describes the future evolution 12 Males
f 6
of the gender ratio _____________
number of males
during
number of females 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
the same period, for 0 # t # 8. Time
(yr)
( )( t) 5 _
g 24 2 3t _ 3(8 2 t)
_ 5
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
f 36 2 2t 2(18 2 t)
Observe that this function is not defined for t 5 18, but this has no impact, because this value
is excluded from the given domain.
133
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
PRACTISE
4 A single straight-line gesture changes the
dimensions of a window on a computer screen,
so that after t seconds, the width of the window in
centimetres is given by the function W(t) 5 30 2 5t.
The height of the window in centimetres is given by
the function h(t) 5 20 2 3t. The resulting window
may not have a width less than 10 cm or a height
less than 5 cm.
a) What values can the variable t have if you rely on the possible changes in the width?
b) What values can the variable t have if you rely instead on the possible changes in the height?
c) In a simplified form, write the function rule that represents the following measures:
1) The area A of the window:
2) The perimeter P of the window:
3) The slope m of the diagonal that runs from the lower left-hand corner to the upper right
hand-corner of the window.
d) What is the domain of each of these functions? Justify your answer.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
134 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and the Rational Function ANSWER KEY PAGE 289
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
2. The Composition of Two Functions
This is another type of operation on functions, with characteristics completely different from the basic
operations. To understand the meaning and usefulness of this operation, go back to the context of a
woodchuck's water needs.
5 In Question 1, you saw that the woodchuck's water needs depend on its weight. Furthermore,
according to a study, the weight of a young adult woodchuck increases during the summer at a rate
of approximately 20 g per day. Therefore, it can be assumed that a woodchuck that weighs 3 kg at the
beginning of the summer should weigh 4.8 kg after 90 days. Returning to the data from Question 1, you
can model this situation by two functions that will be designated for this purpose by the letters f and g.
Function f Function g
The quantity of water E (ml) that a The weight m (kg) of a certain woodchuck is
woodchuck must ingest daily is a a function g of the time elapsed t (days)
function f of its weight m (kg). since the beginning of the summer.
E 5 f(m) m 5 g(t)
Function rule: f(m) 5 75m 1 45. Function rule: g(t) 5 0.02t 1 3.
Domain of f: [2, 6] kg. Domain of g: [0, 90] days.
Range of f: [225, 345] ml. Range of g: [3, 4.8] kg.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
a) Applying these two functions one after the other, you can describe how the young woodchuck's
water needs E will evolve during the summer as a function of the time elapsed t.
First complete the following diagram, entering all the missing letters representing the variables
Situation 3.1
Acquisition A
and the functions.
t E
b) Complete the following statistical distribution table.
Woodchuck Data
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Quantity of Water
Time Elapsed
Weight (kg) Ingested per Day
(days)
(ml)
0 3 270
30
60
90
c) For h, the function that allows the woodchuck's daily water needs to be calculated according to the
number of days elapsed during the summer, determine the rule of this function.
d) What is the domain of the function h?
What is its range?
ANSWER KEY PAGE 289 135
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
The Composition of Two Functions
Definition
When the independent variable of a function f is the same as the dependent variable of a function g,
the following function can be defined:
The composite function f of g, written as f g (read as f of g), is the function for which the rule is
obtained by replacing the independent variable of f with the expression representing the dependent
variable of g.
In symbolic terms, this gives
Tip
(f g)(x) 5 f (g(x)) .
In context, the composition of two functions involves 3 variables, as
shown in the diagram below.
CAUTION!
Dependent
To determine the range of Independent variable of g Dependent
g f
a number by the composite variable 5 variable of
of g and f g Independent f and f g
function f g, you must
variable of f
first apply the function g to
this number, followed by
the function f. fg
Domain of the Resulting Function
Even if the functions g and f g have the same independent variable, they do not necessarily have the
same domain, because it is possible that certain values of the domain of g do not have a range by the
function f g. In all cases, however, the domain of f g is included in the domain of g.
In symbolic terms, this gives dom f g dom g .
Example:
In the example of the previous Remember section, the number of male moose in a hunting area
was modelled by the function g(t) 5 24 2 3t, where t is the time elapsed in years (0 # t # 8). Given
that this hunting area is 600 km2, the area S of the territory available to each male in square
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
kilometres can be expressed by the function
600
h(n) 5 ___
, where n represents the number of male moose (n . 0).
n
The relation among all these variables is represented by the following diagram:
The composite function h g describes the area S of each male's territory
Number of male moose in the area
g h
Time elapsed t n S Area of each male's territory
as a function of the time t.
Composite function rule Domain of the composite function
(h g)(t) 5 h(f(t)) The domain of h g is included in the domain
5 h(24 2 3t) of g, which is the interval [0, 8] years. However,
the rational fraction _____
600
600 200 24 2 3t is not defined if t 5 8.
5 _ 5 _ Therefore, dom h g 5 [0, 8[ years.
24 2 3t 8 2 t
136 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
PRACTISE
6 The perimeter and the area of the rectangle to the right
can be expressed as functions of its height.
h
P 5 2(2h 1 4) A 5 h(h 1 4)
a) Express the height h as a function of the perimeter P. h 4
b) By composing two functions, express the area A of this rectangle as a function of its perimeter P.
c) What is the domain of the composite function for which you determined the equation in b) ?
Justify your answer.
7 A function f has the effect of doubling a number, and then adding 1 to the result. Another
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
function g has the effect of doubling a number, and then subtracting 1 from the result.
a) Describe in words the effect of the composite function f g.
Situation 3.1
Acquisition A
b) Does the composite function g f have the same effect? Justify your answer.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
You now know that, based on two functions it is possible to define new ones
by carrying out different operations. You have also learned how to determine
the domain of the resulting function. To solve Situational Problem 3.1
Between Coyote and Wolf, you will have to express a product and a
fraction as a function of the elapsed time. By interpreting these
functions, you will be able to perform the requested task.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 290 137
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
SOLUTION
You are now able to solve Situational Problem 3.1. LAW OF COSINES
OPERATIONS
TRIGONOMETRIC ON FUNCTIONS
FORMULA FOR AREA
SITUATION 3.1 HERON’SCOMPOSITION
FUNCTION FORMULA*
Between Coyote and Wolf SP 3.1
2.2
Places exist where wolves and
coyotes cohabit. The meeting of
a male wolf and a female coyote
Interpret the data provided to describe how the may result in a coupling that will
produce a hybrid animal, known
number and percentage of hybrid litters borne
as a "coywolf." Coyote Wolf
A biologist wants to study the scope of this phenomenon in a region where the
TASK
by female coyotes in this region have changed number of coyotes has been estimated for five years, as shown in the statistical
distribution table below. It was also observed that a negative linear correlation
exists between the number of wolves and the number of coyotes in this region.
since 2010 and how they will continue to This relation is represented by a scatter plot and a regression line
Estimated Number of Coyotes
in the Region Since 2010
change in future years if the trends observed Year
2010
Number of
Coyotes
20
Estimated Number of
wolves (W) and coyotes (C)
W
in the region
are maintained.
130
2011 25
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
125
2012 26 120
115
2013 33 110
105 Regression
2014 36 100
Line
95
0 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 C
The biologist makes the following hypothesis: the number of hybrid litters borne by female coyotes in
the region is proportional to the product P of the number of coyotes and the number of wolves. She also
assumes that the percentage of hybrid litters among all litters of female coyotes should be proportional
to the fraction F, represented by wolves among all canids (wolves and coyotes) in the region.
Interpret the data provided to describe how the number and percentage of hybrid litters borne by
TASK
female coyotes in this region have changed since 2010 and how they will continue to change in
future years if the trends observed are maintained.
126 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
SITUATIONAL PROBLEM FROM PAGE 126
Summary of the Facts:
•• The mating of a male wolf and a female coyote produces a hybrid animal called a "coywolf".
•• The number of coyotes C can be expressed as a linear function of the time elapsed t in years.
•• The number of wolves W can be expressed as a linear function of the number of coyotes.
•• The number of hybrid litters borne by female coyotes in the region is proportional to the product P of the
number of coyotes and the number of wolves.
•• The percentage of hybrid litters among all litters borne by female coyotes is proportional to the fraction F
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
represented by wolves among all canids (wolves and coyotes) in the region.
Reminder of Exploration elements:
Number of coyotes as Number of wolves as a function
a function of the time of the number of coyotes
C 5 f(t) W 5 g(C)
Function rule: Function rule:
Domain of the function: Domain of the function:
Solution:
138 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 291
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Solution (continued)
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Situation 3.1
Solution
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Interpretation:
STRATEGY Structuring a solution
When a problem contains several steps, it is necessary to structure its solution by giving a title to each step of your
approach. Consider that the solution of a situational problem is essentially a communication. Ensure that you
make yourself understood.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 291 139
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
ACQUISITION B Mathematical knowledge
targeted:
•• graphing a sum or a
difference of two
functions
1. The Graph of a Sum or a Difference •• graphing certain
In this section you will discover how, based on graphs of two functions, properties of the product
you can draw the graph representing their sum or their difference by or the quotient of two
functions.
graphical processes. In the following examples, you will be dealing with
abstract situations, without a context, in order to represent all the functions
in the same Cartesian plane.
1 Below again are the graphs of the functions f and g presented in the previous Acquisition.
This time, you will assume that the variables can also have negative values.
a) Draw the graph of the sum f 1 g in the Cartesian plane according
to steps 1, 2 and 3. y
1) From a point somewhere on the x-axis, draw a vertical arrow 8
7
(up or down) that ends on the graph of the function g. 6
5 g
On the right are two sample arrows. Propose a third. 4
3
Example 1 2
1 f
The origin of the green arrow is located at 0 on the x-axis. 0
21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x
This arrow is 2 units long and points downward, because 22
g(0) 5 22. 23
Example 2
The origin of the magenta arrow is situated at 5 on the x-axis. This arrow is 3 units long,
because g(5) 5 3.
Your example: g( )5
2) Drag your arrow vertically until the origin of the arrow is on y
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
the graph of function f. Place a point at the location of the tip 8
7
of the displaced arrow. 6
5 g
Look at the two sample arrows again; drag your arrow. 4
3
Example 1 2
1 f
The origin of the green arrow was moved to the y-coordinate 0
21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x
4, because f(0) 5 4. The location of the tip of this displaced 22
arrow corresponds to the value of (f 1 g)(0), or 4 1 (22). 23
Example 2
The origin of the magenta arrow was moved to the y-coordinate 1.5, becausef(5) 5 1.5.
The location of the tip of the displaced magenta arrow corresponds to the value of (f 1 g)(5),
or 1.5 1 3.
Your example: (f 1 g) ( )5
3) After placing a few points in this way in the Cartesian plane of the 2nd step, draw the straight line
or the curve that passes through them.
140 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 292
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
b) What should you change in the previous steps to represent the difference f 2 g ?
c) Graph the result of this difference in the Cartesian plane below.
y
8
Tip
7
Once you have properly understood
6
this process, both for addition and for
5
subtraction, you should be able to
4
g
3 perform it mentally without needing
f to draw arrows. However, it is a good
2
1 idea to draw them at first to visualize
what is happening.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
REMEMBER
The Graph of a Sum or a Difference of Two Functions
To draw the graph of the sum (or the difference) of two functions, simply add (or subtract) the
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
y-coordinates of some points of the same x-coordinate that are situated in the graph of these functions.
It is possible to do this without calculation by viewing the arrows associated with these y-coordinates.
Example:
Situation 3.1
Acquisition B
Below is how you can draw the graph of the difference between two functions f and g.
y y y
6 6 6
5 5 5
g g g
4 4 4
3 3 3
f f f
2 2 2
f2g
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
1 1 1
0 0 0
24 3
2 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 x 2 4 2 3 2 2 1
2 1 2 3 4 x 2 4 3
2 2 2 1
2 1 2 3 4 x
2 2 2 2 2 2
Use arrows to view the Since this is a subtraction, The tips of the arrows then
y-coordinates of some points the direction of the arrows indicate the location of the
of the graph of the function g. is reversed before dragging points through which the
them vertically on the graph graph of f 2 g must pass.
of f.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 292 141
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
PRACTISE
2 Draw the graph of the functions requested.
a) The graph of f 1 g b) The graph of f 2 g
y y
4 4
3 3
2 g 2 g
1 1
0 0
4
2 3
2 2 2 21 1 2 3 4 x 24 3
2 2 2 1
2 1 2 3 4 x
2 2 2 2
2 3 f 2 3 f
2 4 2 4
c) The graph of f 1 g d) The graph of g 2 f
y y
4 4
3
f 3
2 2 g
g
1 1
0 0
2 4 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 x 24 3
2 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 x
2 2 2 2
f
2 3 2 3
2 4 2 4
2. The Graph of the Product or the Quotient
It is impossible to graph the product or the quotient of two functions without doing a calculation. However,
you can deduce certain properties of the resulting function, particularly concerning its zeros and its sign.
3 Use the same situation as in Question 1 of this Acquisition. y
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
This time you are interested in the product of f 3 g. 8
7
a) Relying on the graph of the functions f and g, how many
6
zeros does the function f 3 g have? What are these zeros? 5
4
g
3
f
2
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
b) In what part of its domain is the function f 3 g positive?
In what part is it negative?
142 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 292
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
y
c) In this specific case, since the functions f and g are linear, you
8
know that the product f 3 g will be a quadratic function. After
7
drawing the axis of symmetry associated with this quadratic 6
function, sketch its graph and then determine: 5
4
1) the interval over which it is increasing g
3
f
2
1
2) the interval over which it is decreasing.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
4 Do a similar analysis for the quotient, answering the following questions.
a) How many zeros does this function have?
f
b) What can you say about the function _
if x 5 2?
g
c) In what part of its domain is this function positive? In what part is it negative?
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
d) It is possible to determine the location of certain points of the y
graph of the quotient function without really doing a calculation.
8
For example, this is the case for the points for which the 7
x-coordinates are 8, 4 and 3.
Situation 3.1
6
Acquisition B
5
Situate these three points in the Cartesian plane, explaining your
4
g
reasoning for each of them. 3
f
2
If x 5 8:
1
If x 5 4:
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
If x 5 3:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
e) Accounting for the previous information, sketch the
f
curve representing the function __
for the part of the
domain corresponding to x . 2.
g
Tip
You could ask yourself how the
quotient ___
f(x)
changes when x
g(x)
approaches 2 on the right.
For example, if x 5 2 _, what would
1
2
be the value of ___
f(x)
g(x) relative to f(x)?
What if x 5 2 ____ ?
1
1000
ANSWER KEY PAGE 293 143
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
The Zeros and the Sign of the Product or the Quotient of Two Functions
Certain properties of the product or the quotient of two functions can be deduced directly from the
graphs of these functions by using the following properties:
1) (f 3 g)(x) 5 0 ⇔ f(x) 5 0 or g(x) 5 0. The symbol ⇔ between two statements means
that these statements are equivalent. It can be
(g)
f
2) _
( x) 5 0 ⇔ f(x) 5 0 and g(x) 0. translated by the expression "if and only if."
3) f 3 g is a positive function over an interval ⇔ f and g have the same sign over this interval.
4) f 3 g is a negative function over an interval ⇔ f and g have opposite signs over this interval.
f
NOTE: Properties 3 and 4 also apply for the quotient _
if you exclude the values of x for which g(x) 5 0.
g
Example:
The product of the quadratic function f and the linear function g, which are represented below,
is a 3rd degree polynomial function.
This function f 3 g has three zeros: 22 and 2, and then 0.
Zeros of f Zero of g
The following table allows you to analyze the sign of the function f 3 g. y
4
Interval ]2∞, 22] [22, 0] [0, 2] [2, 1∞[
3
Sign of f 1 2 2 1 f
2
Sign of g 2 2 1 1 1
Sign of f 3 g 2 1 2 1 24 2 3 2 2 1
2
0
1 2 3 4 x
You find that the function f 3 g is positive if x [22, 0] [2, 1∞[. 2 2
g 2 3
It is negative if x ]2∞, 22] [0, 2]. 2 4
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ICT In ICT Activity 3.1.1, GeoGebra helps you observe the result of the operations studied on different
types of graphed functions. Find this activity on portailsofad.com.
144 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
PRACTISE
5 Two linear functions, defined for all the real numbers,
y
are represented in the same Cartesian plane.
8
a) In what part of its domain is the product of these 7
f
6
two functions positive? 5
4
3
g
2
1
0
2 2 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
22
b) The product function has an extremum. Is this a maximum or a minimum? Estimate its value.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
6 The two functions f and g are represented on the right.
y
f
a) What is the domain of the function _ ?
g 5
Situation 3.1
4
Acquisition B
g
f 3
b) Determine the zero or zeros of the function _
. 2
g f
1
f 0
c) In what part of its domain is the function _
negative? 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 x
g 2 2
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
f
d) Determine the coordinates of the points of the graph of _ for which the x-coordinates are
g
2, 3 and 4 by observing the graphs of f and g. What do you find? Explain your answer.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 293 145
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
CONSOLIDATION
1 In each graph below, draw the graph of the requested functions using graphical processes.
a) f 1 g b) f 2 g
y y
5 5
4 f 4
3 3
2 g f 2
1 1
0 0
5 24 23 22 21
2 1 2 3 4 5 x 25 24 23 22 21 1 2 3 4 5 x
22 22
23 23
g
24 24
25 25
2 Consider the functions h and i represented on the right.
y
a) What are the zeros of the function:
5
1) h 3 i? 4
3
h
(4, 3)
h 2
2) _ ? 1
i
0
i
_ 22 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 x
3) ? 22
h 23
i
24
b) In what part of its domain is the function h 3 i 25
(12, 25)
positive? 26
27
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
h
c) In what part of its domain is the function _
positive?
i
146 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 294
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
3 Consider the functions defined by the rules f(x) 5 26x 1 4 and g(x) 5 2x 2 8. Determine the rule of the
requested function.
a) f 1 g b) f 2 g
g
c) f 3 g d) _
f
4 Consider two linear functions j and k. Determine if the following statements are true or false. Justify your
answer with reasoning or a counterexample.
a) If the two functions are increasing, then the function j 1 k will necessarily be increasing.
b) If the two functions are decreasing, then the function j 2 k will necessarily be decreasing.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
c) If the two functions are increasing, then the function j 3 k will necessarily be increasing.
Situation 3.1
Consolidation
5 2 (x 2 7)2 1 6 and the function defined by the
Consider the function defined by the rule f(x) 5 2_
rule g(x) 5 |x|. 3
a) What is the rule of the function g f?
b) Sketch the graph of the c) Based on the graph of the function f, what would
function f. the graph of the composite function g f resemble?
Explain your reasoning and sketch the graph of g f.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 294 147
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
6 A small company manufactures electronic components. Every month, it must consider various expenses.
• Firstly, the salary cost of its few employees is $12 500.
• Secondly, various invoices and monthly rent cost $2 500.
• Finally, it must buy raw material to manufacture the electronic components. The company has an
agreement with a supplier that allows it to pay $30 per component for this raw material for the first
200 components manufactured. This cost then falls to $25 per component for the next 300 and drops
again by $5 per component for the next ones.
The company sells its components at $60 per unit, but 10 units are donated for advertisement per month.
Given the following variables:
• n: Number of components manufactured during the month.
• E(n): Total expenses as a function of the number of components manufactured during the month ($).
• R(n): Revenue from the sale of components manufactured during the month ($).
• P(n): Profit for the month ($).
This variable corresponds to the difference between the revenue and expenses for the month.
a) Assuming that all the manufactured components are sold, what rule allows the company's profits to
be described as a function of the number of manufactured components?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
b) How many electronic components must the company manufacture to generate a profit?
148 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 295
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
7 In the study of round bodies, the volume of a ball frequently must be determined based on its
surface area.
a) Propose a formula allowing the volume of a ball to be calculated based on its surface area.
Simplify this formula as much as possible.
b) What must the volume of a ball be for its surface to have an area of 1 m2?
8 A square root function and its inverse are represented in the Cartesian plane below. The rules of these
functions are as follows:
_ x 2
f 21(x) 5 _ 1 2
y
f(x) 5 √
2x 2 4
2
7
a) Determine the rule of each of the composite functions f –1 f and 6
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
f f –1. Compare the two rules obtained. What do you observe? 5
f 21
4
3
2
f
1
Situation 3.1
Consolidation
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x
b) This observation can be generalized to any function f for which the inverse f 21 is also a function.
State a conjecture concerning the rule of their composite functions. Validate your conjecture with
one other example.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 296 149
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
9 A research team studies occupational safety. It is interested in the dangers related to falls. In the course
of its research, the team must perform several calculations.
At this time, the research team is addressing the impacts the human body may suffer during a fall from
the balcony of a building. To conduct its study, the team considers a man of medium weight who would
fall from a balcony and be subjected to gravitational acceleration.
The following three formulas are used by the researchers most frequently. These three formulas have
been simplified, taking the data of their experiment into account.
Calculation of the Kinetic Energy Calculation of the Final Velocity
Calculation of Displacement as a
of a Man of Medium Weight as a of a Man of Medium Weight as a
Function of the Falling Time
Function of his Velocity Function of his Falling Time
Ek 5 42.5v2, where vf 5 9.8t, where x 5 4.9t2, where
Ek: kinetic energy (J) vf: final velocity (m/s) x: displacement (m)
v: velocity (m/s) t: falling time (s) t: falling time (s)
a) To evaluate the strength of the impacts, the researchers need to know the kinetic energy contained
in the body in freefall. What simplified formula allows the kinetic energy Ek to be calculated as a
function of the displacement x?
b) According to the research, it takes an average of 3000 joules to fracture a bone. From what height
must the man fall for there to be a significant risk of fracture?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
150 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 297
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
10 A projectile is thrown inside a house in a large room 10 m long with a cathedral ceiling. The graph
below shows the position of the ceiling, which has two symmetrical slopes, and the projectile's
parabolic trajectory. The ceiling begins at a height of 3 m on each side and rises to 5.5 m in the
middle. The projectile was thrown from the floor 1 m from the left wall and fell 7 m from that wall
after reaching a maximum height of 4.5 m. y
a) In the same Cartesian plane, graph the difference 6
between the heights of the ceiling and the projectile 5
4
for all the values of x belonging to the trajectory.
3
b) Let f(x) be the height of the ceiling, g(x), the height 2
of the projectile and d(x), the difference between the 1
heights of the ceiling and the projectile x metres from 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 x
the left wall.
Given that f(x) 5 20.5|x 2 5| 1 5.5 and g(x) 5 20.5(x 2 1)(x 2 7), determine the rule of the function d.
Write this rule in a simplified form.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
c) During this throw, what was the minimum difference between the height of the ceiling and the
Situation 3.1
height of the projectile?
Consolidation
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 297 151
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
RATIONAL FUNCTIONS AND THEIR INVERSE
SITUATION 3.2 SOLVING RATIONAL EQUATIONS OR INEQUALITIES
The Figure Eight Dance SP 3.2
of the Bees
To indicate the location of a new
nectar source, the worker bee
performs a waggle dance, also
known as the "figure eight dance."
An ethologist studied this behaviour by placing a nectar source at different Tempo of the Figure Eight
distances from a beehive. The table to the right shows the results obtained. Dance Based on the Distance
From the Source
To deepen his research, the ethologist would like to be able to communicate Distance from Number of
with the bees by using a robot that would imitate their behaviour. The robot the Source Rounds per
will have to perform the figure eight dance with the right tempo to announce (hm) 15 s
nectar sources located more than 50 m away. Conversely, it must be able to 1.5 5.6
interpret the figure eight dance of a worker bee to deduce the distance from 2 4.1
the source she discovered. 3 2.8
For the imitation to be perfect, the ethologist also points out that the bees 4 2.3
studied have physiological limits. They cannot perform a round of the figure 5 2.0
eight dance in less than 1.2 s. 6 1.8
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
DID YOU KNOW?
This figure eight dance consists of waggling in a straight
line and then returning to the starting point from the right
or the left. This is followed by another waggling passage
and then a return from the other side. The orientation of the
waggle relative to the vertical indicates the direction of the
source in relation to the sun. The distance to the source is
related to the number of rounds completed in a given time.
To help design the robot, you must model the bees' behaviour by means of a function and its
TASK
inverse, specifying their respective domains. The function will have to be defined for any distance
greater than 0.5 hm. Then you must use examples to show how these models will allow the robot
to communicate with the bees.
152 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
EXPLORATION
The questions of this exploration activity will allow you to highlight certain characteristics of the function for
which you must determine the rule. You may also refresh your knowledge of the graphical and algebraic
representation of inverse-variation functions.
1 Graph the results obtained by the Tempo of the Figure Eight Dance Based
on the Distance from the Source
ethologist with a scatter plot, and then Number of Rounds
per 15 s
draw a smooth curve of best fit for this 10
scatter plot. 9
2 Let d be the distance from the source in 8
hectometres and n, the tempo of the 7
dance in number of rounds per 15 s. 6
a) What can you say about the way n 5
changes when the value of d 4
increases?
3
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Situation 3.2
Distance
Exploration
(hm)
b) Following this trend, extend the curve on the right side for distances greater than 6 hm.
c) The function sought must be defined only for distances greater than 0.5 hm. Following the trend,
extend the curve to the left, taking this constraint into account.
d) What should be the tempo of the figure eight dance to announce a nectar source:
1) 100 m away? 2) 1 km away?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
STRATEGY Extrapolate with a graph
Extrapolating while extending an existing graph allows you to perceive at a glance how the variables behave.
However, to follow the trend properly, you must try to draw as smooth a line as possible, without breaks and
without sudden changes of direction. You must also account for the context and the characteristics of the chosen
functional model, if applicable.
3 The characteristics of the model highlighted in the previous answers resemble those
of inverse-variation functions.
Is the function sought an inverse-variation function? Justify your answer.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 298 153
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMINDER REFRESHER EXERCISES
PAGE 202, QUESTIONS 25 TO 27
Inverse-Variation Functions
This type of function allows modelling of situations in which variables represent
inversely proportional quantities. The rule of this type of function can be written
a
in the form y 5 __
(for a . 0).
x
Example:
$6 worth of a product is purchased in bulk. The quantity obtained (kg) depends on the price of the
product ($/kg).
Statistical distribution table and rule Graph
Quantity as a Function of the Price Quantity as a Function
Price ($/kg) 1 1.5 2 3 4 6 of the Price
Quantity
(kg)
Quantity (kg) 6 4 3 2 1.5 1 8
7
If q is the quantity and p is the price, then p 3 q 5 6, 6
5
6
and consequently q 5 __ . 4
p 3
2
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Price
($/kg)
4 According to the situational problem, at least how much time does it take a bee to perform one round of
a figure eight dance? What does this mean when considering the value of n?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
To solve the situational problem, you will first have to determine the rule of a function for which the graph
resembles the graph of an inverse-variation function, without really being one. In fact, as you will see in the
following pages, this is a generalization of the inverse-variation function, which is called a rational function.
DID YOU KNOW?
Bees also use other dances to communicate with each
other. For example, when a worker bee detects a nectar
source 50 m or less from the hive, it performs what is
called a round dance 1 . Between the round dance and
the figure eight dance, there is also the sickle dance 2 1 2 3
for distances greater than 50 m, but not great enough to
be described by a figure eight dance 3 .
154 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 298
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
ACQUISITION A Mathematical knowledge
targeted:
•• graphing a rational
function
1. The Graph of a Rational Function •• determining the rule of a
rational function from its
The rational functions that will be discussed in the rest of this chapter graph
are generalizations of the inverse-variation function. They can all be written
•• determining the inverse
rule of a rational
a function.
in standard form f(x) 5 _______
1 k . The purpose of this section is to
b(x 2 h)
introduce you to the characteristics of the graph of this type of function.
1.1 A Function Defined Over the Set of Real Numbers
This short section begins with a simple example, the inverse-variation function itself, but extending its
application to all real numbers. The essential characteristics of the graph and the role of the parameter
a are highlighted.
1 In the previous Reminder section, the graph of the equation
6 y
q 5 __
is drawn. By analogy, now consider the function
p
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
6
f(x) 5 __ , and assume that x can have both positive and
6
x
4
negative values.
2
a) The curve representing the positive side of the domain of
Situation 3.2
Acquisition A
this function is already drawn. Complete the graph of this 2 6 4
2 2
2
0
2 4 6 x
function by first completing the table below. 2
2
4
x
2
21 21.5 22 23 24 26
6 6
f(x) 5 _
2
x
b) What do you find? Make at least three observations.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
c) This function is not defined for x 5 0. The curve does not intersect the y-axis, even though it
approaches it closer and closer when x tends toward 0, both on the left and on the right.
What about the x-axis? If the curve were extended to the right or left, would it end up touching
this axis? Justify your answer with reasoning.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 298 155
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
d) An asymptote is a straight line that a curve
approaches continuously without ever touching Tip
it. What are the equations of the two asymptotes
To understand the meaning of a new word,
in this graph?
it is instructive to call on its etymology.
Asymptote comes from the Greek prefix "a",
which means a negation, and the word
"symptôsis," which means "meeting." An
asymptote is therefore a straight line that
the curve does not meet (even though it
approaches it closer and closer).
2 In the Cartesian planes below, draw the graph of the functions f1 and f2 for which the rules are given.
6
Compare the graphs with that of the function f(x) 5 __
, which is already drawn in orange. In each case,
x
describe the change observed.
3 26
f1(x) 5 _
f2(x) 5 _
x x
y y
6 6
4 4
2 2
0 0
26 24 2 2 2 4 6 x 6
2 4
2 22 2 4 6 x
2
2 2
2
4
2 4
2
6
2 6
2
Change observed: Change observed:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
CAUTION!
The graphs representing rational functions are composed of two branches of one and the same curve,
called a hyperbola. In the MTH-5173-2 course, Geometric Representation in a Fundamental Context 2,
you will study this curve in more detail from a geometric point of view.
1.2 The Role of the Parameters b, h and k
For each of the previous functions, the parameter b was equal to 1, and the parameters h and k were equal to
0. You must now look at what happens to the graph if the value of these parameters is changed, when the
a
rule is in its standard form f(x) 5 _
1 k.
b(x 2 h)
156 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 299
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
3 The Cartesian plane to the right contains the graph of the
4
function g(x) 5 __
, drawn in orange, and the graphs of three y
x
other functions, represented by the letters A, B and C, for 6
5
which the rules are given below. 4
3 C
a) Associate each of these rules with its graph. 2
A
4
g1(x) 5 _
1
: B
3x 6 25 24 23 22 21
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 x
4
2
_
g2(x) 5 : 22
0.5x 23
4
g3(x) 5 _____
24
2 :
1.5x 25
4
b) What happens to the graph of the original function g(x) 5 __
26
:
x
1) when the value of the parameter b is increased?
2) when the value of the parameter b is decreased?
3) when the sign of parameter b is changed?
Tip
As is the case for quadratic and absolute value functions, it is always
a
possible to write the rule of a rational function by using a parameter b f(x) 5 _
1 k
x2h
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
equal to 1. This gives the standard form on the right:
However, it is sometimes useful to keep the parameter b to avoid having a fractional parameter a.
Example:
4
The rule of the function g1(x) 5 ___
could be written with a parameter b equal to 1 by dividing
3x _3
4
Situation 3.2
Acquisition A
__
the numerator and the denominator by 3, but you would then obtain g1(x) 5 . This is not really
x
any simpler! In this case, it is preferable to keep a parameter b different than 1.
4 Now analyze what happens if you introduce parameters h and k different from 0 in the rule of the
4 4
function g(x) 5 _
; for example, if h 5 2 and k 51, you obtain the function g4(x) 5 _
1 1.
x x22
a) What is the domain of the function g4?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
b) The graph of the function g4, like the graph of all the y
functions represented up to now, has two asymptotes. 6
5
Logically determine the equations of these two asymptotes 4
and then draw them in the Cartesian plane to the right. 3
2
Vertical asymptote: 1
0
Horizontal asymptote: 26 25 24 23 22 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 x
22
23
c) Draw the graph of the function g4. 24
25
26
d) What is the range of this function?
ICT ICT Activity 3.2.1 allows you to observe the effect on the graph of a change in the parameters of a rational
function written in standard form. Find this GeoGebra activity on portailsofad.com.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 299 157
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
The Graph of a Rational Function
a
Out of context, the rational function f(x) 5 _
1 k has the domain R \ {h} and the range R \ {k}.
b(x 2 h)
The graph of this function is a hyperbola with asymptotes that have the equations x 5 h and y 5 k.
These two perpendicular asymptotes separate the Cartesian plane into four regions.
2 1 When h 5 0 and k 5 0, these four regions
correspond to the four quadrants of the
y5k
Cartesian plane and the asymptotes are simply
the axes of this plane. Other values of h and k
3 4 are all shifted by translation.
x5h
a
•• If __
is positive, the two branches of the hyperbola are situated in regions 1 and 3 and the function
b
is decreasing.
a
•• If __ is negative, the two branches are in regions 2 and 4 instead and the function is increasing.
b
Example:
26
To graph the function f(x) 5 _
1 3, you can follow the steps below.
x12
1 Determine the value of the additive
parameters (h 5 22 and k 5 3) and draw 2 Accounting for the signs of a and b,
the two asymptotes as dotted lines. identify the two regions that will contain
the graph. (Since a 5 26 and b 5 1, these
are the regions 2 and 4.)
y
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
6
5
4
5 Complete the graph, situating 3
some symmetrical points in the 2 3 Use the function rule to
other region and drawing the 1 situate some points in one
second branch of the hyperbola. 0 of the regions.
26 25 24 23 22 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 x
22
23
24
25
26
4 Draw the branch of the hyperbola that passes through
these points, taking the asymptotes into account.
This function is increasing. (The curve must approach the asymptotes without
Its asymptotes are x 5 22 and y 5 3. touching them.)
158 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
PRACTISE
3
5 Given the function f(x) 5 _
2 1.5.
2(x 1 1)
a) What are the equations of the asymptotes?
Vertical asymptote: Horizontal asymptote:
b) Is this function increasing or decreasing?
c) Graph this function, first drawing its asymptotes as dotted lines.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
6 At a service station, Kathy puts $75 of gasoline in her truck's tank. The amount of gasoline she
obtains in litres is a function of the price per litre of gasoline in dollars. The rule of this function is
75
given by the equation q 5 __ , where q is the quantity of gasoline and p is the price per litre.
p
Situation 3.2
Acquisition A
a) Graph this function in the Cartesian
Quantity of Gasoline Bought by Kathy
plane to the right. Quantity
as a Function of the Price
(L)
120
100
80
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
b) Kathy finds that if the price of gasoline had cost 60
$0.25 less, she would have obtained 10 L more
40
for the same amount of $75. This can translate
into the equation (q 1 10)(p 2 0.25) 5 75, where
20
q and p still represent the quantity and the price
of her initial purchase.
0 1 2 3
Express q as a function of p according to this Price
($/L)
other equation.
c) Graph this new function in the same Cartesian plane as the initial function.
d) Estimate the quantity of gasoline that Kathy purchased initially from the graph.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 300 159
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
2. Determining the Rule from the Graph
You now know how to draw a graph based on a rule in its standard form. You will now learn to do the
opposite: determine a rule from a graph.
a
Since this rule can be written in the form f(x) 5 _____
1 k , you must determine three parameters.
x2h
7 The situation is relatively simple when you know the exact y
positions of the two asymptotes (and thus the value of the
parameters h and k), because then you only have to determine
the value of the parameter a, as in the following example.
The vertical asymptote of a rational function f is located at
x 5 22 and the horizontal asymptote is located at y 5 1.
x
The graph of the function passes through the point (2, 21).
a) Draw a sketch of the graph, and then determine if this
function is increasing or decreasing.
b) What is the rule of this function? Tip
To validate your answer, observe the sign of the
parameter a you have determined. Does it
correspond to the type of change of the function?
8 Sometimes only one of the asymptotes appears in the graph. In this case, you must know the
coordinates of two points of the curve to determine the rule. The following is an example.
A situation that you want to model by a rational function is represented
by the graph to the right. In this situation, the variables cannot be y
negative. This is why it is represented only in the first quadrant. 8
7
a) What is the value of the parameter h? 6
5
b) Using the coordinate point (3, 3), determine an equation that relates 4
3
the parameters a and k.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
2
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
c) Do the same using the point (6, 0).
d) Solve the system of equations that results from your answers in b) and c).
e) What is the function rule?
f ) Validate the rule determined using the coordinates of another point of the graph.
160 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 300
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
Determining the Rule of a Rational Function
You can determine the rule of a rational function from its graph if you know the position of the two
asymptotes and one point of the curve, or the position of one asymptote and two points.
Example: Grouper's Size as a
Function of its Age
Size
The graph to the right was drawn based on observations (m)
on the grouper. To express the grouper's size as a function 2.4
of its age, you can proceed as follows:
(10, 1.4)
Let f(x) be the size in metres of a grouper aged x years. (5, 1)
Age
(yr)
Value of the Parameter k
From the position of the horizontal asymptote, you know that k 5 2.4. Supposing that b 5 1,
a
you can write f(x) 5 _
1 2.4.
x2h
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Value of the Parameters h and a
With the point (5, 1), you obtain the equation With the point (10, 1.4), you obtain the equation
a a
15_ 1 2.4, which can be simplified: 1.4 5 _
1 2.4, which can be simplified:
52h 10 2 h
a a
_ 5 21.4 _ 5 21
Situation 3.2
Acquisition A
52h 10 2 h
a 5 1.4h 2 7 a 5 h 2 10
You must solve the system of equations {
a 5 1.4h 2 7
.
a 5 h 2 10
Value of the parameter h Value of the parameter a (using the
(by the comparison method): 2nd equation of the system):
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
1.4h 2 7 5 h 2 10 a 5 (27.5) 2 10
0.4h 5 23 a 5 217.5
h 5 27.5
Function Rule
217.5
In standard form, you therefore obtain: f(x) 5 _
1 2.4 .
x 1 7.5
161
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
PRACTISE
9 Determine the rule of the rational function represented
y
on the right.
20
(6, 8)
3. The Inverse of a Rational Function
To solve the situational problem, you must also determine the inverse of a rational function. You can ask
yourself whether this inverse is a function and, if yes, what type of function is involved. The following
questions allow you to think about this.
10 Return to the context of Kathy in Question 6 of page 159, who is buying gasoline for her truck. You saw
that the quantity of gasoline she purchased can be expressed as a function of its price by the equation
75
q5_
2 10 ,
p 2 0.25
where q is the quantity of gasoline (L) and p is the price of gasoline ($/L).
Determine the inverse rule by isolating the variable p. What do you find?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
162 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 301
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
The Inverse of a Rational Function
The inverse of a rational function is also a rational function for which the parameters a and b are the
same as those of the initial function. The parameters h and k of the inverse are obtained by switching
the parameters h and k of the initial function.
Example:
23 23
The inverse of the function f(x) 5 _
2 1.5 is f 21(x) 5 _
2 1.
2(x 1 1) 2(x 1 1.5)
•• The parameter h of the function (which is equal to 21) is the same as the parameter k of
its inverse.
•• The parameter k of the function (which is equal to 21.5) is the same as the parameter h of
its inverse.
PRACTISE
11 The area of a trapezoid is 30 cm2. Its short base measures 4 cm less than its long base B.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
a) Show that B is a rational function of h.
B 4
Situation 3.2
Acquisition A
h
b) Express the height h as a function of B.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
12 A function f is its own inverse if the rules that define f(x) and f 21(x) are the same.
Indicate if each of the following statements is true or false. If the statement is false, give a
counterexample.
a
a) Any rational function for which the rule can be written in the form f(x) 5 _ is its own inverse.
x
True False
a
b) Any rational function that is its own inverse can be written in the form f(x) 5 _.
x
True False
The new mathematical knowledge acquired allows you to solve Situational Problem 3.2 The Figure Eight
Dance of the Bees. In the graph studied during the exploration activity, the vertical line of equation d 5 0.5
can be considered an asymptote of the rational model. You can now complete the task for this situation.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 301 163
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
SOLUTION
You are now able to solve Situational Problem 3.2.
RATIONAL FUNCTIONS AND THEIR INVERSE
SITUATION 3.2 SOLVING RATIONAL EQUATIONS OR INEQUALITIES
The Figure Eight Dance SP 3.2
of the Bees
To indicate the location of a new
To help design the robot, you must model the nectar source, the worker bee
performs a waggle dance, also
known as the "figure eight dance."
bees' behaviour by means of a function and its An ethologist studied this behaviour by placing a nectar source at different Tempo of the Figure Eight
distances from a beehive. The table to the right shows the results obtained. Dance Based on the Distance
inverse, specifying their respective domains. To deepen his research, the ethologist would like to be able to communicate
From the Source
TASK
Distance from Number of
with the bees by using a robot that would imitate their behaviour. The robot the Source Rounds per
The function will have to be defined for any
will have to perform the figure eight dance with the right tempo to announce (hm) 15 s
nectar sources located more than 50 m away. Conversely, it must be able to 1.5 5.6
interpret the figure eight dance of a worker bee to deduce the distance from 2 4.1
distance greater than 0.5 hm. Then you must
the source she discovered. 3 2.8
For the imitation to be perfect, the ethologist also points out that the bees 4 2.3
studied have physiological limits. They cannot perform a round of the figure 5 2.0
use examples to show how these models will eight dance in less than 1.2 s. 6 1.8
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
DID YOU KNOW?
allow the robot to communicate with the bees. This figure eight dance consists of waggling in a straight
line and then returning to the starting point from the right
or the left. This is followed by another waggling passage
and then a return from the other side. The orientation of the
waggle relative to the vertical indicates the direction of the
source in relation to the sun. The distance to the source is
related to the number of rounds completed in a given time.
To help design the robot, you must model the bees' behaviour by means of a function and its
TASK
inverse, specifying their respective domains. The function will have to be defined for any distance
greater than 0.5 hm. Then you must use examples to show how these models will allow the robot
to communicate with the bees.
152 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
SITUATIONAL PROBLEM FROM PAGE 152
Summary of the Facts:
•• The distance is represented by the letter d, and the number Tempo of the Figure Eight
of rounds per 15 s by the letter n. Dance Based on the Distance
from the Source
•• The situation is modelled by a function defined for d . 0.5.
Distance from Number of
•• Consider the fact that a bee cannot complete a round of the the Source (hm) Rounds per 15 s
dance in less than 1.2 s (n # 12.5). 1.5 5.6
2 4.1
3 2.8
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
4 2.3
5 2.0
6 1.8
Solution:
164 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 302
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Solution (continued):
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Situation 3.2
Solution
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Answer:
The tempo of the dance based on the distance from the source:
The distance from the source based on the tempo of the dance:
Examples of use:
STRATEGY Validate a rule from a statistical distribution table
When experimental data is modelled by a function, as is the case in this situational problem, it is always wise to
validate the rule obtained by comparing the values that the function forecasts with the results of the experiment.
It is important to ensure that the differences between the forecasts and the reality are not too great.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 302 165
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
ACQUISITION B Mathematical knowledge
targeted:
•• interpreting the general
form of rational
functions
1. General Form and Standard Form •• solving an equation or an
In the first learning situation of this chapter, you performed divisions involving inequality involving a
two linear functions. In the current learning situation, you are interested in rational expression.
rational functions, which are generalizations of the inverse-variation function
a
and which can therefore be written in the standard form f(x) 5 ______
1 k.
b(x 2 h)
It is time to establish a relation between these two concepts.
1 The graph of two linear functions is reproduced to the right. y
You are interested in the quotient of these two functions. 12
Let h be the quotient of f by g, or f(x) 5 22x 1 14 8
g
and g(x) 5 2x 1 3.
f
4
The rule of this function can be written in the following form.
22x 1 14
h(x) 5 _
2 0
x13 212 8
2 2 4 4 8 12 x
a) What is the domain of the function h? 4
2
b) What is the zero of this function?
8
2
c) Divide 22x 1 14 by 2x 1 3. Use the result to write
12
the function rule in standard form.
2
d) According to the standard form of the function h, what is the equation:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
1) of the vertical asymptote? 2) of the horizontal asymptote?
Is this function increasing or decreasing?
e) Graph the function h in the same Cartesian plane as the functions f and g.
166 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 303
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMEMBER
Converting from One Form of the Rule to the Other
The rule of this rational function, written in the general
Ax 1 B
CAUTION!
form f(x) 5 ______ , can be written in the standard
Cx 1 D The parameters A and B of the general form
a are not the same as the parameters a and b
form f(x) 5 ______
1 k , and vice versa. of the standard form. This is also why
b(x 2 h)
uppercase and lowercase letters are used
to distinguish them clearly.
Use algebraic manipulations to convert from
By division
one form to the other.
Ax B a
f(x) f(x) k
Cx D b(x h)
By addition (or subtraction)
Example:
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
From the general form From the standard form
to the standard form to the general form
4x 2 5 1
Given f(x) 5 _
. Given f(x) 5 _ 1 2.
2x 2 3 2(x 2 1.5)
Situation 3.2
Divide as follows: Perform the calculations in the following order:
Acquisition B
1
4x 2 5 2x 2 3 f(x) 5 _ 1 2 (Simplification of the
2x 2 3
2 (4x 2 6) 2 denominator)
1
1 2(2x 2 3)
The quotient f(x) 5 _ 1 _ (Common denominator)
corresponds to 2x 2 3 2x 2 3
The remainder
the parameter k.
corresponds to 1 4x 2 6
the parameter a. f(x) 5 _ 1 _ (Simplification of the
2x 2 3 2x 2 3
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
numerator)
1
f(x) 5 _ 1 2
2x 2 3 1 1 4x 2 6
f(x) 5 _ (Addition of the two fractions)
2x 2 3
You must factor out the
coefficient of x. 4x 2 5
f(x) 5 _ (Simplification)
1 2x 2 3
f(x) 5 _ 1 2
2(x 2 1.5)
167
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
PRACTISE
2
2 Consider the rational function f(x) 5 ______
1 4. Show that this function is the result of a division
3(x 2 1)
involving two linear functions.
3 Complete the following table.
General Form Standard Form Vertical Horizontal Type of Zero of the
y-intercept
of the Rule of the Rule Asymptote Asymptote Change Function
3x
f1(x) 5 _
x21
23
f2(x) 5 _
2 1
x22
4x 1 3
f3(x) 5 _
2x 1 1
2 1
f4(x) 5 _
1 _
x 2
Tip
Each form of the rule has its use. The general form allows quicker calculations; for example, it is
particularly appropriate for determining the zero of the function or its y-intercept. The standard form,
with its parameters, allows you to know the characteristics of the graph directly, namely the position of
the asymptotes and the change (increasing or decreasing).
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Ax 1 B
4 It is possible to determine the asymptotes of a rational function f(x) 5 ______ without going
Cx 1 D
through the standard form. For the vertical asymptote, simply determine the value of x for which
the function is not defined.
a) With the parameters C and D, write a formula that gives the position of the vertical asymptote.
b) What about the horizontal asymptote? Observing the previous table, state a conjecture on the
position of this asymptote.
c) Validate your conjecture by determining the position of the horizontal asymptote of the
23x 1 1
function f(x) 5 ______
.
2x 1 4
168 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 303
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
2. Equations and Inequalities
Different situations may arise in which equations and inequalities containing rational expressions must be
solved. To solve equations, simply apply the properties of the operations or the proportions you already
know, accounting for the domain of the variable. Solving inequalities can be a little more complex: two ways
of proceeding will be studied in the following questions.
22x 1 14
5 Again consider the function h(x) 5 _______
2 you analyzed at the beginning of this Acquisition.
x13
Answer the following question: In what part of its domain is this function less than or equal to 5?
22x 1 14
This allows you to solve the inequality ______
# 5.
2x13 Tip
a) To determine the solution, first solve
22x 1 14 It is always possible to see this type of equation as
the equation: _______ 5 5.
2x13 an equality of two relations:
22x 1 14 5
_
2 5 _ .
x13 1
Remembering that x 3, you can apply the
property of proportions (the product of the extremes
is equal to the product of the means) to obtain a
first-degree polynomial equation. This polynomial
equation will be equivalent to the initial equation
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
for any different value x of 3.
b) You can complete the solution of the inequality from y
a sketch of the graph of the function. 10
Situation 3.2
Acquisition B
8
1) Draw the horizontal line of equation y 5 5.
6
2) Identify the parts of the hyperbola found below this line. 4
(Do not forget that there are two branches!) 2
0
3) Since the sign of the inequality is #, include the answer 2 8 26 2 4 2 2 2 4 6 8 10 x
determined in a) in your solution. 2 4
The solution:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
6 There is another, purely algebraic way to proceed, which does not call for the graph of a function in a
Cartesian plane. To discover this method, go back to the same inequality:
22x 1 14
_
2 # 5.
x13
By subtracting 5 from each side, you obtain an equivalent inequality in which the element on the right
side of the inequality is 0.
22x 1 14
_
2 2 5 # 0
x13
ANSWER KEY PAGE 304 169
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
a) Carry out the subtraction in the left side of this inequality. Write the resulting inequality.
3x 2 1
b) By simplifying the left side in a), you should have obtained the rational fraction _____ 2 . For this
x13
fraction to be defined properly, you must exclude the value x 5 3. Also, it is easy to see that it is equal
1
to 0, if x 5 __ . For the other values of x, the fraction is either greater than or less than 0.
3
To determine the sign of the 1 1
Intervals ]2∞, _
] [_
, 3[ ]3, 1∞[
fraction in different intervals, 3 3
complete the following table: Sign of 3x 2 1
Sign of 2x 1 3
3x 2 1
Sign of _
2x 1 3
c) What is the solution of the inequality?
REMEMBER
Solving Equations and Inequalities
To solve an equation with a rational expression, simply apply the properties of equalities or proportions.
To solve an inequality, you can proceed graphically in the case of a function or algebraically by reducing
the problem to a sign analysis.
Example:
Return to the context of the grouper, which varies in size as a function of its age. To estimate the age
2 35
of a grouper that measures longer than 1.9 m, you must solve the inequality ________
1 2.4 . 1.9.
2(x 1 7.5)
The following are two ways to proceed.
Size Grouper's Size as a Function of its Age
Graphically
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
(m)
Asymptote
According to the graph, the solution 3
2.8
is in the form ]x0, 1∞[. The value of the 2.6
endpoint x0 is close to 28. 2.4
2.2
(x0, 1.9)
To determine the exact value of this 2
1.8
endpoint, you can solve the 1.6
equation algebraically. 1.4
1.2
2 35
_
1 2.4 5 1.9
1
2(x 1 7.5) 0.8
0.6
2 35
_ 5 20.5 0.4
2(x 1 7.5) 0.2
235 5 20.5(2)(x 1 7.5) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44
Age
235 5 2x 2 7.5 (yr)
x 5 27.5 The grouper should be over 27 and a half years old.
170 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 304
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Algebraically
2 35
Subtract 1.9 from each side of the inequality: _ 1 0.5 . 0.
2(x 1 7.5)
Simplification of the inequality:
⟋
2 235
___________ 1 1 . 0 (Multiplication by 2)
⟋
2 (x 1 7.5)
235 x 1 7.5
_ 1 _ . 0 (Same denominator)
x 1 7.5 x 1 7.5
235 1 x 1 7.5
____________
. 0 (Addition of the fractions)
x 1 7.5
x 2 27.5
_ . 0 (Simplification)
x 1 7.5
The rational fraction is equal to 0 if x 5 27.5. It is not defined for x 5 27.5, but this is
unimportant in this case, because according to the context, x $ 0. Therefore, there
are only two intervals to consider.
Intervals [0, 27.5[ ]27.5; 1∞[
Sign of x 2 27.5 2 1
x 2 27.5
Sign of x 1 7.5 1 1 _______ . 0 on the interval ]27.5, 1∞[.
x 1 7.5
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
x 2 27.5 Therefore, the grouper should be over
Sign of _
2 1
x 1 7.5 27 and a half years old.
Situation 3.2
Acquisition B
PRACTISE
7 Solve the following inequality.
29
_
2 16 . 14
2(x 1 5)
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
8 The difference between two real numbers is equal to 2. What must the value of the greater of these
1
numbers be if the quotient of the smaller number by the greater number is not less than _ ?
2
ANSWER KEY PAGE 304 171
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
CONSOLIDATION
1 Based on the rule given, graph the function f. Then study this function by completing each box.
4 1 Domain of f:
f(x) 5 _
2 _
x11 2
Range of f:
y
Equation of the vertical asymptote:
5
4 Equation of the horizontal asymptote:
3
2 y-intercept
1
Zero of the function
0
25 4
2 3
2 2
2 21 1 2 3 4 5 x
Is this function increasing or decreasing?
22
23
24
25 In what part of the domain is this function:
positive?
negative?
2 4x 1 19
2 Graph the following function: f(x) 5 _
.
2x 2 8
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
172 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 305
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
3 Determine the rule of the rational function represented on the right. y
8
6
4
2
0
28 6
2 4
2 22 2 4 6 8 x
24
26
28
4 Determine the rule of the rational function for which the horizontal asymptote is y 5 4 and
passes through the points (21, 3) and (5, 6).
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
5 Convert the following rules into the requested form.
20x 2 16
a) f(x) 5 _
2 , in standard form.
5x 2 4
Situation 3.2
Consolidation
25 3
b) g(x) 5 _
1 _ , in the general form.
x 1 12 4
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 306 173
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
6 Solve the following inequalities.
8 5x 2 7
a) 22 $ _ 2 6 b) _ # 5
x13 x22
7 Two types of minimum wage exist in Québec: the minimum wage and the minimum wage for
employees receiving tips. These wages can be modelled by linear functions. Between 2000 and 2015,
the minimum wage increased from $6.90 to $10.55, while the minimum wage for employees receiving
tips increased from $6.15 to $9.05.
a) What rule can express the ratio that represents the minimum wage for employees receiving tips
relative to the minimum wage as a function of the years since 2000?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
b) What will the difference in these wages be when the minimum wage for employees receiving tips
represents 85% of the minimum wage?
c) If the trend is maintained, what can you say about the percentage the minimum wage for employees
receiving tips will represent relative to the minimum wage in the long term? Justify your answer.
174 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 306
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
8 A company manufactures cell phones. The initial investment for production of the phones is $100 000,
to which is added the equivalent of $55 in material and labour for the production of each phone.
a) What rule allows the production cost C of a phone to be calculated as a function of the number n of
cell phones produced?
b) Graph the rule determined in a).
c) What does each of the asymptotes associated with this
graph represent?
d) What minimum quantity of phones must the company
produce if it wishes to be able to limit the production cost
per phone to a maximum of $100.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
9 Mathilde wonders if a formula exists that allows the inverse of a rational function to be determined
Situation 3.2
Consolidation
when it is written in the general form.
6x 1 3
a) To study the question, determine the inverse of the function f(x) 5 _ .
2x 1 4
Write the rule of this inverse in the general form.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Ax 1 B
b) State a conjecture about the inverse rule of function f(x) 5 _ .
Cx 1 D
ANSWER KEY PAGE 308 175
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
10 In an airport, Émile takes a long corridor to get to the boarding gate. In this corridor, there is a moving
walkway 36 m long, which runs at a speed of 0.8 m/s. Fifteen seconds after getting onto this walkway,
Émile decides to walk on his own relative to the walkway at a constant speed v expressed in metres
per second.
You can calculate the time t in seconds that it will take him to get from one end of the moving walkway
to the other by the following equation:
24
t5_
1 15 .
v 1 0.8
24
a) Explain in your own words the meaning of the expressions v 1 0.8 and _ in this context.
v 1 0.8
b) Can the variable v have negative values? If yes, explain what this would mean in this context by
specifying on what interval the variable v could be found.
c) At what speed did Émile move relative to the moving walkway if it took him more than 25 s to get
from one end to the other?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
176 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 309
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
11 Two chemistry students conduct an experiment on the concentration of a solution. One of them deals
with the experiment, while the other analyzes the results. The experiment consists of taking a solution
and constantly adding a solute and a solvent. In analyzing the results, the second student realizes that
certain information on the experimental protocol is missing. He has the following information on hand:
•• The initial concentration is 0.03 g/ml.
Concentration of the Solution as
•• The solute is added at a rate of 5 g/min. a Function of the Time Elapsed
Concentration
(g/ml)
•• The volume of the solution increases by 25 ml/min. 0.25
0.2
•• The concentration after 1 h is 0.132 g/ml. 0.15
0.1
•• The concentration seems to stabilize around 0.2 g/ml. 0.05
0 200 400
Time
(min)
What would be the initial quantities of solute and solution? Round all your calculations to
the nearest thousandth.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Situation 3.2
Consolidation
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 309 177
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
This is a summary of
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY you need to REMEMBER
what
.
Fill in the missing
information.
Basic Operations on Functions
Definitions
For all functions f and g with the same independent variable, the following functions can be defined.
•• The sum of f and g, written as f 1 g, is the function for which the rule (f 1 g)(x) is given by f(x) 1 g(x) .
•• The difference between f and g, written as f 2 g, is the function for which the rule (f 2 g)(x) is given by
f(x) 2 g(x) .
•• The product of f and g, written as f 3 g, is the function for which the rule (f 3 g)(x) is given by f(x) 3 g(x) .
(g)
f f f(x)
•• The quotient of f divided by g, written as _
, is the function for which the rule _
( x) is given by _ .
g g(x)
Example:
Given f(x) 5 4x 2 6 and g(x) 5 22x 1 10.
Then f 1 g gives: (f 1 g)(x) 5 .
And f 3 g gives: (f 3 g)(x) 5 .
The Composition of Two Functions
Definition
When the independent variable of a function f is the same as the dependent variable of a function g, the
following function can be defined:
The composite function f of g, written as f g (read as f of g), is the function for which the rule is obtained by
replacing the independent variable of f by the expression representing the dependent variable of g.
In symbolic terms, this gives (f g)(x) 5 f(g(x)) .
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Example:
For f(x) 5 3x 1 9 and g(x) 5 25x 1 4.
Then f g gives:
(f g)(x) 5 f(g(x)) 5 .
Domain of the Resulting Function
The domains of f 1 g, f 2 g and f 3 g are all equal to the intersection of the domains of f and g.
dom (f 1 g) 5 dom (f 2 g) 5 dom (f 3 g) 5 dom f dom g
f
The domain of _is equal to the intersection of the domains of f and g, excluding all the zeros of g.
g
(g)
f
dom _
5 (dom f dom g) \ {x R | g(x) 5 0}
178 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY PAGE 215
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Example:
Given f(x) 5 3x 2 4, where x ]210, 25] and g(x) 5 4x 1 20, where x [215, 20].
Since the domain of f is ]210, 25], the domain of g is [215, 20] and g(x) 5 0 if x 5 25:
(g)
f
then dom _ 5 .
Even if the functions g and f g have the same independent variable, they do not necessarily have the same
domain, because it is possible that certain values of the domain of g do not have a range by the function
f g. In all cases, however, the domain of f g is included in the domain of g.
In symbolic terms, this gives dom f g dom g .
The Graph of a Sum or a Difference of Two Functions
To draw the graph of the sum (or the difference) of two functions, simply add (or subtract) the y-coordinates
of some points of the same x-coordinate that are situated in the graph of these functions. It is possible to do
this without calculation by viewing the arrows associated with these y-coordinates.
Example:
Below is how to draw the graph of the sum of two functions f and g.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
y y y
6 f 6 6
f f
4 4 4
f g
Knowledge Summary
2 2 2
Chapter 3
0 0 0
26 2
2 2 4 6 x 26 2 4 22 2 4 6 x 6 4 2
2 4 6 x
g g g
4
2 24 4
6
2 26 6
Use the arrows The tips of the arrows then
to view the y-coordinates of vertically on the graph of f. indicate the location of the
some points of the graph of the (If it is a subtraction, points through which the
function g. the direction of the arrows is graph of
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
must pass.
before dragging them.)
The Zeros and the Sign of the Product or the Quotient of Two Functions
Certain properties of the product or the quotient of two functions can be deduced directly from the graphs of
these functions by using the following properties:
1) (f 3 g)(x) 5 0 ⇔ f(x) 5 0 or g(x) 5 0
(g)
f
2) _
( x) 5 0 ⇔ f(x) 5 0 and g(x) 0
3) f 3 g is a positive function over an interval ⇔ f and g have the same sign over this interval.
4) f 3 g is a negative function over an interval ⇔ f and g have opposite signs over this interval.
f
NOTE: Properties 3 and 4 also apply for the quotient _
if you exclude the values of x for which g(x) 5 0.
g
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY PAGE 216 179
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Example:
Given f(x) 5 0.5x2 2 2 and g(x) 5 0.5x.
The quotient of the quadratic function f and the linear function g, which are represented below, is the
f 4 .
difference between a linear function and a rational function, namely _ 5 _
g x
f
This function _
has two zeros and one restriction: .
g
Zeros of f Zero of g
y
f
The following table allows you to analyze the sign of the function _
. 6
g f
4
Interval ]2∞, 22] [22, 0[ ]0, 2] [2, 1∞[
2
Sign of f
0
6 4 2 2 4 6 x
Sign of g
2 2 2
g
f
Sign of _
4
2
g 6
2
Rational Functions
a
Out of context, the rational function f(x) 5 _
1 k has the domain R \ {h} and the range R \ {k}.
b(x 2 h)
The Graph of a Rational Function
The graph of this function is a hyperbola with asymptotes that have the equations x 5 h and y 5 k. These two
perpendicular asymptotes separate the Cartesian plane into four regions.
2 1 When h 5 0 and k 5 0, these four regions
correspond to the four quadrants of the
Cartesian plane and the asymptotes are
y5k
simply the axes of this plane. Other values
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
3 4 of h and k are all shifted by a translation.
x5h
a
•• If __
is positive, the two branches of the hyperbola are situated in regions 1 and 3 and the function
b
is decreasing.
a
•• If __ is negative, the two branches are in regions 2 and 4 instead and the function is increasing.
b
180 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY PAGE 217
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Example:
24
To graph the function f(x) 5 _
2 1 2, you can follow the steps below.
2(x 2 1)
1 Determine the value of the additive 4 Draw the branch of the
parameters (h 5 and k 5 ). Then hyperbola that passes
through these points,
draw the as dotted lines. accounting for the
y
.
2 Taking into account the signs of 6
5 The curve must approach the
a and b, identify the two regions 4
that will contain the graph. 3
2 without touching them.
(Since a 5 24 and b 5 22, these 1
are the regions .) 0
x 5
26 25 24 23 22 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 Complete the graph,
22
23
situating some
3 Use the 24
25
26
in the other region and
to situate some points in drawing the second branch
one of the regions. of the hyperbola.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
The Rule of a Rational Function in Standard Form
You can determine the rule of a rational function from its graph if you know the position of the
two asymptotes and one point of the curve, or the position of one asymptote and two points.
Knowledge Summary
Chapter 3
Example 1 – With two asymptotes and one point of the curve known:
Value of the Parameters b, h and k: y
From the position of the asymptotes, you know that h 5 22 and k 5 3. 10
8
You can also assume that b 5 1, so that the rule can be written in the 6 (2, 5)
a
form f(x) 5 _
1 3. 4
x12 2
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
0
10 28 26 24 22 2 4 6 8 10 x
Value of the Parameter a:
2
24
26
With the point (2, 5), you obtain the equation , 28
210
which can be simplified:
The Function Rule
You therefore obtain .
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY PAGE 218 181
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Example 2 – With one asymptote and two points of the curve known:
A rational function has the horizontal asymptote y 5 2 and passes through the points (2, 8) and (3, 5).
Value of the Parameters h and k:
From the position of the horizontal asymptote, you know that k 5 2. You can also assume that b 5 1,
so that the rule can be written in the form f(x) 5 _ a
1 2 .
x2h
Value of the Parameters a and h:
With the point (2, 8), you obtain the equation , which can be simplified:
With the point (3, 5), you obtain the equation , which can also be simplified:
You must solve the system of equations .
By the comparison method:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Value of the parameter a (using the second equation of the system): .
The Function Rule
You therefore obtain .
The General Form of a Rational Function and Switching from One Form to the Other
Ax 1 B
The rule of this rational function, written in the general form f(x) 5 _ , can be written in the
Cx 1 D
_ a
standard form f(x) 5 b(x 2 h) 1 k , and vice versa.
182 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY PAGE 219
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Use algebraic manipulations to switch By division
from one from to the other.
Ax B a
f(x) f(x) k
Cx D b(x h)
By addition (or subtraction)
Example:
From the general form From the standard form
to the standard form to the general form
26x 1 8 2
For f(x) 5 _
. For f(x) 5 _ 2 2.
3x 2 3 3(x 2 1)
Divide as follows: The calculations can be performed in the following order:
2
26x1 8 3x 2 3 f(x) 5 _ 2 2 (Simplification of the
3x 2 3
2 (26x 1 6) 22 denominator)
2
The quotient 2 22(3x 2 3)
corresponds to f(x) 5 _ 1 _ (Common denominator)
3x 2 3 3x 2 3
The remainder the parameter k.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
corresponds to 2 26x 1 6
the parameter a. f(x) 5 _ 1 _ (Simplification of the
3x 2 3 3x 2 3
numerator)
2 2 6x 1 6
f(x) 5 _
Knowledge Summary
(Addition of the two fractions)
3x 2 3
You must factor out the
Chapter 3
26x 1 8
coefficient of x. f(x) 5 _ (Simplification)
3x 2 3
The Inverse of a Rational Function
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
The inverse of a rational function is also a rational function for which the parameters a and b are the same as
those of the initial function. The parameters h and k of the inverse are obtained by switching the parameters
h and k of the initial function.
Example:
22 22
The inverse of the function f(x) 5 _
2 5 is f 21(x) 5 _
.
3(x 1 4) 3(x 1 5)
•• The parameter h of the function (which is equal to ) is the same as the parameter k
of its inverse.
•• The parameter k of the function (which is equal to ) is the same as the parameter h
of its inverse.
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY PAGE 220 183
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Solving Equations and Inequalities of a Rational Expression
To solve an equation with a rational expression, simply apply the properties of equalities or proportions. To
solve an inequality, you can proceed graphically in the case of a function or algebraically by reducing the
problem to a sign analysis.
Example:
225
You must solve the inequality _
2 3.6 . 28.6. The following are two ways to proceed.
4(x 2 5.5)
Graphically
According to the graph, the solution is in the form ]2∞, 5.5[ ]x0, 1∞[. y
The value of the endpoint x0 is close to 7. 10
To determine the exact value of this endpoint, you can solve 8
6
the equation algebraically.
4
225
_
2 3.6 5 28.6 2
4(x 2 5.5)
0
225 x
_ 5 25
210 28 6
2 4
2 2 2 2 4 6 8 10
4(x 2 5.5) 4
2
6
2
8
2
10
2 (x0, 28.6)
The solution set of this inequality is
therefore ]2∞, 5.5[ ]6.75; 1∞[.
Algebraically
Add 8.6 to each side of the inequality:
2 25
_ 1 5 . 0 Simplification of the inequality:
4(x 2 5.5)
225
_ (Multiplication by 4)
x 2 5.5
225 20(x 2 5.5)
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
_ 1 _ . 0 (Same denominator)
x 2 5.5 x 2 5.5
225 1 20x 2 110
______________
. 0 (Addition of the fractions)
x 2 5.5
20x 2 135
_ . 0 (Simplification)
x 2 5.5
The rational fraction is equal to 0 if x 5 6.75. It is not defined for x 5 5.5. Therefore, there are three
intervals to consider.
Intervals ]2∞, 5.5[ ]5.5, 6.75[ ]6.75, 1∞[
Sign of 20x 2 135
Sign of x 2 5.5
20x 2 135 The solution set of this inequality is
Sign of _
x 2 5.5 therefore ]2∞, 5.5[ ]6.75; 1∞[.
184 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY PAGE 221
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
INTEGRATION
1 Gabrielle has created her own mini-business. She makes greeting cards, which she sells in packets in
small decorative boxes. Her total production cost ($) depends on the number n of boxes produced
according to the function C(n) 5 5n 1 50. Gabrielle has also decided to sacrifice four boxes for
advertising. Therefore, assuming that she succeeds in selling all the other boxes at the price of $15
per unit, her revenue will be given by the function R(n) 5 15(n 2 4).
a) Given that the profit is equal to the revenue minus the total production cost, express the profit of
Gabrielle's business by a function. What is the domain of this function?
b) The profit margin of a business can be calculated by dividing the profit by the revenue. It is generally
expressed as a percentage.
Demonstrate that the profit margin of Gabrielle's business cannot exceed 67%.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Integration
Chapter 3
2 Every year, when it is time to produce their income tax returns, most people fill in their forms or have
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
them completed with software programmed for this purpose. In these returns, you will find lines such
as the following:
f line 37 minus amount Amount
of line 38.ofIfline
the37
result
minusis negative,
amount ofenter 0. If the result is negative, enter 0.
line 38.
Let x be the result of the operation "amount of line 37 minus amount of line 38".
Julie proposed using the rule f(x) 5 |x| 1 x to determine the amount to be entered on line 39, regardless
of the value of x. Unfortunately, her rule works only for negative values of x. Change Julie's rule so that it
also works for positive values.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 310 185
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
3 The sum and the difference of two linear functions f and g y
are represented to the right. Note that the y-intercept of f 1 g 10
9
is 7, while that of f 2 g is 25. Moreover, the two lines intersect 8 f g
at (4, 3). 7
6
a) In the same Cartesian plane, draw the straight lines 5
4
representing the functions f and g. 3
2
f g
1
0
5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x
2
3
4
5
b) Determine the maximum of the function f 3 g.
4 Near the end of a marathon, one kilometre from the finish
line, Sandrine is in second position 100 m behind the leader,
who is running at a constant speed of 4.5 m/s. Since Sandrine
is running at a speed v, a little faster than the leader, the gap
that separates them is gradually decreasing. You can calculate
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
that at this rate, she should catch up with the leader after a
certain time t, which depends on v, namely:
100
t 5 _
v 2 4.5
Given that the distance she must cover to catch up is equal to the product of v and t, at what speed must
Sandrine run during this last kilometre to win the race?
186 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 311
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
x25 2 2x 1 4
5 Given the functions f(x) 5 _
and g(x) 5 _ . The rule of the composite function f g can be
x16 x24
written as:
22x 1 4
_ 2 5
2 x 2 4
(f g)(x) 5 ___________
_ 2x 1 4
1 6
x24
a) What restrictions must be applied to x so that the function f g is properly defined? Deduce the
domain of the composite function from this.
b) By simplifying the rule, show that it involves a rational function.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Integration
Chapter 3
c) Draw the graph of this function, taking its domain into account. What is the range of the
composite function?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 311 187
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
6 A market study made it possible to estimate the Estimate of the Number of Buyers Based on the Price
number of consumers who would be prepared to Price of the Box of Cookies ($) 2.50 4.00
buy a box of cookies of a certain known brand
Number of Buyers 5600 2400
based on to two possible prices.
Given that, in theory, the number of buyers should be infinite if the price were $0, it seems logical to
model this situation by a rational function.
According to this model, at what price would the box of cookies no longer interest any buyer?
7 Today is the birthday of Vincent and his son Felix, who have the same birthday. Vincent is 30 years of age
30
and Felix is 6. Note that the ratio of their ages is __
, which is exactly 5. Vincent is therefore five times his
6
28
son's age. Two years ago, this ratio was __and Vincent then was seven time his son's age. In two years,
4
32
this ratio will be __and Vincent will be four times his son's age. When was Vincent 17 times his son's age?
8
When will he be less than double his son's age?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
188 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 312
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
8 When a projectile is launched, its motion can be analyzed according to two components: a change in
its height and horizontal displacement. If air resistance is disregarded, the height of the projectile is a
quadratic function of the time elapsed and the horizontal displacement is a linear function of the time.
For example, the following equations describe the motion of a projectile launched from the ground.
h 5 24.9t2 1 9.8t d 5 7t
In these equations, h represents the height of the projectile (m), d its horizontal displacement (m) and
t the time elapsed (s) since its launch.
Determine the equation of this projectile's trajectory and graph it.
Trajectory of the Projectile
h
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 d
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Integration
Chapter 3
DID YOU KNOW?
An object launched in a gravitational field follows a parabolic trajectory that can be represented in a
Cartesian plane. In this case, the y-coordinate represents the height and the x-coordinate represents
the horizontal displacement.
This representation must not be confused with the graph of the function,
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Height of the Projectile as a
which relates the height and the time elapsed. This last function is also Function of the Time Elapsed
represented by a parabola, but this time the x-coordinate is associated h
with time. 8
7
It is a good idea to note that the parameters of the general equation of 6
this function, h 5 at2 1 bt 1 c, have a specific meaning. 5
4
• The parameter a is related to acceleration due to the Earth's gravity. 3
a 5 2g where g 5 9.8 m/s2. 2
1
• The parameter b is equal to the initial vertical velocity.
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 t
• The parameter c is the initial height.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 313 189
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
9 A large windowless room is lit by a single light bulb located 2.4 m above the centre of the floor.
Mathias, who is 1.80 m tall, is standing 1 m from this centre. He notices that his shadow on the floor
measures exactly 3 m.
2.4 m
1.8 m
1m 3m
He tells himself that the length of his shadow surely depends on his height and that a person x metres
tall, standing in the same place, would have a different shadow y metres long.
2.4 m
xm
1m ym
a) Show that the length of the shadow y is a rational function of the height x.
b) What should be the height of a person standing in the same place for the length of his shadow to be
double that of Mathias?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
190 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 314
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
10 Every child learns in elementary school that the product of 2 and 2 gives the same result as the sum of
2 and 2. You can also observe that the product of 3 and 1.5 gives the same result as the sum of 3 and 1.5.
You could ask yourself if a rule exists to determine such pairs of numbers.
Look for some numbers x and y with a product equal to their sum. Enter them in the following table.
x 2 3
y 2 1.5
Demonstrate that if one of the numbers, x or y, is strictly negative, then the other will necessarily be
between 0 and 1.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Integration
Chapter 3
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 314 191
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
LES
The Memory of Rats
In the context of scientific research on memory, biology students measured the time required by rats to pass
through a maze, and then calculated the mean results. The students repeated the experiment, conducting
several tests with the same rats in the same maze.
They observed that the mean time required decreases with each test, quickly at first and then more slowly
afterwards. The following is the first data obtained.
Research on the Memory of Rats in a Maze
Test 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Mean Time Required (s) 308 172 118 92 80 64
The mean time continued to decrease after the 6th test. At the 10th test, it was no more than 48 s.
TASK
Given this information, is it possible that the rats will pass through the maze in a mean time of less
than 30 s? If yes, after how many tests? If not, explain why.
192 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions ANSWER KEY PAGE 315
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
Solution:
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Chapter 3
LES
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Answer:
Evaluation by Criterion
Cr. 1.1 A B C D E
Cr. 1.2
ACTIVITY
A B C D E
SCORED
You must now complete Scored Activity 1. It can be
Cr. 2.1 A B C D E
found on the course website, at the following address:
Cr. 2.2 A B C D E
portailsofad.com.
Cr. 2.3 A B C D E
ANSWER KEY PAGE 315 193
COMPLEMENTS
REFRESHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
MATHEMATICAL REFERENCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
ANSWER KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
EVALUATION GRID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
QUICK REFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REFRESHER These refresher questions cover
from a previous course that is knowledge
understand the new knowledgenecessary to
.
REMINDER, PAGE 6
Polynomial Functions of Degree Less than 3
1 Solve the following equations.
4 x26
a) 12x 1 5 5 8 b) __ 5 _____
3 5
c) 5(x 2 2)2 1 4 5 49 d) 8 5 2x2 112x 2 2
2
e) 3(x 1 4)2 2 8 5 211 f ) (3x 2 5)(22x 1 6) 5 0
2 Graph the following functions.
23
a) f(x) 5 12 b) g(x) 5 __ x 1 8
4
c) h(x) 5 4(x 1 1)2 1 3 d) i(x) 5 x2 1 10x 1 25
3 A child drops a pebble into a deep dry well. After 2.5 s, the pebble touches the bottom of the well.
The pebble starts off at the edge of the well. After 1 s, it has fallen to a depth of 25 m in relation to its
starting position. It is known that the distance travelled by an object in freefall is proportional to the
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
square of the elapsed time (if air resistance is not taken into account).
a) Determine the rule that describes the position of the pebble as a function of the time elapsed
during its fall.
b) After how long is the pebble at a depth of 15 m?
c) Estimate the depth of the well.
d) Graph this function, taking into account its domain.
4 a) Given that a parabola has a vertex located at (23, 2) and that it passes through point (1, 26),
determine the function rule.
b) What are the zeros of this function?
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Refresher
c) What is the value of f(3)?
ANSWER KEY PAGE 316 195
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMINDER, PAGE 14
Properties of a Function
5 The following three data sheets describe zero, first- and second-degree polynomial functions.
In each case, complete the boxes by giving the information requested.
f(x) 5 2 Degree of the function:
Domain of f :
y
Range of f :
5
4 y-intercept:
3
2
1
Rate of change:
0
25 24 23 22 21 1 2 3 4 5 x
22
23 Is this function increasing or decreasing?
24
25
What is the sign of this function?
g(x) 5 22x 1 3 Degree of the function:
Domain of g :
y
Range of g :
5
4 y-intercept:
3
2
1
Rate of change of the function:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
25 24 23 22 21
0
1 2 3 4 5 x Zero of the function:
22
23
24
25 Is this function increasing or decreasing?
In what part of the domain is this function:
positive?
negative?
196 RÉACTIVATION ANSWER
ANSWER PAGEPAGE
KEYKEY 317 XXX
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
1
h(x) 5 _
(x 2 1)2 22 Degree of the function:
2
Domain of h :
y
Range of h :
5
4 y-intercept:
3
2
1
Equation of axis of symmetry:
25 24 23 22 21
0
1 2 3 4 5 x Minimum of the function:
22
23 Zeros of the function:
24
25
Increasing interval:
Decreasing interval:
In what part of the domain is this function:
positive?
negative?
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
6 Mountain goats are expert rock-climbers and spend their days jumping from one ridge to another. In the
graph below, the altitude in metres of the point where the goat is located as a function of the horizontal
4 (x 2 1.5)2 1 2.
distance in metres it covered is modelled by the function f(x) 5 2__
9
Height of a Goat
According to its
Horizontal Distance
Altitude
(m)
3
2
1
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
0 1 2 3 4 5
Refresher
Horizontal Distance
Travelled
(m)
a) What does the y-intercept represent in this context and what is its value?
b) Determine the extremum. What does it represent in this context?
c) Determine the zeros of the function. What do they represent in this context?
d) Determine the change of the function.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 318 197
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
REMINDER, PAGE 30
Absolute Value and Concept of Distance
7 Four points were placed on a number line.
P N K S
2 5 2 2 0 2 4
Applying the formula d(A, B) 5 |xB 2 xA|, determine each of the following distances.
a) d(N, P) b) d(N, S)
c) d(K, P) d) d(P, K)
8 What is the difference between the numbers:
a) 221.2 and 9.8? b) 25.4 and212.7?
c) 64.2 and 0? d) 0 and27.8?
REMINDER, PAGE 68
The Inverse of a Function
9 a) For each graph, state if it represents a function. If yes, specify the type of function.
1) y 2) y 3) y
5 5 5
4 4 4
3 3 3
2 2 2
1 1 1
0 0 0
5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 x 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 x 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 x
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2
2 2
2 2
2
3
2 3
2 3
2
4
2 4
2 4
2
5
2 5
2 5
2
4) y 5) y 6) y
6 5 5
5
4 4
4
3 3 3
2 2 2
1
1 1
0
2 5 24 23 2221 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 x
22 0 0
2 5 2 4 2 3 2 2 1
2 1 2 3 4 5 x 5
2 4
2 3
2 2
2 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 x
23
24 2
2 2 2
25
3
2 2 3
25
26
4
2 2 4
27 5
2 2 5
198 RÉACTIVATION ANSWER
ANSWER PAGEPAGE
KEYKEY 318 XXX
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
b) Graph the inverse of the relations presented in a). Which ones represent functions?
1) y 2) y 3) y
5 5 5
4 4 4
3 3 3
2 2 2
1 1 1
0 0 0
25 24 23 22 21 1 2 3 4 5 x 25 24 23 22 21 1 2 3 4 5 x 5
2 4
2 2 3 2
2 21 1 2 3 4 5 x
2
2 22 22
3
2 23 23
4
2 24 24
5
2 25 25
4) y 5) y 6) y
6 5 5
5
4 4
4
3 3 3
2 2 2
1
1 1
0
2 5 24 23 2221 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 x 0 0
22 25 24 23 22 21 1 2 3 4 5 x 5
2 4
2 2 3 2
2 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 x
23
24 22 2 2
25
3 3
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
2 2
25
26
24 2 4
27 25 2 5
10 Determine the inverse rule of the following functions.
4 2
a) f(x) 5 _
x 2 _
b) g(x) 5 18.5
5 3
125
c) h(x) 5 ____
d) i(x) 5 22(x 1 6)2 1 4
x
11 Given that 1 pound is equal to 0.454 kg, propose a rule for converting pounds into kilograms and
another rule for converting kilograms into pounds.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Refresher
ANSWER KEY PAGE 318 199
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
12 An in-ground Olympic swimming pool contains 2500 m3 of water. Given that F represents the flow in
cubic metres per hour and t is the time in hours, answer the following questions.
2500
a) What is the meaning of the rule F 5 _____
?
t
b) What is the inverse of this rule?
c) Which of the two rules do you think is more useful? Justify your answer.
d) Use the inverse rule to construct a table of values and then graph this function.
e) If the possible flow of the equipment used to fill and empty the pool is from 100 to 500 m3/h,
determine the following properties of this function.
1) Domain
2) Range
3) x-intercept
4) y-intercept
5) Minimum
6) Maximum
7) Change
8) Sign
REMINDER, PAGE 70
The Rule of the Second-Degree Polynomial Function
13 Write the following rule in standard form following the steps indicated.
f(x) 5 3x2 1 6x 2 6
1) Factor out the coefficient of x2
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
2) Add and subtract a term
3) Factor the trinomial and simplify
4) Distribute the factor
14 Consider the function f(x) 5 2x2 1 10x 2 5.5.
a) What are the values of the parameters a and b?
b .
b) Evaluate the x-coordinate of the vertex using 2___
2a
c) Evaluate the y-coordinate of the vertex using the x-coordinate found above.
f( ) 5 2( )2 1 10( ) 2 5.5
d) What are the coordinates of the vertex of the function f(x) 5 2x2 1 10x 2 5.5?
e) Write the rule of f in its standard form.
200 RÉACTIVATION ANSWER
ANSWER PAGEPAGE
KEYKEY 319 XXX
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
15 Write the rule of each of the following functions in the requested form.
a) f(x) 5 2(x 2 7)2 1 4, in the general form.
b) g(x) 5 23(x 2 2)(x 1 2.5), in the general form.
c) h(x) 5 25x2 1 3x 2 8, in standard form.
d) i(x) 5 6(x 1 12)(x 1 6), in standard form.
e) j(x) 5 x2 2 5x 1 4, in factored form.
f ) k(x) 5 20.5(x 2 3)2 12, in factored form.
REMINDER, PAGE 79
Some Properties of Exponents
16 Without using your calculator, determine the value of each of the following expressions.
1
_
a) 25 b) 253 c) (121) 2
1
_ 1
_
d) (29) 2 e) (x2) 2 f ) (32)2
h) (__
)
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
t 3
g) (223)2 i) (2a)5
2
17 Simplify the following expressions by using the laws of exponents.
__
a) (a3b)5 b) (√ 3 )8
______
c) ( __ )
v8 5
d) √ 121t18
3
REMINDER, PAGE 131
Rational Fractions
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
18 What restrictions must you give to the variable x for the following rational expressions to be well
Refresher
defined?
x
______ x22
a)
_______
b)
x11 2x 2 1
x11 3x2
_________
c) _________2
d)
3x(x 2 2) (2x 2 6)
19 a) Which of the following polynomials is divisible by x 1 3? Justify your answer.
(A) x2 1 9 (B) x2 2 9x 2 27 (C) 2x2 2 3x 2 27
b) Factor the polynomial you identified in a).
ANSWER KEY PAGE 320 201
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
20 Simplify the following rational expressions. Clearly present each step of your approach.
2
____ x12 8 5 30 2 4y
a)
1 ____1 ______ b) __2 ______
x14 x x(x 1 4) y 2y 1 5
4x2 1 12x 1 9 ______ 2 25k 2 40 _______ 5k 2 8
c) ____________
3 d) ________ 4
x15 2x 1 3 212k 1 3 16k 2 4
21 Simplify the rational expressions after factoring their numerator and/or their denominator. In each case,
indicate the restrictions you must apply to the variable x so that the simplified expression and the initial
expression are equivalent.
x2 1 2x
________ 6x 1 9
a)
b) _________
2x2 4x2 1 6x
x 2 2 4 x2 2 2x 1 1
________
c) d) ____________
x2 1 2x x2 2 1
4x2 1 2x
_____________
e)
4x 1 4x 1 1
2
REMINDER, PAGE 131
Dividing a Polynomial by a Binomial
22 Perform the following divisions. Then write the result with an equation.
a) 4x2 2 8x 2 6 2x 1 1 b) 9x2 2 15x 1 4 3x 2 4
23 Calculate the quotient of the following divisions.
a) (2x3 2 x2 2 9x 1 11) 4 (2x 2 3) 5 b) (x3 2 2x2 1 4x 2 8) 4 (x 2 2) 5
c) (x3 1 6x 1 100) 4 (x 1 4) 5 d) (x3 2 3x2 1 5) 4 (x 1 1) 5
24 Camille wants to share a caramel chocolate bar fairly among (n 1 1) people. It contains n rows of
(2n 1 1) pieces. If there are too many pieces, a random draw will be held.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
a) At least how many pieces of chocolate will each person receive? How many pieces will be drawn
at random?
b) Determine a way to validate your answer. Explain your approach.
REMINDER, PAGE 154
Inverse-Variation Functions
25 Determine the rule of each of the inverse-variation functions represented below.
a) Speed as a function of time:
t (min) 2 4 8 10
v (m/min) 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.24
202 RÉACTIVATION ANSWER
ANSWER PAGEPAGE
KEYKEY 321 XXX
TABLE OF
ANSWER KEY
CONTENTS
b)
y
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
(6, 6)
6
(9, 4)
4
2
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 x
26 A resident of Québec won $500 000.00 in a lottery. She wants to share her prize with her family and
friends, but she does not want to divide it into more than ten equal shares.
a) What type of function can you associate with this situation?
b) What is the function rule?
c) Complete this table of values.
Share of Cash Prize Based on Number of People
Number of People
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Sharing the Prize
Each Person’s Share
500 250
(thousands of $)
d) Graph the situation.
e) Determine the following characteristics. If applicable, express your answers in the form of intervals.
1) Domain
2) Range
3) x-intercept
4) y-intercept
5) Minimum
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Refresher
6) Maximum
7) Change
8) Sign
27 You decide to drive to Vancouver with two of your friends. The distance to be covered is 3700 km. You
intend to drive 24 hours a day. Given that vt 5 3700, where v is the mean speed of the vehicle (km/h) and
t is the time it takes to reach your destination (h), answer the following questions.
a) Determine the rule that expresses speed as a function of time.
b) What type of function is it?
c) What is the inverse of this function?
d) Explain in your own words what this inverse means.
e) Graph these two functions.
f ) Calculate the image of 100 for each function.
ANSWER KEY PAGE 322 203
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY
CHAPTER 1
Piecewise Functions
A piecewise function is a function for which the rule differs depending on the interval where the independent
variable is found. The values of the independent variable that separate two successive parts of the function
are called critical values.
Example:
An object is thrown into a shallow pond. The following function describes this situation.
Graph Function Rule and Critical Values
Position of the Object Relative
to the Surface of the Water as a For p(t), the position of the object (m) relative to the
Function of the Time Elapsed
Position surface of the water and t the time elapsed (s).
(m)
25t2 1 1.25 if 0 # t , 0.5
{ 21
1
p
(t) 5 2t 1 0.5 if 0.5 # t ,
1.5
if t $ 1.5
The critical values are 0.5 s and 1.5 s.
0
1 2
Time
(s)
1
2
Discontinuous Piecewise Functions
A piecewise function is discontinuous at a critical value if the graph of the function is cut at this value.
In the graph of a discontinuous function, a solid circle () at the end of a line indicates this endpoint is part of
the graph, while an open circle () indicates the endpoint is not part of the graph. The range of a critical value
always corresponds to the y-coordinate of the closed circle.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
204 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
The Values of the Independent Variable for a Given Range
To determine the values of the independent variable for a given range, first check the parts of the domain
where these values are located. This allows you to choose the appropriate rule or rules for the calculations.
Example:
For the function p(t) of the preceding example. To determine Position
(m)
when the thrown object is 30 cm under water:
Knowledge Summary
• Determine from the graph that only one point has a 1
y-coordinate equal to 20.3 m.
Chapter 1
• Calculate the x-coordinate of the point by using the 0
appropriate rule. 1 2
Time
(s)
It is on the interval [0.5, 1.5[. The rule to use is 1
2
p(t) 5 2t 1 0.5.
2t 1 0.5 5 20.3
2t 5 20.8
t 5 0.8
The object is 30 cm under water at 0.8 s.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Interpreting the Properties of a Piecewise Function
Interpreting the properties consists of explaining what they mean, taking the context into account.
Example:
In the situation of the object thrown in the water, the properties can be interpreted as follows:
Domain: The modelling is valid regardless of the observation period, or [0, 1∞[ s.
Range: The position of the object varies from 1 m underwater to 1.25 above the water, or [21,1.25] m.
Initial value: The object is located 1.25 m above the water at the starting point.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Minimum: At its lowest, the object is located 1 m underwater.
Change: The function is decreasing over its entire domain, because the object never rises. It is constant
after 1.5 s.
Zero: The object touches the water at 0.5 s.
Sign: The function is positive over the interval [0, 0.5] s and negative over the interval [0.5, 1∞[ s.
This means that up to 0.5 s, the object is above the water; after that it is underwater.
205
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Periodic Functions
A function for which the graph consists of a pattern that is repeated by horizontal translation over its entire
domain is called a periodic function. The repeating pattern is a cycle of the function.
The period of the function is the length of the smallest interval that contains a complete cycle.
When a function is periodic, certain elements of the domain have the same range:
f(x) 5 f(x p) 5 f(x 2p) 5 f(x 3p) 5 …
Example:
Graph and Cycle of a Periodic Function Period of the Function
y The cycle indicated by the blue line in the graph marks the interval
from 2 to 5 along the x-axis.
4
3 The period of the function is therefore equal to 3, or 5 2 2.
One cycle
2
1
0
21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 x
22
23
24
Absolute Value Functions
The absolute value of a number x, written as |x|, is defined algebraically as follows:
|x| 5{ 2
x if x 0
x if x 0
An absolute value function is a function for which the rule can be written in standard form
f(x) 5 a|x 2 h| 1 k ,
where the parameters a, h and k are real numbers.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
The graph of this function is shaped like a V (if a is positive) or like an inverted V (if a is negative).
More specifically, the graph has the following characteristics:
• It has a vertical axis of symmetry for which the equation is x 5 h .
• It is formed of two rays with the same origin and slopes with the respective values of 2a (left of the
axis of symmetry) and a (right of the axis of symmetry).
• The origin of the rays, called the vertex, is located on the axis of symmetry, at the coordinates (h, k).
206 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Example:
y
Given the function f(x) 5 3|x 2 1| 2 2.
4
Value of the parameters: a 5 3; h 5 1; k 5 22 2
Axis of symmetry: x 5 1
0
2 4 22 2 4 x
Slope of the rays: 23 and 3. 2 2
Coordinates of the vertex: (1, 22) 2 4
Knowledge Summary
Chapter 1
The Properties of an Absolute Value Function
We can deduce certain properties from the function with the parameters of its rule written in standard form
f(x) 5 a|x 2 h| 1 k.
If a 0 If a 0
Extremum k is the minimum of the function. k is the maximum of the function.
Increasing interval: [h, 1∞[. Increasing interval: ]2∞, h].
Change
Decreasing interval: ]2∞, h]. Decreasing interval: [h, 1∞[.
y y
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Increasing part
Decreasing part
Example: Minimum k Maximum k
h x Increasing part x Decreasing
h part
The Zeros of an Absolute Value Function
An absolute value function may have two zeros, only one zero or no zero, depending on the position of its
graph relative to the x-axis. The number of zeros can be determined by observing the sign of the parameters
a and k.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Two zeros Only one Zero No Zero
If the parameters a and k have If k 5 0. If the parameters a and k have
Criterion
opposite signs and k 0. the same sign and k 0.
a 0 and k 0 a 0 and k 5 0 a 0 and k 0
y y y
Example
x x x
207
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Example: 3|x 2 1| 2 2 5 0
Given the function f(x) 5 3|x 2 1| 2 2.
3|x 2 1| 5 2
• Value of the parameters: a 5 3, h 5 1 and k 5 22. 2
|x 2 1| 5 _
3
• Since the sign of k is different than the sign of a, the function 2
has two zeros. They can be determined algebraically in the x215_ 2
or x 2 1 5 2_
3 3
following manner: 5 1
5 1 x5_
or x5_
The zeros are _
and _
. 3 3
3 3
Determining the Rule of an Absolute Value Function from its Graph
To determine the rule of an absolute value function, certain characteristics of its graph can be observed:
• The slopes of the rays and the orientation of the V allow you to determine the value of a.
• The position of the axis of symmetry allows you to determine the value of h.
• The extremum of the function allows you to determine the value of k.
Example:
y
Consider the graph of an absolute value function.
To determine the function rule, the following reasoning is applied: (2, 4)
420 _ 4
• Slope of the segment that passes through points (2, 4) and (4, 0): _
5 5 22. 2
2 2 4 22
• Since the V is inverted, the parameter a must be negative. Therefore, a 5 22. 4 x
• To determine the coordinates of the vertex, you must solve a system of equations.
Equation of the segment to the right of the axis of symmetry: y 5 22(x 2 4) 5 22x 1 8.
Equation of the other segment that passes through (0, 2): y 5 2x 1 2.
{ y 5 2x 1 2
y 5 2 2x 1 8
The system of equations to solve is .
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
By the elimination method: 2y 5 10
y55
Value of x: 5 5 2x 1 2
x 5 1.5
The coordinates of the vertex are (1.5, 5).
The function rule is f(x) 5 22|x 2 1.5| 1 5.
Properties of the Absolute Value
The absolute value of the product (or the quotient) of two numbers is equal to the product (or the quotient)
of the absolute values of these numbers.
a |a|
1) |a 3 b| 5 |a| 3 |b| 2) _
b | |
5 _
b|
|
208 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
CHAPTER 2
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY CONTENTS
The Inverse of a Quadratic Function in Context
The Inverse Rule
A simple way to determine the inverse rule of a quadratic function for which the equation is given is to:
• write this equation in standard form
• isolate the independent variable from the function, taking the context into account.
Example:
The total area A of a cone for which the apothem measures 10 units is a quadratic function that depends
on the radius r.
A 5 pr 2 1 10pr
In this context, r is greater than 0, but less than 10.
Knowledge Summary
To define the inverse rule, first write the equation in standard form:
Chapter 2
A 5 p(r 2 1 10r)
A 5 p(r 2 1 10r 1 25 2 25)
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
A 5 p(r 2 1 10r 1 25) 2 25p
10
A 5 p(r 1 5)2 2 25p
Then isolate the variable r:
A 1 25p 5 p(r 1 5)2
A
_ 1 25 5 (r 1 5)2 r
p _
√
r 1 5 5 _
A
1 25 (Take only the positive square root, because r 1 5
p
is necessarily positive.)
_
√
The inverse rule is r 5 _
A
1 25 2 5.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
209
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Graph of the Inverse
To graph the inverse, simply switch the coordinates of the points of curve of the initial function. (Also switch
the names of the axes and reverse the dependency relationship in the title.)
Example:
For the previous function regarding the total area of a cone. Below is the graph of the initial function
and the graph of its inverse.
Area of the Cone as Radius of the Cone as
a Function of its Radius a Function of its Area
Area Radius
(u2) (u)
200 π 16
14
150 π 12
10
100 π 8
6
50 π 4
2
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 50 π 100 π 150 π 200 π
Radius Area
(u) (u2)
The Inverse of a Function in General Terms
The Inverse in Functional Notation
The inverse of a function f, written as f 21, is the relation obtained if the independent variable and the
dependent variable of the function are switched.
To determine the inverse rule, when the function rule is defined by an equation in x and y, you must first
switch the letters x and y in the equation, then isolate the variable y.
Example:
Consider the function f(x) 5 2(x 2 1)2 1 3. To determine the inverse rule f 21, you must:
• replace f(x) with y to express the rule in the form of an equation: y 5 2(x 2 1)2 1 3;
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
• switch the letters x and y to obtain the equation of the inverse: x 5 2(y 2 1)2 1 3;
• isolate y: (y 2 1)2 5 2x 1 3
_
y 2 1 5 6√ 2x 1 3
_
y 5 6√ 2x 1 3 1 1;
_
• replace y with f 21(x) in the equation obtained; f 21(x) 5 6√ 2 x 1 3 1 1.
210 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Graphing the Inverse in the Same Plane
Example:
as its Function y
In a situation without a context, it is possible to represent 5
the function and the inverse in the same Cartesian plane. 4
3
In the case where the graduations of the two axes are Zeros of f 2 Graph
identical, you can see that the two curves are images of 1 of f 21
each other by a reflection in which the axis is the bisector 0
5 24 23 22 21 1 2 3 4 5 x
of the 1st and 3rd quadrants.
2
22
23
24
25
The Properties of Square Roots
The following properties are useful to simplify expressions containing square roots.
Knowledge Summary
Property Possible Use to Simplify Expressions
Chapter 2
_ _ _
1. For any a $ 0 and b $ 0, √ ab 5 √
a 3 √
b . This property allows simplification of the square root of a number by
breaking it down into factors.
_ _ _ _ _
75 5 √
Example: √ 25 3 3 5 √ 25 3 √
3 5 5√ 3
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Determine the greatest square root that
divides 75.
_ _
a √_
_ 5 _
2. For any a $ 0 and b . 0,
b √ √
a
.
b
The property allows simplification of the square root of a rational
number. _ _ _
√
2 _ √
_2
_ √
5 5
Example: _
9 √ 9
2
3
_
3. For any a $ 0, (√ a ) 2 5 a. This property can serve_to rationalize a denominator.
_ _
_2 _2 3 √
5 _ √
2 5
_ √5
2
_
Example: 5 _ _ 5 _ 2 5
√
5 5 √ √
3 5 ( √ 5 ) 5
Multiplying the numerator and the
denominator by the same number does
not change the value of the fraction.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
211
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Square Root Functions
Its graph
_
The rule of a square foot function can be written in standard form f(x) 5 a√
b(x 2 h) 1 k .
The graph of this function is a half parabola, for which the coordinates of the vertex are (h, k) and the opening
and orientation are determined by the parameters a and b.
According to the signs of a and b, the graph has one of the following four orientations.
If a . 0 and b . 0 If a , 0 and b . 0 If a . 0 and b , 0 If a , 0 and b , 0
(h, k) (h, k)
(h, k) (h, k)
Example: y
_
For the function f(x) 5 √ 2(x 1 3) 1 2.
2
4
3
• Value of the parameters: a 5 21; b 5 2; h 5 23; k 5 2. (23, 2)
2
• Coordinates of the vertex: [23, 2] 1
0
• The parameter a is negative and the parameter b is positive. 4
2 3
2 2
2 2 1 1 2 3 4 x
From the vertex, the curve heads rightward and downward. 2 2
2 3
• Domain of f: [23, 1∞[ Range of f : ]2∞, 2] 2 4
The Rule of a Square Root Function
_
You can determine the rule f(x) 5 a√
b(x 2 h) 1 k of a square root function from its
graph if you know the coordinates of the vertex and one other point.
Example:
y
To determine the function rule represented below, you can
4
proceed as follows:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
3
1) Identify the values of h and k. 2
1
Based on the coordinates of the vertex, h 5 22 and k 5 23. (0, 0)
0
2 4 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 x
2) Determine the sign of the parameter b. 2 2
Based on the curve orientation, b . 0. (22, 23) 2 3
2 4
You can therefore assume that b 5 1.
212 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Example (continued) :
3) Calculate the value of the parameter a by using the coordinates of the other point.
_
Based on the two preceding steps, the rule can be written in the form f(x) 5 a√ x 1 2 2 3.
Since the curve passes through the point (0, 0), the following equation can be used:
_
a√ 0 1 2 2 3 5 0
_
√
a
2 5 3
3
a5_ _
√ 2
_ _
3 3 √ 2 _ 3√ 2
_
_
By rationalizing the denominator: a 5 _ 2 5 5 1.5√ 2 .
( √ 2 ) 2
_ _ _
The function rule can be written as f(x) 5 (1.5√ 2 )√ x 1 2 2 3, or f(x) 5 1.5√ 2(x 1 2) 2 3.
Some Properties of Square Root Functions
Knowledge Summary
Certain properties of square root functions can be determined directly from
_
Chapter 2
the parameters of its rule f(x) 5 a√
b(x 2 h) 1 k .
Domain of the Function
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
For the function to be well defined, it is necessary that b(x 2 h) $ 0. If b . 0 If b , 0
dom f 5 [h, 1∞[ dom f 5 ]2∞, h]
The domain therefore depends on the sign of b and the value of h.
Extremum and Range of the Function
The extremum of the function is equal to k. This is a minimum, If a . 0 If a , 0
if a . 0, and a maximum, if a , 0. ran f 5 [k, 1∞[ ran f 5 ]2∞, k]
The range therefore depends on the sign of a and the value of k.
Change of the Function
If a and b have the Same Sign If a and b have Opposite Signs
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
The function is increasing. The function is decreasing.
y
Example:
_ 4
You can see that the function f(x) 5 2√ 2(x 2 3) 1 1 is an 3
Maximum
increasing function, because the parameters a and b have 2
the same sign (a 5 21 and b 5 21). 1
0
Since b , 0, the domain of the function is ]2∞, 3]. Range of the 24 2 3 22 2 1 1 2 3 4 x
function 2
2
Since a , 0, the function has a maximum, which is 1. 3
2
The range of the function is ]2∞, 1]. 4
2
Domain of
the function
213
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Solving an Equation Containing a Square Root
To solve an equation containing a square root, you must:
• isolate the square root
• square each member of the equation (ensuring that a solution is possible)
• solve the resulting polynomial equation
• validate the answer.
Example:
_
Go back to the function f(x) 5 2√ 2(x 2 3) 1 1.
_
To determine the value of x, for which f(x) 5 21, you must solve the equation 2√ 2(x 2 3) 1 1 5 21.
_
By isolating the square root, you obtain: √ 2(x 2 3) 5 2
By squaring each side of the equation, you obtain: 2(x 2 3) 5 4
The solution of this equation is: x 5 21
Validation:
___________ _
f(21) 5 2√
2(21 2 3) 1 1 5 2√
4 1 1 5 22 1 1 5 21
The Inverse of a Square Root Function
The inverse of a square root function is a quadratic function for which the domain is restricted so that its
graph is a half parabola. To define the inverse properly, its domain must be specified.
Example:
_
Consider_ the function f(x) 5 2√ 2(x 2 3) 1 1, which can also be described by the equation
y 5 2√
2(x 2 3) 1 1.
• The range of this function is ]2∞, 1].
• The domain of the inverse is ]2∞, 1].
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
To determine the inverse rule, switch the variables x and y, and then isolate y.
_
x 5 2√ 2(y 2 3) 1 1
_ y
√
2(y 2 3) 5 1 2 x 4
f 21
3
2(y 2 3) 5 (1 2 x) 2
2
f
y 2 3 5 2(1 2 x)2 1
0
y 5 2(1 2 x)2 1 3 24 3
2 2
2 1
2 1 2 3 4 x
2
You can define the inverse as follows:
2
3
2
f 21(x) 5 2(x 2 1)2 1 3 for all x # 1. 4
2
214 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
CHAPTER 3
KNOWLEDGE SUMMARY CONTENTS
Basic Operations on Functions
Definitions
For all functions f and g with the same independent variable, the following functions can be defined.
• The sum of f and g, written as f 1 g, is the function for which the rule (f 1 g)(x) is given by f(x) 1 g(x) .
• The difference between f and g, written as f 2 g, is the function for which the rule (f 2 g)(x) is given by
f(x) 2 g(x) .
• The product of f and g, written as f 3 g, is the function for which the rule (f 3 g)(x) is given by f(x) 3 g(x) .
( )
f f f(x)
• The quotient of f divided by g, written as _
, is the function for which the rule _
( x) is given by _ .
g g g(x)
Example:
Given f(x) 5 4x 2 6 and g(x) 5 22x 1 10.
Then f 1 g gives: (f 1 g)(x) 5 (4x 2 6) 1 (22x 1 10) 5 2x 1 4.
And f 3 g gives: (f 3 g)(x) 5 (4x 2 6)(22x 1 10) 5 28x2 1 40x 1 12x 2 60 5 28x2 1 52x 2 60.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
The Composition of Two Functions
Definition
Knowledge Summary
When the independent variable of a function f is the same as the dependent variable of a function g, the
Chapter 3
following function can be defined:
The composite function f of g, written as f g (read as f of g), is the function for which the rule is obtained by
replacing the independent variable of f by the expression representing the dependent variable of g.
In symbolic terms, this gives (f g)(x) 5 f(g(x)) .
Example:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
For f(x) 5 3x 1 9 and g(x) 5 25x 1 4.
Then f g gives:
(f g)(x) 5 f(g(x)) 5 f(25x 1 4) 5 3(25x 1 4) 1 9 5 215x 1 12 1 9 5 215x 1 21.
Domain of the Resulting Function
The domains of f 1 g, f 2 g and f 3 g are all equal to the intersection of the domains of f and g.
dom (f 1 g) 5 dom (f 2 g) 5 dom (f 3 g) 5 dom f dom g
f
The domain of _is equal to the intersection of the domains of f and g, excluding all the zeros of g.
g
(g)
f
dom _
5 (dom f dom g) \ {x R | g(x) 5 0}
215
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Example:
Given f(x) 5 3x 2 4, where x ]210, 25] and g(x) 5 4x 1 20, where x [215, 20].
Since the domain of f is ]210, 25], the domain of g is [215, 20] and g(x) 5 0 if x 5 25:
(g)
f
then dom _ 5 ]210, 25] [215, 20] \ {25} 5 ]210, 20] \ {25}.
Even if the functions g and f g have the same independent variable, they do not necessarily have the same
domain, because it is possible that certain values of the domain of g do not have a range by the function
f g. In all cases, however, the domain of f g is included in the domain of g.
In symbolic terms, this gives dom f g dom g .
The Graph of a Sum or a Difference of Two Functions
To draw the graph of the sum (or the difference) of two functions, simply add (or subtract) the y-coordinates
of some points of the same x-coordinate that are situated in the graph of these functions. It is possible to do
this without calculation by viewing the arrows associated with these y-coordinates.
Example:
Below is how to draw the graph of the sum of two functions f and g.
y y y
6 f 6 6
f f
4 4 4
f g
2 2 2
0 0 0
26 2
2 2 4 6 x 26 2 4 22 2 4 6 x 6
4 2
2 4 6 x
g g g
4
2 24 4
6
2 26 6
Use arrows to view the Drag the arrows vertically The tips of the arrows then
y-coordinates of some points on the graph of f. (If it is a indicate the location of the
of the graph of the function g. subtraction, the direction of points through which the graph
the arrows is reversed before of f 1 g must pass.
dragging them.)
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
The Zeros and the Sign of the Product or the Quotient of Two Functions
Certain properties of the product or the quotient of two functions can be deduced directly from the graphs of
these functions by using the following properties:
1) (f 3 g)(x) 5 0 ⇔ f(x) 5 0 or g(x) 5 0
(g)
f
2) _
( x) 5 0 ⇔ f(x) 5 0 and g(x) 0
3) f 3 g is a positive function over an interval ⇔ f and g have the same sign over this interval.
4) f 3 g is a negative function over an interval ⇔ f and g have opposite signs over this interval.
f
NOTE: Properties 3 and 4 also apply for the quotient _
if you exclude the values of x for which g(x) 5 0.
g
216 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Example:
Given f(x) 5 0.5x2 2 2 and g(x) 5 0.5x.
The quotient of the quadratic function f and the linear function g, which are represented below, is the
f
difference between a linear function and a rational function, namely _ 4 .
5 x 2 _
g x
f
This function _ has two zeros and one restriction: 22 and 2, and then 0.
g
Zeros of f Zero of g
y
f
The following table allows you to analyze the sign of the function _
6
. f
g 4
Interval ]2∞, 22] [22, 0[ ]0, 2] [2, 1∞[ 2
Sign of f 1 2 2 1 0
26 2 4 2
2 2 4 6 x
Sign of g 2 2 1 1
g
f 4
Sign of _
2
2 1 2 1
g 6
2
Rational Functions
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
a
Out of context, the rational function f(x) 5 _
1 k has the domain R \ {h} and the range R \ {k}.
b(x 2 h)
The Graph of a Rational Function
Knowledge Summary
The graph of this function is a hyperbola with asymptotes that have the equations x 5 h and y 5 k.
Chapter 3
These two perpendicular asymptotes separate the Cartesian plane into four regions.
2 1 When h 5 0 and k 5 0, these four regions
correspond to the four quadrants of the
y5k Cartesian plane and the asymptotes are
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
simply the axes of this plane. Other values
3 4 of h and k are all shifted by a translation.
x5h
a
• If __
is positive, the two branches of the hyperbola are situated in regions 1 and 3 and the function
b
is decreasing.
a
• If __is negative, the two branches are in regions 2 and 4 instead and the function is increasing.
b
217
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Example:
24
To graph the function f(x) 5 _
2 1 2, you can follow the steps below.
2(x 2 1)
1 Determine the value of the additive
parameters (h 5 22 and k 5 3). Then draw
the two asymptotes as dotted lines. 4 Draw the branch of the
y
hyperbola that passes through
6 these points, accounting for the
2 Taking into account the signs of 5
a and b, identify the two regions asymptotes. (The curve must
4
that will contain the graph. 3 approach the asymptotes
(Since a 5 24 and b 5 22, these 2 without touching them.)
1
are the regions 1 and 3.)
0
26 25 24 23 22 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 x
22
23
24 5 Complete the graph, situating
3 Use the function rule to
25
26
some symmetrical points in the
situate some points in one other region and drawing the
of the regions. second branch of the hyperbola.
The Rule of a Rational Function in Standard Form
You can determine the rule of a rational function from its graph if you know the position of the two
asymptotes and one point of the curve, or the position of one asymptote and two points.
Example 1 – With two asymptotes and one point of the curve known:
Value of the Parameters b, h and k : y
From the position of the asymptotes, you know that h 5 22 and 10
8
k 5 3. You can also assume that b 5 1, so that the rule can be 6 (2, 5)
a 4
written in the form f(x) 5 _
1 3. 2
x12
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
0
210 28 26 24 22 2 4 6 8 10 x
Value of the Parameter a: 24
26
a
With the point (2, 5), you obtain the equation 5 5 _
1 3, 28
212 210
which can be simplified:
a
_ 5 2
212
a58
The Function Rule
8
Thus, you obtain f(x) 5 _
1 2.
x12
218 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Example 2 – With one asymptote and two points of the curve known:
A rational function has the horizontal asymptote y 5 2 and passes through the points (2, 8) and (3, 5).
Value of the Parameters h and k:
From the position of the horizontal asymptote, you know that k 5 2. You can also assume that b 5 1,
a
so that the rule can be written in the form f(x) 5 _
1 2.
x2h
Value of the Parameters a and h:
a
With the point (2, 8), you obtain the equation 8 5 _ 1 2, which can be simplified:
22h
a
_ 5 6
22h
a 5 12 2 6h
a
With the point (3, 5), you obtain the equation 5 5 _ 1 2, which can also be simplified:
32h
a
_ 5 3
32h
a 5 9 2 3h
You must solve the system of equations {
a 5 12 2 6h
.
a 5 9 2 3h
By the comparison method:
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
12 2 6h 5 9 2 3h
23h 5 23
Knowledge Summary
h51
Chapter 3
Value of the parameter a (using the second equation of the system): a 5 9 2 3(1) 5 6.
The Function Rule
6
Thus, you obtain f(x) 5 _
1 2.
x21
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
The General Form of a Rational Function and Switching from One Form to the Other
Ax 1 B
The rule of this rational function, written in the general form f(x) 5 _ , can be written in the
Cx 1 D
a
standard form f(x) 5 _
1 k , and vice versa.
b(x 2 h)
219
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Use algebraic manipulations to switch By division
from one form to the other.
Ax B a
f(x) f(x) k
Cx D b(x h)
By addition (or subtraction)
Example:
From the general form From the standard form
to the standard form to the general form
26x 1 8 2
For f(x) 5 _
. For f(x) 5 _ 2 2.
3x 2 3 3(x 2 1)
Divide as follows: The calculations can be performed in the following order:
2
26x 1 8 3x 2 3 f(x) 5 _ 2 2 (Simplification of the
3x 2 3
2 (26x 1 6) 22 denominator)
2
The quotient 2 22(3x 2 3)
corresponds to f(x) 5 _ 1 _ (Common denominator)
3x 2 3 3x 2 3
The remainder the parameter k.
corresponds to 2 26x 1 6
the parameter a. f(x) 5 _ 1 _ (Simplification of the
3x 2 3 3x 2 3
numerator)
2
f(x) 5 _
2 2
3x 2 3 2 2 6x 1 6
f(x) 5 _ (Addition of the two fractions)
3x 2 3
You must factor out the coefficient of x.
26x 1 8
2 f(x) 5 _
f(x) 5 _
2 2 (Simplification)
3(x 2 1) 3x 2 3
The Inverse of a Rational Function
The inverse of a rational function is also a rational function for which the parameters a and b are the same as
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
those of the initial function. The parameters h and k of the inverse are obtained by switching the parameters
h and k of the initial function.
Example:
22 22
The inverse of the function f(x) 5 _
2 5 is f 21(x) 5 _
2 4.
3(x 1 4) 3(x 1 5)
• The parameter h of the function (which is equal to 24) is the same as the parameter k of its inverse.
• The parameter k of the function (which is equal to 25) is the same as the parameter h of its inverse.
220 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Solving Equations and Inequalities of a Rational Expression
To solve an equation with a rational expression, simply apply the properties of equalities or proportions.
To solve an inequality, you can proceed graphically in the case of a function or algebraically by reducing
the problem to a sign analysis.
Example:
225
You must solve the inequality _
2 3.6 . 28.6. The following are two ways to proceed.
4(x 2 5.5)
Graphically
According to the graph, the solution is in the form
]2∞, 5.5[ ]x0, 1∞[. The value of the endpoint x0 is close to 7. y
To determine the exact value of this endpoint, you can 10
8
solve the equation algebraically.
6
225
_
2 3.6 5 28.6 4
4(x 2 5.5) 2
225
_ 5 25 0
x
4(x 2 5.5) 210 28 2 6 4
2 2 2 2 4 6 8 10
225 4
5 25(4)(x 2 5.5)
2
6
2
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
225 5 220x 1 110 8
2
10
2 (x0, 28.6)
20x 5 135
The solution set of this inequality is
x 5 6.75 therefore ]2∞, 5.5[ ]6.75; 1∞[.
Knowledge Summary
Chapter 3
Algebraically
Add 8.6 to each side of the inequality:
2 25
_ 1 5 . 0 Simplification of the inequality:
4(x 2 5.5)
225
_ 1 20 . 0 (Multiplication by 4)
x 2 5.5
225 20(x 2 5.5)
_ 1 _
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
. 0 (Same denominator)
x 2 5.5 x 2 5.5
225 1 20x 2 110
______________
. 0 (Addition of the fractions)
x 2 5.5
20x 2 135
_ . 0 (Simplification)
x 2 5.5
The rational fraction is equal to 0 if x 5 6.75. It is not defined for x 5 5.5. Therefore, there are three
intervals to consider.
Intervals ]2∞, 5.5[ [5.5, 6.75[ ]6.75, 1∞[
Sign of 20x 2 135 2 2 1
Sign of x 2 5.5 2 1 1
20x 2 135 The solution set of this inequality is therefore
Sign of _
1 – 1
x 2 5.5 ]2∞, 5.5[ ]6.75; 1∞[.
221
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
MATHEMATICAL REFERENCE
Mathematical Symbols
Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning
5 … equals … 1∞ Positive infinity
< … approximately equal to … 2∞ Negative infinity
… not equal to … N Set of natural numbers
Plus or minus R Set of real numbers
… less than … Z Set of integers
… greater than … f 21 Inverse of the function f
… less than or equal to … … composed of…
… greater than or equal to … dom f Domain of the function f
__
a
√ Square root ran f Range of the function f
__
3 a
√ Cube root of a x Change in x
__
n a
√ nth root of a y Change in y
|a| Absolute value of a m Slope
A Angle A log Logarithm
mA Measure of angle A ln Napierian or natural logarithm
m ‾
Range of a point P, which moves by
BC Length of segment BC Pt
rotation on a circle after a time t
d(A, B) Distance between points A and B sin t Sine of the angle t
A Area of the triangle cos t Cosine of the angle t
[a, b] Interval of a to b inclusive tan t Tangent of the angle t
arc sin
[a, b[ Interval including a, but excluding b
or sin21
Inverse of the sine function
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
arc cos
]a, b] Interval excluding a, but including b
or cos21
Inverse of the cosine function
arc tan
]a, b[ Interval of a to b exclusive Inverse of the tangent function
or tan21
… belongs to … Number
Euler number: e 2.71828…
Union of sets
e Used as a base of certain exponential
Intersection of sets functions.
Is included in p Pi number 3.1416…
A\B Set A minus set B
| Such that
⇔ If and only if
∞ Infinity
222 MATHEMATICAL REFERENCE
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Units of Measurement and Other
Prefix Area
n nano, which means billionth or 1029 mm2 square millimetre(s)
m micro, which means millionth, or 1026 cm2 square centimetre(s)
m milli, which means thousandth, or 1023 dm2 square decimetre(s)
c centi, which means hundredth, or 1022 m2 square metre(s)
d deci, which means tenth, or 1021 Volume
m3 cubic metre(s)
k kilo, which means thousand, or 103
Angle
M mega, which means million, or 106
rad radian(s)
Quantity:
° degrees
L litre(s)
Mass
cl centilitre(s)
g gram(s)
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
ml millilitre(s)
mg milligram(s)
ml/day millilitre(s) per day
kg kilogram(s)
Distance
kg/km kilogram(s) per kilometre
nm nanometre(s)
g/ml gram(s) per millilitre
mm millimetre(s)
Time
cm centimetre(s)
ms millisecond(s)
dm decimetre(s)
s second(s)
m metre(s)
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
MATHEMATICAL
min minute(s)
REFERENCE
hm hectometre(s)
h hour(s)
km kilometre(s)
d day(s)
yr year(s)
223
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Rate Other
km/h kilometre(s) per hour dB decibel
km/min kilometre(s) per minute $ dollar(s)
km/s kilometre(s) per second inhab. inhabitants
m/s metre(s) per second W watt(s)
m/s2 metre(s) per second squared N newton(s)
m3/s cubic metre(s) per second K kelvin(s)
°/s degree(s) per second Hz hertz
Bq/m3 becquerel(s) per cubic metre A ampere(s)
ppm parts per million Pa pascal(s)
$/L dollar(s) per litre kPa kilopascal(s)
% percentage ohm(s)
mV millivolt(s)
V volt(s)
F farad(s)
Bq becquerel(s)
°C temperature in degrees Celsius
H1 Concentration of hydrogen ions
(lambda) Length of light wave
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
224 MATHEMATICAL REFERENCE
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Formulas
Speed formula Example
Relation between speed, distance and time
d A car drives 420 km for 4 h. Its mean speed is therefore:
v5_
t d 420
v5_
5 _
5 105 km/h
t 4
Perimeter formula Illustration Measurement formulas Example
Circumference of a circle Pythagorean theorem
C
a
C 5 2pr d a2 5 b2 1 c2 c
r
A b B
P 5 2b 1 2h Perimeter of a rectangle Volume formula Illustration
Area formula for plane
Illustration Volume of a cube
figures
Area of a disc c
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Vcube 5 c3
c
Adisc 5 pr2 r
c
Volume of a right prism
Area of a square
Vprism 5 Ab 3 h h
Asquare 5 c2 h
c
Rate of change and slope Example
Area of a rectangle
y
a5 _ The rate of change between the
x points (22, 6) and (4, 28) is:
Arectangle 5 b 3 h h y
a 5 ___ 28 2 6 214 7
x a 5 _ 5 2 _
5 _ .
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
MATHEMATICAL
42 22 6 3
REFERENCE
b * Same formula
for slope m
Area of a triangle
b3h
Atriangle 5 _____
h
2
Area of a trapezoid
b
(B 1 b) 3 h
Atrapezoid 5 ________
h
2
B
Area of a cylinder
Acylinder 5 2pr2 1 2prh
h
r
225
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Exponential notation
Notation Example
an 5 a 3 a 3 … 3 a 25 5 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 5 32
n times 41 5 4
a0 5 1 1250 5 1
1 1
a2n 5 _
n 2−1 5 _
a 2
_1 _ _1 _
a 2 5 √ a 81 2 5 √ 81 5 9
1
_ _ 1
_ _
a
a 3 5 √
3
27 5 3
3
27 3 5 √
Note: The exponent a represents a real number (except 0), while m and n represent
natural numbers greater than 0.
Laws of Exponents
Law Example
Product of powers
32 · 35 5 32 1 5 5 37
am · an 5 am 1 n
Quotient of powers _ 5 7
_ a m 5
3 5 5
723
5 54
a n 5 am 2 n
Power of a product
(3 3 7)2 5 32 3 72 5 9 3 49 5 441
(ab)m 5 ambm
Power of a power
(43)2 5 43 3 2 5 46 5 4096
(am)n 5 amn
Note: The exponents a and b represent real numbers (except 0), while m and n
represent natural numbers greater than 0.
Properties of logarithms Example
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Logarithm of a power log2 163 5 3 log2 16
logc Mn 5 nlogc M log2 4096 5 3 log2 16
12 5 3(4)
Logarithm of a product log3 27 3 81 5 log3 27 1 log3 81
logc MN 5 logc M 1 logc N log3 27 3 81 5 log3 27 1 log3 81
log3 2187 5 3 1 4
757
3125
Logarithm of a quotient log5 _ 5 log5 3125 2 log5 125
M 125
logc _
5 logc M 2 logc N log5 25 5 5 2 3
N
252
226 MATHEMATICAL REFERENCE
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
GLOSSARY
Absolute value (of a number) Amplitude
Operation on a number resulting in the positive Difference between the maximum and the axis of
value of this number. It is written as | |. oscillation of a sinusoidal curve.
Examples: Example:
|2| 5 2 In the graph below the amplitude is 1.
|23| 5 3 Graph of the
Sine Function
||
__
1
5 _
4
1
4
y
Function cycle
|2p| 5 p Maximum
1
Amplitude
0
Minimum 2π 2π2 π π 3π 2π 5π 3π x
Absolute value function 2
1
2 2 2
Function for which the basic rule is written in the Period
form f(x) 5 a|x|, where the coefficient a is a real
number different from 0. Any transformed function
of the form f(x) 5 a|x| is an absolute value function.
Arc cosine
Inverse cosine function
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Example:
Graph of the absolute value function
Example:
f(x) 5 20.5|3(x 1 1)| 1 4. cos 60° 5 0.5, so arc cos 0.5 5 60°
y (also written as cos-1 0.5).
5
4
Arc sine
3
2 Inverse sine function
1
0
Example:
2 5 2 4 3
2 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 x
2 2
sin 90° 5 1, so arc sin 1 5 90°
f
2 3
(also written as sin21 1 = 90°).
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Glossary
Arc tangent
Inverse tangent function
Example:
tan 45° 5 1, so arc tan 1 5 45°
(also written as tan21 1 = 45°).
227
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Asymptote Base
Generally represented by a dotted line, an In exponential notation, number to which an
asymptote is a straight line that the graph of the exponent is applied.
function approaches without ever reaching it. Some
functions have more than one asymptote. Example:
In the expression 8 5 23, the base is 2.
Example:
The exponential function f(x) 5 2(0.5)x 1 3 has one
Change (of a function)
asymptote with the equation y 5 3. In this function,
the more the value of x increases, the more closely the A function is constant over an interval of the domain
value of f(x) approaches 3 without ever reaching it. if, for all values x1 and x2 in this interval, f(x1) 5 f(x2).
y The function is increasing over the interval if, for
10 all values x1 and x2 in this interval, x1 , x2 results in
9 f(x1) , f(x2).
8
7 The function is decreasing over the interval if, for
f 6 all values x1 and x2 in this interval, x1 , x2 results in
5 f(x1) . f(x2).
4
3 Example:
2
1 Asymptote
The change in the function represented below is:
0 Increasing: ]2∞, 21]
22 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x
22 Decreasing: [21, 1∞[
Axis of symmetry 6
4
Straight line dividing a geometric figure into two 2
(23, 0) (1, 0)
parts that are isometric by reflection. The axis of 0
symmetry of a figure therefore divides a figure into 2 10 28 26 2 4 2
2 2 4 6 8 10 x
two isometric parts. 4
2
6
2
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Example:
In the graph below, there is an axis of symmetry (in Completing the square
orange) of equation x 5 5.
A calculation method used to complete a binomial
y in order to produce a perfect square trinomial.
10
8
Example:
6 By adding 9 to the binomial x2 2 6x, you get the
4 perfect square trinomial x2 2 6x 1 9, the factored form
2 of which is (x 2 3)2.
0 2 4 6 8 10 x
Conjecture
A statement that is accepted as true but that has not
yet been proven.
228 GLOSSARY
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Constant function Cosine function
Function for which the independent variable can Function for which the rule is written in the form
have only one value. The function rule is written as f(x) 5 a cos b(x 2 h) 1 k. The absolute value of the
f(x) 5 b, where b is a real number. On a graph, a parameter a represents the amplitude of the curve,
constant function is represented by a horizontal the parameter h represents the phase shift, and the
straight line. axis of oscillation of the sinusoidal curve is the
equation y 5 k.
Example:
Graph of the constant function f(x) 5 2.
Example:
y Graph of the cosine function f(x) 5 2 cos (x 1 1) 1 1.
5 y
4
3 6
f
2 4
1 2
0 0
2 4 23 22 2 1 1 2 3 4 x
2 10 28 6
2 4
2 2 2 2 4 6 8 10 x
2
2
2 4
2 6
Cosine
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Relationship between the length of the side Counterexample
adjacent to an acute angle and the length of the Example for which a mathematical statement is
hypotenuse in a right triangle. The cosine of an false. The counterexample is enough to prove that
angle A is written cos A. the statement is false, because it is not always true.
Example: Example:
In the right triangle below, Given the statement "Subtraction is commutative."
length of the side adjacent to angle C
cos C 5 __________________________
To prove this statement is false, you can use the
length of the hypotenuse
2.26
5 ____ 0.46 following counterexample:
4.89
B 52352
3 2 5 5 22
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Glossary
2.26
4.33 Since the results are not identical,
the statement is false.
C
4.89
A
229
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Critical values Discontinuous (Function)
Any points of a function where the rate of change is A function is discontinuous when there are breaks in
zero or undefined. For example in a step function, its graph.
these are the values of the domain where the
function is discontinuous—that is, where there is Example:
a jump on the graph. The step function below is discontinuous at critical
values 1, 3 and 5.
Example:
y
In the graph below, the critical values are 3 and 6.
6
y 5
4
10
3
9
2
8
1
7
6
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x
5
4
3
2 Critical values
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x Disjoint (intervals)
Intervals that do not have common values.
Critical values
Examples:
Cycle The intervals [0, 10[ and [10, 20] are disjoint.
In a periodic function, this refers to the pattern that The intervals ]2100, 42] and [50, 60] are disjoint.
repeats itself in the graph of the function. (Also see
Periodic Function.) Domain
The set of values that the independent variable of a
Decimal logarithm function may have.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
The decimal logarithm of a number N, written as
Example:
log N, is the exponent that must be applied in base
10 for the result to equal N. The domain of this function is ]28, 7].
y
Example:
5
log N 5 b ⇔ 10b 5 N 4
3
2
1
Dependent variable
8 27 26 25 24 3 22 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x
In a functional relationship between two variables,
2 2 2
22
this is the variable whose variations must be 23
explained by the variations of another variable. 24
5
2
230 GLOSSARY
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Exponential Function Function composition
Function for which the rule is written in the form Operation on two functions allowing a third
f(x) 5 acb(x 2 h) 1 k. The equation y 5 k is the function to be obtained by replacing the
equation of its horizontal asymptote. independent variable of the second function with
the expression corresponding to the dependent
Example: variable of the first function. The symbol used for
Graph of the exponential function f(x) 5 23(2)(x 2 1) 1 3. this operation is (pronounced "of").
y Example:
10
8
Given the functions f(x) 5 5x 2 1 and g(x) 5 3x2 1 4.
6
The composite function of these functions is written as
4
2 (g f )(x), which reads as "g of f", and its result is:
0 (g f )(x) 5 g(f(x))
2 10 28 26 2422 2 4 6 8 10 x
24
26 5 3(5x 2 1)² 1 4
28
210 5 3(25x2 2 10x 1 1) 1 4
5 75x2 2 30x 1 7
Exponential notation
Functional notation
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Form of writing using an exponent to represent a
number. Form of writing the equation of a function that uses
f(x) as a dependent variable to show the relation of
Example:
dependency.
53 is the number 125 written in exponential form.
Hyperbola
Extrapolate Characteristic curve of the graph of a rational
Estimate the value of a function outside the domain function. This curve has two axes of symmetry and
interval already defined. two asymptotes.
Example:
Extremum (minimum or maximum)
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
The minimum is the smallest of the values of the
Glossary
ry
Ax
et
is
dependent variable. The maximum is the largest
of
m
sy
sy
m
value.
of
m
is
et
Ax
ry
The function represented below has a maximum of
4 and no minimum. Asymptote
Example: Hyperbola
Asymptote
6
4
2
(23, 0) (1, 0)
0
2 10 28 26 2 4 22 2 4 6 8 10 x
24
26
231
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Independent variable Inverse-variation function
The variable that affects the dependent variable. Function in which the product of the dependent
and independent variables is constant and not zero.
Initial value k k
The rule of this function is y 5 _ or f(x) 5 _ , where k
x x
The value of f(0). In some contexts, this is often is a constant called a coefficient or constant of inverse
called the start value. (Synonym: y-intercept.) proportionality.
Example:
Interval
y
The set of real numbers between two endpoints,
which may or may not be included in the interval.
Example:
The interval of the numbers from 2 (included) to 5
(excluded) may be represented as follows:
Graphically:
2 5
x
Algebraically: 2x5
In interval notation: [2, 5[ Inversely proportional
Two sizes are inversely proportional if the product of
An interval may extend to infinity, either positive or their sizes is a constant number.
negative. In this case, there is only one endpoint.
Example: Linear function
The interval [3, 1∞[ has only a lower endpoint Function for which the rule is written as f(x) 5 ax 1 b,
(included). where a and b are real numbers. The parameter a
represents the rate of change of the function and
the parameter b represents the y-intercept.
Inverse
These functions are represented by straight lines in
Relation obtained by swapping the values of each
a graph.
pair of the relation.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Example:
Inverse operation Graph of the linear function f(x) 5 2x 1 1.
Operation that reverses the effect of another y
operation. 6
f
5
4
Example: 3
2
Addition is the inverse of subtracting, and applying the 1
square root of a number is the inverse of squaring it, etc.
0
2 2 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 x
22
232 GLOSSARY
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Linear regression line Logistic Function
Regression curve that is a straight line of best fit on a Function for which the rule is written in the form
n
scatter plot. f(x) 5 _________
b(x − h) , where n is a constant and the
a c 1 k
denominator is an exponential function.
Example:
Example:
L
120 Graph of the logistic function
110 5
100 f(x) 5 _
.
2(3) x 1 4
90
80 y
70
60
50 1
40
30
20
0
10 28 24 4 8 x
2 1
0 1 2 3 D
Logarithm Modelling
The basic logarithm c of a number N, written as Action of representing a quantifiable situation by a
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
logc N, is the exponent that must be applied to the mathematical expression.
base c for the result to equal N.
Example: Napierian logarithm
logc N 5 b ⇔ cb 5 N The Napierian logarithm of a number N, written as
ln N, is the exponent b that must be applied to base
e for the result to equal N.
Logarithmic Function
Function for which the rule is written in the form Example:
f(x) 5 a logc b(x 2 h) 1 k. The equation x 5 h is the ln N 5 b ⇔ eb 5 N
equation of its vertical asymptote.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Example:
Glossary
Graph of the logarithmic function
f(x) 5 1.5 log3 (x 1 2) 1 4.
10
8
6
4
2
0
10 28 26 2422
2 2 4 6 8 10 x
24
26
28
210
233
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Operations on functions Parameter
Operations on functions allow a new function to be In an algebraic expression or an equation, this is a
obtained by addition, subtraction, multiplication, letter that represents a real number that can have
division and composition of two functions. different values depending on the case, rather than
a variable.
Example:
Given the functions f(x) 5 6x 1 12 and g(x) 5 3x: Example:
Addition: In the standard form of the function rule f(x) 5 ax 1 b,
(f 1 g)(x) 5 f(x) 1 g(x) 5 (6x 1 12) 1 (3x) 5 9x 1 12 the letter x represents the independent variable, while
the letters a and b are the parameters.
Subtraction:
(f 2 g)(x) 5 f(x) 2 g(x) 5 (6x 1 12) 2 (3x) 5 3x 1 12
Multiplication: Period
(f 3 g)(x) 5 f(x) 3 g(x) 5 (6x 1 12) 3 (3x) 5 18x2 1 36x
Length of the interval containing the cycle of a
Division: periodic function. (Also see Periodic Function.)
4
(f ÷ g)(x) 5 f(x) 4 g(x) 5 (6x 1 12) 4 (3x) 5 _
1 2
x
Composition: Periodic function
(g f )(x) 5 g(f(x)) 5 3(6x 1 12) 5 18x 1 36
A function for which the graph consists of a pattern,
called a cycle, that is repeated over its entire
Parabola domain. The period of the function is the length
The characteristic curve of the graph of a second- of the interval that contains the cycle.
degree polynomial function. This curve has an axis
Example:
of symmetry that goes through the vertex of the
parabola. Graph of a periodic function for which the period is
1.5 units.
Example:
y
Cycle
Axis of
symmetry
2
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Parabola
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x
Vertex Phase shift
Horizontal translation of a sinusoidal function.
Example:
y
Phase shift
1
0
4 8 x
1
2
234 GLOSSARY
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Piecewise function Quadratic function
Function for which the rule differs depending on A function whose function rule is written in the form
the interval in which the independent variable f(x) 5 ax2, where the coefficient a is a real number
is situated. other than 0.
Example: In the Solutions series, this expression extends to all
second-degree polynomial functions.
Below are the rule and the graph of a piecewise
function. Example:
22x 14 if x [0, 3]
{0.5x 2 4 if x [4, 10]
Graph of the quadratic function f(x) 5 x2.
f(x) 5 22
if x [3, 4]
y
5
f
Temperature of a Liquid 4
as a Function of Time 3
Temperature
(°C) 2
6 1
5
4 0
24 3
2 2
2 1
2 1 2 3 4 x
3 2
2
2
1
0
Radian
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
1
2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2
2 Time
(min) A point on a circle rotates by 1 radian if the arc
3
2
it travels by turning in the positive direction
(counterclockwise) has the same length as the
Polynomial function radius of the circle.
A function whose rule is expressed using a Example:
polynomial. The degree of the polynomial
determines the degree of the function. P1
r r
Examples: 1 rad
P
1) Zero-degree polynomial function: f(x) 5 3 r
2) First-degree polynomial function: f(x) 5 2x 1 3
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Glossary
3) Second-degree polynomial function:
f(x) 5 x2 1 2x 1 3
Properties of a function Range (Range of a function or Image)
Elements that allow the study of a function. The 1) The set of values that the dependent variable of
general properties most frequently studied are the a function may have. (Synonym: Codomain.)
domain, the range, the symmetry, the zeros of the 2) The resulting value when a function is applied to
function, the initial value, the sign, the change and a number.
the extrema.
Example:
For f(x) 5 2x 1 1.
The image of 2 under the function f, written f(2), is
equal to 5.
235
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Rate of change Rational function
Ratio between the change in value of the Function for which the rule can be written in the
dependent variable and the change in value of the form of a rational fraction.
independent variable. This course only covers rational functions in
ax 1 b
The rate of change is calculated by the expression the form f(x) 5 ______
, because they are a
cx 1 d
________
f(x ) 2 f(x1)
x2 2 x .
2 1 generalization of the inverse-variation function,
In the case of a linear function, the rate of change which can be written in standard form:
a
corresponds to the slope of the straight line that f(x) 5 _ 1 k.
b(x 2 h)
represents it in a graph. (Synonym: Slope of a
Straight Line.) Example:
Graph of the rational function
2 8x 2 1
Rational fraction f(x) 5 _
.
4x 1 4
y
Fraction in which the numerator and the
denominator are polynomials and at least one of the 4
3
coefficients of the denominator is not zero.
2
1
Examples:
a12 _ x 2 1 2x 2 3 210 9
2 2 8 7
2 6
2 2 5 4
2 3
2 2
2 2 10 1 2 3 4 x
_
, .
a23 x15 2 2
2 3
f 2 4
2 5
2 6
2 7
2 8
2 9
2 10
Rationalize (the denominator of a fraction)
Operation on a fraction to obtain an equivalent for
which the denominator is a rational number.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Example:
3 Irrational
Given the fraction _
_ .
√
2.5 denominator
By rationalizing the denominator, you obtain:
_
3 3 √ 2.5
_ _ 5 _
_ 3 _ _
2.5 √ 2.5 √ 2.5
√
_
3 √ 2.5
5_
2.5 Rational denominator
236 GLOSSARY
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Regression line Sign (of a function)
Curve of best fit for a scatter plot. A function is positive over part of its domain if
f(x) . 0 for all the values of x in this part.
Example:
A function is negative over part of its domain if
y f(x) , 0 for all the values of x in this part.
2000
1800 Example:
1600
1400 The sign of the function represented below is:
1200
1000 positive: x [23, 1]
800
600 negative: x ]2∞, 23] [1, 1∞[
400
200 y
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 x 6
4
2
(23, 0) (1, 0)
Scatter plot 0
210 28 26 2 4 2
2 2 4 6 8 10 x
Set of points represented in a Cartesian plane. 4
2
6
2
Example:
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Temperature
(ºC) Sine
100
90 The relation between the length of the side opposite
80
70 an acute angle and the length of the hypotenuse in a
60
right triangle. The sine of an angle A is written sin A.
50
40
30 Example:
20
10 In the right triangle below,
length of the side opposite angle A
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 sin A 5 _________________________
Time length of hypoténuse
4.82
5 ____
(min)
0.84
5.74
A
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Scientific notation 5.74
Glossary
C
Scientific notation consists of writing the numbers in 3.12
the following form: 4.82
B
The coefficient a is a The exponent of 10
decimal number, equal is always an integer
to or greater than 1, (positive or negative).
but less than 10. a 3 10n
Example:
1.25 3 104 is the number 12 500 in scientific notation.
237
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Sine function Slope
Function for which the rule is written in the form A number that describes the steepness and the
f(x) 5 a sin b(x 2 h) 1 k. The absolute value of the direction of a straight line in relation to the horizontal.
parameter a represents the amplitude of the curve,
On a Cartesian plane, the slope of a line is equal to
the parameter h represents the phase shift, and the
the ratio of the change in the y-coordinate (y) to
axis of oscillation of the sinusoidal curve is the
the change in the x-coordinate (x), when moving
equation y 5 k.
from one point to another along this line.
Example: The slope of the line going through the points P1(x1,
Graph of the sine function f(x) 5 3 sin (x 1 2) 2 1. y1) and P2(x2, y2) is calculated using the following
formula:
y
y y22 y 1
Slope 5 ___ 5 _______
6 x x22 x 1
4
2
The slope of a horizontal line is 0. The slope of a
vertical line is not defined.
0
2 10 28 6
2 4
2 2 2 2 4 6 8 10 x
2 4 Example:
2 6
y
Sinusoidal curve
(x1, y1)
Periodic curve that oscillates on either side of a y
(x2, y2)
horizontal axis passing through its midpoint. The
x
amplitude of the curve is the difference between its
x
maximum and the y-coordinate of this horizontal
axis of oscillation.
Example:
Axis of oscillation
y
Square root function
3
2
Function for which the basic rule is written in the
_
1 form f(x) 5 a√
x, where the coefficient a is a real
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
0
x
number different from 0. Any transformed function
24 23 22 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 _
22 of the form f(x) 5 a√ xis a square root function.
23
Example:
_
Graph of the square root function f(x) 5 2√ x − 1 − 3.
Sinusoidal function
y
Family of functions for which the curve is a 5
sinusoidal curve. This family includes the sine and 4
cosine functions. 3
2
1
0
2 2 1
2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
2
2
f
3
2
4
2
5
2
238 GLOSSARY
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Standard form (Vector form) Trigonometric ratio
The writing of an equation or a function rule in a Ratio relating two sides of a right triangle. The
form that helps to identify certain parameters, trigonometric ratios most frequently studied are
thereby making it easier to graph. sine, cosine and tangent.
Example:
Trigonometric unit circle
The standard form of the quadratic function is
f(x) 5 a(x − h)2 1 k. Circle of 1 unit of radius, centred at the origin of the
Below is the graph of the function Cartesian plane.
f(x) 5 2(x − 3)2 1 1.
Example:
The values of the parameters of this function are:
y
•• a 5 2: its effect is a vertical expansion of a ratio
2
of 2 of the basic graph;
1
•• h 5 3: its effect is a horizontal translation of
0
the basic graph, (f(x)= x2), 3 units to the right; 2 2 2 1 1 2 x
2
•• k 5 1: its effect is a vertical translation of the
2
basic graph, (f(x)= x2), 1 units upwards.
y
Zero (of a function)
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
7
6
f The value of the domain whose image under the
5 function is equal to 0. The zeros of a function
4 correspond to the x-intercepts on its graph.
3
2 a 2 Example:
1
h 3 k 1 y
0
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 x 7
6
5
Tangent 4
3 Zero of
2 a function
Ratio between the length of the side opposite an
1
acute angle and the length of its adjacent side in a
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
0
right triangle. The tangent of an angle A is written
Glossary
22 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x
22
tan A.
Example:
In the right triangle below,
length of the side opposite to angle C 5.14
tan C 5 __________________________
5 ____
1.20
length of the side adjacent to angle C 4.29
A
5.14
B
6.69
4.29
239
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 1
SITUATION 1.1 AN AUTONOMOUS BRAKING SYSTEM
EXPLORATION 1.1 PAGES 5 TO 6
1 Sample answer:
a)
Car A Car B
Speed: 25 m/s Speed: 15 m/s
100 m
90 km _________
90 000 m
Car A: 90 km/h 5 ______
5 5 25 m/s. 2 a) The distance between the two cars (dependent variable)
1h 3 600 s
and the time elapsed (independent variable).
54 km _________
54 000 m
Car B: 54 km/h 5 ______
5 5 15 m/s. b) Before braking: the distance decreases at a constant rate
1h 3 600 s
of change.
NOTE: To express in m/s a speed given in km/h, simply
During braking: the distance continues to decreases, but
divide the number by 3.6. To do the inverse conversion, you
more and more slowly.
must multiply by 3.6.
3 3.6 After braking: the distance is constant.
90 km/h 5 25 m/s c) With polynomial functions, respectively 1st, 2nd and
0 degree.
4 3.6
You must therefore divide by 3.6 when converting from 3 a) 25 m/s
km/h to m/s.
km 1 km 1000 m ______ 1h 1000 m ___ 1 m b) After 1 s: 22.5 m/s After 2 s: 20 m/s
1 3 ___
5 _____ 3 _______
3 5 _______
5 3 __
h h 1 km 3600 s 3600 s 3.6 s
Similarly, you can prove that you must multiply by 3.6 to EXPLANATION: Deceleration of 2.5 m/s2 means the speed
convert from m/s to km/h. decreases by 2.5 m/s each second.
m 1 m _______ 1 km 3600 km
3600 s ________ km
1 3 __ 5 ____
3 3 ______
5 5 3.6 3 ___
c) Sample answer:
s s 1000 m 1h 1000 h h
25 2 2.5t
b) After 1 s: 90 m After 2 s: 80 m
d) Sample answer:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Every second, car A travels 10 m farther than car B.
The distance therefore decreases by 10 m/s. Initially, the speed of car A is 10 m/s faster than that of
car B.
c) Since the distance between the two cars initially is
100 m and decreases by 10 m/s, there will be a collision Since 10 4 2.5 5 4, it will take 4 s for the two cars to drive
after 10 s if the brakes are not applied. at the same speed.
This corresponds to the following graph: e) 1) The parameter a is equal to half the deceleration.
Therefore, a 5 1.25.
Distance Between the Two cars,
Depending on the Time Elapsed 2) The vertex is at the end of the second phase, when
Distance
(m) braking stops.
The distance would
100 continue to decrease
at a constant rate if the
brakes were not activated.
0 Start of 10 Time
braking (s)
240 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
EXPLANATION: The vertex corresponds to the time when car A reaches Distance Between the Two Cars,
CHAPTER
the same speed as1
car B (15 m/s). If car A continues to decelerate, its speed
Distance
Depending on the Time Elapsed
would become slower than that of car B and the distance between the (m)
two vehicles would increase. The curve would rise again if braking
Initial
continued. The vertex of the parabola
distance
therefore is found at the end of braking.
Start of End of Time
braking braking (s)
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 1
ACQUISITION 1.1 A PAGES 7 TO 11
1 Sample graph and answer: 2) You are in the constant part.
a) and b) f(20) 5 10 000
Altitude of the Aircraft as a Function Altitude of 10 000 m
of the Time Elapsed (modelling)
Altitude 3) You are in the quadratic part.
(m)
12 000 (12.5, 10 000) (25,10 000) f(30) 5 25 (30 2 45)2 5 5 625
10 000
8 000
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
6 000 Altitude of 5 625 m
4 000
2 000 (0, 0) (45, 0)
4) You are in the quadratic part.
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
Time f(40) 5 25 (40 2 45)2 5 625
(min)
Altitude of 625 m
c) 1) f(x) 5 800x
f(x) 5 10 000
2) 2 x g(x) y
0 0
7
f(x) 5 25(x 2 45)2
3) 1 6
1 4 __
5
2 4
EXPLANATIONS: 2 6 3
2
5 1
1) Since a linear function is involved, the rate of change is 3 5 __
8
obtained by dividing the altitude by the time elapsed. 0 1234567 x
1
4 4 __
10 000 4 12.5 5 800. (The aircraft rises at 800 m per 2
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
minute.) 5
5 2 __
8
2) This is a quadratic function with its vertex at (45, 0). Its
6 0
rule thus can be written in the form f(x) 5 a(x 245)2.
The point (25, 10 000) is used to determine the value of a. 3 Sample solution:
10 000 5a(25 2 45) 2
a) First part (from 0 to 5 s)
10 000 5400a
4 2 0 __ 4
a 5 25 a 5 ____
5 5 0.8
520 5
d) 1)
You are in the linear part. Since the y-intercept is 0, the rule in this part is
f(x) 5 0.8x.
f(10) 5 800 (10) 5 8 000
Second part (from 5 to 9 s)
Altitude of 8 000 m
The rule in this part is f(x) 5 4.
241
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
Third part (from 9 to 12 s) Graphical explanation:
CHAPTER 1
324
a 5 _____
12 2 9
1
5 2__
3 Altitude of the Aircraft as a Function
1 of the Time Elapsed (modelling)
Therefore, the rule is in the form f(x) 5 2__
x 1 b. Altitude
3 (m)
Since the graph passes through the point (12, 3), 12 000
10 000
you obtain: 8 000
6 000
4 000
1
3 5 2__
(12) 1 b 2 000
3
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44
b57
Time
1 (min)
The rule in this part is: f(x) 5 2__
x 1 7.
3
5 Sample solution:
NOTE: You can also determine the rule by using the
fact that a straight line with slope m passing through From the graph, you can see y
coordinates (h, k) has an equation in the standard form: there are two possible values.
7
y 5 m(x 2 h) 1 k. This allows you to arrive at the answer One is a little smaller than 1; 6
5
faster without solving an equation. the other is between 4 and 4.5. 4
3
1 2
For example, given that the slope is 2__
a nd that the graph Each of these values is in a 1
3
passes through (12, 3), you can determine the rule as follows: part of the function. 0 1234567 x
1 1 1
f(x) 5 2__
(x 2 12) 1 3 5 2__
x 1 4 1 3 5 2__
x 1 7
3 3 3 In the first part, for x , 2 In the second part, for x 2
3 3
The function rule __
2 (x 2 2)21 6 5 4 __
2 ( x 2 2)21 6 5 4
2 8
⎧ 0.8x if 0 # x 5 3 3
⎪ 2 __
(x 2 2)25 22 2 __
( x 2 2)25 22
f(x) 5 ⎨
4 if 5 # x 9 2 8
⎪ 2__ 1 4 16
⎩ 3 x 1 7 if 9 # x # 12 (x 2 2)2 5 __ (x 2 2)2 5 ___
3 3
__ ___
b) The shelf is 3 m high. 4
x 2 2 5 6 __
3 √ __
√
16
x 2 2 5 6 ___
3
___
c) The time of 3 s is in the first part of the domain, where
the function is defined by the rule f(x) 5 0.8x. Thus:
4
x 5 2 6 __
3 √ √
16
x 5 2 6 ___
3
f(3) 5 0.8(3) 5 2.4 The solution greater than The solution less than
The pallet was 2.4 m high. 2 must be rejected. 2 must be rejected.
__
4 Sample answer:
4
Therefore, x 5 2 2
3 √
__ < 0.85. Therefore,___
From the graph, you can estimate that the aircraft was at an
The two values of x, rounded
16
3 √
x 5 2 1 ___ < 4.31.
to the nearest hundredth,
altitude above 3000 m between the 4th and the 34th minute
are 0.85 and 4.31.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
of flying time approximately, that is, for 30 min.
For the values of x where g(x) is greater than 4, you can see
from the graph that these values of x are between the two
values obtained.
ANSWER: ]0.85, 4.31[
SOLUTION 1.1
An Autonomous Braking System PAGES 12 TO 13
Sample solution: This involves a piecewise function, for which the domain is
divided into three intervals (before, during and after braking).
Modelling and representation
As determined in the Exploration:
Let d(t) be the distance (m) between the two cars and t,
• Before braking, the function is linear.
the time elapsed (s).
• During braking, the function is quadratic.
• After braking, the function is constant.
242 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
The linear function rule Distance between the two cars at the start of braking
CHAPTER 1
Since the distance between the two cars initially is 100 m and You must determine the value of d(5).
decreases by 10 m per second, the rule is d(t) 5 100 2 10t.
At the start of braking, you are at the limit of the linear part
The quadratic function rule of the function.
If t0 and t1 correspond respectively to the start and end of Therefore, d(5) 5 100 2 10(5) 5 50.
braking, you obtain the following graph:
At the start of braking, the distance between the two cars
Distance Between the Two Cars, is 50 m.
Depending on the Time Elapsed
Distance Time elapsed for the distance to be 35 m
(m)
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 1
You are looking for the value of t, for which d(t) 5 35.
100
Clearly, you are in the quadratic part of the function. To
(t0 , 100 10t0) determine the time elapsed, you must solve the following
(t1 , 30) equation:
30
1.25(t 2 9)2 1 30 5 35
t0 t1 Time 1.25(t 2 9)2 5 5
(s) (t 2 9)2 5 4 __
Based on the elements determined in Exploration: t 2 9 5 6√ 4
t5962
The coordinate point (t1, 30) is the vertex of the parabola and the
parameter a is equal to 1.25. You must take the value which is less than 9.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
The function rule of this part is d(t) 5 1.25(t 2 t1)2 1 30. t592257
Also: At 7 s, the distance between the two cars will be 35 m, which
corresponds to 2 s after the start of braking, which begins at 5 s.
• The parabola passes through the coordinates
(t0 , 100 2 10t0). Difference between the speeds of the two cars at that time.
• Since braking lasts 4 s, there is the relation t1 5 t0 1 4. Before braking, car A is driving at 25 m/s. During braking, its
speed decreases by 2.5 m/s each second.
Calculation of the values of t0 and t1
After 2 s of braking, its speed will have decreased by 5 m/s.
In evaluating the quadratic function at the x-coordinate t0,
Therefore, the speed will be 20 m/s.
you obtain:
Car B has a constant speed of 15 m/s.
d(t0) 5 1.25(t0 2 t1)2 1 30
or d(t0) 5 1.25(t0 2 (t0 1 4))2 1 30 according to the Therefore, the difference between the two speeds will be 5 m/s,
relation stated above which is equivalent to 18 km/h.
and to have only one
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
variable. ANSWERS TO THE QUESTIONS ASKED: The system must
100 2 10t0 5 1.25(24)2 1 30 start braking no later than when the distance between the two cars
210t 5 250 is 50 m.
0
t0 5 5
When the distance between the two cars is 35 m, the difference
t1 5 t0 1 4 5 5 1 4 5 9 between their speeds is 18 km/h (or 5 m/s).
Therefore, braking occurs between 5 and 9 s and the function
rule during this braking is d(t) 5 1.25(t 2 9)2 1 30.
Constant function rule
The speed of the two cars during this phase is constant and
equal to 15 m/s.
The distance corresponds to the safe distance driven by each car
during a period of 2 s, namely 30 m (15 m/s 3 2 s).
Thus, the rule is d(t) 5 30.
243
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
ACQUISITION 1.1 B PAGES 14 TO 21
CHAPTER
1 a) 1 Height of the Robot's 3 a) Sample representations and rules:
Left Foot Relative to the
Right Foot as a Runction 1) Speed According to
the Time Elapsed
of the Time Elapsed Speed
Relative Height
(cm) (m/s)
7
20 6
16 5
12 4
8 3
4 2
0 1
24
28 12345678
212 Time 0 12345678
216
(s) Time
(s)
b) Domain: [0, 6] s 2) Speed According to
the Time Elapsed
Range: [216, 20] cm Acceleration
(m/s2)
c) 20 cm 6
5
4
d) 216 cm 3
2
1
e) There is a zero at 2 s. This is when the robot's two feet are
at the same height. 0 12345678
Time
(s)
f ) The function is negative over the interval [0, 2] s. It is
1) v(t) 5 {
positive over the interval [2, 6] s. 3t if 0 # t , 2
,
6 if t $ 2
Interpretation: From 0 to 2 s, the robot's left foot is lower
where v(t) is the velocity of the object (m/s) and t is
than or equal to the height of its right foot. From 2 to 6 s,
the time elapsed(s).
the robot's left foot is higher than or equal to the height
2) a(t ) 5 {
3 if 0 # t , 2
of its right foot. ,
0 if t $ 2
g) During the first 4.5 seconds, the left foot is rising. From where a(t) is the acceleration of the object (m/s2) and
4.5 to 5 s, it is descending. Then from 5 to 6 s, it stays at t is the time elapsed (s).
the same height.
b) The two functions have the same critical value at 2 s.
2 a) The domain of the function is the interval [0, 80] s. This is c) Acceleration as a function of time is discontinuous.
the time interval during which the winch moves the
submarine. 4 Sample solution:
b) 6 m above the surface of the water a) This is the time of year when the clocks are turned back
one hour to return to Standard Time.
c) The minimum is 23. When the submarine is set free, its
This time change officially occurs on the first Sunday of
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
bottom is 3 m below the surface of the water.
November at 2 a.m. All programmed clocks reset
d) Based on the graph, it can be estimated that this
automatically.
happens after 65 s.
b) f(x ) 5 {
x if 0 # x , 2
,
e) The function is positive on the interval [0, 65] s. This is x 2 1 if x $ 2
the time interval during which the submarine is out of where f(x) represents the time shown by the clock (h) and
the water. x represents the time elapsed (h).
f) The function is decreasing on the interval [25, 80] s. This is c) The clock shows 1:00 a.m.
the time interval during which the submarine remains
d) Two possibilities: 1.5 h have elapsed (before the time
suspended at a constant height or is lowered by the winch.
change) or 2.5 h (after the time change).
g) The winch really lowers the submarine between 25 s and
80 s, and therefore for a period of 55 s.
NOTE: A word used in everyday language and in
mathematical language may sometimes have slightly different
meanings. When you say that something is decreasing, this
usually means it is being reduced in some way. According to
the mathematical definition of a decreasing function, this also
includes the possibility that the function does not vary.
244 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
5 a) Sample answer:
Graph B
CHAPTERAngle
1 Formed by the Windshield y
Wipers over Time 6
Angle 5
(°) 4
3
120 2
100 1
80
60
40 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 x
20
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 y Graph C
Time
(s) 7
6
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 1
5
4
NOTE: The pattern chosen does not necessarily have to be 3
2
at the beginning of the graph. 1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 x
b) The pattern repeats exactly 5 times in the interval [0, 12[.
The interval in which a single pattern is recorded has a NOTE: In D, although you can identify visually that a pattern
length corresponding to 2.4 (or 12 s 4 5). that repeats itself (by diagonal translation), this is not a periodic
function, because the range of the function in each of the
In the context, this means there is one beat of the intervals associated with these repetitions is not the same.
windshield wipers every 2.4 s.
s s beats
c) 60 ____
4 2.4 __________
5 25 __________
7 a) The period of the function in (B) is 4 units. The period of
min beat min
the function in (C) is 5 units.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
The wipers will beat 25 times in one minute. b) Sample answer depending on the chosen cycle:
d) Several possible answers depending on the pattern For the cycles highlighted in the answer key of number 6
highlighted. above, the following rules apply.
For the above pattern, the rule is as follows: For f the function represented in (B):
f(x) 5 {
100x if 0 # t 1 2 if 0 # x , 1
{0
f(t) 5 2 100x
1 200 if 1 # t 2 5 if 1 # x , 4
if 2 # t 2.4 For g the function represented in (C):
⎧ 5x 2 9 if 2 # x , 3
e) Since 80 4 2.4 < 33.3, you can say that after 80 s, there ⎪2
g(x ) 5 ⎨
3x 1 15 if 3 # x , 4
will have been 33 complete beats and the wipers will be
⎪x 2 1 if 4 # x , 6
in the process of completing their 34th beat. This 34th ⎩ 24x 1 29 if 6 # x , 7
beat is identical to the first. The position of the wipers
during this beat can be determined by finding the EXPLANATION: Sample calculation for function g:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
equivalent position in the first beat. If 2 # x , 3 : the endpoints of the segment are (2, 1) and (3, 6).
6 2 1 __ 5
Since 80 2 33 3 2.4 5 0.8, the angle formed by the a 5 ____
5 5 5.
322 1
wipers at 80 s is the same as the angle they formed Using the point (2, 1), the rule can be written as
at 0.8 s. g(x) 5 5(x 2 2) 1 1, which is equivalent to g(x) 5 5x 2 9.
In other words, f(80) 5 f(0.8) 5 100(0.8) 5 80. Follow the same procedure for the other parts of the cycle.
The angle formed by the wipers at 80 s is 80°. c) 1) The period is 4 units, so:
f(38) 5 f(38 2 9 3 4) 5 f(2).
6 Sample solution:
According to the rule determined in b), f(2) 5 5.
Only graphs B and C represent periodic functions.
Therefore, f(38) 5 5.
Justification: The blue line show examples of the patterns
that repeat in each of these graphs. 2) The period is 5 units, so
g(38) 5 g(38 2 7 3 5) 5 g(3).
According to the rule determined in b),
g(3) 5 23(3) 1 15 5 6.
Therefore, g(38) 5 6.
245
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
CONSOLIDATION 1.1 PAGES 22 TO 27
CHAPTER
1 1 Part 3
The function restricted to this part is a quadratic function
⎧ 4x 1 14 Domain of f : ℝ
⎪ 2__1
if x [2∞, 23[ for which the coordinates of the vertex are (2, 2) and
if x [23, 21[
Range of f : ]2∞, 2] which passes through the point (3, 4).
f(x) = ⎨
(x 2 1) if x [21, 1[
⎪
2
1
y-intercept : __
4 5 a(3 2 2)2 1 2
2
x __ 1 2 a52
⎩
2__ 1 if x [1, 2∞[ Maximum of the function: 2
3 3
When x [ [2, 3[, the function rule is: g(x) 5 2(x 2 2)2 1 2.
Minimum of the function:
y None Part 4
Zeros of the function : { , 1}
7
5
4 2 __ The function restricted to this part is a constant function
3
2
2 passing through (3, 4).
Increasing interval
1
0 ]2∞, 23] When x [ [3, 1∞[, the function rule is: g(x) 5 4.
24 22
22
12345 x
Decreasing interval: [21, 1∞[
4 ANSWER:
Positive: [2 __
, 1]
2
7
⎧ 2__
⎪
2 3 1
x 2 __
if x [ [2∞, 1[
Negative : ]2∞, 2 __ ] [1, 1∞]
7 2 2
2 g(x ) 5 ⎨
⎪
4x
2 6
if x [ [1, 2[
2 (x 2 2)2 1 2 if x [ [2, 3[
2 Sample solution: ⎩4 if x [ [3, 1∞[
a) The graph is divided into four parts. These parts
b) y
represent polynomial functions of degree 1, 1, 2 and
0 respectively. 4
Part 1: 2
The linear function passes through the points (23, 4) 0
2 4 22 2 4 x
22
and (1, 22).
22 2 4 26
3
a 5 _____
5 ___
5 2__
In drawing the straight line g(x) 5 1, it is possible to see
1 2 23 4 2 that the value of 1 is reached in the first two parts and
Since this function passes through (1, 22): that the function will be less than 1 between the two
3
22 5 2 __
(1) 1 b corresponding values of x.
2
1 First value of x Second value of x
b52 __
2 3 1
g(x) 5 2__
x 2 __ g(x) 5 4x 2 6
When x [ ]2∞, 1[, the function rule is: 2 2
1 5 4x 2 6
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
3 1 .
3 1
g(x) 5 2 __
x 2 __ 1 5 2__
x 2 __
7
2 2 2 2 x 5 __
x 5 21 4
Part 2
The linear function passes through the points (1, 22) and Since the question asks the values of x for which g(x) is
(2, 2). less than 1, the endpoints of the interval are not
included. The values of x are therefore ]21, __[.
7
2 2 22
a 5 _____
5 4 4
221
Since this function passes through (1, 22): 3 Sample solution:
22 5 4(1) 1 b The critical values are the values that separate two successive
b 5 26 parts of the function. Therefore, the critical values of f are 21,
When x [ [1, 2[, the function rule is: 1 and 4.
g(x) 5 4x 2 6.
To determine if the function is continuous or discontinuous
at these values, you must verify if the parts before and after
these values give the same value of f(x).
246 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
Critical value (21) Critical value 1 Critical value 4
CHAPTER 1rule:
First part of the Second part of the rule: Third part of the rule:
1 3 1 3
f(21) 5 __
(21) 1 __
5 2__
1 __
5 1. f(1) 5 3 f(4) 5 22(4) 1 5 5 28 1 5 5 23
2 2 2 2
Second part of the rule: Third part of the rule: Fourth part of the rule:
1 8 4 8 2
f(21) 5 3. f(1) 5 22(1) 1 5 5 22 1 5 5 3 f(4) 5 2__
(4) 2 __
5 2__
2 __
5 4.
3 3 3 3
Since 1 3, the function is Since 3 5 3, the function is Since 23 24, the function is
discontinuous at21. continuous at 1. discontinuous at 4.
Therefore, the function is continuous
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 1
at 1 and discontinuous at 21 and at 4.
4 Example based on the proposed cycle (highlighted in blue): Position of the cabin after 18 min 20 s
a) y After 18 min 20 s, the cabin will have made one complete
return trip (10 min) and one descent (5 min), and then will
12
have reascended for the remaining 3 min 20 s .
8
200 s __
3 min 20 s ______ 2
4 The ratio of the times is ____________
5 5 .
5 min 300 s 3
0 2
216 212 28 24
4
4 8 12 16 x As in the case of the time, the cabin will be at __of the ascent.
2
3
2
__3 1050 5 700 m
3
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
b) The highlighted cycle starts at 28 and ends at 7. The
period is 15, (7 2 28). The cabin will be 700 m from the bottom of the slope.
c) To find the image of 118, you must remove periods until 7 a) The maximum is 20 m and the minimum is 28 m. They
you have a value present in the chosen cycle. represent the highest and the lowest height reached by
For example, 118 2 8 3 15 5 22. the elevator floor.
Therefore, f(118) 5 f(22) 5 0.
b) The elevator is stopped at the floor level of a storey for
The image of 118 is therefore 0. the following intervals: [5, 40], [60, 80], [90, 100] and
[125, 150] s.
5 a) Since 21.4 is on the interval [22, 0[:
h(21.4) 5 3(21.4) 1 5 5 24.2 1 5 5 0.8 c) Based on the context, the elevator rises while the
function is strictly increasing. It therefore rises for the
b) Since 1 is on the interval [0, 3[: following intervals: [0, 5], [40, 60] and [150,160] s.
h(1) 5 5
d) The range of the function is [28, 20] m. It corresponds to
the different heights reached by the elevator floor over
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
c) Since 3 is on the interval [3, 1∞[:
h(3) 5 2(3) 1 4 5 1 the period studied.
e) The elevator is below ground level for ]115, 160[ s.
6 Sample solution:
f ) The elevator stopped four times at 28, 4, 12 and 20 m.
Distance for a return trip
Since each storey is 4 m high, the elevator stopped in the
Since there are 150 cabins 7 m apart between the top and 2nd basement and on the 1st, 3rd and 5th floors.
bottom of the slope and the same number for the descent,
the distance travelled by the cabins is:
2 3 (150 3 7) 5 2100 m
Length of the trip
d
v 5 __
t
2100
_____
210 5
t
2100
t 5 _____
5 10
210
In all, a period of 10 min is required for a cabin to return to
its starting position.
247
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
8 a) Sample graph: b) Sample graph:
CHAPTER 1 by the Car with the
Angle Formed Distance Travelled as a
Street Direction as a Function Function of the Time Elapsed
of the Time Elapsed Distance
Angle (m)
(º) 28
40 24
35 20
30 16
25 12
20 8
15 4
10
5
0 12345678
0 123456789 Time
Time (s)
(s)
The function rule
⎧ 25x if 0 # x 1.4
⎪ This function has two parts.
f(x ) 5 ⎨
35 if 1.4 # x 3.6 ,
2
⎪ 25x 1 125 if 3.6 # x 5 First part
⎩0 if 5 # x # 8
From 0 to 5 s, it is represented by a parabola with a
where f(x) represents the angle between the car and the
vertex at (0, 0).
street direction (°) and x is the time elapsed (s).
Its rule is therefore in the form f(x) 5 ax2.
b) Sample description:
Since it passes through the point (5, 10), you have
At first, the car is parallel to the street direction (angle of
10 5 a(5)2. Therefore, a 5 0.4.
0°). It turns while backing up so that the angle increases
from 0° to 35°. The car then backs up in a straight line, Second part
keeping the angle constant, and then turns 35° in the
This is a linear function with a rate of change of 4 m/s and
opposite direction while continuing in reverse, so that
which also passes through the point (5, 10).
the angle decreases until the car is again parallel with the
street direction. After a stop, the driver finishes parking Its rule is therefore f(x) 5 4(x 2 5) 1 10, which is
by driving forward parallel to the street up to the middle simplified to f(x) 5 4x 2 10.
Thus, f(x) 5 {
of the space provided for this purpose. 0.4 x2 if 0 # x 5
.
4x 2 10 if x $ 5
9 a) Distance Ridden by the Cyclist
as a Function of the Time Elapsed where f(x) represents the distance ridden by the cyclist
Time (s) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (m) and x is the time elapsed (s).
Distance (m) 0 0.4 1.6 3.6 6.4 10 14 18 22 c) Sample solution:
EXPLANATION: During the first 5 seconds, the cyclist's 1) To ride the first 8 metres, it took him 4.5 s.
speed increases from 0 to 4 m/s. Therefore, this speed
You must solve the equation 0.4x2 5 8.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
increases by 0.8 m per second.
This means that the cyclist's speed is 0.8 m/s after 1 s, 1.6 m/s x2 5 20 ___
after 2 s, 2.4 m/s after 3 s, 3.2 m/s after 4 s and 4 m/s after 5 s. x 5 6√
20
Therefore, the coloured region under the graph between 0 The negative solution
and 1 s is a triangle with a base 1 unit long and a height of
___ must be rejected.
Therefore, x 5 √
20 < 4.5.
0.8 unit.
1 3 0.8 2) To ride the next 8 m, it took him 2 s.
AΔ 5 __________
5 0.4.
2
Between 0 and 1 s, the distance ridden is therefore 0.4 m. First determine how much time it took him to ride
Follow the same procedure to calculate the areas up to 5 s. 16 m. To do this, you must solve the equation
For example: 4x 2 10 5 16.
2 3 1.6
from 0 to 2 s: AΔ 5 __________
5 1.6
2 You obtain x 5 6.5.
3 3 2.4
__________
from 0 to 3 s: AΔ 5 5 3.6
2 The time necessary to get from 8 to 16 m is therefore
etc.
2 s, or 6.5 s 2 4.5 s.
After 5 s, it is clear that the area increases by 4 units each
second.
248 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
10 Sample solution: You then still have to determine the value of the
CHAPTER 1 of the ball is described by a quadratic
a) Since the fall parameter h of this parabola:
function, the succession of bounces will be a piecewise 0 5 25(3.2 2 h)2 1 3.2
function in which each piece is a quadratic function. You 5(3.2 2 h)2 5 3.2
must therefore determine the rules of three quadratic (3.2 2 h)2 5 0.64
functions and their critical values. 3.2 2 h 5 60.8
First part h 5 2.4 or 4. Since this vertex is after the second bounce
Since the ball falls from an initial height of 7.2 m, the (3.2 s), the adequate value is 4.
vertex of this parabola will be (0, 7.2). Since the value of
You then obtain: f(x) 5 25(x 2 4)2 1 3.2
the parameter a is 25, you obtain:
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 1
f(x) 5 25x2 1 7.2. To determine all the critical values, you still have to
determine the zeros associated with this parabola.
Second part
0 5 25(x 2 4)2 1 3.2
The maximum height of the second parabola (parameter
2 5(x 2 4)2 5 3.2
k) will be: __3 7.2 5 4.8.
3 (x 2 4)2 5 0.64
The first zero of this parabola will have the same value as x 2 4 5 60.8
the second zero of the first parabola.
x1 5 3.2 and x2 5 4.8
0 5 25x2 1 7.2
5x2 5 7.2 Final rule
_____
⎧ 25x2 1 7.2
√ 7.2 if x [ [0, 1.2[
x 5 6 ____
5 61.2 ( You must take the positive value, f(x ) 5 ⎨ 2
⎪
5 5(x 2 2.2) 2 1 4.8
if x [ [1.2, 3.2[
⎩ 25(x 2 4)2 1 3.2
⎪
because this is the second zero.) if x [ [3.2, 4.8[
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
You then still have to determine the value of the
where f(x) represents the height of the bounces (m) and
parameter h of this parabola:
x is the time elapsed (s).
0 5 25(1.2 2 h)2 1 4.8
5(1.2 2 h)2 5 4.8 b) You must first determine the parabola in which the
(1.2 2 h)2 < 1 height of 3 m will be reached the last time. Since the
1.2 2 h < 61 maximum height of the third parabola is 3.2 m, you know
that the height will be reached outside this parabola. You
h < 0.2 or 2.2. Since this vertex is after the first still have to validate the maximum height of the fourth
bounce (1.2 s), the adequate value is 2.2. parabola:
Therefore, for the second part you obtain: 2
__3 3.2 < 2.1
f(x) 5 25(x 2 2.2)2 1 4.8 3
Third part Therefore, the last time the ball will reach a height of 3 m
will be during the third bounce.
The maximum height of the third parabola (parameter k)
2 3 5 25(x 2 4)2 1 3.2
will be : __3 4.8 5 3.2
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
3 5(x 2 4)2 5 0.2
The first zero of this parabola will have the same value as (x 2 4)2 5 0.04
the second zero of the second parabola. x 2 4 5 60.2
0 5 25(x 2 2.2)2 1 4.8
x1 5 3.8 and x2 5 4.2
5(x 2 2.2)2 5 4.8
(x 2 2.2)2 < 1 Since you are looking for the last time the ball will reach a
x 2 2.2 < 61 height of 3 m, the child will see the ball for the last time
approximately 4.2 s after the start of the fall.
x1 < 1.2 and x2 < 3.2
SITUATION 1.2 A SLIDING DOOR
EXPLORATION 1.2 PAGES 29 TO 30
1 a) 1st function: The distance between the man and b) 1st function: the initial value is 3 m.
the sliding door (m). 2nd function: the initial value is 4 m.
2nd function: The distance between the woman c) 1st function: The man is 3 m from the door at 0 s and
and the sliding door (m). 2.4 m from the door after 0.5 s.
20.6 m
2.4 m 2 3 m _______
a 5 ___________
5 5 21.2 m/s
0.5 s 2 0 s 0.5 s
249
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
2nd function: The woman is 4 m from the door at 0 s and ACQUISITION 1.2 A PAGES 31 TO 37
CHAPTER 1
3.6 m from the door after 0.5 s.
1 a) x f(x) 5 |x| y
20.4 m
3.6 m 2 4 m _______
Rate of change: __________
5 5 20.8 m/s 23 3
0.5 s 2 0 s 0.5 s
22 2 4
This means the people approach the door at a speed of
21 1 2
1.2 m/s and 0.8 m/s respectively.
0 0 0
1 1 4
2 2 222 2 4 x
2 Several possible answers depending on the choice of the time
2 2 24
elapsed. Example :
3 3
M M1 M2DM3 M4
b) The graph is symmetrical (the axis of symmetry coincides
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 with the y-axis).
Position
(m) It is formed of two rays which have the same origin and
Door opening
area slopes of 21 and 1.
Position of the Man and Distance Between The common origin of the two rays is situated at (0, 0).
the Man and the Door as a Function of Time
(You can also say that the graph is V-shaped.)
Position of the Distance
Time
Man Relative to Between the Is the Man in the c)
Elapsed x 23 22 21 0 1 2 3
his Starting Man and the Door Opening Area?
(s)
Point (m) Door (m) 1
f1(x) 5 __
|x| 1.5 1 0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5
1 1.2 3 15 1.2 3 2 1.2 5 1.8 No, because 1.8 . 1.5 2
2 1.2 3 25 2.4 3 2 2.4 5 0.6 Yes, because 0.6 # 1.5
1
3 1.2 3 35 3.6 3.6 2 3 5 0.6 Yes, because 0.6 # 1.5 f2(x) 5 __
|x| 2 2 20.5 21 21.5 22 21.5 21 20.5
2
4 1.2 3 45 4.8 4.8 2 3 5 1.8 No, because 1.8 . 1.5
1
f3(x) 5 __
|x 2 1| 2 2 0 20.5 21 21.5 22 21.5 21
EXPLANATIONS: 3rd column: The door is 3 m away. For the 2
distances to be positive, you must subtract the smaller number
from the greater number. By drawing the graphs in the same Cartesian plane as in
4th column: The door opens and stays open when the distance a), you obtain:
between the man and the door is less than or equal to 1.5 m.
y
f
NOTE: In the present situation, the values chosen in the table 4
must show that the distance differs according to whether the 2
f1
time elapsed is smaller or greater than 2.5 s. Before 2.5 s, the man
f2
0 f3
is approaching the door, while after 2.5 s, he is starting to move 2 4 2222 2 4 x
away from it. 24
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
3 a) After t seconds, the man will be 1.2t m from this starting d) Sample conjectures:
point.
Parameter a: The slopes of the two rays are equal to 6 a.
b) Let dh(t) be the distance in metres between the man and
Parameters h and k: The common origin of the two rays is
the sliding door after t seconds.
situated at the coordinate point (h, k).
Considering that a piecewise function is involved, you
can write the rule as follows: 2 a) The V shape would be inverted. (The horizontal axis of
dh(t ) 5 {
3 2 1.2t if 0 # t 2.5 the graph would be reflected.)
1.2t 2 3 if t $ 2.5
b) Sample validation:
However, it is also possible to use the absolute value
symbol. In this case, the rule is written more simply, Graph of the function
as follows: 1
f4(x) 5 2__
|x
2 1| 2 2.
2
dh(t) 5 |1.2t 2 3|
You will find this rule is valid even if t , 2.5.
For example, for t 5 1, you obtain:
dh(1) 5 |1.2(1) 2 3| 5 |1.2 2 3| 5 |21.8| 5 1.8.
Other possible answer: dh(t) 5 |3 2 1.2t|
250 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
{ b if b is negative
y b if b is positive
|b| 5 2
CHAPTER 1 5
{ (a 3 b ) if a 3 b is negative
4 a3b if a 3 b is positive
3 and |a 3 b| 5 2
2
1 The equation is obvious if a and b are positive. Two other
cases still have to be examined.
2 5 2 4 2 3 2
2 1
2 1 2 3 4 5 x
1) If only one of the two factors (for example, a) is
2 2 negative, then |a| 3 |b| 5 (2a) 3 b 5 2ab.
2 3
But in this case, a 3 b is negative by the rule of signs
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 1
2 4
2 5
in multiplication (negative 3 positive 5 negative).
You therefore have |a 3 b| 5 2(a 3 b) 5 2ab.
3 a) y b) y
The resulting two expressions are equal.
4 4
2 2 2) If the two factors are negative,
then |a| 3 |b| 5 (2a) 3 (2b) 5 ab.
0 0
24 22
2 2 4 x 22
2 2 4 6 x
2 2 But in this case, a 3 b is positive by the rule of signs
24 24
in multiplication (negative 3 negative5 positive).
4 a) Sign of the parameter a: negative You therefore have |a 3 b| 5 a 3 b 5 ab.
Slopes of the rays: 1.5 and 21.5
Once again, the resulting two expressions are equal.
Function rule: f(x) 5 21.5|x 2 8| 1 12
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
b) The statement is also true if multiplication is replaced by
Sample solution to determine the slopes of the rays:
division.
12 2 0 ___12
a 5 _____
5 5 1.5.
820 8 Sample justification:
By symmetry, the slope of the other ray is 21.5.
The rule of signs in division is the same as the rule of
b) Sign of the parameter a: positive signs in multiplication, so the same reasoning applies
as in a).
Slopes of the rays: 22 and 2
Function rule: g(x) 5 2|x| 2 4 c) The statement is false in both cases.
Sample justification:
NOTE: Observe that the value of the parameter a is always
equal to the slope of the ray found to the right of the axis of Counterexample with a 5 2 and b 5 23.
symmetry.
For addition, you obtain, on the one hand,
|2 1 (23)| 5 |21| 5 1 and, on the other hand,
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
5 a) The statement is true. |2| 1 |23| 5 2 1 3 5 5. The result is different.
Two sample justifications:
For subtraction, you obtain, on the one hand,
Intuitive justification |2 2 (23)| 5 |5| 5 5 and, on the other hand,
What differentiates multiplications like 2 3 3, 2 3 (23), |2| 2 |23| 5 2 2 3 5 21. The result is different.
(22) 3 3 and (22) 3 (23) is only the sign of the answer.
d) The equation is true.
You always obtain 6 or 26. When you take the absolute
value of any of these products, the result is 6 in all cases. Sample justification:
However, you obtain exactly the same result, 6, if you
|a 2 b| 5 |21(b 2 a)| (Factoring out the coefficient
multiply the absolute value of the first factor, which gives
of b)
2, by the absolute value of the second factor, which gives
5 |21||b 2 a| (Property of the product)
3. This reasoning can apply regardless of the values of a
5 |b 2 a| (The absolute value of 21 is
and b.
equal to 1.)
More formal justification
By definition: NOTE: By applying this property in the exploration activity,
{ a if a is negative
a if a is positive you were able to say that the distance between the man
|a| 5 2
and the door could be expressed by the function
dh(t) 5 |1.2t 2 3| or dh(t) 5 |3 2 1.2t|.
251
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
6 a) f(x) 5 2 2 |4 2 2x| 7 a) 1)
d(5) 5 |1.5(5 2 5) 2 12| 5 |212| 5 12.
CHAPTER 15 2|22(x 2 2)| 1 2
(Commutative property of
addition and factoring out the
The distance is therefore 12 km.
coefficient of x) d(15) 5|1.5(15 2 5) 2 12| 5 |3| 5 3.
2)
5 2|22||x 2 2| 1 2 (Property of absolute value of
The distance is therefore 3 km.
a product)
5 22|x 2 2| 1 2 (Calculation of absolute value b) You can do the following calculations:
of 22)
d(t) 5 |1.5(t 2 5) 2 12|
a 5 22h 5 2k 5 2
d(t) 5 |1.5t 2 19.5| (Distributive property and
2x
|
b) g(x) 5 3___ |
2 1 1 1
3
simplification)
d(t) 5 |1.5(t 2 13)| (Factoring out the coefficient of t)
| |
2x 2 3
5 3_____1 1 (Addition of fractions) d(t) 5 |1.5||t 2 13| (Property of absolute value of a
3
| | product)
21(x 1 3)
5 3_______ 1 1 (Factoring out the
3 d(t) 5 1.5|t 2 13| (Calculation of absolute value of 1.5)
coefficient of x)
| 21|| x 1 3 |
c) You have to determine at what time the distance is equal
5 3_________
1 1 (Property of absolute value to 0.
|3|
of a product or a quotient)
This means solving the equation 1.5|t 2 13| 5 0, which is
5 |x 1 3| 1 1 (Calculation of absolute simplified to |t 2 13| 5 0. It is clear that the only solution
values of 21 and 3, followed is t 5 13.
by simplification)
Maximilio therefore passed the service station 13 min
a 5 1h 5 23k 5 1 after he left home.
SOLUTION 1.2
A Sliding Door PAGES 38 TO 39
Sample solution: The distance between the woman and the door:
Modelling and representation |(7 2 0.8t) 2 3| 5 |4 2 0.8t|
5 |20.8(t 2 5)|
Rule of the first function
5 0.8|t 2 5|
Let dh(t) be the distance between the man and the sliding door
The function rule: df(t) 5 0.8|t 2 5|
(m), and t the time elapsed (s).
Graph
The rule of this function determined in the exploration activity is:
dh(t) 5 |1.2t 2 3|. Distance Between Each Person
and the Door as a Function
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
You can also write this rule in standard form: dh(t) 5 1.2|t 2 2.5|. of the Time Elapsed
Distance
Rule of the second function (m)
5
Let df(t) be the distance between the woman and the sliding 4 dh
door (m), and t the elapsed time (s). 3
2 B D df
The same reasoning can be applied as in the exploration activity
1 A C
for the previous function. Using the same number line, the
woman's initial position can be situated at the x-coordinate 7. 0 123456789
Time
M D W (s)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A horizontal line has been added, corresponding to a distance
Position
(m) of 1.5 m to situate the door opening area. This straight line
intersects the graphs of the two functions at points A, B, C and D.
In this case, its position after t seconds is given by the
expression 7 2 0.8t.
252 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
x-coordinates of the intersection points Interpretation of the graph in relation to the context
CHAPTER 1
Points A and C (for the function dh) : Sample description of what happens during the passage of the
two people.
1.2|t 2 2.5| 5 1.5
|t 2 2.5| 5 1.25 At 1.3 s, the man arrives first in the opening area. The door starts
There are two possibilities, depending on whether t 2 2.5 is opening.
negative or positive. At 2.3 s, the door is completely open (because it takes one
If t 2 2.5 is negative: t 2 2.5 5 21.25, so t 5 1.25. second to open).
If t 2 2.5 is positive: t 2 2.5 5 1.25, so t 5 3.75. At 2.5 s, the man enters the building.
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 1
Points B and D (for the function df ) : At 3.1 s, the woman in turn enters the door opening area, but the
door does not move because it is already open.
0.8|t 2 5| 5 1.5
|t 2 5| 5 1.875 At 3.8 s, the man leaves the opening area, but since the woman
is still in this area, the door does not move.
If t 2 5 is negative: t 2 5 5 21.875, so t 5 3.125.
If t 2 5 is positive: t 2 5 5 1.875, so t 5 6.875. At 5 s, the woman leaves the building.
The x-coordinates of points A, B, C and D rounded to the tenth At 6.9 s, the woman leaves the opening area. The door starts
are respectively 1.3, 3.1, 3.8 and 6.9. closing.
NOTE: In this situation, the x-coordinates of the points At 7.9 s, the door is completely closed (because it takes one
represent the time elapsed in seconds. Given the context, it second to close).
would be incongruous to give exact answers of up to a
hundredth of a second for points A and B, and up to a ANSWER: The door starts opening at 1.3 s and closes again
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
thousandth of a second for points C and D. If you consider the completely at 7.9 s. Therefore, the door is partially or totally open
level of precision of the data provided initially, you can assume for approximately 6.6 s.
that the decimals of the times obtained are not significant
starting from the hundredths position. This is why the
x-coordinates were rounded to the nearest tenth.
Sample interpretation:
ACQUISITION 1.2 B PAGES 40 TO 45
The closer they get to 5 cl from the bottom, the more
1 a) Sample graph:
points they get. When they exceed 5 cl, the number of
Number of Points Awarded as a Function points starts to decrease.
of the Volume of Liquid Poured
Points e) From the graph, you can see there are two zeros, at 1 cl
Awarded
and 9 cl. These are the volumes of liquid for which the
20 team receives no points.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
15
10
NOTE: The zeros can be determined algebraically. To do this,
5 simply solve the following equation:
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112
20 2 5|v 2 5| 5 0
-5
Volume 25 |v 2 5| 5 220
(cl) |v 2 5| 5 4
If the absolute value of a number is equal to 4, this means
EXPLANATION: According to the context, the domain of
the number is equal to 4 or 24. This reasoning allows you to
the function is [0, 10] here. This is the quantity of liquid the
say that:
test tube can contain.
v 2 5 5 4 or v 2 5 5 24.
b) 54 ml 5 5.4 cl The solution of these equations respectively gives v 5 9 and
v 5 1.
For v 5 5.4, you obtain:
P 5 20 25 |(5.4) 2 5| 5 20 2 5(0.4) 5 18
f ) The team loses points if the quantity of liquid in
The team will receive 18 points. centilitres is within the set [0, 1[ ]9, 10]. In other words,
if the volume of liquid is less than 1 cl or greater than 9 cl.
c) 20 points
The number of points lost is a maximum of 5 (because
d) Increasing interval [0, 5] cl.
the minimum of the function is 25).
Decreasing interval: [5, 10] cl.
253
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
2 a) The initial speed corresponds to the speed at t 5 0. c) The slope of this straight line is the opposite of the
CHAPTER 12 5| 1 15 5 4.2(5) 1 15 5 36
v(0) 5 4.2|0
previous slope. It is 21.2.
The cyclist's initial speed is 36 km/h. Since the straight line passes through the point (4, 39.2),
its equation is y 5 21.2(x 2 4) 1 39.2.
b) Since h 5 5, the axis of symmetry is situated at 5 s.
By symmetry, the initial speed will be found at 10 s This equation is simplified to y 5 21.2x 1 44.
(or 2 3 5 s). d) You must solve the system of equations:
The domain of the function is therefore [0, 10] s.
{ y 5 21.2x 1 44
y 5 1.2x 1 38
c) Since a . 0, this function has a minimum. Its value is
15 km/h (the value of the parameter k).
By comparison:
This is the cyclist's minimum speed during the tight turn.
1.2x 1 38 5 21.2x 1 44
d) The function is increasing in the interval [5, 10] s, after
2.4x 5 6
reaching the minimum speed.
x 5 2.5
e) No, it has no zero. This can be seen by the fact that the
parameters a and k have the same sign, and also by the y 5 1.2(2.5) 1 38 5 41
fact that the cyclist's minimum speed is greater than The coordinates of the intersection point are (2.5, 41).
0 km/h. These are the coordinates of the vertex of the function.
3 a) Only one zero, at 2. The temperature therefore reached a maximum of 41 °C
after 2.5 h.
EXPLANATION : e) The orientation of the graph shows that a , 0. Given the
0 5 23|x 2 2| answer in b) or c), the value of a is 21.2.
0 5 |x 2 2|, so x 5 2 The answer in d) gives the value of the parameters h
and k.
b) Two zeros, at 1 and 5.
The function rule can therefore be written as:
EXPLANATION : f(x) 5 21.2|x 2 2.5| 1 41
0 5 |x 2 3| 2 2
2 5 |x 2 3|, so x 5 2 1 3 5 5 and x 5 22 1 3 5 1 5 a) Sample sketch:
y
c) No zero.
0
EXPLANATION: You can see this by the fact that the 5 x
parameters a and k have the same sign.
25
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
4 a)
Patient's Temperature
as a Function of the EXPLANATION: The vertex is situated at (5, 0). Therefore,
Time Elapsed
Temperature h 5 5 and k 5 0.
(°C)
41 Slope of the ray that intersects the y-axis:
0 2 (25)
40 m 5 ______5 1.
520
39
According to the orientation of the graph, the parameter a is
38 negative. Therefore, a 5 21.
37
The rule is f(x) 5 2|x 2 5|.
0 1 2 3 4 5
Time
(h)
b) Sample sketch:
40.4 2 38 ___
2.4
b) m 5 ________
5 5 1.2 y
220 2
b 5 38
0
0
5 x
Equation of the straight line: y 5 1.2x 1 38.
25
254 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY EXPLANATION: The minimum gives the value of k. EXPLANATION: The increasing interval shows that the
CHAPTER 1
The endpoints of the interval give the value of the zeros of axis of symmetry is situated at x 5 1. The symmetrical point
the function, which allow you to determine the axis of of the point (0, 1) is situated at (2, 1). By placing this point,
symmetry and thus the value of h. you can draw the ray that passes through (2, 1) and (3, 3),
and then complete the sketch from there.
k 5 25
015 The value of the parameter h is 1.
h 5 ____
5 2.5
2 Slope of the ray to the right of the axis of symmetry:
The rule can be written in the form g(x) 5 a|x 2 2.5| 2 5. 321 2
m 5 ____5 __5 2.
With the point (0, 0), you obtain: 322 1
The parameter a is positive. Therefore, a 5 2.
0 5 a|0 2 2.5| 2 5
The rule can be written in the form h(x) 5 2|x 2 1| 1 k.
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 1
0 5 2.5a 2 5
a52 Value of k using the point (3, 3):
3 5 2|3 2 1| 1 k
The rule is g(x) 5 2|x 2 2.5| 2 5.
3541k
c) Sample solution: k 5 21
Sketch of the graph:
The rule is h(x) 5 2|x 2 1| 2 1.
y
x 1
(3, 3)
1 (2, 1)
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
CONSOLIDATION 1.2 PAGES 46 TO 50 2 Sample solution:
1 a) f(x) 5 5 2 |2 2 4x|
5 5 2 |24x 1 2| (Commutative property of
addition)
Domain of f: ℝ
5 5 2 4(x 2 ) (Factoring out the coefficient
| |
2
1
__
Range of f : [22, 1∞[ 2
of x)
y-intercept:
2 4
1
5 5 2 |24|x 2 __
2 | |
(Property of absolute value of
y f(0) 5 __|0 1 1| 2 2 5 2__
a product)
3 3
5 Maximum of the function: None
1
__
|
5 5 2 4x 2
2 |
(Calculation of absolute value
4 of 24)
3
| |
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Minimum of the function: 22 1
2
1
5 24x 2 __1 5 (Commutative property of
2
210 Zeros of the function: 24, 2 addition)
5 4 3 22 1 1 2 3 4 5
2 2 2 2 2 x 1
Therefore, the values of the parameters are a 5 24, h 5 __
2
23
24 Increasing interval [21, 1∞[ 2
25 and k 5 5.
Decreasing interval: ]2∞, 21]
| |
22x
b) g(x) 5 9____
1 6
3
Positive: ]2∞, 24] [2, 1∞[
| |
22x 1 18
5 9_______
(Addition of fractions)
3
Negative: [24, 2] | 22x 1 18|
5 9 ________
(Property of absolute value of a
| 3|
quotient)
| 22x 1 18|
5 9 _________ (Calculation of absolute value of 3)
3
5 3| 2x 1 18|
2 (Simplification)
5 3|22(x 2 9)| (Factoring out the coefficient of x)
5 3|22||x 2 9| (Property of absolute value of a
product)
5 3(2)|x 2 9| (Calculation of absolute value of 22)
5 6|x 2 9| (Simplification)
Therefore, the values of the parameters are a 5 6, h 5 9
and k 5 0.
255
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
3 Sample solution: • Therefore:
CHAPTER
a) The vertex1
of this absolute value function is ( 2, 4) and it 2 f(x) 5 a|x 2 h| 1 k
0 5 a|6 2 1|1 8
passes through (0, 22). You therefore have
28 5 a|5|
22 5 a|0 1 2| 1 4 8
a52 __
26 5 a|2| 5
a 5 23 The rule of this absolute value function is
8
The rule of this function is f(x) 5 23|x 1 2| 1 4. f(x) 5 2 __
|x 2 1| 1 8.
5
b) Equation associated with the left ray 5 Sample solution:
022 22
1
ag 5 _____
2 5 ___5 2__
a) Since the value of the parameter k is 0, there will be only
117 6 3
1 one zero and it will be equivalent to the value of the
0 5 2 __
(21) 1 bg
3 parameter h, or 212.
1
bg 5 2 __
b) Since the signs of the parameters a and k are opposite,
3
1 1 there will be two zeros. They are:
yg 5 2 __
x 2 __
3 3
0 5 4|x 2 2| 2 8
Equation associated with the right ray 8 5 4|x 2 2|
1 2 5 |x 2 2|
1 5 __
( 8) 1 bd
3 x 2 2 5 22 or x 2 2 5 2
8
1 5 __
1 bd x 5 0 or x 5 4
3
5
bd 5 2 __
The zeros of the function g are 0 and 4.
3
1 5 c) Since the signs of the parameters a and k are identical,
yd 5 __
x 2 __
3 3 the function does not have a zero.
Coordinates of the vertex
6 a) Sample solution:
The system of equations is solved by the comparison
method. Let t be the time (s) since the start of observation and
d(t), the distance between the two runners (m).
yg 5 yd
Distance covered by each runner
1 1 1 5
2 __
x 2 __
5 __x 2 __
3 3 3 3 Distance covered by the Olympian:
2
2__ 4
x 5 2 __
3 3 d1(t) 5 7.8t
x52
1 1 Distance covered by the friend:
yg 5 2 __ (2) 2 __5 21
3 3
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
d2(t) 5 5.3t 1 50
The coordinates of the vertex are (2, 21).
Absolute value rule NOTE: The rate of change of each rule corresponds to the
runner's speed (m/s), as you can recognize by observing the
1
a 5 __
(The value is positive, because the function relation among the distance, the speed and the time: d 5 vt.
3
opens upward.)
Distance between the two
h 5 2 and k 5 21
1 d(t) 5 |d2(t) 2 d1(t)|
The rule of this function is f(x) 5 __
|x 2 2| 2 1.
3 d(t) 5 |5.3t 1 50 2 7.8t|
d(t) 5 |22.5t 1 50|
4 Sample reasoning: d(t) 5 |22.5(t 2 20)|
• Since this absolute value function has a maximum value d(t) 5 |22.5||t 2 20|
of 8, it opens downward and the value of its parameter k d(t) 5 2.5|t 2 20|
is 8.
Therefore, the rule is d(t) 5 2.5|t 2 20|.
• Since this function is positive over the interval [24, 6], it
passes through the points (24, 0) and (6, 0).
• Since its decreasing interval is [1, 1∞[, the value of its
parameter h is 1.
256 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
b) Sample reasoning: Sample graph:
CHAPTER 1appears due to the nature of the oval track.
A restriction Relative
Error
1
In fact, a 200 m lead is equivalent to being 200 m behind.
Therefore, the Olympian will pull ahead of her friend and
eventually approach him from behind. In reality, this rule
presents the first part of a periodic piecewise function.
This limit will occur when a distance of 200 m is reached
between the two runners.
(9.3, 0.05) (10.3, 0.05)
200 5 2.5|t 2 20| 0.05
|t 2 20| 5 80 9.81
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 1
Calculated Value
t 2 20 5 680 of Acceleration
(m/s2)
t 5 260 or t 5 100
Therefore, the domain will be [0, 100] s, because the NOTE: In the preceding calculations, only one significant digit
domain must be restricted at the beginning of the was retained. This multiplication rule is usually presented in
observation (t 5 0). physics courses.
c) The vertex is the point (20, 0). It tells you that after 20 s, Since the value of the parameter a of this absolute value
1
the runners will be in the same place, with a distance of function is equivalent to ____
, and thus a positive value, the
9.81
0 m between them. curve of the function will open upward and the interval of
d) If the female runner completes one round of the track, the values under 0.05 will be between 9.3 and 10.3.
she will have covered a distance of 400 m. Moreover, since you are looking for the values producing
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
a relative error of less than 5%, the endpoints will not be
Time for the Olympian to complete one round of the included.
track: 400 m 4 7.8 m/s < 51 s
Therefore, the set of acceptable calculated values is
Since her time is after she passes her friend (at 20 s), the ]9.3, 10.3[ m/s2.
Olympian will be in the lead. At that time, the distance
between them will be:
8 Sample solution:
You know that the trajectory of the black ball will
d(51) 5 2.5|51 2 20| 5 2.5|31| < 78 m correspond to the graph of an absolute value function (this
Therefore, the Olympian will win the race approximately is always the case if there is no effect, because the angles of
78 m ahead of her friend. the trajectories formed with the rim are the same). You also
known that the vertex is found on the x-axis (because you
can see from the graph that this axis is situated on the rim),
7 The proposed formula for calculation of the relative error is
but you do not know if this trajectory will lead to the pocket.
as follows:
You must therefore determine the rule of this absolute value
|V 2 Vt|
ER5 ______
c function and validate whether the pocket (the point (250,
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Vt
125)) is part of this trajectory.
By replacing the known values, the following inequality is
obtained: Determining the equation of the straight line that passes
through the two balls
|Vc2 9.81|
0.05 . ________ 60 2 86 226
9.81 a 5 _______
5 ____
5 21.3
100 2 80 20
To determine the acceptable values produced in the
Equation of the straight line:
laboratory, simply solve this inequality. First solve the
60 5 21.3(100) 1 b
equation to determine the critical values.
60 5 2130 1 b
|V 2 9.81|
0.05 5 ________
c b 5 190
9.81
0.5 < |Vc 2 9.81| y1 5 21.3x 1 190
Vc 2 9.81 < 60.5 First contact of the black ball with the rim
You must determine the x-intercept that corresponds to the
Vc < 9.3 or Vc < 10.3
parameter h in this situation:
y1 5 21.3x 1 190
0 5 21.3h 1 190
2190 5 21.3h
2190
h 5 _____
21.3
<
146.2
The vertex of the absolute value function trajectory is (146.2, 0).
257
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
Absolute value equation c) The situation can be represented by the following
CHAPTER 1 opens upward and the slope of its first
Since this curve
diagram:
branch is 21.3, the value of the parameter a of the equation 4.5 m/s 7.5 m/s
is 1.3. C1ˈ C1 C2ˈ C2
y 5 a|x 2 h| 1 k
24.5t 0 (90 7.5t) 90
y 5 1.3|x 2 146.2| Position relative to the starting
position of the 1st cyclist
The equation of the absolute value function is (m)
y 5 1.3|x 2 146.2|.
If the first cyclist were riding in the same direction as the
Verify if the ball will be sunk in the pocket
second but ahead of him, his position after t seconds
The ball will be sunk in the pocket if (250, 125) is a pair of the would be 24.5t and the distance between the two cyclists
equation. would be given by the expression |(90 2 7.5t) 2 (24.5t)|,
which can be simplified as follows:
y 5 1.3|250 2 146.2|
y 5 134.94 |(90 2 7.5t) 2 (24,5t)| 5 |90 2 3t| 5 |23(t 2 30)| 5
|23||t 2 30| 5 3|t 2 30|
At a horizontal position of 250 cm, the ball should be at a
vertical position of 134.94, which is outside the table (higher The new function rule could thus be written as
than the hole at the vertical position of 125). g(t) 5 3|t 2 30|.
d) By using reasoning similar to that in b), you can
Touching the rim
determine that the increasing interval is [30, 1∞[ s.
Therefore, the ball will have reached a height of 25 before a
Interpretation: At 30 s, the second cyclist will pass the
horizontal position of 250 and will touch the top rim, which
first and, since he is faster, the distance between the two
is the horizontal rim.
cyclists will increase from that time on.
9 Sample solution: 10 Sample solution:
a) You can represent the situation on a number line. Modelling
By situating the starting position of the 1st cyclist (C1) at You can model the situation by drawing axes along the floor
the origin, then the starting position of the 2nd cyclist (x-axis) and along the wall (y-axis). You then obtain the
(C2) will be at x-coordinate 90. following graph where the units are in metres.
4.5 m/s 7.5 m/s y
C1 C1ˈ C 2ˈ C2
(2.4, 0.95)
0 4.5t (90 7.5t) 90 (1.8, 0.8)
Position relative to the starting
position of the 1st cyclist
(m)
x
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
After t seconds, the positions of the two cyclists (C1ˈ and The facts of the problem allow you to determine that the
C2ˈ) will be respectively 4.5t and (90 2 7.5t), given their starting point of the laser beam is (2.4, 0.95) and that this
speed and the direction of their movement. beam is reflected at the point (1.8, 0.8). The beam follows a
The distance between the two cyclists (m) will be given trajectory that corresponds to the graph of an absolute
by the expression |(90 2 7.5t) 2 4.5t|, which can be value function, because the slope of this trajectory after the
simplified as follows: reflection is symmetrical to the slope before the reflection.
|(90 2 7.5t) 2 4.5t| 5 |90 2 12t| 5 |212(t 2 7.5)| 5
NOTE: This is a physical property of light: the angle of reflection
|212||t 2 7,5| 5 12|t 2 7.5|
of a reflected ray of light is equal to the angle of incidence.
The function rule can therefore be written as
f(t) 5 12|t 2 7.5|. Angle of Angle of
reflection incidence
b) Since a . 0, the function is represented by a V. Its
increasing part is therefore found after the axis of
symmetry, which is situated at t 5 7.5.
The increasing interval is [7.5, 1∞[ s.
Interpretation: At 7.5 s, the cyclists will cross paths. From
that time on, the distance between them will increase.
258 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
Equation of the trajectory Height of the point of contact with the wall
CHAPTER 1 of the vertex, the equation can be written
Given the position Simply determine the y-intercept.
in the form: y 5 a|x 2 1.8| 1 0.8.
If x 5 0, then y 5 0.25|0 2 1.8| 1 0.8 5 0.25(1.8) 1 0.8 5 1.25.
Using the point (2.4, 0.95), you obtain:
The laser therefore touches the wall at a height of 1.25 m.
0.95 5 a|2.4 2 1.8| 1 0.8
0.95 5 0.6a 1 0.8
0.15 5 0.6a
a 5 0.25
The equation of the trajectory is y 5 0.25|x 2 1.8| 1 0.8.
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 1
INTEGRATION PAGES 56 TO 61
1 The function rule can be written as follows: The level crossing is located 500 m from the initial
⎪
position of the train. This allows you to deduce that the
⎧ 6300 if 0 # x , 5 function rule is d(t) 5 |25t 2 500|, which can be
4(x 2 5)2 1 6300 if 5 # x , 20 simplified as d(t) 5 25|t 2 20|.
120x 1 4800 if 20 # x , 25
⎪
f(x) 5 ⎨
24.8(x 2 37.5) 2 1
8550
if 25 # x , 50 b) Sample solution:
2120x 1 13 800 if 50 # x , 55
4(x 2 70)2 1 6300 if 55 # x , 70 When the flashing lights go off, 28 s has elapsed,
⎩ 6300 if 70 # x # 75 or 20 s 1 8 s.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Distance after 28 s: d(28) 5 25|28 2 20| 5 200.
Sample justification:
The head of the train thus is 200 m from the level
1st part and 7th part: constant model. The value is 6300.
crossing at that time. The end of the train is 50 m from
2nd part : quadratic model. The vertex is (5, 6300). The value the level crossing.
of a is determined by using the point (20, 7200).
The length of the train is therefore 150 m.
7800 2 7200
3rd part: linear model. The value of a 5 __________
5 120.
20 2 15
The value of b is determined by using one of the endpoints 3 Sample solution:
of the segment.
This is a periodic function.
4th part: quadratic model. The vertex is (37.5, 8550). The
value of a is determined by using the point (25, 7800). Let f(t) be the measurement of the angle (°) and t, the time (h).
5th part: linear model. By symmetry, the slope is 2120. The You are looking for the greatest value of t which is less than
value of b is determined by using one of the endpoints of 10.5 and for which f(t) 5 180.
the segment.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Between 0 and 6 h, there are 5-and-a-half cycles. You can
6th part: quadratic model. By symmetry, the parameters a deduce that there are 11 complete cycles in 12 h.
and k are the same as in the 2nd part. The value of h is 70. 12
Period of the function: ___
h.
11
2 a) Sample graph and solution: Based on the graph, you can also see that f(6) 5 180.
End of Head End of Head Since the function is periodic, you obtain the same image if
train of train train of train you add or subtract any multiple of the period to or from 6.
500 m 50 m In particular, if you add 4 times the period, you obtain:
f(6) 5 f(6 1 4 3 ___ ) 5 f(6 1 ___ ) 5 f(10 ___
).
12 48 4
Start of Level End of 11 11 11
flashing crossing flashing
Therefore, f(10 ___ )5
4
180.
Let d(t) be the distance (m) between the head of the train 11
4
and the level crossing, and t, the time after flashing The hands form an angle of 180° at 10 ___ h.
11
___ 4 4 60 min
begins (s). h 5 ___
h 3 ______
< 22 min.
11 11 h
The train covers 500 m in 20 s to arrive at the level When Andrew looked at the time in the kitchen, it was
crossing. Therefore, its speed is 25 m/s. 10:22 a.m.
The distance in metres covered by the train after t
seconds is therefore 25t.
259
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
4 a) This means he is slowing down. Interval sought
CHAPTER
b) 1aMichel's Speed as
Function of Time
Since the maximum deviation is 0.005, the minimum value
of x is equal to 0.11 2 0.005 and the maximum value is
Speed
(m/s) 0.11 1 0.005.
7
6 0.11 2 0.005 5 0.105
5
4
3 0.11 1 0.005 5 0.115
2
1
The value of x is therefore in the interval [0.105, 0.115].
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Time ANSWER IN MICROMETRES: The thickness of a leaf is
(s)
greater than or equal to 0.105 mm, without exceeding 0.115 mm.
Since 1 micrometre (µm) is equivalent to 0.001 mm, you can also
c) 6 m/s.
say that the thickness of a leaf is greater than or equal to 105 µm,
d) His speed decreased from 5 to 10 s. without exceeding 115 µm.
e) He had covered 40.5 m.
6 a) Sample solution:
EXPLANATION: As you saw in Question 9 of Geometric representation
Consolidation 1.1, the distance covered corresponds to the The two pieces are in the form of prisms for which the
area of the surface below the curve of the graph of the speed bases (represented below) are right-angle trapezoids.
according to the time elapsed. This surface can be divided
into different regions: a triangle, a rectangle, a trapezoid and x 10 x
another rectangle.
3 3
Speed
(m/s)
7 7 3
6
5
4 The algebraic expressions for the areas of the bases
3
2 and the volumes
1
(7 1 x)(3)
Area of the left trapezoid: _________
5 1.5x 1 10.5.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 2
Time (10 2 x 1 3)(3) 2
____________
Area of the right trapezoid: 5 1.5x 1 19.5.
(s) 2
Distance covered (m): Volume of the left piece: 3(1.5x 1 10.5) 5 4.5x 1 31.5
336
_____ (6 1 1) 3 5
1 2 3 6 1 ________1 2 3 1 5 Volume of the right piece: 3(21.5x 1 19.5) 5 24.5x 1 58.5
2 2
9 1 12 1 17.5 1 2 5 40.5 The function rule
Difference between these volumes :
5 Sample solution:
|(4.5x 1 31.5) 2 (24.5x 1 58.5)| 5 |9x 2 27| 5 9|x 2 3|.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Inequality
The function rule is D 5 9|x 2 3|
The fact that there are 200 pages means that the book
The graph
without the cover consists of 100 leaves, because there are
2 pages per leaf. Difference in Volume Between the
Biggest Piece and the Smallest Piece
You can therefore express this situation as the following as a Function of the Length x
Volume
inequality: |100x 2 11| # 0.5, Difference
where x is the thickness of one leaf of the book (mm). (cm3) 30
27
24
The inequality can be simplified as follows: 21
18
15
|100x 2 11| # 0.5 12
9
100|x 2 0.11| # 0.5 6
3
|x 2 0.11| # 0.005
0 1 2 3 4 5
This inequality simply states that the deviation between Length x
x and 0.11 is less than or equal to 0.005. of the Piece
(cm)
260 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
b) The zero of the function: For the two pieces to have the Carla's position after 10 s (m): 10v
CHAPTER 1
same volume, the cut must end 3 cm from the corner of
the other side of the pastry.
The other woman's position after 10 s (m):
2.5 1 10 3 0.8 5 10.5
y-intercept: If the cut ends exactly at the corner of the The distance between them after 10 s:
other side of the pastry, then the difference between the |10v 2 10.5| 5 10|v 2 1.05|
volumes of the two pieces will be 27 cm3.
The function rule is d 5 10|v 2 1.05|.
7 Sample solution: Carla's discomfort will be dispelled if she at least doubles the
Sketch of the graph initial distance between them, that is, if d 5.
Graph
y
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 1
Distance Between the
Two Women as a Function
(6, 7) (10, 7) of Carla's Speed
Distance
(m)
(4, 2) 11
10
9
8
x 7
6
5 d 5
4
Determining the rule 3
2
6 1 10 1
h 5 _____
5 8
2
722 0 V0 1 V1 2
Slope of the left ray: a 5 ____5 2.5. Speed
624
(m/s)
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
The orientation of the graph means that a , 0.
Therefore, a 5 22.5. Speeds sought
The equation is in the form y 5 22.5|x 2 8| 1 k. You must solve the following equation:
With the point (10, 7), you obtain: 10|v 2 1.05| 5 5
|v 2 1.05| 5 0.5
7 5 22.5|10 2 8| 1 k
v 2 1.05 5 0.5 or v 2 1.05 5 20.5
7 5 25 1 k
k 5 12 v 5 1.55 or v 5 0.55
The equation is y 5 22.5|x 2 8| 1 12. The graph shows that d 5 outside these two values, that is,
if v # 0.55 or if v 1.55.
Determining the interval over which the function is
negative ANSWER: Carla's discomfort will be dispelled after 10 s if she
slows her walking speed to 0.55 m/s or less, or if she increases
The zeros of the function:
her walking speed to 1.55 m/s or more.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
0 5 22.5|x 2 8| 1 12
2.5|x 2 8| 5 12 9
|x 2 8| 5 4.8
x 2 8 5 4.8 or x 2 8 5 24.8 NOTE: For all the justifications below, the algebraic
definition of absolute value is used:
|x| 5 {
x 5 12.8 or x 5 3.2 x if x $ 0
2
x if x , 0
The graph shows that the function is negative outside these
zeros. a) Sample conjecture: a and b must have the same sign.
ANSWER: ]2∞; 3.2] [12.8; 1∞[ Justification:
If a and b are positive, this is obvious.
8 Sample solution: If a and b are negative, then a 1 b is also negative.
(The sum of two negative numbers is a negative
Let v be Carla's new speed (m/s) and d, the distance between
number.)
the two women after 10 s (m).
The function rule
The positions of Carla and the other woman after 10 s are
determined by taking Carla's initial position as a reference
point.
261
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
In this case, you have: There are two intersection points, one at (24, 36) and the
CHAPTER
|a 1 b| 5 1
(a 1 b) 2 (Definition of absolute value for a other at (48, 12).
negative number) Therefore, Martha and Rodrigue were side by side twice, at
5 (2a) 1 (2b) (Distributive property) 24 s and 48 s. The first time was on the 36th step and the
5 |a| 1 |b| (Definition of absolute value for second time on the 12th step.
negative numbers)
Other possible solution:
b) If a and b do not have the same sign, then
The equation can be solved algebraically:
|a 1 b| , |a| 1 |b|.
60 2 t 5 21.5|t 2 28| 1 42.
Example:
By isolating the absolute value, you obtain:
If a 5 23 and b 5 2,
1.5|t 2 28| 5 t 2 18
|a 1 b| 5 |(23) 1 2| 5 |21| 51 2
|t 2 28| 5 __
t 2 12.
3
and |a| 1 |b| 5 |23| 1 |2| 5 3 1 2 5 5
Two cases must be considered.
You have 1 , 5.
1) If the value of t is before the axis of symmetry (t , 28)
10 Sample solution: In this case, t 2 28 is negative and, by definition of
absolute value, |t 2 28| 5 2(t 2 28) 5 28 2 t.
The function rule
You then have the equation:
You can measure the height at which each person is found 2
by the number of steps. Thus, Martha is initially at a height of 28 2 t 5 __ t 2 12
3
5
60 steps (at the top of the stairway). __ t 5 40
3
Since she is descending at 1 step per second, her height at t 5 24
the time t is hM(t) 5 60 2 t, where the time t is measured in h 5 60 2 24 5 36
seconds.
2) If the value of t is on or after the axis of symmetry
Rodrigue's initial height is 0. He climbs to 42 steps and then (t 28)
goes down to 0. His speed is 1.5 steps per second. His height
In this case, t 2 28 is positive and, by definition of
is an absolute value function of the time elapsed, for which
absolute value, |t 2 28| 5 t 2 28.
the maximum is 42.
You then have the equation:
The time required to reach this maximum: 42 4 1.5 5 28
2
t 2 28 5 __ t 2 12
The rule of this function is therefore hR(t) 5 21.5|t 2 28| 1 42. 3
1
__ t 5 16
Do values exist for which hM(t) 5 hR(t) ? 3
t 5 48
Graphical solution: you must determine if the two graphs
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
intersect each other. h 5 60 2 48 5 12
Heights of Martha and Rodrigue
on the Stairway as a Function
of the Time Elapsed
Height
(step)
64
56 hM
48
40
32
24
16
8 hR
0 16 32 48 64
Time
(s)
262 CHAPTER 1 – Piecewise Functions and Absolute Value Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
LES
CHAPTER
Automatic1 Winding PAGES 62 TO 63
Modelling and representation
25
Let f(x) be the position of the winding wire relative to the left of Based on the first equation: y 5 ___
( 2.4) 1 10 5 30.
3
the reel (cm) and x, the time elapsed (s).
The coordinates of the vertex are (2.4, 30).
From the information provided, you can deduce that the
Function rule when restricted to the chosen cycle
function f:
The parameter a is negative. It corresponds to the slope of the
• is a periodic function; 25
2nd straight line. Therefore, a 5 2___
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 1
.
• for which the one-cycle restriction that corresponds to a 3
return trip (from 0 cm to 0 cm) is an absolute value From the coordinates of the vertex, you know that h 5 2.4 and
function. k 5 30.
25
You know that f(0) 5 10, f(1.5) 5 22.5 and f(3) 5 25. ____
The function rule in the cycle: f(x) 5 2 |x 2 2.4| 1 30.
3
These values correspond to three points of a cycle that began a Period of the function
little before the start of the observation. By situating these three The position of winding wire during the cycle varies from 0 to 30
points in the Cartesian plane, you can estimate the position of cm, and then returns to 0 cm.
the vertex of the function in this cycle from the graph.
To determine the endpoints of the interval that contains the
Position of the Wire as a
Function of the Time Elapsed
cycle, you must therefore determine the zeros of the function in
Position this cycle.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
(cm)
25
40 ____
2 |x
2 2.4| 1 30 5 0
35
30
3
25 25
2____
20 |x 2 2.4| 5 230
15 3
10
|x 2 2.4| 5 3.6
5
0 12345678 x 5 2.4 1 3.6 5 6 or x 5 2.4 2 3.6 5 21.2
Time
(s) The period is the difference between these two zeros:
6 2 (21.2) 5 7.2.
The x-coordinate of the vertex is situated between 2 and 3 and
The period of the function f is 7.2 s.
its y-coordinate seems to be equal to 30.
Calculation of the value sought
Calculation of the precise coordinates of the vertex
Number of cycles in 30 s: 30 4 7.2 < 4.17. Therefore, there are
First determine the equations of the straight lines.
4 complete cycles.
22.5 2 10 _____ 12.5 ___ 25
Slope of the 1st straight line: m 5 _________
5 5
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
1.5 2 0 1.5 3 Since 30 2 4 3 7.2 5 1.2, the periodicity of the function means
25
Slope of the 2nd straight line (by symmetry): m 5 2___ that f(30) 5 f(1.2).
3 25 25
25
Equation of the first straight line: y 5 ___
x 1 10 ____
f(1.2) 5 2 |1.2 2 2.4| 1 30 5 2___
(1.2) 1 30 5 20
3 3 3
25
Equation of the second straight line: y 5 2___ (x 2 3) 1 25
3 ANSWER: The winding wire will be 20 cm from the left edge of the
25
y 5 2___
x 1 50 reel at the end of the observation.
3
⎧25
___
⎪ y 5
x 1 10 You are now invited to complete the self-evaluation grid for
You can solve the system of equations ⎨
3
⎪ 25 the five targeted criteria. Refer to the grid at the end of the
y 5 2___ x 1 50
by the comparison method. ⎩ 3 guide. Your teacher or tutor may also provide you with the
25 25 evaluation indicators for this LES. These will help you judge
___x 1 10 5 2___ x 1 50
3 3 the quality of your problem-solving.
50
___x 5 40
3
120
x 5 ____
5 2.4
50
263
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 2
SITUATION 2.1 –
PREVENTING FLOODS ACQUISITION 2.1 A
_
PAGES 69 TO 73
EXPLORATION 2.1 PAGES 67 TO 68 1 a) c 5 √ A
1 a) Sample graph:
NOTE: Squaring and extracting the square root are inverse
operations when restricted to positive numbers. If you
successively apply these two operations to a positive
h number, the final result will always be the initial number.
A 5 c2
Length of Area of the
12 the Sides Square
c 5 √A
b) 1) The 50% slope is on the left side.
2) The 100% slope is on the right side. b)
Area of the Square as a Function
of the Length of its Sides
1
EXPLANATION: A 50% slope or _
is associated with a Area
2 (cm2)
segment over which a horizontal displacement of 2 units
8
corresponds to a change of height of 1 unit (in absolute 7
6 (2.5, 6.25)
value). In other words, the horizontal displacement is twice
5
as great as the change of height. 4 (2, 4)
1 3
A 100% slope or _ is associated with a segment over which 2
1 1 (1, 1)
the horizontal displacement is equal to its change of height.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
c) The trapezoid can be divided into three regions, a Length of the Sides
(cm)
rectangle in the middle and two right-angle triangles on
each side. Given the slopes of the hypotenuses of the
right-angle triangles, you obtain the following graph.
Length of the Sides of a Square
as a Function of its Area
2h 12 h
Length of
the Sides
(cm) 8
7
h h 6
5
4
(6.25, 2.5)
3 (4, 2)
12 2 (1, 1)
1
d) 1) B 5 3h 1 12, where h . 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
(3h 1 12) 1 12 Area
2) Atrapezoid 5 _____________
3 h 5 1.5h2 1 12h, (cm2)
2
where h . 0
e) D 5 vS c) The graph of the inverse is a portion of the parabola, just
D 50.5 (1.5h2 1 12h) 5 0.75h2 1 6h as it is also the graph of the initial function, but instead of
D 5 0.75h2 1 6h, where h . 0 opening upward, it opens to the right.
This is a quadratic function.
2 a) In the graph of the initial function, you observe that the
curve starts at (0, 0) and passes through the coordinates
2 In the task, you are asked to express the height h as a
(1, 6), (2, 16), (3, 30) and (4, 48).
function of the flow D. In fact, this means determining the
inverse of the quadratic function in Question 1 e). Simply switch the coordinates of these points to graph
the inverse.
264 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY Length of the Sides of
_
c 1 1 5 _√ A12
(It is wise to give the left term the
2
CHAPTER 2 the Base of the Prism as
a Function of its Area
expression with the variable you
want to isolate.)
Length of _
√
the Sides A12
(cm) 8 c 5 _ 2 1
2 _
√
6 A12
The inverse rule is c 5 _ 2 1, where A . 0.
4 2
2
3 a) Sample solution:
0 12 24 36 48
Area
The rule in the general form
(cm2)
A 5 (6 2 d) (2 1 d)
b) Domain of the inverse: ]0, 1∞[ cm2 A 5 2d 2 1 4d 1 12, where d [ [0, 6[
Range of the inverse: ]0, 1∞[ cm The rule in the standard form (by completing
the square)
c) Sample solution:
A 5 2(d 2 2 4d) 1 12
The rule in standard form (by completing the square) A 5 2(d 2 2 4d 1 4 2 4) 1 12
A 5 2c2 1 4c A 5 2(d 2 2 4d 1 4) 1 4 1 12
A 5 2(c2 1 2c) A 5 2(d 2 2)2 1 16, where d [ [0, 6[
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 2
A 5 2(c2 1 2c 1 1 2 1) b) The vertex of the function is situated at (2, 16).
A 5 2(c2 1 2c 1 1) 2 2 The y-intercept is 12 and the only zero in the
A 5 2(c 1 1)2 2 2 domain of the function is 6.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
NOTE: It is also possible to use the coordinates of the Graph of the Function
vertices (h, k) to obtain the standard form of the function. A
(2, 16)
Since the rule in its standard form is A 5 2c2 1 4c,
where c . 0,
2b 24 12
you obtain h 5 _ 5 _ 5 21.
2a 2(2)
Then, k 5 f(21) 5 2(21)2 1 4(21) 5 22.
The parameter a of the standard form is the same as that of
the general form. a 5 2.
By replacing the parameters of the standard form
0 6 d
A 5 a(c 2 h)2 1 k by their value, you obtain:
A 5 2(c 1 1)2 2 2.
Graph of the Inverse
The various methods will not be presented systematically in d
this answer key so as not to overburden it.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
The inverse rule
You must isolate the variable c in the preceding equation.
(16, 2)
A 1 2 5 2(c 1 1)2
A12
_ 5 (c 1 1)2 0 12 A
2
_
√ A12 c) Simply isolate the variable d in the rule of the standard
6 _
5 c 1 1
2 function determined in a).
NOTE: When a square root is extracted, there are two A 5 2(d 2 2)2 1 16
possible square roots, one positive and one negative. Given (d 2 2)2 5 16 2_ A
the context, the length c of the side is a number greater than d 2 2 5 6√ 16 2 A
0. Therefore, the expression c 1 1 is necessarily positive and
thus cannot be equal to a negative square root. NOTE: In this context, d is positive. However, d 2 2 can be
negative if d is less than 2. You thus cannot eliminate the
negative square root.
265
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
The inverse rule therefore is:
_
The maximum value of h is 3.6.
CHAPTER 2
d526√ 16 2 A
The maximum value of d is 5.
Therefore, the variable h ranges from 0 to 3.6 m.
NOTE: Given the context, this rule is valid only for values of The variable d ranges from 0 to 5 m.
A ranging from 0 to 16.
b) Simply isolate the variable d in the initial equation.
d) The inverse is not a function. h 5 20.4(d 2 2)2 1 3.6
Sample justification: As shown in the sketch of the graph 0.4(d 2 2)2 5 3.6 2 h
3.6 2 h
of the inverse and its rule, there are two possible values of (d 2 2)2 5 _
0.4
_
d if A is greater than 12, but less than 16. For example, for
√
_ _ 3.6 2 h
A 5 15, you obtain d 5 2 6 √ 16 2 15 5 2 6 √ 5
1 2 6 1. d 2 2 5 6 _
0.4
You therefore have d 5 1 or d 5 3. In the context, this
From the context, d 0, but the expression d 2 2 can be
means that two values of d exist (1 and 3) for which an
negative if d is less than 2. Therefore, you must keep the
area of 15 is obtained.
negative square root. _
4 a) From the context, you know that h 0 and d 0. You
still have to determine the maximum value of each of where h [ [0, 3.6].
√
3.6 2 h
The inverse rule is d 5 2 6 _
0.4
,
these variables.
c) The inverse is not a function.
For this purpose, you can sketch a graph of the equation
Sample justification:
in the first quadrant of a Cartesian plane. The coordinates
of the vertex are obtained directly from the parameters d
of the equation. You determine the x-intercept of the
5
curve by solving the following equation:
(3.6, 2)
0 5 20.4(d 2 2)2 1 3.6
0.4(d 2 2)2 5 3.6 2 h
(d 2 2)2 5 9
d 2 2 5 63 As shown in the above sketch graph, for the values of h
between 2 and 3.6, there are two possible values of d.
Only the positive square root is relevant. Therefore, d 5 5.
For example, if h 5 3.2, the inverse rule becomes:
h _
_
(2, 3.6)
d 5 2 6 _
√
3.6 2 3.2
0.4
5 2 6 √
1
5 2 6 1.
2 You obtain d 5 1 or d 5 3.
5 d
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
SOLUTION 2.1
Preventing Floods PAGES 74 TO 75
Sample solution: Then isolate the variable h.
Inverse rule 0.75(h 1 4)2 5 D 1 12
D 1 12
In the exploration activity, you determined that the flow is a (h 1 4)2 5 _
0.75 _
√
quadratic function of the height of the water, for which the D 1 12
h 1 4 5 6 _
rule is given by D 5 0.75h2 1 6h. You must isolate the variable 0.75
h in this equation. For this purpose, write the equation in Since h 0, the expression h 1 4 is necessarily positive and you
standard form. must reject the negative square root. You thus obtain:
_
D 5 0.75(h2 1 8h)
D 5 0.75(h2 1 8h 1 42 2 42) √
h 5 _
D 1 12
0.75
2 4.
D 5 0.75(h2 1 8h 1 42) 2 0.75(42)
D 5 0.75(h 1 4)2 2 12
266 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
Since 0.75 5 _
3
and dividing by _
4
3
is equivalent to multiplying
4
Sample calculations to complete the table of values:
_
_
√
4
CHAPTER 2
by _
, you can also write the equation in the following form:
3
_
If D 5 0, then h 5 _
4
(0 1 12) 2 4 5√ 16 2 4 5 0.
3
_
√
_
√
4 4
h 5 _ (D 1 12) 2 4, where D 0. If D 5 20, then h 5 _ (20 1 12) 2 4 < √
42.67 2 4 < 2.53.
3 3
_
_
Representations
You can represent this function by a table of values and a graph.
If D 5 40, then h 5 _√ 4
(40 1 12) 2 4 < √
3
69.33 2 4 < 4.33.
To answer the first question, you must also calculate the value of
Height of the River as a Function of its Flow h if D 5 90. You obtain:
_
_
√
Flow (m3/s) Height (m) 4
h 5 _
(90 1 12) 2 4 5√ 136 2 4 < 7.66.
0 0 3
20 2.5
40 4.3 ANSWERS TO THE QUESTIONS ASKED: The current level of
60 5.8 the river rounded to the nearest decimetre, with a flow of
80 7.1 80 m3/s, is 7.1 m.
100 8.2
With a flow of 90 m3/s, the level will rise approximately 0.6 m.
120 9.3
160 11.1 With a flow of 100 m3/s, the level will rise approximately
* The heights in the table of values have been rounded to the 8.2 2 7.1 5 1.1 m.
nearest tenth of a metre.
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 2
With a flow of 120 m3/s, the level will rise approximately 2.2 m.
Height of the River as a There will be an incipient flood if the level of the river
Height
Function of its Flow increases by 4 m relative to its current level, which
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
(m) corresponds to a height of approximately 11.1 m
12
11 (exactly 11.08 m).
10
9
8 At 160 m3/s, the level of the river will rise to 11.14 m, which is
7
6 just a little higher than the maximum possible level.
5
4
3 Therefore, you can affirm that if the flow of the river doubles,
2
1 there will be a flood.
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Flow
(m3/s)
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ACQUISITION 2.1 B PAGES 76 TO 82 c) Sample explanation:
1 Sample according to the points chosen: To obtain the graph of the inverse, you must apply, at
each point of the function, a reflection over the bisector
a), b) and c)
of quadrants 1 and 3 of the Cartesian plan, that is, in
y relation to the straight line of equation y 5 x.
(22, 4) 4
NOTE: The coordinate points (0, 0) and (1, 1) found on the
Graph axis of reflection are their own image by this reflection. This
of function f 2 is why they belong both to the graph of the function and its
inverse.
0
2 4 2 2 2 4 x
2
2
Axis of reflection (4, 22) d)
4
2 NOTE: The purpose of this question is to make you realize
there is a dilemma: what you learned in the previous
Graph of the Acquisition seems to contradict the mathematical convention
inverse given under the Caution! heading.
267
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
You learned previously that to determine the inverse rule, You can also write the rule in the following form:
_
CHAPTER 2
simply isolate the independent variable of the function.
__
By proceeding this way, you obtain x 5 6√ y .
f (x) 5 6 _
21 42x
2 1.
2 √
According to this equation, the possible values of x are c) The domain of the inverse is: ]2∞, 4]
calculated based on the value of y. In other words, in this
equation, x appears as the dependent variable of the 3 Sample solution:
inverse and y as the independent variable. The a) Function rule: y 5 2x 2 3
mathematical convention is clear: when the variables
x and y are related, x must always represent the Inverse rule, after switching the variables :
independent variable and y the dependent variable. x 5 2y 2 3
This is why the rule will be written instead in the x 1 3 5 2y
__
following form: y 5 6√ x . (You must switch the letters 0.5x 1 1.5 5 y
x and y.) f 21(x) 5 0.5x 1 1.5
This is also the rule that corresponds to the graphs of the
b) Function rule: y 5 2x2 2 3
inverse in the Cartesian plan on the previous page.
Inverse rule, after switching the variables :
NOTE: In functional notation, the inverse of a function f
x 5 2y2 2 3
is symbolized by f 1 (the name of the function with an
2
x 1 3 5 2y2
exponent 21). The meaning of this notation will be discussed
later. For the time being, you should know that the inverse 0.5x 1 1.5 5 y2
_
_
rule could also be written as follows: f 1(x) 5 6√
2
x . (y, the 6√
0.5x 1 1.5 5 y
_
dependent variable of the inverse, is replaced by f 1(x),
2
g (x) 5 6√
21
0.5x 1 1.5
which can be read as "range of x by the inverse of f ".)
e) The independent variable of the inverse (represented by
4 Sample solution:
_
x ) can only have
the letter x in the equation y 5 6√ a) y
positive values. In symbolic terms you can write:
dom f 21 5 [0, 1∞[. 4
2
The dependent variable (represented by y in the same f 2 1
equation) can have the value of any real number. 2 4 2 2 0 2 4 x
22
f
In symbolic terms you can write: Ran f 21
5 R. 2 4
2 a) y The inverse is a function.
(21, 4)
4 b) y
2
g 4
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
0
2 4 22
22
2 4 x 2
(4, 21)
4
2 0
2
2 4 2 2 4 x
22
g1 2
b) First write the function rule in the standard form: 2 4
y 5 22(x 1 1)2 1 4.
To obtain the inverse rule, you must switch x and y. The inverse is not a function.
You obtain: x 5 22(y 1 1)2 1 4.
5 Sample justification:
Then isolate y. _ 1
_ 1
2(y 1 1) 5 4 2 x 2 a) √ ab 5 (ab) 2 Definition of the exponent _
1 _
1
2
_
42x
(y 1 1)2 5 _ 5 a 2 b 2 Distributive property of
_ 2 exponentiation over multiplication
y 1 1 5 6 _
_
42x
2 √ __
5 √ a 3 √
__
b Definition of the exponent _
1
√
42x
_ 2
y 5 6 2 1
2
268 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER
√ KEY
_
_a
b)
b
5 (__
) 2
a _1
b
Definition of the exponent _
1
2
Other possible calculation:
_ _ _ _
CHAPTER a 2
1
_
2
5 ___ Distributive property of
_
√ √
√ 0.45 5 _
45
100
5 _
935 _
100
√ 9 3 √
5
5 _ 5 _ √ 5
3 _
10
_1 √ 100
_ _ _ _ _
b 2 exponentiation over division 3 _
__
a
√
___
5 __ Definition of the exponent _
1
√ 3
4 √ √
c) 6 _ 5 _
27
5 _
4
933 √
5 _
4
9
3
√ 4
√ 3 _
_ 5 √
2
3
√ b 2
3 3 3
1 2 NOTE: Since 6 _ 3 _, but rather to 6 1 _,
is not equal to 6
(a 2 )
__ _ 1
c) (√ a ) 25 Definition of the exponent _ 4 4 4
2 you must not apply the product property of square roots.
1
_ 32
5 a 2 The power of a power The only way to simplify the square root is follow the above
1 procedure.
5 a By simplification: _ 3 2 5 1
2 _ _ _
1 _
6 Sample solution:
_ _ _
_
√ √
2
d) 5
3
6 _
9 √
√
_
9
6
5 5 _
_
3
√ 6
a) √ 18 3 √ 2 √
5 36 5 6 Other possible calculation:
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
b) √ 18 4 √
c) (√
_2
2 ) 5
2
2 √
5 9 5 3
√ 2 √
_ 5 _
3 √ 3
√
2
_ 5 _
√ 3
_
2 3 √_
3 √ 3
_
3
√
2 3 3 √ 6
5 _ 2 5 _
√
( 3 ) 3
_ _
_2 _2 20 √
20 8 20 8 √ _ _ _
d) (3 √
2 ) 5
32 3 ( √ 2 ) 5
9 3 2 5 18 e) _ _ 5 _ _ 2 5 _ 5 2.5√ 4 3 2 5 2.5√ 4 3 √ 2 5
√
8 (√ 8 ) 8
_ _
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 2
2.5 3 2√ 2 5 5√ 2
7 Sample justification:
5 _
No, the same type of property does not apply to the square 9 The rule can be written in the form f 1(x) 5 6_
√ 6x . 2
3
root of a sum or a difference.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Sample solution and explanation:
Several possible examples. _ _
√
_ _
16 1 9 _ √ 16 _1 √
_ _ _
. In fact,√ 16 1 9 5 √ 25 5 5,
9 √ 50x
_
3
_
6 5 6 _
√
50x
√
_3
_
(Property 2)
while √ 16 1 √ 9
5 4 1 3 5 7. √
50x 3 √ 3
5 6_ _ 2 (Rationalization of the
_ _ _ _ _
√ 16 2 9 _ √ 16 ( √ 3 ) denominator)
_ 2 √
9 . In fact, √ 16 2 9 5 √ 7
< 2.65,
while √ 16 2 √ 9 5 4 2 3 5 1. _
√
150x
5 6_
(Properties 1 and 3)
3
8 Sample solution: _ _
√
25 3 √ 6x 5 _
_ _ _ _ _ 5 6_ 5 6_
√ 6x (Property 1 and
a) √ 98 5 √
49 3 2 5 √ 49 3 √
2 5 7√ 2 3 3
simplification)
_ _ _ _ _
b) √ 0.45 5 √ 0.09 3 5 5 √ 0.09 3 √ 5 5 0.3√ 5
CONSOLIDATION 2.1 PAGES 83 TO 87
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
_ _
1 Example simplifications:
_ _ _ _ _
c) h (x) 5 6
_
21
√ _ x
169
2 40 5 6 _
1
169√ 3 x 2 40 5
a) √ 12 5 √ 4 3 3 5 √ 4 3 √ 5 2√ 3
√
3 1 __ 1 __
_ _ _ _ _ 6 _ 3 √ x 2 40 5 6 _ √ x 2 40
169 13
b) √ 275 5 √ 25 3 11 5 √ 25 3 √ 11 5 5√ 11 _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _
_
√
45
c) 5
8
935
_
432√ √ 9 _
_
4 2
5
√ √ √
9
_
5 3 5
3
4
5 _
_ 3 _ 5
5
2 2 2
d) i (x) 5 6
21
_
√ 16 2 32x
_
25
1 2 5 6 _ √
16(1 2 2x)
25
1 2 5
_ _
√
_ _ _ _ 16 4
_ _ 6 _ 1 2 2x 1 2 5 6 _ √ 1 2 2x 1 2
√ √ √ √
72 36 3 2 36 36 3 √
d) √ 0.72 5 _ 5 _ 5 _
3 2 5 _ 3 √
2 25 5
100 100 100 100
6 _ 3 _
5_ √ 2 5 _ √ 2 3 Examples: _ _
10 5 1_ _ 1 √
3 √ 3
a) _ 5 _ 3 _ _ 5 _
2 Example simplifications: √ 3 √ 3 √ 3 3
_ _
_ _ _ _ 6_ _ 6_ _ √
_2
_ 6√ 2
_
a) f 21(x) 5 6√
162x 5 6√ 81 3 2x 5 6√ 81 3 √ 2x 5 _
b) 5 3 5 5 3√ 2
_ √ 2
√ 2 √ 2 2
69√ 2x _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ √ 7
_ 1 _ 2 _ √
7 1 _ 2 _ √_7
_ √
7 (√ 7
1 2) _ 7 1 2√ 7
__ __ c) 5 3 5 5
b) g21(x) 5 6√ 1.21x 5 6√ x 5 61.1√ x
1.21 3 √ √ 7 √ 7
√ 7
7 7
269
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
4 Sample solution: Number of Amoebas per 100 ml of
Water as a Function of the Number of
CHAPTER 2 y5
a) Function rule: 23x 16 Days Elapsed Since Contamination
n (number of days elapsed since
Inverse rule, after switching the variables : 22 21 0 1
contamination)
x 5 23y 1 6 a (number of amoebas per 100 ml) 1 2 5 10
x 2 6 5 23y
Number of Amoebas per 100 ml of
1
_
2 x 12 5y Water as a Function of the Number of
3 Days Elapsed Since Contamination
1
_
Thus, f 21(x) 5 2 x 1 2. Number of
3 Amoebas
10 (1, 10)
b) Function rule: y 5 3(x 1 1)2 1 4 8
Inverse rule, after switching the variables : 6
(0, 5)
4
x 5 3(y 1 1) 1 4 2
( 1, 2)
2
2
x 2 4 5 3(y 1 1)2 (22, 1)
x24
_ 5 (y 1 1)2 22 0 2 4
3 Number of Days
_
6 _
_
√
x24
3
5 y 1 1 Note: Since the situation has been studied since
contamination, it is described for the positive values of n.
√ x24
6 _
3
2 1 5 y
_
However, the section of the curve present in the 2nd
quadrant allows a better description of the curve
Thus, g21(x) 5 6 _
x24
√
2 1.
3
representing this model.
b) To represent the inverse of this function, simply call on
5 a) y the table of values used in a) and switch the coordinates.
16 Number of Days Elapsed Since
12 Contamination as a Function of the
8
Number of Amoebas per 100 ml of Water
4 a (number of amoebas per 100 ml) 1 2 5 10
n (number of days elapsed since 22 21 0 1
2 16 212 28 2 4 0 4 8 12 16 x contamination)
24
2 8 Number of Days Elapsed Since
2 12 Contamination as a Function of the
2 16
Number of Amoebas per 100 ml of Water
Number of
Days
The inverse is a function. 4
b) y 2 (10, 1)
(2, 21) (5, 0)
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
0
16 2 4 6 8 10
2 2
12 (1, 22) Number
of Amoebas
8
4 c) The day when contamination occurred, there had been no
days elapsed (n 5 0). You are looking for the y-intercept of
2 16 212 28 2 4 0 4 8 12 16 x
24
the function, which is 5. Therefore, there had been 5
2 8 amoebas per 100 ml. Thus, for the entire pond:
2 12 a a 5 amoebas
_
5 _ 5 _
2 16 900 L 900 000 ml 100 ml
5 amoebas 3 900 000 ml
The inverse is not a function. a 5 ____________________
5 45 000 amoebas
100 ml
6 a) The vertex of this 2nd degree polynomial function is the 45 000 were introduced into the pond during
point (22,
1). Since there is contamination, there must be contamination.
a minimum of one amoeba. Therefore, in the context, you
must keep only the increasing branch of this parabola.
To construct the graph, you can use a table of values.
270 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
7 a) The inverse rule 8 Sample solution:
CHAPTER 2 the rule of this1inverse, you must isolate the
To determine 1st step: Write the decimal number 0.4 as a fraction and
variable n in the rule v 5 2_
(n 2 250)2 1 200, apply the property concerning the square root of a quotient.
1000 _ _
_
where n [ [0, 300].
v 5 2_
1
(n 2 250)2 1 200
√
√ 0.4 5 _
4
5 _
√
4
_ 5 _
10 √ 10 √ 10
2
_
1000
1 2nd step: Rationalize the denominator.
v 2 200 5 2_
(n 2 250)2 _ _
1000 _ 2 _ 2 √
3 10 _ 2 3 √ 10
_ 5 _ _ 5
21000v 1 200 000 5 (n 2 250)2
√ 10 √ 10 3 √ 10 10
_________________
6√ 21000v 1 200 000 5 n 2 250
3rd step:
_________________ _ Calculate the result with the estimate given.
n 5 6√ 2
1000v 1 200 000 1 250 2 3 √ 10 _ 2 3 3.16 _ 6.32
_
< < < 0.63
Since the domain of the function is limited ([0, 300]), 10 10 10
_
the range will be limited. This will also limit the range
ANSWER: √ 0.4 < 0.63.
of the inverse.
Range of the function 9 Sample solution:
Since the parameter a is negative, the curve opens a) Write the initial rule in standard form
v 2
downward. There will thus be a maximum at the vertex d5_ 1 v
(200) and the minimum will be at one of the endpoints of 12
1
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 2
the domain. d5_ (v2 1 12v)
12
1 1
v 5 2_
(0 2 250)2 1 200 5 137.50 d 5 _ (v2 1 12v 1 62 2 62)
1000 12
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
1 1 1
v 5 2 _ (300 2 250)2 1 200 5 197.50 d5_ (v2 1 12v 1 62) 2 _
(62)
1000 12 12
1
The range of the function is [137.50, 200]. Therefore the d 5 _ (v 1 6)2 2 3, where v 0
domain of its inverse will also be [137.50, 200]. 12
Isolate v
The inverse rule thus is
________________ 1
n 5 6√
2
1000v 1 200 000 1 250, where v [ [137.50, 200]. d 1 3 5 _ (v 1 6)2
12
12(d 1 3) 5 (v 1 6)2
b) This inverse presents the number of days since the _
v 1 6 5 6√ 12(d 1 3)
company was listed on the exchange as a function of
the value of the share. Since the speed of the vehicle is positive, v 1 6 is
necessarily positive. You have:
c) This inverse is not a function.
_
v 5 √ 12(d 1 3) 2 6, where d 0.
Here is a sketch of the graph of this inverse:
b) It allows you to calculate the driving speed required to
n
have a given stopping distance.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
350
300 c) If d 5__________
12, you obtain ____
250
200 v 5 √ 12(12 1 3) 2 6 5 √ 180 2 6 < 7.4.
150
100
50 The speed limit is 7.4 m/s, which is equivalent
0 50 150 250 v to 26.64 km/h.
The car's speed must be less than 26.6 km/h.
However, the values of the domain with which the two
values of the dependent variable are associated are
restricted to the interval [197.50, 200].
10 Sample solution:
a) Since the variables related in this function are the final
For example, for a value of $198:
____________________ _ position in metres and the time in seconds, the initial
n 5 6√
2 1000(198) 1 200 000 1 250 5 6√ 2000 1 250
speed and the acceleration must also use these units of
< 644.72 1 250 measure. Since the acceleration is 2.5 m/s2, no change is
required. However, the speed of 270 km/h must be
n1 < 44.72 1 250 < 294.72 and n2 < 244.72 1 250
converted into a speed in m/s.
< 205.28
_ 270 km _ 1h 1000 m
3 3 _
5 75 m/s
Therefore, a value of $198 was reached twice, at 1h 3600 s 1 km
approximately 205 days and 295 days after marketing.
271
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
The rule therefore becomes: xf 5 250 1 75t 1 _
1
(2.5)t2 5
2
d) To determine the final position, you must first determine
CHAPTER 21.25t2 1 75t 1 250, where t 0. how long it will take the aircraft to reach its cruising
speed of 936 km/h. If you want to compare with the
Note: When you work variables in context, it is possible
other information, you must first convert this speed into
that x does not represent the independent variable. As in
m/s.
this case, x is often used in Physics for displacements and
_ 936 km _ 1h 1000 m
positions. 3 3 _
5 260 m/s
1h 3600 s 1 km
b) To determine the inverse rule of this function, you must Since the initial speed is 75 m/s and it increases by
isolate the variable t. Since you have a 2nd degree 2.5 m/s each second, it is possible to determine how
polynomial function in its general form, you can long the aircraft accelerated by solving the following
complete the square. equation:
xf 5 1.25t2 1 75t 1 250 75 1 2.5t 5 260
xf 5 1.25(t2 1 60t) 1 250 2.5t 5 185
xf 5 1.25(t2 1 60t 1 900 2 900) 1 250 t 5 74
xf 5 1.25(t2 1 60t 1 900) 2 1.25 3 900 1 250
xf 5 1.25(t 1 30)2 2 875 The aircraft therefore reaches its cruising speed 74 s after
xf 1 875 5 1.25(t 1 30)2 the start of observation. At that time, the aircraft's
0.8xf 1 700 5 (t 1 30)2 position will be:
_ _
6√
0.8x f 1 700 5 t 1 30 74 5 √ 0.8x f 1 700 2 30
_
You are interested in the time elapsed since the 104 5 √ 0.8x f 1 700
observation, so the time is positive. 10 816 5 0.8xf 1 700
_ 10 116 5 0.8xf
t 5 √ 0.8x f 1 700 2 30 , where xf 250 xf 5 12 645
Since xi is 250 m, the minimum xf will also be 250 m Therefore, the aircraft will be 12 645 m from the control
and t cannot be negative. tower, or approximately 12.6 km.
c) The time elapsed as a function of the aircraft's final
position.
1) According to the data collected: approximately
SITUATION 2.2 RUSH HOUR 93 km/h. (This is the y-coordinate of the point.)
EXPLORATION 2.2 PAGES 89 TO 90
2) According to the model: approximately 100 km/h.
1 a) The scatter plot. (This is the y-coordinate that a point with the same
x-coordinate on the curve would have.)
b) The curve that is drawn.
e) You must use the value on the curve, or 100 km/h.
c) Independent variable: traffic density (vehicles per
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
kilometre). 2 a) Some characteristics of the curve:
Dependent variable: mean speed of the vehicles (km/h). • It resembles the half parabola that opens to the right.
d) • The vertex of this parabola is located at approximately
Mean Speed of the Vehicles According
to the Traffic Density (0, 145).
Mean Speed
(km/h) • Its y-intercept is 145.
• Its x-intercept is approximately 125.
140
• It represents a decreasing function.
120
Density of • It passes through a coordinate point, namely (12, 100).
100
12 veh./km
80 b) Explanations:
60 1) This is not the right model. You will observe that the
40 points are above the line at the ends and below the
line in the middle. This is a clue that it is not
20
appropriate to do a linear regression. The scatter plot
is modelled better by a curve than by a straight line.
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Density
(veh./km)
2) The model seems more appropriate, but the curve
does not pass through the scatter plot. Nearly all the
points of the scatter plot are above the curve.
272 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
3 a) The statement indicates that the traffic flow corresponds c) Personal answer.
CHAPTER 2 to the product of the mean speed multiplied by the
density, so d 5 V 3 D.
You could use the following reasoning:
At a density of 0, the flow is 0. By increasing the density
NOTE: You can validate the equation by studying the gradually from 0, it is clear that the flow increases; for
relation between the units. You have a measure in vehicles example, at the point (12, 100), the flow is 1200 vehicles
per hour (the flow), which is equal to kilometres per hour (the per hour. But since the flow must drop back to 0 when
speed), multiplied by vehicles per kilometre (the density). the density reaches 125 vehicles per kilometre, the
veh./h 5 km/h 3 veh./km increase in the flow must reach a maximum between
Treating the units of measure as if they were variables allows the densities of 0 and 125.
you to simplify the kilometres.
veh. _ km veh.
It could be a good approximation to think that the
_
5 3 _
maximum is close to the middle, around 62.5 veh./km.
h h km
You obtain vehicles per hour on each side.
Checking the coordinates of some points on the curve
However, note that the units of measure are not variables.
of a graph would show that this is not entirely the case.
Instead, this is reasoning by analogy.
However, it is more plausible that the maximum flow is
b) The flow will be minimal (in fact, equal to 0) at the two found at the middle of the curve.
ends of the curve, if the density is 0 (there is no other
car on the highway) or if the density is 125 vehicles per
kilometre, because then the mean speed will be equal
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 2
to 0 (the density is too great and the cars are no longer
moving).
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
ACQUISITION 2.2 A PAGES 91 TO 97
y 5 2√ x y 5 2√2x
1 Sample solution:
_
22 1 √ 6 2 3x y y
f(x) 5 ___________
2_ 0
_ 1 0
5 21 1 √ 6 2 3x Distributive property of 21 1 2 3 4 x 4 23 22 21
2 x
2 22 22
division over addition 23 23
1 ____________ 24 24
5 21 1 _ √ 23( 2 2 1 x) Factoring out the coefficient
2
of x
EXPLANATIONS:
_ 1 _ __ __
5 √ 23(x 2 2) 2 1 Reorganization of terms by the • The functions y 5√x and y 5 2√x are well defined only if
2
commutative property x 0.
• In the first case, y 0. The graph of the function is therefore
1
Values of the parameters: a 5 _
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
; b 5 23 ; h 5 2 ; k 5 21. situated in the first quadrant.
2
• In the second case, y # 0. The graph of the function is
2 NOTE: You can call on a method that consists of analyzing the
therefore situated in the fourth quadrant.
_
domain and the range of each function. • 2x and
The same reasoning applies for the functions y 5√
___ _
2x , which are well defined only if x # 0.
y 5 2√
Example: For the rule y 5 √
2x .
• In the first case, y 0. The graph is therefore situated in the
• For what values of x is this function well defined?
second quadrant.
• What values can the variable take?
• In the second case, y # 0. The graph is therefore situated in
These answers will help you make the appropriate associations. the third quadrant.
3 a) y y
y 5 √x y 5 √2x
y y 8 8
7 7
6 f1(x) 2 √x 6
4 4 5 (4, 4) 5
4 4 f2(x) √2x
3 3 3 f(x) √x 3 (2, 2)
2 2 2 2 f(x) √x
1 1 1 (4, 2) 1 (4, 2)
0 1 2 3 4 x 24 23 22 21 0 x 0 12345678 x 0 12345678 x
273
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
b) Sample answers: c) y
CHAPTER 2 in the parameter a triggers a vertical stretch
The increase 4
of the graph. 2
The increase in the parameter b triggers a horizontal 24 2 2 0 2 4 x
22
contraction of the graph.
24 (1, 23)
In both cases, the opening of the half-parabola is greater.
Dom h 5 ]2∞, 1]
4 a) x must be greater than or equal to 2. Ran h 5 [23, 1∞[
EXPLANATION: Since the square root of a negative 7 Sample answers:
number is not a real number, the expression below the
First equation
radical symbol must be positive. Therefore, you must have
_
x 2 2 0. This inequation is equivalent to x 2. The function rule can be written as: y 5√
72x .
The parameters then have the following values:
b) x g(x)
a 5 1 and b 5 72.
2 3
3 4
EXPLANATION: Depending on the orientation of the graph,
4 < 4.4
a . 0 and b . 0. Moreover, the parameters h and k which
5 < 4.7
correspond to the coordinates of the vertex are equal to 0.
6 5 You can therefore
_ represent the rule by an equation in the
form y 5 a√ bx , where the parameters a and b are positive.
y
Given that the curve passes
_ through the point (2, 12), you obtain
8 the equation 12 5 a√
b(2) .
_
6 g(x) √x 2 3 Assuming that a 5 1, the equation becomes 12 5√
2b .
4 (2, 3) This means that 2b 5 144, which gives b 5 72.
f(x) √x
2
Second equation
0 2 4 6 8 x _
The rule could also be written in the form y 5 6√ 2x . In this
c) A translation of 2 units to the right and 3 units upward. case, the values of the parameters become a 5 6 and b 5 2.
_
d) (2, 3) EXPLANATION: The expression √ 72x , determined in the first
equation, can be simplified.
___ _______ ___
5 a) (2, 21) 72 x 5 √
√ (36)(2x) 5 6√ 2x
b) a 0 and b # 0.
Other possible forms of the equation:
The correct orientation is (C). _ _ _ __
y 5 2√ 18x or y 5 3√ 8x , or even b 5 1, y 5 (6√ 2 )√ x .
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
c) y
4
NOTE: When you are talking about the equation of the curve,
use the letter y instead to represent the y-coordinate. This
(21, 0.5) 2
notation is also favoured for algebraic manipulations on the
2 4 22 0 2 4 x function rule. However, the notation with f(x) is reserved for the
22 (2, 21)
end of a solution, when the function rule is requested.
2 4
6 a) y b) y 8 Sketch
4 4 Sample graph:
(22, 2)
2 2
(21, 0) y
2 4 2 2 0 2 4 x 4
2 2 0
2 2 4 x
22 22
2 4 4
2 6
(3, 4)
4
Dom f 5 g5
[21, 1∞[ Dom [22, 1∞[ 2
Ran f 5 [0, 1∞[ Ran g 5 ]2∞, 2]
0
2 4 6 x
274 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
Determining the rule
_
Therefore, the rule is f(x) 5 22√ 2(x 2 3) 1 4.
CHAPTER 2
Sample solution: Other possible solution:
You find first that a , 0 and b . 0. Instead of using b 5 1, you may also choose to take a 5 21,
initially. In this case, the equation is written as:
According to the coordinates of the vertex, h 5 3 and _
k 5 4. The curve passes through the point (5, 0). y 5 2√ b(x 2 3) 1 4
_
You can assume that b 5 1. 0 5 2√ b(5 2 3) 1 4
_
√
2b 5 4
In this case, you obtain: 2b 5 16
_
y 5 a√ x 2 3 1 4 b58
_ _
0 5 a√ 5 2 3 1 4 You obtain: y 5 2√ 8(x 2 3) 1 4.
_
24 5 a √ 2
24 Once again, the equation can be simplified by breaking
_
_ 5 a
√ 2
_ down 8 into 4 3 2. You obtain the same equation as above.
24√ 2 _
By rationalizing the denominator: a 5 _ 5 22√ 2 .
2
_ _
The equation can be written as y 5_ (22√ 2 )√ x 2 3 1 4,
which can be simplified to y 5 22√ 2(x 2 3) 1 4.
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 2
SOLUTION 2.2
Rush Hour PAGES 98 TO 99
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
_
2145√ 125
Sample solution: You can rationalize the denominator: a 5 _
_ _ _ 125
2145√ 25 3 5 2145 3 5√
5 _ 229√ 5
The function rule 5 ____________
5 ___________
5
125 125 5
The urban planner wants to model the situation with a square
However, in this context, this rationalization is not really
root function.
_ necessary , because you can be satisfied with an approximation.
The rule will be in the form V 5 a√
b(D 2 h) 1 k. You must
To the nearest hundredth, you obtain a < 212.97. (You can also
therefore calculate the value of the parameters a, b, h and k.
round to the unit or the tenth. In this case, a < 213.)
• The curve drawn in the graph is a half a parabola, with the __
The rule sought is V 5 213√ D 1 145, where V is the mean speed
vertex situated at approximately (0, 145).
(km/h) of the vehicles and D is the traffic density (veh./km).
• Its x-intercept is approximately 125.
Validation
• You also noticed in the exploration activity that the curve
You can check that this rule is represented by a curve that passes
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
passes approximately through the point (12, 100).
through (12, 100).
• The curve is oriented downward and to the right, which _
In fact, if D 5 12, then V 5 213√ 12 1 145 < 245.03 1 145 < 100.
means that the parameter a is negative and the parameter b
is positive. You can also recognize that the sign of the value determined for
the parameter a is negative as it should be to correspond to the
• You can assume that b 5 1.
orientation of the curve.
• Moreover, given the coordinates of the vertex, you know that
Maximum traffic flow
h 5 0 and k 5 145.
__ You can determine the density and speed conditions that give a
Therefore, the rule can be written in the form V 5 a√ D 1 145.
maximum flow by trial and error with a table of values.
To determine the value of a, you may use the fact that the curve
The use of a technological tool (spreadsheet, graphing
passes through the point (125, 0).
_ calculator) will make your search easier.
0 5 a√ 125 1 145
The solution gives:
2145
a 5 _ _
√ 125
275
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY Relation Among Traffic Density, Mean
Speed and Traffic Flow on the Highway NOTE: You can also use a plotter to determine the density that gives
CHAPTER
Density 2 Mean Speed Flow a maximum flow.
(veh./km) (km/h) (veh./h) You know__that d 5 V 3 D and have determined that
_
30 213√ 30 1 145 < 73.8 73.8 3 30 5 2214
_ V 5 213√ D 1 145.
40 213√ 40 1 145 <62.8 62.8 3 40 5 2512 __
_ By substitution, you have d 5 (213√ D 1 145) 3 D.
50 213√ 50 1 145 < 53.1 53.1 3 50 5 2655
_ By entering this equation in a plotter, you can determine that the
60 213√ 60 1 145 < 44.3 44.3 3 60 5 2658
_ maximum flow of approximately 2672 vehicles per hour is reached
70 213√ 70 1 145 < 36.2 36.2 3 70 5 2534
_ for a density of a little over 55 vehicles per kilometre.
80 213√ 80 1 145 < 28.7 28.7 3 80 5 2296
Flow of Vehicles
As a first approximation, you can see that the maximum flow is According to Density
reached when the density is 60 veh./km. However, by refining the Flow
(veh./h)
search between the densities of 50 and 60, you will notice that (55.293, 2672.474)
3000
the maximum flow is reached when the density is 55 veh./km.
2000
Density Mean Speed Flow 1000
(veh./km) (km/h) (veh./h)
_
50 213√ 50 1 145 < 53.1 53.1 3 50 5 2655 0 40 80 120
_
213√ 55 1 145 < 48.6 Density
55 48.6 3 55 5 2672
_ (veh./km)
60 213√ 60 1 145 < 44.3 44.3 3 60 5 2658
ANSWER: According to this model, the maximum traffic flow on this
highway will be reached if the traffic density is 55 veh./km, which
corresponds to a mean vehicle speed slightly lower than 50 km/h.
ACQUISITION 2.2 B PAGES 100 TO 105
1 NOTE: All the answers can be deduced from the sketch of the e) Sample answers:
graph of the function. You can make the following observations:
y • The upper endpoint of the domain corresponds to
the parameter h.
4
3
2 • The lower endpoint of the range of the function,
1
which is also the minimum of the function,
242322210 1 2 3 4 x
22
(2, 21) corresponds to the parameter k.
23
24
• The function is decreasing because only one of the
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
You can also determine the answers by reasoning based on parameters a and b is negative.
the rule, as in the answer to Question a).
2 a)
f2 and f3 are increasing functions (because, for each of
a) You can determine the domain by solving the following
them, the parameters a and b have the same sign).
inequality:
b) f2 and f4 have a minimum (because, for each of them,
23(x 2 2) 0
the parameter a is positive).
x22#0
x#2 c) dom f1 5 [0, 1∞[
ran f1 5 ]2∞, 5]
The domain is ]2∞, 2].
b) The function has an extremum which is the y-coordinate dom f2 5 [0, 1∞[
of the vertex (21). This is a minimum. ran f2 5 [25, 1∞[
c) [21, 1∞[ dom f3 5 ]2∞, 2]
ran f3 5 ]2∞, 0]
d) The function is decreasing.
dom f4 5 ]2∞, 0]
ran f4 5 [5, 1∞[
276 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
3 a) Sample justification: b) If you remember that the range of the function is
CHAPTER 2 is decreasing, because the parameters
The function
[0, 30] m/s, you should conclude immediately that
this is impossible. But look what happens if you do
a and b have opposite signs (a 5 2 and b 5 25).
the calculation anyway.
b) Sample solution: _
2√ 25(h 2 45) 5 40
_
Depending on the context, the possible values of the √ 25(h 2 45) 5 20
two variables v and h are necessarily positive. 25(h 2 45) 5 400
25h 1 225 5 400
For the function to be well defined, it is necessary that:
25h 5 175
25(h 2 45) 0 h 5 235
h 2 45 # 0
You obtain a negative height, which must be rejected
h # 45.
because it is outside the domain of the function.
The domain is therefore [0, 45] m. The ball cannot reach a velocity of 40 m/s.
From the context, you know that the speed will be
maximum when the object touches the ground (h 5 0). 6 Sample solution:
_
y 5 a√ b(x 2 h) 1 k
Square root function rule:
By replacing h with 0 in the equation, you obtain: _
_ _ Inverse rule: x 5 a√ b(y 2 h) 1 k
v 5 2√ 5(0 2 45) 5 2 225 5 2 3 15 5 30.
2 √ _
x 2 k 5 a√ b(y 2 h)
ANSWER KEY
Isolate the variable y:
CHAPTER 2
This is the maximum speed reached by the object in m/s. _
x2k
_
This step introduces a part of 5 √
b(y 2 h)
The range is therefore [0, 30] m/s. a
the curve that will not be part
( a ) 5 b(y 2 h)
2
x2k
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
_
of the inverse. You will see it
4 a) Sample solution:
under the following Remember
b( a )
1 _
2
1 x2k
1) Isolate the square root: _ √ 23(x 2 2) 5 1 heading. _ _ 5 y 2 h
2 _
√ 23(x 2 2) 5 2
_ ( _
a )
2
1 x2k
h 5 y
1
2) Square each side b
of the equation: 23(x 2 2) 5 4 By replacing y with f (x) and simplifying the expression on
21
3) Solve the equation obtained: 23x 1654 the left side of the equation, you obtain:
23x 5 22 1
f 21(x) 5 _
2 (x 2 k)2 1 h
2 a b
x5_
3
Parameter k of the quadratic function.
b) Sample validation:
_
f(_
) 5 _
√________
2 1 2 Parameter h of the quadratic function.
3( _ 2 2) 2 1
2
3 2 3
Parameter a of the quadratic function.
2 √ ( 3)
1 4
5 _ 3 __
2 2
2 1
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
_ NOTE: You can see that the parameter k of the quadratic
1
5 _ √ 4 2 1 function is equal to the parameter h of the square root function
2
1 and vice versa. This confirms that the vertex of one of the
5 _ (2) 2 1 functions is obtained by switching the coordinates of the vertex
2
50 of the other function.
5 Sample solution: 7 Sample solution:
_ _
a) You must solve the equation 2√ 25(h 2 45) 5 20. a) v 5 2√ 25(h 2 45)
_ v _
√ 25(h 2 45) 5 10 _ 5 √ 25(h 2 45)
2
25(h 2 45) 5 100
v 2
_ 5 25(h 2 45)
25h 1 225 5 100 4
25h 5 2125
2 _12
v 5 h 2 45
h 5 25 20
1
_
45 2 v2 5 h
The velocity of the ball will be 20 m/s when it reaches a 20
height of 25 m. The inverse rule can be written as h 5 45 2 0.05v2.
b) The domain is equal to the range of the initial function:
[0, 30] m/s.
277
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
CONSOLIDATION 2.2 PAGES 106 TO 110
CHAPTER
1 2 24 5 a√
_
_21(0 2 4) 1 5
29 5 a√ 4
29 5 2a
_____ Domain of f : [23, 1∞[
f(x) 5 22√
x 1 3 1 4 a 5 24.5
Range of f : ] 2∞, 4] _
__ Therefore, the rule of this function is f(x) 5 24.5√ 2(x 2 4) 1 5.
y-intercept: 22√
3 1 4 < 0.54
Maximum of the function: 4 4 Sample solution:
y
Minimum of the function: The rule _
4
None 12 2 2√ 29x 1 27
_______________
2 f(x) 5
3
Zeros of the function: 1 _
2√ 29(x 2 3)
2 4 2 2
0
2 4 x f(x) 5 4 2 ___________
(Simplifying and factoring)
2 Increasing interval: None 3
2
_ _
√ 2(x 2 3)
2√ 9
2 4 Decreasing interval: [23, 1∞[ f(x) 5 4 2 ____________
(Product of square roots)
3_
Positive: [23, 1] 2 3 3√ 2(x 2 3)
f(x) 5 4 2 _____________
(Square root of 9)
_ 3
Negative: [1, 1∞[
f(x) 5 4 2 2√ 2(x 2 3) (Simplification)
_
f(x) 5 22√ 2(x 2 3) 1 4 (Commutative property
2 a) Sample graph: of addition)
y _
Therefore, the rule is f(x) 5 22√ 2(x 2 3) 1 4.
10
9 The graph
8
7
6 y This function has its vertex at
5
4 the point (3, 4). To determine
3
2 8 another point, simply evaluate
1
4 the rule at any value of the
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 x domain.
28 24 0 4 8 x ___________
24
b) Sample explanation: f(21) 5 22√ 2(21 2 3) 1 4 5
8
2
_
The two graphs are superimposed. You can explore this 22√ 4 1 4 5 22 3 2 1 4 5 0
equivalence algebraically:
_ _ __ __ Therefore, it is sufficient to draw
f(x) 5 √
4x 5 √
4 √ x 52√ x . The two rules are therefore the curve that has a vertex of
equivalent. (3, 4) and passes through (21, 0).
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
3 Sample solution: 5 a) The coordinates of the vertex correspond to the values of
the parameters h and k. You must write the rule correctly
Since you are seeking to determine _ the rule in its functional in standard form to determine the value of these
form, it takes the form f(x) 5 a√
b(x 2 h) 1 k. parameters.
_
Since the vertex is (4, 5), this involves the values of h g(x) 5 3 2 5√ 2 2 x
and k, namely
_ h 5 4 and k 5 5; therefore, you have _
f(x) 5 a√ b(x 2 4) 1 5. g(x) 5 25√ 2x 1 2 1 3 (Commutative property
of addition)
Since the curve passes through the point (0, 24) and the _
vertex is at (4, 5), the function is necessarily increasing and g(x) 5 25√ 2(x 2 2) 1 3 (Simple factoring of the
its maximum is 5. You can conclude that the value of the parameter b)
parameter b will be negative and consider it equal to 21. The coordinates of the vertex are therefore (2, 3).
It is then possible to determine the value of the parameter a
from the point (0, 24). b) Since the parameters a and b have the same sign
(negative), the function is increasing.
278 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
c) The range of this square root function is ] 2∞, 3]. The 7 a) Sample explanation:
CHAPTER 2
domain of its inverse therefore will also be ] 2∞, 3].
_
The number of cats he had initially is represented by the
y 5 25√ 2(x 2 2) 1 3 y-intercept of the function:
_ _
x 5 25√ 2(y 2 2) 1 3 P 5 2√ 0 1 2 5 2.
_
x 2 3 5 25√ 2(y 2 2) Since one of these two cats is male, he had only one
21 _
_ (x 2 3) 5 √ 2(y 2 2) female cat.
5
1 b) Sample explanation:
_ (x 2 3)2 5 2(y 2 2)
25
1 To determine how long it will take until the population is
2 _ (x 2 3)2 5 y 2 2
25 9 cats, you must determine the value of t when P equals 9.
1 _
y 5 2_
(x 2 3)2 1 2 9 5 2√_t 1 2
25
1 7 5 2√_ t
The inverse rule is therefore f 21(x) 5 2_
(x 2 3)2 1 2,
25 3.5 5 √ t
where x [ ] 2∞, 3].
t 5 12.25
6 Sample solution: The population will be 9 cats 12.25 months after the start
of the experiment, or approximately 12 months and one
a) According to the graph, the vertex of this function is week.
(4, 26). Therefore, the values of the parameters h and k
c) Sample solution:
of this function are respectively 4 and 26.
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 2
The range of the function is {2, 3, 4 … }. The domain of its
Since the function is decreasing and opens downward,
inverse then will also be {2, 3, 4 … }.
it is possible to use 21 as the value of the parameter b. _
Given that the curve passes through the point (28, 6), it P 5 2√_t 1 2
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
is possible to determine the value of the parameter a. P 2 2 5 2√_ t
_ 0.5(P 2 2) 5 √ t
f(x) 5 a√ b(x 2 h) 1 k t 5 (0.5(P 2 2))2
___________
6 5 a√ 2(28 2 4) 2 6
_ The inverse rule of this function is therefore
12 5 a√ 12 _ _ t 5 (0.5(P 2 2))2 where P [ {2, 3, 4 … }.
12 12 √
12 √ 12
12 _
_ _ _ _
a 5 _ 5 _ 3 _ 5 5 √ 12
12 d) The inverse of this function represents the time elapsed
√ 12 √ 12 √ 12
_ _ based on the breeding population.
Therefore, the rule can be f(x) 5 √ 12 √ 2(x 2 4) 2 6.
8 a) Since the total painted surface is 245.04 dm2, each
By using _ the properties of radicals, you can also write
cylindrical part has a total area of 2.45 dm2 or 245 cm2.
f(x) 5 2√ 23(x 2 4) 2 6.
It is then possible to determine the radius of a part by
b) To determine the values of intercepts of this function, using___________
the proposed rule.
you must evaluate the rule when x equals 0 and when
f(x) equals 0. √
r 5 _
1
(A 1 50p) 2 5
2p
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
_____________
Zero of the function
_ √
r 5 _
_
1
2p
(245 1 50p) 2 5
0 5 2√ 23(x 2 4) 2 6 r<√ 64 2 5 < 3
_
6 5 2√ 23(x 2 4) Therefore, the radius of the metal parts is approximately
_
35√ 23(x 2 4) 3 cm.
9 5 23(x 2 4)
b) To express the area of the cylinder as a function of the
23 5 x 2 4
radius, you must determine the inverse of the rule
x51
proposed in the problem. ___________
Initial value
_ _ √
r 5 _
1
(A 1 50p) 2 5
2p
___________
f(0) 5 2√ 23(0 2 4) 2 6 5 2√ 12 2 6 < 0.93
The intercepts of this function are therefore x 5 1 and
√
r 1 5 5 _
1
(A 1 50p)
2p
1
y < 0.93. (r 1 5)2 5 _
(A 1 50p)
2p
1
r2 1 10r 1 25 5 _ (A 1 50p)
2p
2pr2 1 20pr 1 50p 5 A 1 50p
2pr2 1 20pr 5 A
Therefore, the inverse is A 5 2pr2 1 20pr, where r . 0.
279
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
NOTE: The Mathematical Reference section presents the area formulas, such as the total area of a cylinder: Acylinder 5 2pr2 1 20pr.
CHAPTER 2
Since the total area of a cylinder is A 5 2pr2 1 2prh, you can deduce:
2pr2 1 2prh 5 2pr2 1 20pr
2prh 5 20pr
2h 5 20
h 5 10
The height of the metal parts is 10 cm.
9 a) According to the parameters, the curves are increasing to c) Sample solution:
the right. The minimum number of each type of animal
According to the graph drawn in b), it is possible to
will be determined by the vertex, more specifically by the
see that the number of rats and mice will be identical
parameter k. Therefore, six rats and four mice are placed
between 10 and 15 weeks. You can easily validate this
in the habitat.
with a table of values:
b) Sample graphs:
Number of Rats and White Mice
as a Function of Time
Number of Rats and
White Mice as a x fr(x) fm(x)
Function of Time 10 <11.29 <10.76
Number of 11 <11.66 <11.41
Individuals
30 12 12 <12
25 fm(x) 3.024√x 5 4 13 <12.34 <12.55
20
15 14 <12.63 <13.07
10 fr(x) 2√ x 3 6 15 <12.93 <13.56
5
Note: Of course, it is impossible to have 11.29 rats.
0 10 20 30
Time However, you must understand that gestation is an
(wk) ongoing process and does not occur exactly when each
week is completed.
You can therefore see that the number of rats will be
identical to the number of mice after 12 weeks.
d) To determine how long it will take until there are 50 animals in the habitat, you can work with a table of values.
Number of Rats and White Mice
as a Function of Time
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Sum of Rats
x fr(x) fm(x)
and Mice
30 <16.39 <19.12 <35.51
Sum of Rats
40 <18.17 <21.89 <40.06 x fr(x) fm(x)
and Mice
50 <19.71 <24.29 <44.00 65 <21.75 <27.42 <49.17
60 <21.10 <26.43 <47.53 66 <21.87 <27.62 <49.49
70 <22.37 <28.38 <50.75 67 <22.00 <27.81 <49.81
80 <23.55 <30.19 <53.74 68 <22.12 <28.00 <50.13
90 <24.65 <31.88 <56.53
The total number of animals will be 50 during the 68th week. Since the rats were put at the 3rd week, the habitat required three
weeks of preparation. Preparation of the new habitat must therefore begin during the 65th week.
280 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
10 Sample solution: 11 a) Sample sketch:
CHAPTER
a) The curve 2
must have its vertex at (0, 0). It must pass y
through or very close to the points. In the following
example, the curve passes through the point (30, 11),
in particular.
Period of Ten Oscillations of the g x
Pendulum According to its Length
Period
(s)
20 EXPLANATION: According to the position of the curve
16 representing the function f, the parameters a and b are
12 negative and the parameters h and k are positive.
8 By changing the sign of k without changing anything in the
4 parameter h, the vertex is reflected over the x-axis.
By also changing the sign of a, you obtain a function for
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Length which the parameter a is positive and the parameter b is
(cm) negative. The curve representing it will therefore have the
following shape:
Let L be the length (cm) of the pendulum and d the
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 2
length of the period (s) of 10 oscillations.
__
The function rule is in the form d 5 a√ L , because the (h, k)
vertex is (0, 0) and the appearance of the curve indicates Since the values of a and b have not changed in absolute
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
that a . 0 and b . 0, so you can take b 5 1. To determine value, the shape of the curve will be the same (there is
the value of a, you can use the point (30, 11). neither contraction nor stretching). Therefore, the curve
_ is simply reflected over the x-axis.
11 5 a√ 30
11 b) Sample explanation:
a 5 _ _ < 2
√ 30
__ The domain remains the same, because it is determined
The rule is d 5 2√ L , where L . 0. exclusively by the value of h and the sign of b, which
b) If one oscillation of the ETS pendulum takes more than have not changed.
9 s, then 10 oscillations take more than 90 s. The zero of the function also remains the same.
You are therefore looking for the values of L for__which In fact, the zero of a square root function depends
k 2
__ means solving the inequality 2√ L . 90,
d . 90, which on the ratio _ 2 .
ba
√
which is L . 45.
If you change the sign of the parameters a and k, the
Since the square root is positive, this is possible only if value of the ratio does not change.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
L . 452, which gives L . 2025.
The length of the pendulum is therefore greater than
2025 cm or 20.25 m.
INTEGRATION PAGES 117 TO 121
1 a) Sample solution: You must reject the negative square root, because d is a
length. By multiplying each side by 2 and rearranging the
You must isolate d in the given equation.
terms, you obtain:
A 5 122p 2 ( ) p
2
d ____________
_
(_
) p
d
2
5 144p 2 A
2
√ 1
_ (A 2 144p) , whereA [ ]0, 144p].
d 5 2 2
p
2
b) The function is decreasing.
(_
) 5 _
2
d 144p 2 A
2 p Sample justification:
_
d
_ 5 6 _
2 √ 144p 2 A
p
You can justify it by the context, because to increase the
area of the Frisbee, you must reduce the diameter of the
hole. Therefore, the larger A is, the smaller d becomes.
281
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
You can also deduce this from the parameters of the
1
c) For A 5 250, you have:
______________
_
CHAPTER 2
equation, because the parameters a (5 2) and b (5 2
are opposite signs.
)
p
√
d 5 2 2
1
_
_ (250 2 144p) < 2√ 64.4225 < 16.05 < 16.
p
Other possible justification: You can draw the graph. Since the function is decreasing, if A . 250, then d , 16.
The diameter of the hole must be less than 16 cm.
Diameter of the Hole
as a Function of the
Area of the Frisbee
d
(cm)
27
24
21
18 (250, 16)
15
12
9
6
3
0 32π 64π 96π 128π A
(cm2)
_ _ _
2 The value of n is 18. You therefore have the equation √ 2 1 √ 8 5 √ 18 .
Sample demonstration :
_ _ _ _ _
√ 2 1 √ 4 3 2 Factoring 8 to simplify √
8 5 √ 2 1√ 8
_ _ _
5 √ 2 1 √4 3 √ 2 Product property of square roots
_ _
5 √ 2 1 2√ 2 Simplification
_ _
5 (1 1 2)√ 2 Factoring √
2
_
5 3√ 2 Simplification
_ _
5 √ 9 3 √2 3 5 square root of 9
_
5 √ 9 3 2 Product property of square roots
_
5 √ 18 Simplification
Other possible demonstration:
_ _
By squaring √ 2 1 √ 8 , you obtain the following expression, which can be simplified:
_ _ _ _ _ _
(√ 2 1 √
8 )2 5 (√ 2 )2 1 2 3 √ 23√
8 1 (√ 8 )2 By the square of a binomial formula
_
5 2 1 2 3 √ 2 3 8 1 8 Properties 1 and 3 of square roots
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
_
5 10 1 2√ 16 Simplification
5 18 Simplification
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
This means that √ 2 1 √
8 5 6√ 2 1 √
18 , but since √ 8 2 1 √
is necessarily positive, you therefore have √ 85√
18 .
3 Sample solution and explanation:
Baby's Height
The functional model According to Age
Height
(cm)
By situating the points in a Cartesian plane, it clearly 100
seems that the square root function model is appropriate 90
to describe the increase in the baby's height. 80
70
The graph 60
Here is what you obtain if you situate the vertex of the 50
function at (0, 49), drawing a curve of best fit to the
0 4 8 12 16 20 24
scatter plot. Age
(months)
282 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
The function rule
CHAPTER 2 of the curve, the parameter b is positive. You can therefore model the situation by the rule
Given the orientation
__
T 5 a√ n 1 49, where T is the baby's height (cm) and n is the age (months).
Since the curve passes through the point (12, 76), you obtain:
_
76 5 a√ 12 1 49
27
a 5 _ _ < 7.8
√ 12
__
The function rule is T 5 7.8√ n 1 49, where n 0.
The height sought
_
According to this model, the height in 2 years (for n 5 24) : T 5 7.8√ 24 1 49 < 87.2.
At 2 years of age, the baby's height should be greater than 87 cm.
4 a) Sample demonstration:
__ __
You can demonstrate the property by multiplying the numerator and the denominator of the rational fraction ______
1
a 2 √
_ _ by √ b .
a 1 √ b
√
Since you are multiplying by the _ same expression (different from 0, because a b), you obtain an equivalent rational fraction.
_
_ 1 _ √
1 3_( a 2 b ) _
√
5 ____________________
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 2
_
_ _ (Equivalent rational fractions)
a 1 √ b
√ (√ a 1 √ b ) 3 (√ a 2 √ b )
__ __
√ a 2 √ b __
5 ____________
__ (Simplification: remarkable identity of the difference of two squares)
(√ a )2 2 (√ b )2
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
_ _
_ a 2 √ b
√
5 (Property concerning the square of a square root)
a2b
Other possible demonstration:
This is the same idea, but the beginning is different.
By the fundamental property of proportions (the product of the means is equal to the product of the extremes), __ __ you can affirm
__
__
that the equality to be demonstrated is equivalent to the following (on condition that a b) : (√ a 1 √
b )(√ a 2 √
b ) 5 a 2 b.
Therefore, you still have to show that the left side of the equation can be simplified to the same expression as the right side.
__ __ __ __ __ __
(√ a 1 √
b )(√ a 2 √ a )2 2 (√ b )2
b ) 5 (√ (By simplification)
5a2b (Property concerning the square of a square root)
__ __ _ _
NOTE: The expressions √ a 1 √ b and √ a 2 √ b are called conjugates. In general, the conjugate of a binomial A 1 B is the binomial A 2 B
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
(and vice versa). When you multiply two binomial conjugates, the result is a difference of two squares.
b) Sample explanation:
All you have to _ do is_apply the property and then simplify.
1 √
2 √ 2
3 _ _
_
_ _ 5 _
5 √ 3 2 √
2 < 1.732 2 1.414 < 0.318
√ 3
1 √ 2
322
Therefore, the answer is approximately 0.318.
5 Sample solution: Analysis of the parameters
Sketch of the graph A function that is increasing while having a maximum must
necessarily have the negative parameters a and b. (This is
y
why the curve opens leftward and points down.)
7
6 The vertex can be situated only at (9, 6). Therefore, h 5 9
5
4 and k 5 6.
3
2 _
1 Using b 5 21, the rule is in the form y 5 a√
2(x 2 9) 1 6.
210 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 x
22 You also know that y 5 0 if x 5 5. This allows you to
23
24 determine the value of the parameter a.
283
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
Parameter a
_
By replacing a and b with their values, which respectively are
CHAPTER 2
20.05 and 1, you obtain:
0 5 a√
_2(5 2 9) 1 6 ______________ _
21 6 √ 1
21 6 √ 1 1 0.2c
2 2 4(20.05)c _____________
√
0 5 a 4
1 6 ____________________
5
0 5 2a 1 6 2(20.05) 20.1
_
a 5 23 5 10 6 10√ 1 1 0.2c (Dividing
by20.1 is
The function rule equivalent to
_
The function rule is y 5 23√ 2(x 2 9) 1 6. multiplying
by 210.)
The y-intercept
_ _ The range corresponds to the positive root.
If x 5 0, you obtain: y 5 23√ 2(0 2 9) 1 6 5 23√ 9 1 6 You therefore have:
5 23 2 (3) 1 6 5 23. _
p 5 10 1 10√ 1 1 0.2c .
The y-intercept is 23.
You can also write this equation in standard form:
_
6 Sample solution: p 5 10√ 0.2(c 1 5) 1 10, where c 0.
a) A 78% saturation rate means that S 5 0.78.
ANSWER TO THE QUESTION: The function is increasing.
The altitude that corresponds_
____________ to this saturation rate: Thus, the greater the value of c, the greater the range.
A 5 10√ 2(0.96
2 0.78) 5 10√ 0.36 5 6.
To answer the question, simply solve the following equation:
Thus, a 78% saturation rate can be considered normal _
30 5 10 √ 0.2(c 1 5) 1 10
above an altitude of 6 km or 6000 m. _
20 5 10 √ 0.2(c 1 5)
_
The mountain climber is at 5200 m. His saturation rate is 2 5 √ 0.2(c 1 5)
too low for this altitude. He has cause for concern. 4 5 0.2(c 1 5)
20 5 c 1 5
b) To determine the normal saturation rate at the summit of
15 5 c
Mount Everest,
_ you must solve the following equation:
8.842 5 10√ 2(0.96 2 S) . The projectile must be launched from a height over 15 m.
_
√ 2(0.96 2 S) 5 0.8842 (By isolating the square root)
8 Sample solution:
2(0.96 2 S) < 0.78 (By squaring each side of the
equation) The diver who will hit the water first
0.96 2 S < 0.39 The first diver leaps from a height of 50 m.
_____
S < 0.57 < 57 % In his case, you have the equation t 5 _____ √
50 2 h
5 .
The normal saturation rate at the summit can be When this diver hits the water, h 5 0. This means
_____ _
√
that t 5 _____
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
estimated at 57%. 50 2 0
5 5 √ 10 < 3.16. The length of time of his drive
7 Sample solution: is approximately 3.2 s.
The function rule The second diver leaps from a height of 40 m.
_____
The range corresponds to the value of the x-intercept of In his case, you have the equation t 5 _____
_____ √
_
40 2 h
5 .
the curve representing the trajectory. In other words, this
is the only positive value of x that validates the equation
√
In his case, you obtain: t 5 _____
40 2 0
5
5 √ 8 < 2.83.
20.05x2 1 x 1 c 5 0. The length of time of his dive is approximately 2.8 s.
To determine the roots of a quadratic equation written in However, this diver leaps 0.5 s after the first. Therefore, he
the general form, you can use the quadratic formula. must hit the water 3.3 s (or 2.8 1 0.5) after the first diver has
_ leaped, which is more than 3.2 s.
2b 6 √ b 2 2 4ac
_____________
.
2a The diver who started from a height of 50 m will hit the
water first.
284 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
The distance between the other diver and the water at 10 Sample solution:
that time
CHAPTER 2 System of equations
At the time the first diver hits the water at 3.2 s, the second
The intersection points of a function f and its inverse,
has leaped 2.7 s previously (or 3.2 2 0.5).
_ represented in the same Cartesian plane (in which the axes
You must therefore solve the equation 2.7 5 _ √
40 2 h
5
. are graduated in the same way) are necessarily found on the
bisector of the 1st quadrant. This straight line has the
40 2 h
2.72 5 _
equation y 5 x.
5
5 3 2.7 5 40 2 h
2
Therefore, the problem can be solved algebraically
h 5 40 2 5 3 2.72 5 3.55 _
{y 5 x
y 5 4√ 2x 2 6
by solving the system of equations .
The other diver will be approximately 3.6 m from the water.
Possible values of x
9 a) Sample solution: _
This comes down to solving the equation 4√ 2x 2 6 5 x.
By applying the Pythagorean theorem, you obtain the _
4√ 2x 5 x 1 6
equation d2 5 (r 1 0.002)2 2 r2.
16(2x) 5 (x 1 6)2 (By squaring each side of
This equation can be simplified.
the equation)
d2 5 r2 1 0.004r 1 0.000004 2 r2
32x 5 x2 1 12x 1 36
d2 5 0.004r 1 0.000004
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 2
d2 5 0.004(r 1 0.001) 0 5 x2 2 20x 1 36
Taking the positive square root, you obtain: 0 5 (x 2 2)(x 2 18) (By factoring the trinomial)
______________
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
d5√ 0.004(r
1 0.001) There are two solutions: x 5 2 or x 5 18.
In this situation, the radii of the celestial bodies are given Validation
to the nearest kilometre. The addition of 0.001 km to _ _
f(2) 5 4√ 2 3 2 2 6 5 4√ 4 2 6 5 4 3 2 2 6 5 2
the radius in the expression (r 1 0.001) is therefore _ _
completely negligible. To simplify the calculations, f(18) 5 4√ 2 3 18 2 6 5 4√ 36 2 6 5 4 3 6 2 6 5 18
you can legitimately write:
_ Graph
d<√ 0.004r , where r . 0.
y
b) The distances sought
16
Distance from Earth's horizon
____________ _(km): 12
d<√ 0.004
3 6371 < √
25.484 < 5.0. f
8
f 21
Distance from the lunar_
____________ horizon (km): 4
d<√ 0.004
3 1737 < √
6.948 < 2.6.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
2 4 0 4 8 12 16 x
24
Distance from the Martian
____________ _ horizon (km):
d<√ 0.004
3 3390 < √
13.56 < 3.7.
NOTE: It is unnecessary to determine the inverse rule to draw
The graph
its graph (simply apply the reflection in relation to the bisector of
Example: the 1st quadrant).
1
The following is the inverse rule in any case: f 1(x) 5_
(x 1 6)2.
2
Distance from the Horizon 32
Observe that f (2) 5 2 and f (18) 5 18.
21 21
on a Celestial Body as
a Function of its Radius
Distance There are thus two intersection points. Their coordinates are
(km)
(2, 2) and (18, 18).
8
7
6
5
4 Earth
3 Mars
2
1 Moon
0 3000 6000
Radius
(km)
285
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
LES
Inverse rule: the formula sought
CHAPTER 2 a Group
The Size of PAGES 122 TO 123
Simply isolate the variable n.
1
p 1 0.125 5 _ (n 2 1.5)2
Sample solution: 2
2p 1 0.25 5 (n 2 1.5)2
_
Modelling and representation n 2 1.5 5 6√ 2p 1 0.25
To understand the situation better, return to the table of the Since in the domain of the function n 2, the expression n 2 1.5
situational problem and add two columns. Also add a line to is positive. You must therefore reject the negative square root.
represent the general case when the size of the group is n _
persons. The formula sought is n 5 √ 2p 1 0.25 1 1.5.
Number of possible person-to-person Size of the group
interactions depending on the size of a group
The formula represents an increasing function (the greater p is,
Number of
Number of Interactions the greater n becomes).
Size of the Number of Interactions in
in Which a Person is ____________
Group Interactions Which a Person
Not Involved If p 100, then n √
2(100)
1 0.25 1 1.5.
is Involved
2 1 1 0
Calculation to simplify the expression:
3 3 2 1 ____________ _
4 6 3 3 √ 2(100)
1 0.25 1 1.5 5 √ 200.25 1 1.5 < 15.7
5 10 4 6
You thus obtain n 15.7.
6 15 5 10
n(n 2 1) n(n 2 1) Since n is an integer, this means that n 16.
n _ n21 _ 2 (n 2 1)
2 2
Let p be the number of interactions in which a person is not ANSWER: You can therefore state that the size of the group will be
involved. greater than or equal to 16.
You are seeking to express n as a function of p.
You are now invited to complete the self-evaluation grid for
One of the ways to proceed is to express p first as a function of n,
the five targeted criteria. Refer to the grid at the end of the
and then look for the inverse.
guide. Your teacher or tutor may also provide you with the
The expression of p as a function of n evaluation indicators for this LES. These will help you judge
the quality of your problem-solving.
According to the last line of the above table, you have:
n(n 2 1)
p5_ 2 (n 2 1)
2
n 2 n
2
p 5 _ 2 (n 2 1)
2
1 1
p5_ n2 2 _ n 2 n 1 1
2 2
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
1 3
p 5 _ n2 2 _ n 1 1
2 2
The variable p is therefore a quadratic function of n. All you still
have to do is write the rule in standard form.
1
p 5 _ (n2 2 3n) 1 1
2
1
p 5 _ (n2 2 3n 1 1.52 2 1.52) 1 1
2
1 1
p5_ (n2 2 3n 1 1.52) 2 _
(1.52) 1 1
2 2
1
p 5 _ (n 2 1.5)2 2 0.125
2
286 CHAPTER 2 – The Inverse of a Function and Square Root Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 3
SITUATION 3.1
BETWEEN COYOTE AND WOLF
EXPLORATION 3.1 PAGES 127 TO 128
1 C: Estimated number of coyotes in the region considered 4 Sample solution:
W: Estimated number of wolves in the same region a) The regression line passes through the points (20, 125)
and (40, 100).
P: Product of the number of wolves and the number of
100
m5_ 2 125
5 _ 25
54
5 2_
2
coyotes, or WC. 40 2 20
20
54 (C 2 40) 1 100
Equation of the straight line: W 5 2_
F: The fraction represented by wolves among all the canids _5
or W 5 2 4 C 1 150.
W W
(wolves and coyotes) in the region, or _ 1C
.
b) W 5 g(C)
2 a) Sample graph: or
g
Estimated Number of Coyotes (C) C W
According to the Time Elapsed (t)
in Years since 2010 This allows you to show that W depends on C by a
C
function g.
40
36
32 54 C 1 150.
c) The function rule is g(C) 5 2_
28
24 Since the number of coyotes C and the number of wolves
20
16 W are necessarily positive, you must therefore have C $ 0
12
8
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
4 and g(C) $ 0.
0 1 2 3 4 5 t The second condition corresponds to the following
inequality:
b) The straight line passes through the first and last point, 5 C 1
2_
4
150 $ 0
for which the coordinates respectively are (0, 20) and 5 C $ 2150
2_
4
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 3
(4, 36).
C # 2150 (
2 _45 )
36 2 20
m5_
(4 ) 2 (0)
16
5 _ 4
5 4
C # 120
y-intercept: 20.
dom g 5 {C N | 0 # C # 120} coyotes.
Equation : C 5 4t 1 20.
5 Estimated Values of the Different
3 Sample justification: Variables for the Years 2010 and 2015
t C W P F
The function rule is f(t) 5 4t 1 20.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
0 20 125 20 3 125 5 2500 125
___ 0.86
145
Since extrapolation can be done both into the past and into
5 40 100 40 3 100 5 4000 100
___ 0.71
the future, there are no prerequisite restrictions on the value 140
of t. However, you must have f(t) $ 0, because the number of Sample solution to complete the table:
coyotes is necessarily positive.
The number of coyotes C depends on the time elapsed t in
You therefore have: years by the function f.
4t 1 20 $ 0 For the year 2010 (t 5 0): C 5 f(0) 5 4(0) 1 20 5 20.
4t $ 220 For the year 2015 (t 5 5): C 5 f(5) 5 4(5) 1 20 5 40.
t $ 25 The number of wolves W depends on the number of coyotes
C by the function g.
dom f 5 [25, 1∞[ years.
54 (20) 1 150 5 125.
For the year 2010 (C 5 20): W 5 g(20) 5 2_
NOTE: Even though you know that there is necessarily a limit 54 (40) 1 150 5 100.
For the year 2015 (C 5 40): W 5 g(40) 5 2_
on the growth of coyotes, the model does not provide for one.
This is why the interval does not have an upper endpoint.
For the other two variables, the calculations are found in
the table.
P is the product of C and W.
W W
F is given by the expression _ 1C
.
287
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
6 Sample explanation: • During the same period, the percentage of hybrid litters
CHAPTER 3 biologist's hypothesis, the number of
According to the
decreased.
hybrid litters is proportional to the product P and the
NOTE: The fact that the number of hybrid litters increases
percentage of hybrid litters is proportional to the fraction F.
while the percentage of hybrid litters decreases may seem
Since two proportional quantities always change in the contradictory, but it is not. This is explained logically by the
same direction, the calculated values of P and F in the fact that the number of normal (non-hybrid) litters of female
coyotes must have increased much more than the number of
previous question allow you to state the following:
hybrid litters during this same period.
• The number of hybrid litters increased from 2010
to 2015.
ACQUISITION 3.1 A PAGES 129 TO 137
1 a) Woodchuck Red fox it is assumed they have the same weight. Also note that
Weight Quantity of Water Weight Quantity of Water the unit of measure (kg) is the same. This is what justifies
(kg) Ingested per Day (ml) (kg) Ingested per Day (ml) that the variable in the three cases is represented by the
2 195 3 260 same letter (m).
3 270 4 340
4 345 5 420 NOTE: This is a necessary condition for a basic operation on
two functions to be meaningful: in fact, you can only only add,
5 420 6 500
subtract, multiply or even divide two functions if the two
6 495 7 580 functions have the same independent variable (with the same
unit of measure). The resulting function itself will have the
b) Sample solution and observation: same independent variable with the same unit of measure.
If their weight is 4 kg Note that such a condition does not exist for the dependent
variables. Indeed, in this example, fW(m) represents the water
fW(4) 2 fR(4) 5 345 2 340 5 5
needs of the woodchuck and only the woodchuck, fR(m)
The woodchuck must ingest 5 ml of water per day more represents those of the fox and d(m), the difference between
than the fox. the two. Thus, there are three dependent variables. However,
since subtraction is involved (and the same would apply for
If their weight is 5 kg addition), the nature of what these variables measure (a
quantity of water in millilitres) is the same in all three cases.
fW(5) 2 fR(5) 5 420 2 420 5 0
The fundamental principle of arithmetic remains: you can
The woodchuck must ingest the same quantity of water only add or subtract quantities of the same nature.
per day as the fox.
e) Sample explanation:
If their weight is 6 kg
According to the model, it is impossible for a woodchuck
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
fW(6) 2 fR(6) 5 495 2 500 5 25 to weigh 7 kg. Therefore, referring to the difference in
The woodchuck must ingest 5 ml of water per day less water needs between a woodchuck and a fox of 7 kg is
than the fox. not coherent.
(Note that the same is true for m 5 2, but this time, it is
Observation
an adult fox that cannot weigh only 2 kg.)
You will notice that the difference decreases by 5 ml
f ) It is [3, 6] kg.
whenever the weight increases by 1 kg.
The dependent variable of the function d only has values
c) If their weight is m kg : associated with weights that both animals can have.
d(m) 5 fW(m) 2 fR(m) 5 (75m 1 45) 2 (80m 1 20) g) Since dom fW 5 [2, 6] kg and dom fR 5 [3, 7] kg, you find
d(m) 5 25m 1 25 that the domain of the function d is the intersection of
the domains of the two initial functions.
d) Independent variable: The weight of the animal
(woodchuck and fox) in kilograms. In symbolic terms you have dom d 5 dom fM dom fR .
Essentially, this is the same independent variable as for
the functions fW and fR, because, in all cases, this is the
weight of an animal, whether a fox, a woodchuck or both,
288 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
2 a) dom f 5 [0, 8] dom g 5 [2, 1∞[ 4 a) According to the context, t $ 0. Moreover, since the
CHAPTER 3g(x) 5 (4 2 0.5x) 1 (x 2 2)
b) s(x) 5 f(x) 1
width cannot be less than 10 cm, you have 30 2 5t $ 10.
This is equivalent to t # 4.
By simplifying, you obtain the following linear function:
dom W 5 [0, 4] s
s(x) 5 0.5x 1 2
b) Similarly, since the height cannot be less than 5 cm, you
c) p(x) 5 f(x) g(x) 5 (4 2 0.5x)(x 2 2)
have 20 2 3t $ 5; which is equivalent to t # 5.
By multiplying the two binomials, you obtain
dom h 5 [0, 5] s
the following quadratic function:
p(x) 5 20.5x2 1 5x 2 8 c) Sample answer:
d) Sample justification: 1) The area of the window is the product of the
two functions W and h.
In both cases, the domain is equal to the intersection of
the domains of f and g, namely [2, 8]. A 5 (W 3 h)(t) 5 (30 2 5t)(20 2 3t) 5
15t2 2 190t 1 600
EXPLANATION: It is only over this interval that the two
2) The perimeter of the window is the sum of the
functions are defined simultaneously. Outside this interval,
at least one of the two functions f or g is not defined. two functions W and h, multiplied by 2.
(W 1 h)(t) 5 (30 2 5t) 1 (20 2 3t) 5 50 2 8t
3 Sample solutions: P 5 2(50 2 8t) 5 100 216t
f(x) 4 2 0.5x
a) q(x) 5 _
g(x) 5 _
x 2 2 3) The slope of the diagonal is the quotient of the
You can simplify this expression in two ways: function h divided by function W.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
By factoring m 5 (_ h
W )( t) 5 _ 20 2 3t
30 2 5t
5 0.6 1 _ 2
30 2 5t
2 0.5(x 2 8)
You obtain q(x) 5 _
. d) The domain of these functions is the intersection of the
x22
domains of the functions W and h, or [0, 4] s.
You cannot simplify, because there are no common
factors between the numerator and the denominator. NOTE: For the slope m to be fully defined, you must also
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 3
By division have 30 2 5t 0, so that t 6. Since this value is already
outside the interval [0, 4], this does not change the domain.
14 x22
20.5x
2 (20.5x 1 1) 20.5
5 a) g f
3
3
You obtain q(x) 5 20.5 1 _
x 2 2
. t m E
The function q is not polynomial. Indeed, for a function
to be polynomial, you must be able to simplify the b) Woodchuck Data
Time Elapsed Weight Quantity of Water Ingested
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
expression of its rule to a polynomial, which is not the
(days) (kg) per Day (ml)
case in this instance. In fact, the division of a polynomial
0 3 270
function by a linear function will give a polynomial
function only if the remainder of the division is 0. 30 3.6 315
60 4.2 360
NOTE: The function q in fact is a rational function. It has 90 4.8 405
this name because its rule can be written in the form of a
rational fraction. You will learn more about this type of Sample solution to complete the table:
function in the next learning situation of this chapter.
After 30 days, the young adult woodchuck
b) As was the case for the other operations, the domain weighs approximately 3.6 kg, because
of q is limited first to the intersection of the domains g(30) 5 0.02(30) 1 3 5 3.6.
of f and g. Given its weight, this 3.6 kg woodchuck will have to drink
4 2 0.5x
However, the expression of this rule, namely _
x 2 2 , and 315 ml of water, because f(3.6) 5 75(3.6) 1 45 5 315.
all the other expressions equivalent to it, is fully defined
c) 1st possible solution
only if x 2. You must therefore exclude the value 2 from
the domain of the function. The function h relates the time elapsed (1st column of
the table) and the quantity of water ingested per day
dom q 5 ]2, 8]
(3rd column of the table). By calculating the rates of
change of h from the data of these two columns, you
289
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
observe they are constant. Indeed, every 30 days, the The composite function
CHAPTER 3
quantity of water ingested daily increases by 45 ml.
Therefore, this is a linear function.
To express A as a function of P, simply compose these
two functions. This involves substituting the variable h of
3045days
a5_ ml
5 1.5 ml/day the 2nd equation with the expression in P that defines it
in the first equation.
h(0) 5 270 ml
A 5 h(h 1 4)
The rule is: h(t) 5 1.5t 1 270.
A5( 4 )( 4
P 2
_ P 2 8 1 4)
8 _
2nd possible solution
A 5 (_ 4 )( 4
P 2 4)
P 2 8 1 _
8 _ 16
(Rewriting the second term
From the function f, you know that E 5 75m1 45.
of the sum to obtain the
And from the function g, you know that m 5 0.02t 1 3. same denominator)
By substitution, replacing the variable m in the first A 5 (_ 4 )( 4 )
P 2 8 _
P 1
8
(Simplification by addition
equation by the expression in t that is equal to it in the of the numerators)
second equation, you obtain:
P 16
2 64
2
A5_ (Multiplication of the two
E 5 75m 1 45 polynomials)
E 5 75(0.02t 1 3) 1 45 P
2
Or, A 5 _
16 2 4.
E 5 1.5t 1 270
c) Domain of the composite function: ]8, 1∞[.
The function rule is therefore h(t) 5 1.5t 1 270.
d) Domain EXPLANATION: Given the context, the height h is strictly
positive. According to the equation determined in b), this
All the elements of the domain of g, namely the means that _
P28
4 . 0. Therefore, you must have P . 8. The
interval of [0, 90] days, have a range by the function h. same condition applies for the composite function.
The domain of h thus is the same as the domain of
the function g. The time elapsed since the start of
7 Sample solutions:
observation in this study is between 0 and 90 days.
a) The function rules can be written in the following form:
dom h 5 [0, 90] days.
f(x) 5 2x 1 1 and g(x) 5 2x 2 1.
Range
In both cases, x represents a given number.
Given the rule of the function h, the minimum and the
(f g)(x) 5 f(g(x))
maximum of the function correspond respectively to
5 f(2x 2 1)
h(0), which is equal to 270, and h(90), which is equal to
5 2(2x 2 1) 1 1
405. In other words, the quantity of water ingested daily
5 4x 2 1
by the woodchuck ranges from 270 ml to 405 ml.
ran h 5 [270, 405] ml. ANSWER: The composite function f g has the effect of
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
quadrupling a number, and then subtracting 1 from the result.
6 Sample solutions:
b) No, the composite function g f does not have the same
a) You must isolate the variable h in the equation effect. Here are two ways to justify this.
P 5 2(2h 1 4).
1) With a counterexample
P 5 4h 1 8
In fact, the image of 5 by one of the composite
P 2 8 5 4h
functions gives 19 in one case and 21 in the other.
P 2
h5_ 4
8
Application of the composite function f g
b) The two initial functions
g f
The equation determined in a) allows you to express h as 5 9 19
a function of P, and an equation is given expressing A as Application of the composite function g f
a function of h.
f g
P h A 5 11 21
P28
h 5 _____
4
A 5 h(h 1 4)
290 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY 2) By determining the rule of g f
NOTE: This example shows that, like subtraction
CHAPTER 3 5 g(f(x))
(g f )(x) and division, the composition of functions is not a
commutative operation. This also shows that
5 g(2x 1 1) composition is an operation quite distinct from
5 2(2x 1 1) 2 1 multiplication, which itself is a commutative operation,
as is addition.
5 4x 1 1 In symbolic terms, for all functions f and g,
In this case, the composite function has the effect f1g5g1f and f 3 g 5 g 3 f.
of quadrupling a number, and then adding 1 to However, in general:
the result. f 2 g g 2 f, _ f
g _
g
and f g ≠ g f.
f
SOLUTION 3.1
Between Coyote and Wolf
PAGES 138 TO 139 The domain of the composite function is therefore [25, 25] years.
Number of wolves as a function of time The number of wolves as a function of the time is given by the
following equation: W 5 (g f )(t) 5 25t 1 125, for 25 # t # 25.
Modelling
The other variables as a function of the time
Definitions of variables:
The other variables can be expressed as a function of the time by
t: the time elapsed in years since 2010
performing basic operations on the functions f and g f.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
C: the number of coyotes
The expression of P as a function of the time t
W: the number of wolves
P5C3W
The following diagram describes the relation among these 5 (4t 1 20) 3 (25t 1 125)
three variables.
5 4(t 1 5) 3 (25)(t 2 25)
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 3
f g 5 220(t 1 5)(t 2 25)
t C W,
The domain is the intersection of the domains of f and g f:
where the functions f and g are defined as follows: [25, 1∞[ [25, 25] 5 [25, 25].
C 5 f(t) 5 4t 1 20 dom f 5 [25, 1∞[ years The expression of F as a function of the time t
W 5 g(C) 5 4 5 C 1
2_ 150 dom g 5 {C N | 0 # C # 120} coyotes. F 5 _W
W1C
The diagram shows that the number of wolves W can be
25t 1 125
5 _________________
(25t 1 125) 1 (4t 1 20)
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
expressed as a function of the time t by means of the composite
5t 1 125
5 _
2
function g f. 2t 1 145
Composite function rule 5_
5(t 2 25)
t 2 145
(g f )(t) 5 g(f(t)) For this last expression to be fully defined, you must exclude the
5 g(4t 1 20) value t 5 145, but this value is already excluded from the domain
of the function, which is also limited to the interval [25, 25] years.
54 (4t 1 20) 1 150
5 2_
Representations
5 25t 1 125
P and F as a Function of the Time t
Domain of the composite function
t P F
The domain of g f is included in the domain of f. Therefore, 25 0 1
t $ 25. Since the number of wolves W is positive, you must
0 2500 0.86
have 25t 1 125 $ 0.
5 4000 0.71
25t 1 125 $ 0
10 4500 0.56
25t $ 2125
15 4000 0.38
2125
t # _25
20 2500 0.2
25 0 0
t # 25.
291
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY P as a Function F as a Function
Interpretation
CHAPTER
P 3 of the time t
F
of the time t Number of hybrid litters
4800 1.2 From the initial arrival of coyotes in the region (around 2005), the
4000 1 number of hybrid litters has been increasing and will continue to
3200 0.8 increase until 2020 (t 5 10), and then fall back to 0 around 2035
2400 0.6 (t 5 25), when there will be no more wolves in the region.
1600 0.4 Percentage of hybrid litters
800 0.2
The percentage of hybrid litters among all the litters borne by
2 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 t 2 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 t female coyotes should decrease gradually and continue to
decrease to 0% in 2035.
ACQUISITION 3.1 B PAGES 140 TO 145
1 a) Several possible arrows and images. c) y
For g(4) 5 2, then (f 1 g)(4) 5 4. f g : y 0.5x2 x 1 f
4
2
For g(6) 5 4, then (f 1 g)(6) 5 5. g
Graph of f 1 g 4
2 0
2 4 x
2
4
y
8 d) y
6 g f : y x2 x 2
f g 4
4 g g
2
2
f
0
4 2 0 2 4 x
2
22 2 4 6 8 10 x
4
f
b) You must reverse the direction of the arrows before 3 Sample reasoning:
dragging them vertically. a) The function f 3 g has two zeros. These are the zeros of
c) y f and g, namely 8 and 2 respectively. In fact,
8 (f 3 g)(8) 5 f(8) 3 g(8) 5 0 3 g(8) 5 0 and (f 3 g)(2) 5
6 f(2) 3 g(2) 5 f(2) 3 0 5 0.
f g g
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
4 b) The zeros divide the domain of the function into three
2
f parts: ]2∞, 2] ,[2, 8] and [8, 1∞[. You can analyze the signs
0 of the functions with a table, by applying the rule of signs
22 2 4 6 8 10 x in multiplication to complete the last line.
Interval ]2∞, 2] [2, 8] [8, 1∞[
2 a) y Sign of f 1 1 2
4 Sign of g 2 1 1
f g : y 0.5x 1
2 g Sign of f 3 g 2 1 2
4
2 0
2 4 x The function f 3 g is positive over the interval [2, 8]. It is
2
f negative over the set ]2∞, 2] [8, 1∞[.
4
b)
y
f g : y 1.5x 1
4
2 g
4
2 0
2 4 x
2
f
4
292 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
c) Sample sketch:
EXPLANATION FOR THE PLOT OF THE CURVE:
CHAPTER
y 3 Approaching x 5 2 from the right, you notice that the
quotient is increasing. For example, for x 5 2 _1 , you
2
8 can estimate from the graph that g(2 _1 ) 5 _
1 , and
2 2
6 g 3 f(2 _1 ) f(2 _1 )
f f(2 _1 ) 5 2 _4 . Therefore, _ _12 5 2 f(2 _1 ) 5 _1 .
2_1 5 _
4 2 g(2 ) 2 2
2 2
2 If you approach closer to 2, the image by the function g will
0 be even smaller, while the image by the function f will be
2 2 2 4 6 8 10 x greater. The value of the quotient will increase. Thus, when
x tends toward 2 from the right, f increases, g decreases,
f
and therefore the quotient _ g increases. For example, for
1
EXPLANATION: The axis of symmetry passes through the x 5 2 _ , the quotient will be equal to 1000 times the
1000
1
midpoint of the segment connecting the two zeros, at x 5 5. value of f(2 _ ), which will give nearly 3000. It can also be
1000
In this specific case, you can determine the y-coordinate of deduced that ultimately the value of the quotient tends
the vertex of the function by calculating the product of f(5) toward infinity.
and g(5). You obtain 1.5 3 3 5 4.5. The parabola has its
Note that the curve does not pass through the x-coordinate
vertex at (5, 4.5). Since the parabola intersects the x-axis at
x 5 2, which is outside the domain. Therefore, it does not
x 5 2 and at x 5 8, you obtain the above graph.
touch the dotted line. However, another curve exists (which
1) Increasing interval: ]2∞, 5] is not drawn here) on the left side of this line for x , 2. In the
next learning situation, you will learn how you can complete
2) Decreasing interval: [5, 1∞[ the graph for the entire domain of this type of function.
4 Sample reasoning: 5 a) The zeros of the product function are 3 and 7. You can
f(x) construct the following table.
a) A single zero at x 5 8, because _
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
g(x) 5 0 if and only if
f(x) 5 0.
Interval ]2∞, 3] [3, 7] [7, 1∞[
b) The function _ gf is not defined at x 5 2, because this is Sign of f 1 1 2
the zero of the function g.
Sign of g 1 2 2
c) You can do the same sign analysis as for the product. Sign of f 3 g 1 2 1
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 3
The result will be identical, except for the value x 5 2,
The function is positive if x [2∞, 3] [7, 1∞[.
which must be excluded from the domain.
b) Minimum or maximum?
Interval ]2∞, 2[ ]2, 8] [8, 1∞[
Sign of f 1 1 2 The product f 3 g is a quadratic function. Since it is
Sign of g 2 1 1
negative between its two zeros, 3 and 7, it is represented
by a parabola opening upward. Its extremum is therefore
Sign of _ gf 2 1 2
a minimum.
gf is positive over the interval ]2, 8]. It is
The function _
Estimate of the value of the minimum
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
negative over the set ]2∞, 2[ [8, 1∞[.
Since the mean of the two zeros is 5, the axis of
d) If x 5 8: Since f(8) 5 0 and g(8) . 0, the quotient is equal
symmetry of the parabola has the equation x 5 5.
to 0. The point is situated at (8, 0).
The minimum is therefore (f 3 g)(5).
If x 5 4: Since f(4) 5 g(4), the quotient is equal to 1.
According to the graph, f(5) 5 4 and g(5) 5 22.
The point is situated at (4, 1).
f(3) f(3) (f 3 g)(5) 5 f(5) 3 g(5) 5 4 3 (22) 5 28
If x 5 3: Since g(3) 5 1, you obtain _
g(3) 5 _
1 5 f(3).
The point is situated on the graph of f. The product function thus has a minimum, which is
equal to 28.
e) Sample sketch:
6 a) R \ {1}
y
8 NOTE: The value of the function is in fact indeterminate for
f(1) 0
6 g x 5 1, because f(1) 5 g(1) 5 0. You therefore have _
5 _ .
g(1) 0
4 f
2 b) There is only one zero: 3.
0
22 2 4 6 8 10 x
Asymptote
293
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
c) Interval ]2∞, 1[ ]1, 3] [3, 1∞[ You can observe that the points are aligned.
CHAPTER
Sign of f 3 1 2 1 This is explained by the fact that f(x) 5 (x 2 1)(x 2 3) and
Sign of g 2 1 1 g(x) 5 x 2 1. With these rules, you can see that f(x) is
Sign of _ gf 2 2 1
divisible by g(x).
_ f(x) (x 2 1)(x 2 3)
g(x) 5 _
(x 2 1) 5 x 2 3, where x 1.
The function is negative if x ]2∞, 1[ ]1, 3].
The result of the division is a linear function defined by
You can also write x ]2∞, 3] \ {1}.
all x 1.
d) These are the coordinate points (2, 21), (3, 0) and (4, 1).
(_
gf )( x) 5 x 2 3.
Sample explanation:
5
4
3 g
2 f
1
0 x
22 1 2 3 4 5
2 2
CONSOLIDATION 3.1 PAGES 146 TO 151
1 a) y b) y 3 a) (f 1 g)(x) 5 (26x 1 4) 1 (2x 2 8) 5 24x 2 4
f2 g b) (f 2 g)(x) 5 (26x 1 4) 2 (2x 2 8) 5 28x 1 12
4 4
f g 2 f 2 c) (f 3 g)(x) 5 (26x 1 4)(2x 2 8) 5 212x2 1 48x 1 8x 2 32
g
f
0 0
5 212x2 1 56x 2 32
4 2 2 4 x 4 2 2 4 x
d) (_
f )( x) 5 _
2 2
g 2(x 2 4)
g 22x 28
6x 1 4
5 _ 2x3x2142 , where x ≠ _
2(23x 1 2) 5 _ 23
4
2 4
4 Sample justifications:
2 a) 1) The zeros of the function h 3 i will be the zeros of
h and i, and thus 2, 7 and 10.
NOTE: Considering the general functions j(x) 5 ax 1 b and k(x)
hi , will be those of the
2) The zeros of the function _ 5 cx 1 d, it is possible to determine that these functions are
function h, and thus 2 and 10. increasing if the rates of change a and c are positive, and
hi will be those of the
3) The zeros of the function _ decreasing if they are negative.
function i, and thus 7.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
a) True. The function (j 1 k) will have the rate of change
(a 1 c). Since the functions j and k are increasing, the
hi is
NOTE: The function _ hi is not defined at 7. The function _
rates a and c are positive and their sum (a 1 c) will also
not defined at 2 and at 10.
be positive. Therefore, the rate of change of (j 1 k) will
b) Reasoning based on a table of signs: be positive and the resulting function will be increasing.
b) False. The functions j(x) 5 22x 1 5 and k(x) 5 26x 1 3
Interval ]2∞, 2] [2, 7] [7, 10] [10, 1∞[
are two decreasing functions, because their rate of
Sign of h 2 1 1 2
change is negative.
Sign of i 1 1 2 2
Sign of h 3 i 2 1 2 1 However, (j 2 k)(x) 5 (22x 1 5) 2 (26x 1 3) 5 4x 1 2.
Since the rate of change of the function (j 2 k) is positive,
The function h 3 i is positive over the set [2, 7] [10, 1∞[.
this function is increasing and not decreasing.
c) Reasoning based on a table of signs:
c) False. Since j and k are linear functions, the function j 3 k
Interval ]2∞, 2] [2, 7[ ]7, 10] [10, 1∞[ will be a quadratic function. This function therefore will
Sign of h 2 1 1 2 have an increasing part and a decreasing part. It will
never be only increasing.
Sign of i 1 1 2 2
Sign of _ hi 2 1 2 1
The function _ hi is positive over the set [2, 7[ [10, 1∞[.
294 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
5 a) (g f )(x) 5 g(f(x)) 5 |2(x 2 7)2 1 6| The expenses also evolve according to a linear function,
CHAPTER 3
b) Sample sketch:
but since the price changes according to the domain, a
piecewise function is involved. In each of these pieces,
y the rate of change corresponds to the cost for the raw
material by component.
Vertex
(7, 6)
(4, 0)
First part (up to 200 components)
(10, 0) The cost for the raw material is $30 per component.
x You must therefore add 30n to the fixed initial amount.
The rule of the first part is: E(n) 5 30n 1 15 000,
c) This composition means that the function g f for 0 # n # 200.
corresponds to the absolute value of the function f.
All the values of the dependent variable that were Second part (up to 500 components)
negative by f will become positive by g f, while the The rule of the second part is: E(n) 5 25n 1 16 000,
positive values will remain positive. for 200 , n # 500.
y Sample solution:
Point where the second part begins:
(7, 6)
(4, 0)
(10, 0)
E(200) 5 30(200) 1 15 000 5 6 000 1 15 000 5 21 000
x Rule of the second part
E(n) 5 25n 1 b
6 Sample solutions:
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
21 000 5 25(200) 1 b
a) To determine the value of a profit P(n), you must first
21 000 5 5 000 1 b
know the revenue R(n) and the expenses E(n). The rule
that would evaluate the profits then would be the b 5 16 000
difference between R(n) and E(n): (P(n) 5 R(n) 2 E(n)).
Third piece (over 500 components)
You must therefore establish a rule for each of its
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 3
elements. The rule of the third part is: E(n) 5 20n 1 18 500
for n . 500.
Note: The number n is a natural number.
Sample solution:
Rule for revenue
Point where the third part begins.
Since the company sells its components at $60 per unit,
the revenue will follow a linear function. You must also E(500) 5 25(500) 1 16 000 5 12 500 1 16 000 5 28 500
remove 10 components that are given away.
Rule of the third part:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
R(n) 5 60(n 2 10)
E(n) 5 20n 1 b
R(n) 5 60n 2 600
28 500 5 20(500) 1 b
Rule for expenses
28 500 5 10 0001 b
Sample graph constructed based on the information of
b 5 18 500
the problem:
Thus, the rule for expenses is:
Revenue as a Function of Number
30n 1 15 000 if 0 # n # 200
{20n 1 18 500 if 500 , n
of Components Manufactured
Revenue E(n) 5 25n
, n #
1 16 000 if 200 500
($)
50 000
40 000 Rule for profits
30 000
(500, 28 500)
20 000 P(n) 5 R(n) 2 E(n)
(200, 21 000)
(60n 2 600) 2 (30n 1 15 000) if 0 # n # 200
{(60n 2 600) 2 (20n 1 18 500) if 500 , n
10 000
P(n) 5 (60n
2 600) 2 (25n 1 16 000) if 200
, n #
500
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Number of Components
Manufactured 30n 2 15 600 if 0 # n # 200
{40n 2 19 100 if 500 , n
P(n) 5 35n
2 16 600 if 200
, n #
500
295
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
b) To generate a profit, the company must achieve at least V5_ 3
r
4p
3
_ 3
CHAPTER 3 4p (_ p ))
a zero profit. You must then determine the zero of this
12 (
A
_ √
function. ___________
V 5 (Substitution of r)
3
4p (_ p ) )
3
12
2 (_
_
30n 2 15 600 if 0 # n # 200
{40n 2 19 100 if 500 , n
1 A
0 5 35n
2 16 600 if 200
, n #
500
V5_
3
(The square root is equivalent to
21 )
the exponent __
_32
First part (for0 # n # 200) 4p 3 _18 3 (_
pA )
V 5 ___________
3
(Law of exponents)
0 5 30n 2 15 600 _ 3
12 3
p 3 __ A 2
__
3
_
V 5 ________ p 2
(Simplification)
30n 5 15 600 3
( )
_3
n 5 520
V 5 __16 A 2
__
1
_
(Simplification)
p 2
Since this value is outside the interval, it must be rejected. _
Second part (for 200 , n # 500) V5_ √
Ap
16 _
3
(Simplification)
_
0 5 35n 2 16 600 The formula V 5 _
3
√
Ap therefore allows calculation of the
16 _
35n 5 16 600 volume of a ball as a function of the area of its sphere.
n < 475 b) If the surface has an area of 1 m2:
_ _ _
This value is not an integer. It must be rounded upward V5_ √
Ap 5_
16 _
3
16 _ √
(1) 3 1 _
p 5_ 1 _
√
16 (0.56) < 0.09
p <
6
to reach a positive profit; 475 is part of the interval The volume must be approximately 0.09 m3.
considered.
8 Sample solutions:
Third part (for 500 , n)
a) The rule of (f 21 f)(x)
0 5 40n 2 19 100 _
f 21(f(x)) 5 f 21(√ 2x 2 4 )
40n 5 19 100 _ 2
(√ )
2x 22
5_ 4
12
n < 478
2x 22 4 1 2
f 21(f(x)) 5 _
Since this value is outside the interval, it must be rejected.
5 (x 2 2) 1 2
The company must manufacture at least 475
5x
components each month to be profitable.
The rule of (f f 21)(x)
7 Sample solutions: x
f(f 21(x)) 5 f( _ 1 2)
2
2____________
a) When you are working with the volume of a ball and the
area of its surface, two formulas are necessary:
5 2 _
___________
√
( 2 1 2) 2 4
x 2
5 √ ( x 2 1 4 ) 2 4
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
_
Volume of the ball as a Area of the surface as a
5 √ x 2
function of the radius function of the radius
5x
r
4p
3
V 5_ 3
A 5 4pr2 The result is the same. In both cases, the range of x by
the composite function is x. This is called the identity
Inverse of the area formula
function i(x) 5 x.
A 5 4pr2
_ A NOTE: Remember that in the case of a function and its
4p 5 r2
_ _ inverse, the letter x does not represent the same variable,
r 5 _ √ A
4p 5 _ √ _A
12
p
which is the case here. (On this subject, see the Caution!
heading, page 78, of Chapter 2.)
Volume as a function of area
In the first calculation, that of f 1(f(x)), the letter x represents
2
To express V as a function of A, simply compose these the independent variable of the function f, for which the
two functions. This means replacing the variable r in the domain is [2, 1∞[. You thus have x $ 2, which _ implies that
2x 2 4 $ 0. This allows you to affirm that (√ 2x 2 4 )2 5 2x 2 4.
volume equation by the expression in A which defines it
In the second calculation, that of f(f 1(x)), the letter x
2
in the area equation.
represents the independent variable of the inverse of f, for
which the domain is [0, 1∞[. In this case, you_ have x $ 0. This
is also what allows you to to affirm that √ x 2 5 x.
296 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
b) Sample possible formulation of the conjecture: 10 Sample solutions:
CHAPTER 3 for which the inverse is also a function,
If f is a function a) By a graphical process,you can situate some points that
then f 21 f 5 f f 21 5 i, where i is the identity function. represent the difference between the heights of the
ceiling and the projectile for different values of x. You can
Sample validation:
then recognize that the points form two distinct sets that
21 x 1 2.
The inverse of the function f(x) 5 2x 2 4 is f 21(x) 5 _ each closely match the shape of a parabolic curve, one
before the axis of symmetry of the ceiling and the other
12 (2x 2 4) 1 2 5 (x 2 2) 1 2 5 x
f 21(f(x)) 5 f 21(2x 2 4) 5 _
after. Simply complete the graph by drawing these two
f(f 21(x)) 5 f( _12 x 1 2) 5 2( _12 x 1 2) 2 4 5 (x 1 4) 2 4 5 x curves.
y
9 a) Sample solution:
6
Looking at the task requested, you can see the following
4
relation among the three proposed formulas. This
2
connection allows you to determine the rule relating
kinetic energy Ek and distance x.
0 2 4 6 8 10 x
Inverse of the Relation Relation of Relation of
b) The function d can be seen as piecewise function over
of the 3rd Formula the 2nd Formula the 1st Formula
the intervals [1, 5] and ]5, 7].
x t V Ek
Rule of d over the interval [1, 5]
Relation between distance and falling time
Over this interval, the height of the ceiling is given by the
x 5 4.9t2
function f(x) 5 0.5(x 2 5) 1 5.5 5 0.5x 1 3.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
t2 < 0.2x
Given that d(x) 5 f(x) 2 g(x), you obtain:
_
t < 0.45√ x
d(x) 5 0.5x 1 3 2 (20,5(x 21)(x 2 7))
Relation between distance and velocity
d(x) 5 0.5x 1 3 1 0.5(x2 2 8x 1 7)
vf 5 9.8t
d(x) 5 0.5x 1 3 1 0.5x2 2 4x 1 3.5
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 3
_
vf < 9.8(0.45√ x )
d(x) 5 0.5x2 2 3.5x 1 6.5
_
vf < 4.41√ x
You can also factor out 0.5 to obtain
Relation between the distance and kinetic energy d(x) 5 0.5(x2 2 7x 1 13).
Ek 5 42.5 v2 Rule of d over the interval ]5, 7]
_
Ek < 42.5(4.41√ )
x2 Over this interval, the height of the ceiling is given by
the function f(x) 5 20.5(x 2 5) 1 5.5 5 20.5x 1 8.
Ek < 826.54x
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
Repeating the same approach, you obtain:
The simplified formula allowing kinetic energy to be
calculated as a function of the distance is therefore: d(x) 5 20.5x 1 8 1 0.5x2 2 4x 1 3.5
Ek < 826.54x.
d(x) 5 0.5x2 2 4.5x 1 11.5 or d(x) 5 0.5(x2 2 9x 1 23).
b) Sample solution:
Rule of the function d
Height of the fall
You can write the rule in the following form:
{0.5(x2 2 9x 1 23) if 5 x # 7
Ek < 826.54x 0.5(x2 2 7x 1 13) if 1 # x # 5
d(x) 5
3000 < 826.54x
c) Based on the graph in a), you find that the minimum of
x < 3.63 d is reached in the first part of the domain, for x 5 3.5.
The fracture risks become greater at a height of d(3.5) 5 0.5(3.52 2 7(3.5) 1 13) 5 0.375.
approximately 3.63 m.
The minimum difference was 0.375 m or 37.5 cm.
297
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
SITUATION 3.2
CHAPTER 3 EIGHT DANCE
THE FIGURE
OF THE BEES Sample of extended curve:
EXPLORATION 3.2 PAGES 153 TO 154
Tempo of the Figure Eight Dance Based
1 Tempo of the Figure Eight Dance Based on the Distance from the Source
Number of Rounds
on the Distance from the Source per 15 s
Number of Rounds
10
per 15 s
10 9
9 8
8 7
7 6
6 5
5 4
4 3
3 2
2 1
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Distance
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (hm)
Distance
(hm)
d) Variable answers depending on the extensions made in b)
2 a) Sample answer: and in c).
At 100 m (or d 5 1), the value of n is approximately
The value of n decreases, but less and less, with a rate of
equal to 10.
change in absolute value that approaches 0.
At 1 km (or d 5 10), the value of n is approximately
b) and c) equal to 1.5.
NOTE: The right extension should continue to descend more 3 No, this is not an inverse-variation function, because the
and more slowly. The left extension should continue to rise, product of the two variables is not constant.
more and more quickly, while not crossing the line d 5 0.5.
For example, based on the data in the table, you observe
that 1.5 3 5.6 5 8.4, while 6 3 1.8 5 10.8.
4 A bee cannot complete one round of the dance in less than
1.2 s. This means there is a maximum number of rounds it
can complete in 15 s. This number is obtained by dividing
15 s by 1.2 rounds/s.
15 s 4 1.2 rounds/s 5 12.5 rounds.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
The maximum value of n is therefore 12.5.
ACQUISITION 3.2 A PAGES 155 TO 163
1 a) x 21 21.5 22 23 24 26 b) Sample observations:
f(x) 5 _ 6x 26 24 23 22 21.5 21 • The graph is divided into two curve segments that
are isometric.
y • One of the segments is found in quadrant 1 and the
other in quadrant 3.
6 • Each part of the curve approaches the axes without
4 touching them.
2 • Different symmetries can be observed:
0 −− The curve is symmetrical in relation to the bisector
2 6 2 4 2
2 2 4 6 x
of the 1st and 3rd quadrants.
2 4 −− The curve is symmetrical in relation to the bisector
2 6 of the 2nd and 4th quadrants.
−− The curve is symmetrical in relation to the origin
of the Cartesian plane.
298 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY EXPLANATION: The last symmetry is a central symmetry.
3 a) g1(x) 5 _ 4
3x : Graph B
CHAPTER 3 the point ( 3,
For example, is the symmetrical point of
2 22) g2(x) 5 _ 4
0.5x : Graph C
the point (3, 2) in relation to the origin of the Cartesian plane. 4
g3(x) 5 _
21.5x : Graph A
Similarly, the point (21, 26) is the symmetrical point of the
point (1, 6).
EXPLANATION: You can determine the image of 1 by
y each function and determine the graph that corresponds to
4 5 _
this image. For example, g1(1) 5 _ 4 . You then find that
(1, 6) 3(1) 3
6 only Graph B passes through the point (1, __ 43 ) .
4
(3, 2) b) Sample answers:
2
1) The graph undergoes a horizontal compression.
0
2 6 4
2 2 2 2 4 6 x 2) The graph undergoes a horizontal stretch.
(23, 22)
2 4 3) The graph is reflected over the y-axis.
2 6 (26, 26)
This property will be useful for quickly drawing the graph of NOTE: In 1), the conversion could also be seen as a
a rational function. vertical compression. This is due to the fact that, for a
rational function, multiplying the parameter b by a
c) The curve cannot touch the x-axis. certain number has exactly the same effect as dividing
the parameter a by the same number.
Sample justification:
The same comment applies in 2): you could also say a
The rule of this function can be written in the form of vertical compression is involved.
an equation, y 5 _ 6x , which is equivalent to the equation It also applies in 3): you could also say that a reflection in
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
xy 5 6. As a result, neither of the two variables x and y relation to the x-axis is involved.
can equal 0 (because otherwise the product would From all this, you can conclude that what really counts,
equal 0). in fact, for a rational function, is the value of the
a
expression _ . It is the absolute value of this expression
Therefore, the graph cannot pass through a point for b
that determines the shape of the curve, and the sign of
which the coordinates would be in the form (x, 0). this expression that determines the position of the curve
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 3
d) Vertical asymptote: x 5 0. in relation to the axes.
Horizontal asymptote: y 5 0.
4 a) The rational fraction is not defined if x 2 2 5 0, that is,
if x 5 2. You must exclude this value.
2 3x
f1(x) 5 __ x6
f2(x) 5 __
2
dom g4 5 R \ {2}
y y
b) Vertical asymptote: x 5 2
6 6
Horizontal asymptote: y 5 1
4 4
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
2 2
EXPLANATION: The vertical asymptote is situated at the
0 0 value of x that is not part of the domain of the function. You
2 6 2 4 2 2 2 4 6 x 2 6 2 4 2
2 2 4 6 x
determined in a) that this is 2.
2 4 2 4
The horizontal asymptote is situated at the value of y that is
2 6 2 6
not part of the range of the function. However, the first term
4
The graph underwent a The graph was reflected of the rule, or _ , cannot be equal to 0 (because 4 divided
x22
by any number cannot give 0). If 1 is added to this rational
vertical compression. over the y-axis.
function, the result logically cannot be equal to 1. The
number 1 thus is not part of the range of the function.
EXPLANATION: EXPLANATION:
Therefore, the asymptote is situated at this value of y.
Since the value of the The change of sign of the
parameter a is half of what parameter a means that the Other possible explanation:
it was in the original y-coordinate of all the Given that the parameters h and k are related to horizontal
function, the y-coordinates points of the graph on the and vertical translations of the graph, the new position of
of all the points of the dotted line changed sign. the asymptotes, which was at x 5 0 and at y 5 0, simply
graph on the dotted line corresponds to x 5 h and y 5 k.
1
are multiplied by _ .
2
299
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
c) y
b) You must isolate the variable q in the equation.
CHAPTER63 (q 1 10)(p 2 0.25) 5 75
4 p 2750.25
q 1 10 5 _
2
p 2750.25 2 10
q5_
0
2 6 4
2 2
2 2 4 6 x
c) Quantity of Gasoline Bought by
2 4 Kathy as a Function of the Price
2 6 Quantity
(L)
120
New
NOTE: Note that the points of each branch are no longer 100 function
symmetrical in relation to the origin of the Cartesian plane, 80
but rather in relation to the intersection point of the two
60 (1.5, 50)
asymptotes. The centre of symmetry therefore has been Vertical
40
displaced from (0, 0) to (2, 1). asymptote Initial
of the new 20 function
y function
Centre of 6 0 1 2 3
(3, 5) Price
symmetry ($/L)
4 (4, 3)
2
NOTE: The horizontal asymptote of the new function does
0 not appear in the graph, because its equation is q 5 210.
2 6 2 4 2 2 2 4 6 x
4
2
(1, 23) d) The coordinates of the only intersection point are the
(0, 21) 6
2
values of p and q that validate the two equations. These
are the values that correspond to the price and quantity
d) ran g4 5 R \ {1} of gasoline of the initial purchase.
Kathy therefore initially purchased 50 L of gasoline
5 a) Vertical asymptote: x 5 21.
(at the price of $1.50/L).
Horizontal asymptote: y 5 21.5.
7 a) Sample sketch:
a , which is equal to _
b) Since the ratio _
b
32 , is positive, the y
function is decreasing and the graph is situated in
regions 1 and 3. 6
4
c)
y 2
6 0
2 6 2 4 2
2 2 4 6 x
4
2 4 (2, 21)
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
2
2 6
0
2 6 2 4 2 2 2 4 6 x The above sketch shows that the hyberbola is situated in
2 4 regions 2 and 4.
2 6 You can deduce that the function is increasing.
b) Sample solution:
6 a) Quantity of Gasoline Bought by
Kathy as a Function of the Price Parameters h and k
Quantity
(L)
Based on the equations of the asymptotes, you know
120 that h 5 22 and k 5 1. The function rule can be written in
a
100 the form f(x) 5 _
x12
1 1.
80 Parameter a
60 To determine the value of a, use the point (2, 21).
40
a
20
21 5 _
212
1 1
a
22 5 _
4
0 1 2 3
Price a 5 28
($/L)
x 18 2 1 1.
The function rule is f(x) 5 _
2
300 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
Validation Value of a
CHAPTER
As should 3
be expected, the parameter a is negative, a 5 215(21.5) 5 22.5
which corresponds well to the fact that the function 22.5
The function rule is f(x) 5 _
x 1 1.5 1 5.
is increasing.
NOTE: To avoid decimal numbers, you can write the rule in
8 a) h 5 1 the form f(x) 5 _
45
1 5, or f(x) 5 _
45
1 5. In this last
2(x 1 1.5) 2x 1 3
a
b) You know that the rule is in the form f(x) 5 _ x21
1 k. form, mental calculations are simpler.
_ a
With the point (3, 3), you obtain 3 5 3 2 1 1 k.
10 Sample solution:
Then simplify the expression to obtain 6 5 a 1 2k.
75
a q 5 _ 2 10
c) With the point (6, 0), you obtain 0 5 _
621
1 k, which is p 2 0.25
75
simplified to 0 5 a 1 5k. q 1 10 5 _
p 2 0.25
(Addition of 10)
{a 1 5k 5 0 .
d) The system of equations is: a 1 2k 5 6 (p 2 0.25)(q 1 10) 5 75 (Multiplication by p 2
0.25)
75
Value of k p 2 0.25 5 _____
q 1 10
(Division by q 1 10 :
q 210, so division is
You can solve it by simplification, by subtracting the permitted)
second equation from the first.
75
p 5 _____
q 1 10
1 0.25 (Addition of 0.25)
23k 56
Parameters of the initial function:
k 5 22
a 5 75, b 5 1, h 5 0.25 and k 5 210.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Value of a
Parameters of the inverse:
Based on the 2nd equation: a 5 75, b 5 1, h 5 210 and k 5 0.25.
a 1 5(22) 5 0 You can see that the parameters a and b are the same and
a 5 10 that the parameters h and k have been switched.
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 3
x 10
e) The function rule is f(x) 5 _ 21
2 2. 11 Sample solution:
f ) Sample validation (several possible coordinates): a) Remember that the area of the trapezoid is given by
2 10
If you replace x with 2, you obtain f(2) 5 _ 2 2 5 8. the following formula: A 5 _ B 1
2
b h, where B and b
21
The graph of this function should pass through the respectively represent the lengths of the long base and
coordinates (2, 8), which is indeed the case. the short base, and h is the height of the trapezoid.
Given that the area A equals 30 and that the short base
9 Sample solution: equals B 2 4, you obtain the following equation in which
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
According to the asymptote, k 5 5. The rule can be written in you then can isolate B.
a
the form f(x) 5 _
x2h
1 5. _
B 1 (B 2 4)
h 5 30
2
The system of equations 2B 2 4
_____
2 h 5 30
Based on the point at (6, 8): According to the point at (0, 20):
(B 2 2)h 5 30
a a
8 5 _ 1 5 20 5 _ 1 5
62h 02h 30
B225_ h
3 5 _a
2ah
15 5 _ 30
62h B 5 _
h
1 2
3(6 2 h) 5 a 215h 5a
B 30
b) h 5 _ 22
23h 1 18 5 a
12 a) True.
The system of equations is: {
a 5 23h 1 18
a 5 215h b) False.
Value of h
1
Counterexample for b): f(x) 5 _
x 2 1
1 1is its own inverse.
By the comparison method:
23h 1 18 5 215h In fact, any rational function for which the parameters h
and k are identical is its own inverse.
12h 5 218
h 5 21.5
301
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
SOLUTION 3.2
CHAPTER 3 Eight Dance
The Figure
of the Bees PAGES 164 TO 165
Sample solution: Value of the parameter a (based on the first equation of the
system):
Graph
a 1 1.0 5 5.6
Below again is a graph of the essential elements of the function
according to the facts of the problem. (The Exploration allowed a 5 4.6
you to determine the curve.) The equation of the function is: n 5 _
4.6
d 2 0.5 1 1.
Tempo of the Figure
Eight Dance Based on the NOTE: If you chose different starting points to determine the
Distance from the Source parameters a and k, it is possible that your equation is slightly
Number of Rounds
per 15 s different from the one given above. For example, if you use the points
(3, 2.8) and (4, 2.3) to determine the value of the parameters, the
12 (0.9, 12.5) 4.4
resulting equation is n 5 _ 1 1.
10 d 2 0.5
8
Validation of the rule (optional; see the Strategy of this
6 (1.5, 5.6) Solution)
4
(6, 1.8) You can validate the function rule by determining the values of
2
n that it predicts for the distances in the statistical distribution
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 table.
Distance
(hm)
Tempo of the Figure Eight Dance
Based on the Distance From the Source
Modelling
Distance from the Number of Rounds Value of n According
You can consider the equattion of the line d 5 0.5 as a vertical Source (hm) per 15 s to the Rule
asymptote of the curve. 1.5 5.6 5.6
As a result, the parameter h in the standard equation of the
2 4.1 4.07
function is 0.5. By applying b 5 1, you obtain:
a
n 5 _
d 2 0.5
1 k 3 2.8 2.84
Value of the parameters a and k
4 2.3 2.31
You can use the coordinates of the two endpoints of the curve.
5 2.0 2.02
With the point (1.5, 5.6), you obtain the equation
a
5.6 5 _ 1 k, which is simplified to 5.6 5 a 1 k.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
1.5 2 0.5 6 1.8 1.84
With the point (6, 1.8), you obtain the equation
a a The error does not exceed four hundredths, which is negligible.
1.8 5 _
6 2 0.5
1 k, which is simplified to 1.8 5 _
5.5
1 k.
The inverse rule
To simplify the last equation even more, multiply it by 5.5, which
gives 9.9 5 a 1 5.5k. The inverse rule is obtained by isolating the variable d in the
equation of the function.
{a 1 5.5k 5 9.9
The system of equations is: a
1 k 5 5.6
4.6
n5 _
d 2 0.5 1 1
4.6
Solution by simplification (subtracting the first equation from n215 _
d 2 0.5
the second): 4.6
d 2 0.5 5 _
n21
4.5k 5 4.3 4.6
d5 _
n 2 1 1 0.5
k 5 0.96 1.0
Domains of the function and its inverse
(Since the data of the statistical distribution table is rounded to
the nearest tenth, you can do the same for the value of k.) You can complete the graph by drawing the horizontal
asymptote (n 5 1).
302 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY Tempo of the Figure
Domain of the function: [0.9, 1∞[ hm.
CHAPTER 3 Eight Dance Based on the
Distance from the Source
Domain of the inverse: ]1, 12.5] rounds per 15 s.
Number of Rounds
per 15 s
ANSWER: The tempo of the dance based on the distance
4.6
12 (0.9, 12.5) from the source: n 5 _
1 1 (for d $ 0.9)
d 2 0.5
10 The distance from the source based on the tempo of the dance:
4.6
8 d5_ n 2 1 1 0.5 (for 1 , n # 12.5)
6 (1.5, 5.6)
4
Examples of use:
(6, 1.8)
2 To announce a nectar source 1.2 km from the hive, the robot
4.6
will do the following calculation: n 5 _
12 2 0.5 1 1 5 1.4. For
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Distance example, it will have to dance with a tempo of 1.4 rounds per
(hm) 15 s (approximately 10.7 s per round).
You must determine the x-coordinate of point A, for which the If a bee dances at a tempo of eight rounds per 15 s, the robot
4.6
y-coordinate is 12.5. will have to do the following calculation: d 5 _
8 2 1 1 0.5 1.2.
This means the nectar source is at a distance of 1.2 hm or 120 m.
According to the inverse rule, if n 5 12.5, then
4.6
d5_ 12.5 2 1 1 0.5 5 0.9.
Therefore, the coordinates of point A are (0.9, 12.5).
ACQUISITION 3.2 B PAGES 166 TO 171
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
1 a) dom h 5 R \ {3}. d) Vertical asymptote: x 5 3.
b) The zero of the function h is 7. Horizontal asymptote: y 5 2.
The parameters a and b are such that _ a is negative.
b
EXPLANATION: As you saw in Acquisition B of the Therefore, the function is increasing.
f
previous learning situation, the zeros of a function _
g can be
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 3
e) y
determined graphically from graphs of f and g. In this
situation, the graph shows two straight lines: one that 12
represents the function g and for which the x-intercept is 3; g 8
the other that represents the function f and for which the h 4 f
x-intercept is 7. Since g is found in the denominator of the
0
quotient function, you must exclude its zero (3) from the 2 12 28 24 4 8 12 x
domain of the function h (resulting in the answer in a). Since 2 8
f is found in the numerator of the quotient function, its zero
(7) is the only zero of the function h.
2 Sample demonstration:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
c) Sample solution:
3(x 22 1) 1 4
f(x) 5 _
22x1 14 2x 13
3x 22 3 1 4 (Simplification of the
5_
2 (22x 1 6) 2
denominator of the rational
8
fraction)
The result can be written in the following form:
4(3x 2 3)
h(x) 5 2 1 _ 2x 81 3 3x 22 3 1 _
5_ 3x 2 3 (Writing the second term by
using the same denominator as
By factoring out the coefficient of x in the denominator the first term)
of the rational fraction and reorganizing the terms, you
2 1 4(3x 2 3)
2 1(x82 3) 1 2.
obtain: h(x) 5 _ 5 _
3x 2 3 (Addition of the numerators)
x 28 3 1 2.
You can also write h(x) 5 _
2
2 13x12x
5_ 23
2 12
(Simplification of the numerator)
12x
5_ 2 10
3x 2 3
(Simplification of the numerator)
12x
The general form of the rule is f(x) 5 _ 2 10
3x 2 3
.
303
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
3 General Form
of the Rule
Standard Form
of the Rule
Vertical
Asymptote
Horizontal
Asymptote
Type of
Change
Zero of the
Function
y-intercept
CHAPTER 3 x 13 1 1 3
x 3x
f1(x) 5 _____ f1(x) 5 _____
2
11
x 5 21 y53 Increasing 0 0
x21 1
f2(x) 5 ______ x 23 2 2 1
f2(x) 5 ____ __
2 2
x22
x52 y 5 21 Increasing 21
2
1
4x 13 f3(x) 5 _______
_____ 1 2 3
f3(x) 5 _____
2x 1 1
x11
2( 2 ) 1
x 5 2__
2
y52 Decreasing 2__
4 3
14
x 2x
f4(x) 5 _____ 2x 1 __
f4(x) 5 __ 12 x50 1
y 5 __
2
Decreasing 24 None
4 a) The value of x, which is excluded from the domain, b) y
( 1 , 5)
is the value for which the denominator of the rational 3
8
fraction _ Ax 1 B is equal to 0.
Cx 1 D 4
Cx 1 D 5 0
0
2 8 4
2 4 8 x
Cx 5 2D
CD
x5 _
2
13 ] ]3, 1∞[.
The solution is: ]2∞, _
CD .
The equation of the vertical asymptote is x 5 _
2
The upper endpoint of the first interval is included,
because this involves an inequality for which the
b) Sample conjecture: inequality sign is # (inclusive).
You must observe that the equation of the horizontal The lower endpoint of the second interval is not
asymptote corresponds to the ratio of the coefficients of included, because 3 is not part of the domain of the
the variable x in the numerator and the denominator of function.
the rational fraction. You can therefore state the
following conjecture. 2x 1 14 2x 1 14 5( x 1 3) 2
6 a) _ _ _
2 2
2x 1 3 2 5 5 2x 1 3 2 2x 1 3
A .
The equation of the horizontal asymptote is y 5 _ (22x 1 14 ) 2 5(2x 1 3)
C 5 __________________
2x 1 3
c) Sample validation:
2x 1 214x 1
5 ______________1 5x 2 15
2
3
According to this conjecture, the horizontal asymptote
23x 1 1
of the function f(x) 5 _
2x 14
should be situated at 23xx 2
5 _ 13
1
23
_
y 5 2 5 1.5.
2
23xx 2
The resulting inequality is _ 13
1
# 0.
You can validate this by writing the rule in standard form.
b)
23x
Intervals 13 ]
]2∞, __ [ __13 , 3[ ]3, 1∞[
11 2x 1 4
2 (23x 2 6) 21.5 Sign of 3x 2 1 2 1 1
7 Sign of 2x 1 3 _
1 1
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
This gives the rule f(x) 5 _ 2x 71 4 2 1.5, which can also be 3x 2 1
_ 7 Sign of _____
2x 1 3 2 1 2
written as f(x) 5 2(x 1 2) 2 1.5.
The parameter k is indeed equal to 21.5. c) Looking at the last line of the table, you recognize that
23xx 1
the values of x for which _ 2 1 # 0 are included in the
3
5 a) If x 3, then the following equations are equivalent. two intervals. Therefore, the solution is ]2∞, _ 13 ] ]3, 1∞[.
2x 1 14 5
_ _
2
2x 1 3 5 1
7 Solution of the equation
22x 1 14 5 5(2x 1 3) (By the property of proportions) 29
22x
_
2(x 1 5)
2 16 5 14
1 14 5 25x 1 15
29
3x 5 1 _ 2(x 1 5)
5 30
29 5 30 3 2(x 1 5)
13
x5_
29 5 60x 1 300
260x 5 309
x 5 25.15
304 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
Solution set Algebraic solution
CHAPTER 3method:
By the graphical The inequality to be solved is equivalent to the following
y inequalities.
x22 1
40 _ _
x 2 2 $ 0
_ 2(x 2 2) x
2x 2 _ 2x $ 0
20
_2(x 2 2) 2 x
2x
$ 0
x24
0 x
_ 2x
$ 0
2 40 2 20 20 40
220 The rational fraction is equal to 0, if x 5 4.
Since you want to know the values of domain for which The signs
the range is strictly greater than 14, the solution set is You still have to determine the sign of this rational fraction in
x ]25.15, 25[. the intervals.
8 Sample solution: Intervals ]2∞, 0[ ]0, 4] [4, 1∞[
Definition of the variables and the inequality Sign of x 2 4 2 2 1
Sign of x 2 1 1
Let x be the greater of the two numbers. The smaller
number, which is 2 less, is therefore represented by x 2 2. x 2x 4
Sign of ____ 1 2 1
The quotient of the smaller number by the greater number Solution of the inequality : x ]2∞, 0[ [4, 1∞[
x 2
is _ 2
x .
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
The larger number is less than 0, or greater than or equal to 4.
The problem consists of solving the following inequality:
x 2
_ 2 _ 1 _1
x $ 2 , because if the quotient is not less than 2 , this
1
_
means it is necessarily greater than or equal to 2 .
The variable x can have any real value (positive or negative),
except 0, because in this case the quotient is not defined.
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 3
CONSOLIDATION 3.2 PAGES 172 TO 177
1 2 Sample solution:
The standard form of the rule
4
f(x) 5 ____
x 1 12
2 __ Domain of f : R \ 21 4x 1 19
1 To graph the function f(x) 5 _
2
2x 28
, which is in the general
Range of f: R \ { }
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
1
2 _ form, it is efficient to go through the standard form.
y 2
Equation of the vertical asymptote: 24x 1 19 2x 2 8
4
x 5 21 2 (24x 1 16) 22
2
3
Equation of the horizontal
0
2 4 2 22 2 4 x 1
asymptote: y 5 2__ The function in its standard form is therefore:
2 2
24 2(x 32 4) 2 2 (by factoring out the parameter b).
f(x) 5 _
72
y-intercept: __
The asymptotes and certain coordinates of the curve
Zero of the function: 7
Therefore, the vertical asymptote is x 5 4 and the horizontal
Decreasing function asymptote is y 5 22. It is then easier to determine various
points on the curve based on the rule to complete the curve.
positive: ]21, 7]
Sample points:
negative: ]2∞, 21[ [7, 1∞[
x 5 6 7 10
y 20.5 21.25 21.5 21.75
305
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
By central symmetry, you can obtain the following points on 5 Sample solution:
CHAPTER 3
the other branch:
a) Algebraic division
x 22 1 2 3 20x 2 16 25x 24
y 22.25 22.5 22.75 23.5
2 (20x 1 16) 24
Graph 232
Algebraic equivalencies
y
25x32
f(x) 5 _
2
14
2 4
8
6 32
f(x) 5 _
2
25(x 2 0.8)
2 4
4
2 6.4
f(x) 5 _
x 2 0.8 2 4
28 26 24 22 0 2 4 6 8 x 6.4
The rule of f is therefore f(x) 5 _
x 2 0.8 2 4 in its standard
24
26 form.
28
x 1512 1 _
b) g(x) 5 _ 34
2
3 To determine the rule, you know the equations of the g(x) 5 _ 5
3 _
2
34 3 _
44 1 _ xx 1
1 12
x 1 12 12
asymptotes (x 5 3 and y 5 0) and the y-intercept (2).
20 3(x 1 12)
g(x) 5 _ 1 _
2
Therefore, you have: 4(x 1 12)
4(x 1 12)
a
f(x) 5 _
x2h
1 k 220
g(x) 5 ___________
4(x 1 12)
1 3(x 1 12)
a
2 5 _ 1 0
204x113x48
g(x) 5 ____________ 1 36
2
023
2a3
25_
3x 1 16
g(x) 5 _
4x 1 48
a5 26
3x 1 16
The rule of g is therefore g(x) 5 _
4x in its general
x 26 3 .
The rule is therefore f(x) 5 _ 1 48
2
form.
4 Sample solution:
6 Sample solution:
System of equations
To solve each of the inequalities, you must first solve the
To determine the rule, you know the rule of the horizontal associated equation, and then determine the solution set
asymptote (y 5 4) and the coordinates of the two points (21, based on the graph or a table of signs.
3) and (5, 6). Therefore, you can produce the following a) Solution of the equation
system:
8
22 5_
x 1 3
2 6
a a
f(x) 5 _ 1 k f(x) 5 _
x2h
1 k
x2h 8
45_
x 1 3
_ a _a
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
3 5 21 2 h 1 4 6 5 5 2 h 1 4
4x 1 12 5 8
a
21 5 _ 21 a2 h 2 5 _52h
4x 5 24
11h5a 10 2 2h 5 a x 5 21
Solution set
{10 2 2h 5 a
The system of equations is: 1 1h5a
By the graphical method:
y
Parameter h Parameter a
By the comparison method: Using the 1st equation: 10
1 1 h 5 10 2 2h a511354
3h 5 9 Validation (optional) 2 10
0
10 x
h53 10
a 5 10 2 2(3) 5 4 2
4
Therefore, the rule is f(x) 5 _
x23
1 4. Since you want to know the values of the domain for
which the range is less than or equal to 22, the solution
set is x ]2∞, 23[ [21, 1∞[.
306 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
b) Solution of the equation Rule calculating the ratio between the minimum wage
for employees receiving tips and the minimum wage
CHAPTER
_
x22
5 53
5x 2 7
g(x)
h(x) 5 _
f(x)
5x 2 7 5 5x 2 10
0.19x 1 6.15
h(x) < _
0.24x 1 6.90
05 23
0.19x 1 6.15
The rule expressing the percentage is h(x) < _
0.24x 1 6.90 .
5x
This result is impossible. Therefore, _ x22
27
cannot equal 5.
Since only one value is absent from the range in a rational b) Year when the percentage is 85%
function, the horizontal asymptote is necessarily y 5 5. h(x) < _
0.19x 1 6.15
0.24x 1 6.90
Solution set 0.85 < _
0.19x 1 6.15
0.24x 1 6.90
By the graphical method: 0.204x 1 5.865 < 0.19x 1 6.15
By looking at the graph, it is possible to determine which 0.014x < 0.285
part of the domain produces results less than or equal to 5.
x < 21
y
20 NOTE: The variable x is approximately equal to 20.3571.
Since the increase is applied annually, it will take until 21
15
years have elapsed to reach 85%, so round upward.
10
5 Minimum wage after 21 years
210 0 10 20 x f(21) < 0.24(21) 1 6.90 < 5.04 1 6.90 < 11.94
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
210 Minimum wage for employees receiving tips after
21 years
The part less than 5 is the left branch. You must therefore
determine the value of the vertical asymptote. The value g(21) < 0.19(21) 1 6.15 < 3.99 1 6.15 < 10.14
of domain that is excluded is: Difference in wages
x2250 11.94 2 10.14 < 1.80
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 3
x52
The difference in wages will be $1.80 per hour in 2021.
The solution set is therefore x ]2∞, 2[.
c) Sample justification:
7 Sample solution: Since the increases are at different rates, the gap never
stops increasing. Therefore, it would be easy to think that
a) Definition of the variables:
the percentage will never stop decreasing.
Let x be the number of years elapsed since the year 2000,
However, since a rational function is involved, the
f(x) the minimum wage, g(x) the minimum wage for
percentage will tend toward a value (that of the
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
employees receiving tips, and h(x) the percentage
horizontal asymptote). This is due to the fact that the
represented by the minimum wage for employees
more wages increase, the less the increase itself is
receiving tips relative to the minimum wage.
significant relative to the final amount (increasing a
Since wages are increasing constantly, they follow a salary of $1 000 000 by $0.01 does not have much of an
linear function in the form y 5 ax 1 b. effect on the percentage it represents relative to the
previous wage).
Rule calculating the minimum wage
Algebraic division
f(x) 5 a1x 1 b1
10.55 2 6.90 3.65 Algebraic division obtains a quotient equivalent to the
a1 5 _
15 2 0 5 _
15 < 0.24
parameter k.
f(x) < 0.24x 1 6.90
0.19x 1 6.15 0.24x 1 6.90
Rule calculating the minimum wage for employees 2 (0.19x 1 5.4625) 0.7916
receiving tips 0.6875
g(x) 5 a2x 1 b2 _
The value of the parameter k is 0.7916. Therefore, the
9.05 2 6.15 2.9 percentage tends toward 79.2%.
a2 5 _
15 2 0 5 _
15 <
0.19
g(x) < 0.19x 1 6.15
307
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
Graphical validation (optional) d) You are interested in the minimum. You are therefore
CHAPTER
Ratio3
Between the Minimum Wage for
looking for a single value that is the solution to the
equation:
Employees Receiving Tips and the Minimum
Wage According to the Years since 2000 55n 1 100 000
___________
n 5 100
Ratio of
Wages 55n 1 100 000 5 100n
1
0,8 100 000 5 45n
0,6
n < 2223
0,4
0,2
NOTE: You must round upward, or else the production cost
will be higher than $100. In fact, the function is decreasing.
0 100 200 300
Years since By taking a greater value of n, the production cost decreases.
2000
The company must produce at least 2223 phones.
8 Sample solution:
9 Sample solution:
a) To be able to calculate the production cost of a phone,
you must calculate the total production cost and then a) Algebraic division
calculate the mean per phone. 6x 1 3 2x 14
55n 1 n100
C 5 ___________ 000 2 (6x 1 12) 3
29
b) The rule in standard form
Rule of the function f(x) 5 6x
_ 13
2x 1 4
in standard form
55n 1 n100
To represent the function C 5 ___________ 000
, which is in
9 9
f(x) 5 _ 1 3 5 _
2 2
the general form, it is efficient to go through its standard 2x 1 4
2(x 1 2)
1 3
100 000
form, which is C 5 _ n 1 55. You find that h 5 22 and k 5 3.
Therefore, the vertical asymptote is x 5 0 and the The inverse
horizontal asymptote is y 5 55. It is then easier to
determine various points on the curve based on the For the inverse rule, simply switch the parameters h and
rule to complete the curve. k. You thus obtain:
9
f 21(x) 5 _
2
Graph 2(x 2 3)
2 2
Inverse rule in the general form
Production Cost of a Telephone
as a Function of the Number f 21(x) 5 _
29
2(x 2 2 2
of Telephones Produced 3)
Production 9
f 21(x) 5 _
2
Cost of a
2x 2 6
2 2
Telephone 500 9 2(2x 2 6)
f 21(x) 5 _ 2 _
2
2x 2 6
2x 2 6
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
400
9
f 21(x) 5 _ 4x
2 _ 2 12
2
300 2x 2 6 2x 2 6
200 4x 1 3
f 21(x) 5 _
2
2x 26
100
b) You observe by comparing the rules of f and f 21 that the
0 600 1200 1800 2400 parameters B and C have not changed and that the
Number of
Telephones parameters A and D have been switched and have
Produced changed sign.
c) The vertical asymptote is x 5 0. It represents the fact Ax 1 B
CONJECTURE: The inverse of f(x) 5 _
is
there there cannot be a zero number of phones 2Dx 1 B
Cx 1 D
f (x) 5 _
21
Cx 2 A .
produced or there would be no production of phones
and the context would not exist.
The horizontal asymptote is y 5 55. It represents the
minimum costs associated with material and labour.
308 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
10 Sample solution: 11 Sample solution:
CHAPTER 3is Émile's speed relative to the moving
a) v 1 0.8: This Interpretation of the situation
walkway.
The situation presents a solution composed of a solute and a
v 1240.8 : This is the time it takes him to cover the
_
solvent. The concentration C (g/ml) of solute in this solution
last 24 metres. will depend on the time t (min) elapsed since the beginning
of addition of solute and solvent. Since the rate of addition is
b) Sample explanation: Yes, it is possible that v is negative.
constant, the quantities of solute and solvent will follow a
This would mean that Émile's movement relative to the
linear function. The rule of the
moving walkway would be in the opposite direction to a t 1 b
concentration thus will have the form: C 5 _ a 1 t 1 b 1 , where
the movement of the walkway. However, if the value of v 2 2
a1 and a2 will be the rates at which the solute and the
were less than or equal to 20.8, this would mean that he
solvent are added respectively, and b1 and b2 will be the
would move backwards or be stationary relative to the
initial quantities. The problem thus is to determine the
floor and that that he could never reach the other end of
values of b1 and b2 that respectively represent the quantity
the moving walkway.
of solute at the start of the experiment and the initial
c) This can be solved graphically or algebraically. A sample volume of the solution.
graphical solution is given below.
Incomplete function rule
Characteristics of the graph
a t 1 b
C5_
a 1 t 1 b 1
Sketch a graph of the function by deducing the following 2 2
elements from the parameters. 5t 1 b 1
C 5_
25t 1 b 2
Vertical asymptote: v 5 20.8.
Rule according to the graph
Horizontal asymptote: t 5 15.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Since the concentration stabilizes at 0.2 g/ml, the equation
The function is decreasing.
of the horizontal asymptote will be y 5 0.2. The two known
Sketch of the graph to interpret the solution set concentrations allow you to determine that the curve passes
Time to Get from One End of the Moving
through the points (0, 0.03) and (60, 0.132). It is then
Walkway to the Other as a Function of the Speed possible to produce the following system:
of Movement Relative to the Moving Walkway
a a
t C 5 _ 1 k C 5 _ 1 k
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 3
t2h t2h
100 a a
0.03 5 _
02h
1 0.2 0.132 5 _ 1 0.2
90 60 2 h
80 20.17 2ah
5_ 20.068 5 _ a
70 60 2 h
60 a 5 0.17h a 5 24.08 1 0.068h
50
40 Parameter h
30 (v0, 25)
By the comparison method:
20
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
10 0.17h 5 24.08 1 0.068h
2 0.8 20.4 0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8 v 0.102h 5 24.08
h 5 240
Parameter a
Depending on the graph and given the fact that the
a 5 0.17(240) 5 26.8
inequality is strict, the solution is in the form ]20.8, v0[.
Validation of parameter a (optional)
The value of v0
To determine the value of v0, you must solve the equation. a 5 24.08 1 0.068(240) 5 26.8
26.8
v 1240.8 1 15 5 25
_ The rule in standard form is therefore C 5 _
t 1 40 1 0.2.
_ 24
: 5 10 The values of b1 and b2
v 1 0.8
24 5 10(v 1 0.8) Since the incomplete rule is in the general form, it is easier to
compare b1 and b2 if the new rule is also in its general form:
24 5 10v 1 8
26.8 26.8 26.8 1 0.2t 1 8
16 5 10v C 5 _
t 1 40
1 0.2 5 _ t 1 40 5 ____________
t 1 40 1 0.2 3 _
t 1 40
t 1 40
0.2t 1 1.2
v 5 1.6 5_
t 1 40
His speed must be greater than 20.8 m/s, but less than
1.6 m/s.
309
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
By comparing the two rules, you obtain: It is then possible to determine that the initial quantity of
CHAPTER 3
_
5t 1 b 1
25t 1 b 2
5 _
0.2x 1 1.2
x 1 40
solute was 30 g and that the initial volume of solution was
1000 ml.
5t 1 b 1 0.2x 1 1.2
_
25t 1 b 2
5 _ 25
x 1 40 3 _ 25
5t 1 b 1
_
25t 1 b 2
25t5t111000
5 _ 30
Thus, b1 5 30 and b2 5 1000.
INTEGRATION PAGES 185 TO 191
1 a) Sample solution: 2 Sample solution:
|x| 1 x
Let P(n) be the profit ($) for n boxes produced. The function rule is f(x) 5 _____ 2 . You can also write
P(n) 5 R(n) 2 C(n) f(x) 5 __12 | x| 1 __
21 x .
5 15(n 2 4) 2 (5n 1 50) Testing Julie's rule
5 10n 2 110 Start from the proposed rule, f(x) 5 |x|1 x, and try to
5 10(n 2 11) determine certain values so that you notice a pattern.
dom C 5 {0, 1, 2, 3 …} and dom R 5 {4, 5, 6, 7 …} x 25 24 0 1 2 7 21 50
Therefore, dom P 5 dom C dom R 5 {4, 5, 6, 7, …}. f(x) 0 0 0 2 4 14 42 100
The rule is P(n) 5 10(n 2 11). It is valid for any integer n Sample calculations: f(7) 5 |7| 1 7 5 14 and
greater than or equal to 4. f(24) 5 |24| 2 4 5 4 2 4 5 0
b) Sample demonstration: Let M(n) be the profit margin for Observations
n boxes produced. By observing the statistical distribution table, you recognize
2
P(n) 1
0 (n 2 11) 2n 2 22 that the function gives the expected result for the negative
M(n) 5 _
R(n) 5 _
1 5 (n 2 4) 5 _
3n 2 12
3 values (always zero), but that the result is double the
This function is not defined for n 5 4. Therefore, its expected value when the numbers are positive (2x).
domain will be the set {5, 6, 7, 8, …}.
Correction
This function can be written in standard form by division.
You can correct this difference by dividing the function
2n 2 22 3n 112 proposed by Julie by 2.
2 (2n 2 8) __23 |x| 1 x
f(x) 5 _____
214 2
M(n) 5 _ 14
3n 2 23 5 _
1 _
2
3(n 14 23
1 _
2 In fact, the function will always give zero for negative values
12 2 4)
(because _ 02 5 0) and you will obtain x for positive values of
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
You can graph this function with a curve (to see the trend x (because _ 2x
2
5 x).
better).
Validation
Profit Margin as a |7| 1 7
Function of the Number Sample calculations: f(7) 5 _____
2
14
5 _ 2
5 7 and
of Boxes Produced |24| 1 4
f(24) 5 ______ 4 21 4 5 0
2 5 _
2
Profit
Margin
1 Another more formal approach
2
3
1 The function sought must give x as a result when x $ 0.
3
It must give 0 when x , 0. This corresponds to the
0
1 20 40 60 80 piecewise function
f(x) 5 { . You can also recognize that this
2
3
Number x if x $ 0
of Boxes 0 if x , 0
can be represented by an absolute value function.
The profit margin is always less than _ 23 .
_ 2
Since 3 5 0.666. 66.7%, the profit margin If x $ 0, then |x| 5 x and therefore
|x| 1 x
is less than 67%. f(x) 5 _____
2
x 1
5 _ 2
x 5 _
2x
2
5 x.
If x , 0, then |x| 5 2x and therefore
|x| 1 x
f(x) 5 _____ x 21 x 5 _02 5 0.
2 5 _
2
310 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
3 a) Sample solution: Therefore, the maximum of f 3 g is situated on the axis
CHAPTER 3 of the functions f and g
The definition
of symmetry at x 5 1.
You can determine from the graph that f(1) 5 1.5 and
You know that
g(1) 5 4.5.
(f 1 g)(x) 5 f(x) 1 g(x) and (f 2 g)(x) 5 f(x) 2 g(x)
(f 3 g)(1) 5 f(1) 3 g(1) 5 1.5 3 4.5 5 6.75.
You recognize that if you add the corresponding
members of these two equations, the term g(x) is The maximum of the function f 3 g is 6.75.
cancelled out and you obtain: y
(f 1 g)(x) 1 (f 2 g)(x) 5 2f(x). 10
(f 1 g) (x) 1 (f 2 g) (x)
As a result, f(x) 5 ________________
2
. 8
f g
6
This means that the function f is the mean of the
f g4 f
functions f 1 g and f 2 g. 2
f g
A similar reasoning applies to define the function g. 0
4 2 2 4 6 8 10 x
In this case, you must subtract the corresponding g
4
members of the two initial equations to eliminate the
term f(x). You obtain:
4 Sample solution:
(f 1 g)(x) 2 (f 2 g)(x) 5 2g(x).
(f 1 g) (x) 2 (f 2 g) (x) You can express the distance d (m) that Sandrine must cover
As a result, g(x) 5 ________________
2
.
to catch up with the leader as a function of her speed v.
The function g is the half-difference of the functions
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
100
d 5 vt 5 v( _
v 2 4.5
v 100v
) 5 _ 2 4.5
f 1 g and f 2 g.
To win the race, Sandrine must catch up with the leader
Graph of f and g
before the finish line. Therefore, the value of d must be less
Use graphing processes to obtain the following graph: than 1000.
y v 100v
You must solve the inequality _ 1000.
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 3
2 4.5
10 From the context, you know that v . 4.5. The expression
8 v 2 4.5 thus is greater than 0, which allows you to multiply
f g
6 the inequality by this expression without changing the
4 f direction of the inequality.
2
f g 100v , 1000(v 2 4.5)
0
4 2 2 4 6 8 10 x
100v , 1000v 2 4500
g
4
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
4500 , 900v
EXPLANATION: The y-intercept of the function f is the 5,v
7 1 ( 2 5)
mean of the y-coordinates of f 1 g and f 2 g : _
5 1. Sandrine must run at a speed faster than 5 m/s.
2
Moreover, f(4) is the mean of (f 1 g)(4) and (f 2 g)(4), which
are each equal to 3. Therefore, f(4) 5 3. 5 Sample solutions:
The same reasoning applies for the function g, taking the
a) The expression of the rule is fully defined only if the
half-difference instead of the mean.
72 (25) 323
denominators it contains are not equal to 0.
2 5 6and g(4) 5 _
g(0) 5 _ 5 0
2
There is the denominator x 2 4 of the rational
b) In the graph, you recognize that the zeros of f and g are x2x214
fraction _ 4
2
, which appears in the numerator and
respectively22 and 4. These are also the zeros of f 3 g. the denominator of every expression, as well as the
denominator of this expression, namely _ x2x214 4 1 6.
2
Since f and g are linear functions, f 3 g is a quadratic
function for which the axis of symmetry is situated at The first case is obvious; you must exclude x 5 4.
x 5 1, the mean value of the two zeros.
Moreover, the function f 3 g is positive on the interval
[22, 4], because the functions f and g are positive on
this interval.
311
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
To determine the value of x to be excluded in the second Since (f g)(4) 5 1, you must exclude the number 1 from
CHAPTER 3
case, you must solve the following equation.
2x 1 4
the range of the composite function.
_ 74 , 1}.
Range of f g : R \ {2_
2
x 2 4 1 6 5 0
2x 1 4
_
2
x24
5 26
6 Sample solution:
22x 14 5 26x 1 24
Modelling
4x 5 20
Let n be the number of people interested in buying and p,
x55 the price of a box of cookies ($).
For the rule to be fully defined, it is necessary that x 4 You must model with a rational function.
and x 5.
Since n tends toward infinity if p tends toward 0, you can
The domain of the function is: R \ {4, 5}. deduce that the vertical asymptote is situated at p 5 0. The
equation thus can be written in the form n 5 _ a 1 k.
p
NOTE: The fact that 26 is not part of the domain of f does
Values of a and k
not mean that you must exclude 26 from the domain of f g.
Remember that the domain of f g is included in the domain Determine the values of a and k from the data of the market
of g, and not in the domain of f. You can also easily verify that study.
26 has an image by the composite function f g. Indeed,
a
(f g)(26) 5 f(g(26)) 5 f(21.6) 5 21.5. For p 5 2.5 and n 5 5500, you obtain 5500 5 _
2.5
1 k, which
In fact, for the rule of the composite function f g to be fully can be simplified: 13 750 5 a 1 2.5k.
defined, g(x) instead must not be equal to 26. But you have a
For p 5 4 and n 5 2500, you obtain 2500 5 _
4
1 k, which
already accounted for this condition by solving the above
can be simplified: 10 000 5 a 1 4k.
equation, because g(x) 5 26 if and only if x 5 5.
Therefore, saying g(x) must not be equal to 26 means You must solve the system of equations:
excluding 5 from the domain of the composite function
{
a 1 2.5k 5 13 750
(which is already done).
a 1 4k 5 10 000
22x 1 4
______ 2 5 By simplification:
b) (f g)(x) 5 2x2x2144
__________
______
x24
16
1.5 k 5 23750
______
2 5(x 2 4)
x2x2144 2 ______ (All the terms written
x24 k 5 22500
5 _______________
22x 1 4 6(x 2 4)
with the denominator
______ ______
x 2 4 1 x 2 4
x 2 4) a 1 4(22 500) 5 10 000
22x 1 4 2 5(x 2 4)
5 ______________
22x 1 4 1 6(x 2 4) (Multiplication of the
a 5 20 000
numerator and the
denominator of the 20 p000
The function rule is n 5 _ 2 2500.
expression by x 2 4) The zero of this function
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
22x 1 4 2 5x 1 20
5 _____________
22x 1 4 1 6x 2 24
(Simplification) To determine the answer, you must define the zero of the
5_
27x 1 24
4x 2 20 (Simplification) function.
c) According to the rule obtained, the asymptotes are 20 p000
_ 2 2500 5 0
situated at x 5 5 and at y 52_ 74 . You must also consider 20 000
_ p 5 2500
the fact that the number 4 is not part of the domain of
the function. To indicate this in a graph, an empty circle 20 000 5 2500p
must be placed on the curve at x 5 4. p58
Graph of fg
ANSWER: Nobody would be interested in buying the box
y of cookies anymore if its price were $8 or more.
4
3
2 7 Sample solution:
1
210 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x Modelling
22
23 Vincent's age as a function of the time elapsed (in the past
24
25 and in the future) is given by the expression 30 1 t, where t
is the number of years.
312 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
Felix's age instead is 6 1 t. A ratio of 17
CHAPTER 3 age to Felix's age is a rational function
The ratio of Vincent's 30
The first question involves solving the equation _ 61t
1t
5 17.
of the time elapsed, for which the rule is R(t), where t is the
time (years). 30 1 t 5 17(6 1 t)
30 1 t 5 102 1 17t
From the context, t $ 26, because you cannot go back
216t 5 72
before Félix's birth. For the rule to be fully defined, t 26.
The domain of the function is therefore]26, 1∞[ years. t 5 24 _12
The following graph represents the situation.
ANSWER: Four-and-a-half years
Vincent’s age
Ratio of Felix’s age A ratio less than 2
as a Function of Time
30
You can first solve the equation _ 61t
1t
5 2.
Ratio
20 30 1 t 5 2(6 1 t)
16 30 1 t 5 12 1 2t
12 2t 5 218
8
t 5 18
4
Since the function is decreasing, the ratio will be less than
28 2 4 0 4 8 12 16 20
2 if t . 18.
Time
(yr)
ANSWER: In over 18 years.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
8 Sample solution:
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 3
You can represent the situation by the following diagram.
Horizontal d 5 7t h 5 24.9t2 1 9.8t Height of
Time Elapsed
Movement the Object
The height of the object depends on the time elapsed. The same is true for horizontal displacement.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
To express the height of the object as a function of the horizontal displacement, you must invert the first relation between the time
elapsed and this displacement. For this purpose, use the concept of inverse by isolating the variable t in the equation d 5 7t. The
7d . You therefore obtain the following new diagram:
result is t 5 _
d
Horizontal t h 4.9t2 9.8t Height of
7 Time Elapsed
Movement the Object
7d in the equation of the height.
To determine the function sought, simply compose the to functions, which involves replacing t with _
Trajectory of the Projectile
h 5 24.9t2 1 9.8t h
h 5 24.9(_
7d ) 1 9.8(_
7d )
2
8
7
6
h 5 20.1d 2 1 1.4d 5
4
3
h 5 20.1d (d 2 14) 2
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 d
313
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
9 a) Sample demonstration: More generally, you can express y as a function of x based on
CHAPTER 3 and DEC are similar.
The triangles ABC
the equation xy 5 x 1 y. By isolating y, you obtain:
xy 2 y 5 x
A
y(x 2 1) 5 x
x 2x 1
y5 _
D 1
You can also write the rule in standard form: y 5 _
x 2 1
1 1.
2.4 m
The graph allows a better visualization of what is happening.
xm The equations of the asymptotes are x 5 1 and y 5 1.
The graph of the function passes, in particular, through (2, 2)
B 1m E ym C and (0, 0).
y
This results in the following proportion.
_ x y
2.4 5 _
y11
4
2
You must isolate y in this equation.
0
2 4 2 2 2 4 x
x(y 1 1) 5 2.4y
(By the fundamental property of 2 2
proportions) 2 4
xy 1 x 5 2.4y You recognize that if x is strictly negative, then y is situated
xy 2 2.4y 5 2x between 0 and 1.
y(x 2 2.4) 5 2x y
x 2 x2.4
y5_
2
4
The variable y is a rational fraction of x. 2
b) You wish to determine the value of x, if y 5 6. You must 2 4 2 2
0
2 4 x
x 2 x2.4 .
solve the equation 6 5 _ 2
2 2
2 4
6(x 2 2.4) 5 2x
Similarly, if y is negative, then x is situated between 0 and 1.
6x 2 14.4 5 2x
y
7x 5 14.4
14.4
x5_
7 2.06 4
2
The person's height should be approximately 2.06 m.
0
2 4 2 2 2 4 x
2
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
2
10 Sample solution: 2 4
The table can be completed in different ways. For example,
if x 5 4, then the value of y must be such that 4y 5 4 1 y.
The solution gives y 5 _ 43 . You can proceed in the same way
with other values of x. For example:
12 .
If x 5 21, you obtain 21y 5 21 1 y. The solution gives y 5 _
If x 5 _14 , you obtain _
14 y 5 _
14 1 y. The solution gives y 5 2_
13 .
The following table is obtained with the above reasoning.
(Several possible tables.)
x 2 3 4 21 14
__
4 1 1
y 2 1.5 __
3
__
2
2 __
3
314 CHAPTER 3 – Operations on Functions and Rational Functions
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
LES
CHAPTER 3 of Rats
The Memory PAGES 192 TO 193
Sample solution: Parameter a
Modelling and representation a 1 19 308
Let n be the test rank and t, the mean time required (s). a 289
To represent the data, you can construct a scatter plot and then 289
The equation is t _ n 1 19.
draw a curve of best fit to this scatter plot.
NOTE: Note that the equation could be slightly different if you chose
Mean Time Required other starting points. What counts in this case is to arrive at a
for the nth test plausible estimate by following a logical approach. You are not
t
looking for an exact answer. You will notice that your answers are very
360 close even with different point combinations!
320
280
240 Completing the maze in less than 30 seconds
200
160
120 Since the value of the parameter k is 19, the range of the
80
40 function is t . 19. It is therefore possible for the value of t to be
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 n less than 30. To determine the limit value of n so that this is the
case, you must solve the following equation.
The curve seems to correspond to the graph of a rational
289
function, for which the vertical asymptote coincides with the _n 1 19 30
y-axis. In this case, the equation of the function would be in the 289
_n 11
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
form:
289 11n
a 1 k.
t5_
n
n 26.3
To determine the value of the parameters a and k, you must
consider two coordinate pairs through which the curve passes. Since the function is decreasing and n is an integer, you can say
that n must be at least equal to 27.
ANSWER KEY
CHAPTER 3
The value of the parameters a and k
The system of equations ANSWER: It is possible that the mean time required is less than 30 s.
This could happen starting from the 27th test.
The calculations may vary according to the points chosen.
The curve drawn above passes fairly close to the coordinate
You are now invited to complete the self-evaluation grid for
points (1, 308) and (10, 48). You can choose these points to
the five targeted criteria. Refer to the grid at the end of the
determine the rule.
guide. Your teacher or tutor may also provide you with the
With the point (1, 308): evaluation indicators for this LES. These will help you judge
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
a the quality of your problem-solving.
308 5 _
1
1 k or simply 308 5 a 1 k.
With the point (10, 48):
a
48 5 _
10
1 k, which can be written as 480 5 a 1 10k.
{a 1 10k 5 480
The system of equations: a 1 k 5 308
Parameter k
By the elimination method:
9k 5 172
k 19
315
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
REFRESHER
ANSWER KEY
2 Sample solution:
REFRESHER
PAGES 195 TO 203
Polynomial Functions of a) f(x)
Degree Less than 3 20
18
16
1 Sample solution: 14
12
10
a) 12x 1 5 5 8 8
6
4
12x 5 3 2
x 5 _14 2 12 28 2 40 4 8 12 x
2 4
x 2
b) _43 5 _ 5
6
b)
g(x)
3(x 2 6) 5 4 3 5
16
3x 2 18 5 20
12
3x 5 38 8
4
38
x5_ 3
0 x
c) 5(x 2 2)2 1 4 5 49 2 16 212 28 42
2 4 8 12 16
4
8
2
5(x 2 2)2 5 45
2 12
(x 2 2)2 5 9 2 16
x 2 2 5 63
c) h(x)
x1 5 21 or x2 5 5
12
10
d) 8 5 22x2 112x 2 2 8
6
7
(0, 7)
4
5
22x2 112x 2 10 5 0
_________________ 2 (21, 3)
212 6 √ 1
2 2 2 4(22) (210) 0
x 5 ____________________
2(22)
28262422 2468 x
_ 26
2 12 6 √ 144 2 80
_____________
x 5 24
_ d) The rule i(x) 5 x2 1 10x 1 25 is equivalent to the rule
212 6 √ 64
x5_ 24 i(x) 5 (x 1 5)2.
212 6 8
x 5 _ 24
i(x)
212 2 8
x1 5 _
24 5 _ 220 16
2
4
5 5 or 14
212 1 8 24
12
x2 5 _ 24 5 _ 24 5 1 10
8 (22, 9)
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
6
e) 3(x 1 4)2 2 8 5 211 4
(25, 0) 2
3(x 1 4)2 5 23 0
2 8 2 4 4 x
(x 1 4) 5 2 21
_ 3 a) Sample solution:
x145√
21 Because the distance is proportional to the square of the
No real answer. elapsed time, the function indicating the position of the
object will take the form f(t) 5 at2 (with a negative a,
f ) (3x 2 5)(22x 1 6) 5 0
since the pebble is moving downward). Given that
Note: If the product is 0, then one of the factors equals 0. f(1) 5 25, it is possible to deduce the equation 25 5 a(1)2,
which gives a 5 25.
3x1 2 5 5 0
The function rule is f(t) 5 25t2, where f(t) is the position of
3x1 5 5
the pebble in relation to the starting point (m) according
53
x1 5 _ to the elapsed time t (s).
or
22x 1650
2
22x 5 26
2
x2 5 3
316 ANSWER KEY
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
b) The pebble is at a depth of 15 m when its position Properties of a Function
REFRESHER
relative to the starting point is 215.
f(t) 5 25t2 5
215 5 25t2 f(x) 5 2
3 5 t2 Degree of the function: 0
_
t 5 6√ 3 < 61.73 Domain of f : R
In the context, it is impossible to obtain a negative time. Range of f : {2}
You must reject 21.73.
y-intercept 2
Thus, the pebble reaches a depth of 15 m after
approximately 1.73 s. Rate of change: 0
c) Sample solution: Is this function increasing or decreasing?
It is neither increasing nor decreasing. It is constant.
The position of the pebble after 2.5 s is
f(2.5) 5 25(2.5)2 5 25 3 6.25 5 231.25. What is the sign of this function?
Therefore, a depth of approximately 31.25 m is obtained. This function is positive.
d) Position of Pebble as
a Function of Time
Position EXPLANATION: A function is said to be positive if,
of Pebble
(m) 10 for every x of its domain, f(x) ≥ 0.
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
0
210 1 2 3 4
Time g(x) 5 22x 1 3
220 (s)
230 (2.5, 231.25) Degree of the function: 1
240
Domain of g : R
4 Sample solution:
Range of g : R
a) Since this is a parabola, the rule takes the form
f(x) 5 a(x 2 h)2 1 k. Since the vertex is (23, 2), y-intercept 3
the parameter h will have a value of 23 and the
Rate of change of the function: 22
parameter k will have a value of 2. By replacing
x and y with the point (1, 26), you obtain: Zero of the function: 1.5
f(x) 5 a(x 2 h)2 1 k Is this function increasing or decreasing?
It is decreasing
26 5 a(1 1 3)2 1 2
In which part of the domain is this function:
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
ANSWER KEY
REFRESHER
28 5 a(4)2
positive? For every x ] 2∞, 1.5].
28 5 16a negative? For every x [1.5, 1∞[.
8 5 2_
a 5 2_ 1
16 2
1 (x 1 3)2 1 2.
The function rule is therefore f(x) 5 2_
2
b) 05 1 (x
2_ 1 3) 1 2
2
2
1 (x 1 3)2
22 5 2_
2
4 5 (x 1 3)2
x13562
x1 5 25 or x2 5 21
The zeros of this function are 25 and 21.
1 (3 1 3)2 1 2 5 2_
c) f(3) 5 2_ 1 (81) 1 2 5 238.5
2 2
317
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY 12 (x 2 1)2 2 2
h(x) 5 _
Absolute Value and Concept of Distance
REFRESHER 7 Sample solution:
Degree of the function: 2
a) d(N, P) 5 |(25) 2 (22)| 5 |23| 5 3
Domain of h : R
b) d(N, S) 5 |4 2 (22)| 5 |6| 5 6
Range of h : [22, 1∞[ c) d(K, P) 5 |(25) 2 2| 5 |27| 5 7
y-intercept 21.5
d) d(P, K) 5 |2 2 (25)| 5 |7| 5 7
Equation of axis of symmetry: x 5 1
8 Sample solution:
Minimum of the function: 22
a) |9.8 2 (221.2)| 5 |31| 5 31
Zeros of the function: 21 and 3 b) |(212.7) 2 (25.4)| 5 |27.3| 5 7.3
Increasing interval: [1, 1∞[ c) |64.2 2 0| 5 |64.2| 5 64.2
Decreasing interval: ]2∞, 1] d) |0 2 (27.8)| 5 |7.8| 5 7.8
In which part of the domain is this function:
The Inverse of a Function
positive? For every x ] 2∞, 21] [3, 1∞[.
9 Sample answers:
negative? For every x [21, 3].
a) 1) Yes, inverse function.
2) Yes, linear function.
6 Sample solution:
3) N
o, because the independent variable is repeated
a) The y-intercept is 1 and represents the altitude, in metres,
in all the pairs.
at which the goat is standing before it jumps.
4) Yes, piecewise function.
b) The vertex is (1.5, 2). This means the maximum is 2, which
5) Yes, constant function.
represents the maximum altitude, in metres, that the
6) N
o, because, for certain values of the independent
goat achieves in its jump.
variable, there is more than one value of the
c) The zeros of the function are the values of x when f(x) 5 0. dependent variable.
4
0 5 2__ (x 2 1.5)2 1 2 b) (A) y (B) y
9
22 5 2__ 4
(x
2 1.5)2
9 4 4
18
___ 5 (x 2 1.5)2 2 2
4
4.5 5 (x 2 1.5)2
___ 0 0
2 4 2 22 2 4 x 2 4 2 222 2 4 x
√
4.5 5 x 2 1.5 ___ 2
x 5 1.5 √ 4.5 2 4 2 4
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
x < 1.5 2.12, so x < 20.62 or x < 3.62
(C) y (D) y
The goat therefore covered a horizontal distance of
10
3.62 m in its jump. 4
8
2
The equation x < 20.62 m has no meaning in this 6
context, since this point represents a horizontal position 0 4
2 4 222
2 2 4 x
0.62 m before the goat’s initial position; in other words, 2
2 4
this point is part of the mountain. 0
8
2 2 6 2 4 22
2
2
2 4 6 x
d) The function is increasing on the interval [0, 1.5 m] and
4
2
decreasing on the interval [1.5, 3.62 m].
(E) y (F) y
EXPLANATION: Concerning the increasing or decreasing
intervals, it must be understood that these intervals are part 4 4
of the domain. For example, saying that the increasing 2 2
interval is [1, 1∞[ means that the function f(x) is increasing
0 0
when x [1, 1∞[. 2 4 2 222 2 4 x 24 2 222 2 4 x
2 4 2 4
Graphs 1, 2, 3 and 4 represent functions.
318 ANSWER KEY
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
10 Sample solution: d) Time required as a function of the flow rate
REFRESHER 45 x 2 _
a) f(x) 5 _ 23 Flow (m3/h) 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000
y5_ 45 x 2 _ 23 Time (h) 250 100 50 25 10 5 2.5
x 5 _45 y 2 _ 23 Time Required as
a Function of Flow Rate
23 5 _
x1_ 45 y Time
(h)
y 5 _54 ( x 1 _23 ) 300
250
200
y5_ 54 x 1 _ 10 12
150
100
50
y5_ 54 x 1 _ 56
0 50 150 250
54 x 1 _
The inverse rule is f 21(x) 5 _ 56 . Flow
(m3/h)
b) g(x) 5 18.5 e) 1) Domain: [100, 500] m3/h
y 5 18.5 2) Range: [5, 25] h
x 5 18.5 Sample solution:
2500
The inverse rule is x 5 18.5. t 5 _D
2500
5 _ 100
5 25
125
c) h(x) 5 _ 2500
t5_ 2500
5 _ 5 5
x D 500
125
y5_ x -intercept: None (presence of an asymptote and it is
3)
x
outside the domain)
125
x5_ y (Inversion of variables)
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
y -intercept: None (presence of an asymptote and it is
4)
125
y5_ x (By isolating y, you return to the initial rule.) outside the range)
125
The inverse rule is h21(x) 5 _ 5) Minimum : 5 (in the context)
x .
6) Maximum : 25 (in the context)
d) i(x) 5 22(x 1 6)2 1 4
7) Change: Decreasing over [100, 500].
y 5 22(x 1 6)2 1 4
8) Sign: Positive over [100, 500].
x 5 22(y 1 6)2 1 4
x 2 4 5 22(y 1 6)2
The Rule of the Second-Degree
Polynomial Function
x2
_ 24
2
5 (y 1 6)2
13 Sample solution:
x 1
2_ 2 5 (y 1 6)2
2 _ f(x) 5 3x2 1 6x 2 6.
y 1 6 5 6 2 _2x 1 2
_
√ 5 3(x2 1 2x 2 2)
5 3((x2 1 2x 1 1) 2 2 2 1)
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
y 5 6 2 _2x 1 2 2 6√
ANSWER KEY
REFRESHER
_ 5 3((x 1 1)2 2 3)
The inverse rule is i21(x) 5 6 √ x
2 _
2
1 2 2 6. 5 3(x 1 1)2 2 9
11 Sample solution: 14 a) a 5 2 and b 5 10
b 10
5 2___
b) The x-coordinate of the vertex is 2___ 5 22.5.
To convert pounds into kilograms, the rule is K = 0.454 n; 2a 4
K
to convert kilograms into pounds, the rule is n = _____
0.454 , c) The y-coordinate of the vertex is
where K indicates the number of kilograms and n is the f(22.5) 5 2(22.5)2 1 10(22.5) 2 5.5 5 218.
number of pounds.
d) The coordinates of the vertex are therefore (22.5, 218).
12 Sample answers: e) The rule of f in standard form will be in the form
f(x) 5 a(x 2 h)2 1 k.
a) This rule expresses the relation between the flow rate
• The parameter a will have the same value as the
and the time necessary to fill or empty an Olympic
parameter a in the general form: a 5 2.
swimming pool with a capacity of 2500 m3.
• The parameter h will have the value of the x-coordinate
2500
b) The inverse of this rule is t 5 _ D
. of the vertex: h 5 22.5.
c) The inverse rule is more useful because, in general, you • The parameter k will have the value of the y -coordinate
would want to know how much time it will take to fill or of the vertex: k 5 218.
empty a pool. The rule of f is therefore f(x) 5 2(x 1 2.5)2 2 18.
319
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
15 Sample solutions:
Some properties of exponents
REFRESHER
a) f(x) 5 2(x 2 7)2 1 4 5 2(x2 2 14x 1 49) 1 4 5
16 a) 32
2x2 2 28x 1 98 1 4 5 2x2 2 28x 1 102
b) 2125
The rule in its general form is therefore:
f(x) 5 2x2 2 28x 1 102. c) 11
d) Impossible, because the root of a negative number is
b) g(x) 5 23(x 2 2)(x 1 2,5) 5 23(x2 22x 1 2,5x 2 5) 5
23(x2 1 0,5x 2 5) 5 23x2 2 1.5x 1 15
not a real number.
e) x, because the exponent 2 and the square root are
The rule in its general form is therefore: inverse operations.
g(x) 5 23x2 2 1.5x 1 15.
f ) 81
c) h(x) 5 25x2 1 3x 2 8
g) 64
The vertex is:(2 _ (2 _
)5 )
b _ 4(25 ) (28 ) 2 (3) 2
2 b
, 4ac4a 3
2
2a 2(25)
, ______________
4(25)
t
h) _
3
8
5( 160 2 9
23 , _
2_ 220 ) 5 (
__ 3 2___
10 20 )
, 151 . i) 32a5
10
The rule in its standard form is therefore:
17 Sample solution:
5 25 ( 10 )
3
x 2 _ 151
_
2 20
.
a) (a3b)5 5 ( a 3) 5b5 5 a3 3 5b5 5 a15b5
d) i(x) 5 6(x 1 12)(x 1 6) _ _1 _8
b) (√ 3 )8 5 (3 2 )8 5 3 2 5 34
Since the zeros are 212 and 26, the vertex is between
c) (_
v3 ) 5 _
5
( 8) 5 v v_
835 40
v_
5 5
212 1 26 8
the two: h 5 _ 5 29. 5 5
2
_ 3 3 5
1
_
3
1
_ 1
_ 18
__
k 5 i(29) 5 6(29 1 12)(29 1 6) 5 6(3)(23) 5 254 d) √ 121 t 5 (121 t ) 5 121 2 (t18) 2 5 11t 2 5 11t9
18 18
2
The rule in its standard form is therefore:
Rational Fractions
i(x) 5 6(x 1 9)2 2 54.
18 a) x 21
e) j(x) 5 x2 2 5x 1 4
1
b) x __
To obtain the factored form, you must factor by 2
grouping. The two numbers sought have a product of 4 c) x {0, 2}
and a sum of 25. Therefore, they are 24 and 21.
d) x 3
j(x) 5 x2 2 5x 1 4 5 x2 2 x 2 4x 1 4
5 x(x 2 1) 2 4(x 2 1) 5 (x 2 1)(x 2 4) 19 a) The answer is C, the polynomial 2x2 2 3x 2 27.
The rule in its factored form is therefore:
EXPLANATION:
j(x) 5 (x 2 1)(x 2 4).
Being divisible means the quotient must have no remainder.
f ) k(x) 5 0.5(x 2 3)2 12 You can check by performing the three divisions. However, a
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
simple method exists.
To obtain the factored form, it is possible to determine
the zeros of this function. When the division has no remainder, this means the
polynomial P divided by (x 1 3) gives a polynomial Q,
k(x) 5 20.5(x 2 3)2 12 P
or ____
5 Q. You can also write P 5 (x 1 3) 3 Q. This
x13
0 5 20.5(x 2 3)2 12 equation then is true, regardless of the value given to x.
For x 5 23, you find P 5 0 3 Q, and therefore P 5 0. You only
22 5 0.5(x 2 3)2
have to check this for each polynomial; simply replace x with
23 and see if the result is 0. Otherwise, the polynomial is not
4 5 (x 2 3) 2
divisible by x 1 3.
x23562
(A) By replacing x with 23 in x2 1 9, you obtain 18 ( 0).
x1 5 1 or x2 5 5 This polynomial is not divisible by x 1 3.
The rule in its factored form is therefore: (B) By replacing x with 23 in x2 2 9x 2 27, you obtain
k(x) 5 20.5(x 2 1)(x 2 5). 9 ( 0). This polynomial is not divisible by x 1 3.
(C) By replacing x with 23 in 2x2 2 3x 2 27, you obtain 0.
Note: It is also possible to develop the equation toward
This polynomial is divisible by x 1 3.
the general form and then factor.
320 ANSWER KEY
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
b) 2x2 2 3x 2 27 5 (x 1 3) 3 (2x 2 9) d) In this algebraic expression, the restrictions are
k≠_ 85 .
14 and k ≠ _
REFRESHER
EXPLANATION : 25k 2 40 5k 2 8
_
212k 1 3
4 _
16k 24
When you divide (2x3 2 3x 2 27) by (x 1 3), you obtain a
quotient of (2x 2 9) which does not have any remainder, 225k
5_ 2 40
12k 1 3
16k
3 _ 24
5k 2 8
as predicted.
5(5k 2 8) 4(4k 2 1)
2x2 2 3x 2 27 x 1 3 5_
23(4k 2 1) 3 _
5k 2 8
2 (2x2 1 6x) 2x 2 9
20(5k 2 8) (4k 2 1)
29x 2 27
5 ______________
23(4k 2 1) (5k 2 8)
2 (29x 2 27)
0 20
5 2_ 3
85
14 and k ≠ _
, where k ≠ _
20 Sample solution: 21 Sample solution:
x(x 1 2) _______ x12
x(x 1 2) ______
a) In this algebraic expression, the common denominator is: a) 5 ________
5 5 , where x 0
2x 2 2x2 2x
x(x 1 4) and the restrictions are x 0 and x 24.
3(2x 1 3) 3(2x 1 3) ___ 3 3
5 __________
b) 5 _________
__
5 , where x 0 and x 2
2
____ x12 8 2x(2x 1 3) 2x(2x 1 3) 2x 2
1 ____1 ______
x14 x x(x 1 4)
( x 1 2)(x 2 2) ______
(x 1 2)(x 2 2) ____________ x22
5 _____________
c)
5
5 ,
23x (x 1 2)(x 1 4) 8 x(x 1 2) x(x 1 2) x
5 ________
1 _________1 ______
(x 1 4) 3 x x(x 1 4) x(x 1 4) where x 0 and x 2 2
2x x 21 4x 1 2x 1 8 8 (x 2 1)2 ( x 2 1) 2 x21
5 ______1 ___________1 ______ d) 5 _____________
5 ____________
5 ______ ,
x(x 1 4) x(x 1 4) x(x 1 4) (x 1 1)(x 2 1) (x 1 1)(x 2 1) x 1 1
x 21 8x 1 16 where x 21 and x 1
5 _________
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
, where x 0 and x 24
x(x 1 4) 2x(2x 1 1) _________ 2x(2x 1 1) _______ 2x 1
5 __________
e) 5 5 __
, where x 2
(2x 1 1)2 (2x 1 1) 2 2x 1 1 2
b) In this algebraic expression, the common denominator is
25
y(2y 1 5) and the restrictions are y 0 and y __
.
2 Dividing a Polynomial by a Binomial
This second restriction comes from the solution of the
22 Sample solution:
equation 2y 1 5 0.
a) 4x2 2 8x 2 6 2x 1 1
5 30 2 4y
__
2 ______ 2 (4x2 1 2x) 2x 2 5
y 2y 1 5 210x 2 6
5(2y 1 5) 2 y(30 2 4y) 2 (210x 2 5)
5 ________________
21
y(2y 1 5)
10y 1 25 2 30y 1 4y2 You therefore obtain:
5 _______________
y(2y 1 5)
(4x2 2 8x 2 6) 4 (2x 1 1) 5 (2x 2 5) 1 _____
21
2x 1 1
4y 2 20y 1 25
2 25
___________, where y 0 and y __ or (4x2 2 8x 2 6) 5 (2x 1 1) 3 (2x 2 5) 2 1
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
5
ANSWER KEY
REFRESHER
y(2y 1 5) 2
c) In this algebraic expression, the restrictions are b) 9x2 2 15x 1 4 3x 2 4
x ≠ 25 and x ≠ 2_ 3 . 2 (9x2 2 12x) 3x 2 1
2 23x 1 4
4 x 1 12x 1 9
2
___________ _ 2 2 (23x 1 4)
x15
3 2x 1 3
0
(2x 1 3) 2
5_ 2x 21 3
x 1 5 3 _
You therefore obtain:
2 (2x 1 3) 2
5 ___________
(x 1 5 ) (2x 1 3) (9x2 2 15x 1 4) 4 (3x 2 4) 5 3x 2 1
2(2x 1 3) or (9x2 2 15x 1 4) 5 (3x 2 4) 3 (3x 2 1)
5_
x 1 5
4x 1 6
5 _
x15
3
, where x ≠ 25 and x ≠ 2_
2
321
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
23 a) 2x3 2 x2 2 9x 1 11 2x 2 3 24 a) Each person will receive at least (2n 2 1) pieces;
REFRESHER
2 (2x3 2 3x2)
2x2 2 9x
x2 1 x 2 3 only 1 piece will be awarded by a random draw.
2 (2x2 2 3x) Sample solution:
26x 1 11
Number of pieces of chocolate: n(2n 1 1) 5 2n2 1 n.
2 (26x 1 9)
2 2n2 1 n must be divided by n 1 1. A quotient of (2n 2 1)
2 is obtained with a remainder of 1. In symbolic terms,
The quotient is x 1 x 2 3 1 _______
2
. you have the following equation:
2x 2 3
b) The quotient is x2 1 4. (2n2 1 n) 5 (n 1 1)(2n 2 1) 1 1.
x3 2 2x2 1 4x 2 8 x 2 2 b) Sample validation :
2 (x3 2 2x2) x2 1 4 1) You can validate the quotient by the inverse
0 1 4x 2 8
operation:
2 (4x 2 8)
0
( 1
(n 1 1) 2n 2 1 1 ____
n11 )
The quotient is x21 4. n 1
5 2n2 2 n 1 ____
1 2n 2 1 1 ____
n11 n11
c) x3 1 0x2 1 6x 1 100 x 1 4
n 11
2 (x3 1 4x2) x2 2 4x 1 22 5 2n2 1 n 2 1 1 ____
24x2 1 6x
n11
2 (24x2 2 16x) 5 2n 1 n 2 1 1 1
2
22x 1 100 5 2n2 1 n
2 (22x 1 88) You will obtain 2n2 1 n, the total number of pieces of
12
chocolate.
12
The quotient is x2 2 4x 1 22 1 ______
.
x14 2) You can also redo the problem for a given value of n,
d) x3 2 3x2 1 0x 1 5 x 1 1 such as n 5 4. In this case, 5 people (4 1 1) must
2 (x3 1 x2) x2 2 4x 1 4 share a chocolate bar containing 4 rows of 9 pieces
24x2 1 0x
(2 3 4 1 1).
2 (24x2 2 4x)
4x 1 5 There are 36 pieces, or 4 3 9. Each person will
2 (4x 1 4) therefore receive 7 pieces (which corresponds to
1 the quotient (2n 2 1) and 1 piece will be left over
1 for the draw.
The quotient is x 2 4x 1 4 1 ______
2
.
x11
3) You can also check the division by the inverse
operation, calculating (n 1 1)(2n 2 1) 1 1.
(n 1 1)(2n 2 1) 1 1
5 (2n2 2 n 1 2n 2 1) 1 1
5 2n2 1 n
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
This gives you the dividend.
Inverse-Variation Functions
25 Sample solution:
To determine the rule of an inverse-variation function,
simply calculate the product of the coordinates of a point,
ax , a is equal
since in an inverse function in the form f(x) 5 _
to the product of x by f(x).
a) v 5 _at
a 5 2 3 1.2 5 2.4
2.4
The function rule is v 5 _
t .
ax
b) y 5 _
a 5 6 3 6 5 36
36
The function rule is y 5 _ x .
322 ANSWER KEY
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
ANSWER KEY
26 Sample solution:
REFRESHER
a) Inverse-variation function, because all the coordinate pairs will give a product of 500 000
b) xy 5 500 000
xy 500 000
__ ______
x 5 x
500 000
y 5 ______
x where x: Number of people sharing the prize
y : Each person's share in thousands of dollars
c)
Share of Cash Prize Based on Number of People
Number of People Sharing Prize 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Each Person’s Share (thousands of $) 500 250 166.6 125 100 83.3 71.43 62.5 55.5 50
d) e) 1) Domain: {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10} people
Share of Cash Prize
Based on Number
of People Note: In this example, the domain cannot be
Each Person's Share
(thousands of $) presented as an interval because the independent
500 variable is discrete.
400
2) Range: ${50 000, 55 556, 62 500, 71 429, 83 333,
300
100 000, 125 000, 166 667, 250 000, 500 000}.
200
The values are rounded to the nearest dollar.
100
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
3) x-intercept: Does not exist.
0 2 4 6 8 10
Number
of People
4) y-intercept: Does not exist.
5) Minimum: $50 000
6) Maximum: $500 000
7) Change: Decreasing function.
8) Sign: Positive function over its entire domain.
27 Sample solution:
Time as a
3700
a) v 5 ____ t Function of Speed
Time
b) This is an inverse-variation function. (h)
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
100
ANSWER KEY
REFRESHER
90
3700
c) t 5 ____ v 80
70
60
d) It represents time as a function of speed. Therefore, if you 50
40
know the driving speed, you can determine the time the 30
20
trip will take. 10
0 20 60 100 140 180
e) Speed as a Speed
Function of Time (km/h)
Speed
(km/h)
200
180 3700
f ) In v 5 ____ t , 3700
In t 5 ____ v ,
160
140
120 3700
you obtain v 5 ____
100
3700
you obtain t5 ____
100
100
80
60 v 5 37 km/h t 5 37 h
40
20
0 20 40 60 80 100
Time
(h)
323
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
EVALUATION GRID
Competency 1: Uses strategies to solve situational problems
Evaluation Criteria Excellent Very Good Good Poor Very Poor
A B C D E
1.1 Identifies Identifies nearly Identifies Identifies Identifies very
Indication of all relevant all relevant some relevant little relevant little relevant
an appropriate information. information. information. information. information.
understanding of the
situational problem,
in oral or written form
1.2 Always uses Generally uses Sometimes uses Seldom uses Uses relevant
Application of appropriate appropriate appropriate appropriate strategies with
strategies and strategies. strategies. strategies. strategies. difficulty.
knowledge*
appropriate to the
situational problem
* The evaluation pertains to the strategies applied.
Competency 2: Uses mathematical reasoning
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
Evaluation Criteria Excellent Very Good Good Poor Very Poor
A B C D E
2.1 Uses all Uses nearly Uses some Uses necessary Uses necessary
Correct use of necessary all necessary necessary mathematical mathematical
appropriate mathematical mathematical mathematical knowledge knowledge
mathematical knowledge and knowledge and knowledge and with difficulty with great
concepts and obtains all the obtains nearly obtains some and obtains few difficulty and
processes correct results all the correct of the correct of the correct obtains very
results. results. results. few of the
correct results.
EVALUATION GRID
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
2.2 Presents an Presents an Presents Presents an Presents an
Proper approach that is approach that a solution approach that approach that
implementation consistent with is consistent that is fairly is lacking in is very lacking
of mathematical all the selected with nearly all consistent with consistency. in consistency.
reasoning strategies and the selected the selected
appropriate to knowledge. strategies and strategies and
the situation
knowledge. knowledge.
2.3 Presents a clear Presents a Presents a fairly Presents an Presents an
Proper organization and organized generally complete but approach that approach
of the steps in solution that clear and fairly insufficiently is incomplete that is very
an appropriate complies with organized organized and not well incomplete and
procedure mathematical solution that solution that organized and disorganized
conventions. complies with complies adheres to few and adheres
mathematical with some mathematical to very few
conventions. mathematical conventions. mathematical
conventions. conventions.
325
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
QUICK REFERENCE
Name of learner:
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
QUICK REFERENCE
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
* The quick reference must have a maximum length of one page (front) 8½ × 11, be handwritten or electronically created by the learner (minimum
font size 12-point, single spaced) and approved by the teacher. The examples provided by the learner and mathematical formulas are permitted. 327
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
329
330
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
© SOFAD - Reproduction prohibited.
The SOLUTIONS series covers all the courses in the Diversified
Basic Education Program, including the Secondary V Cultural,
Social and Technical (CST) and Science (Sci) options.
RÉSOLUTION
RÉSOLUTION RÉSOLUTION
ES LEARNING GUIDE LEARNING GUIDE
The SOLUTIONS learning approach is based on
UM
2 VO
L LEARNING GUIDE
MATHEMATICS
MATHEMATICS DBE
DBE MATHEMATICS DBE
the acquisition of all the prescribed mathematical
knowledge in a problem-solving context. The learning
MTH-5150-2
MTH-5150-2
CST
CST
MTH-5170-2 SCI sequence that supports this approach is as follows:
OPTIMIZATION
VOLUME 1
OPTIMIZATION
IN A GENER AL CONTEXT IN A FUNDAMENTAL CONTEXT
IN A FUNDAMENTAL CONTEXT
OPTIMIZATION
IN A GENER AL CONTEXT
IN A GENER AL CONTEXT
OPTIMIZATION
OPTIMIZATION
IN A GENER AL CONTEXT
OPTIMIZATION
PRESENTATION OF A
SITUATIONAL PROBLEM
AN CE CE
I AN E W
EXPLORATION
OF PROBLEM
PL I E W M PL
C O M TH E N AN CE N
RAM RAM
C O TH E
IN H I W IN H
P R O GSOTGURDAYMY P R O GS T U DY
WIT C O M PL E NE WIT
IN H TH
WIT
O FP R S T U D OF
OF
KNOWLEDGE
ACQUISITION
RÉSOLUTION RÉSOLUTION
RÉSOLUTION PROBLEM-SOLVING
This book is the property of Yufan Cheng.
S
ME
LEARNING GUIDE LEARNING GUIDE
U LEARNING GUIDE
MATHEMATICS DBE OL MATHEMATICS DBE
2V
MATHEMATICS DBE CONSOLIDATION
OF LEARNING
MTH-5151-1 CST MTH-5171-2 SCI
MTH-5171-2
VOLUME 2 SCI
ALGEBRAIC AND GRAPHICAL MODELLING
ALGEBRAIC
ALGEBRAIC AND GRAPHICAL MODELLING
VOLUME 2
ALGEBRAIC AND GRAPHICAL MODELLING
AND GRAPHICAL ALGEBRAIC
IN A FUNDAMENTAL CONTEXT 2
ALGEBRAIC
IN A FUNDAMENTAL CONTEXT 2
MODELLING AND GRAPHICAL
IN A GENER AL CONTEXT 2
IN A GENER AL CONTEXT 2 AND GRAPHICAL
MODELLING
IN AMODELLING
FUNDAMENTAL CONTEXT 2 Inductive and deductive questions give meaning
IN A FUNDAMENTAL CONTEXT 2
to the knowledge and strategies to be acquired.
The learning guides offer a multitude of simple
exercises and more complex tasks to meet the needs
M PL
C O TH E
IN H
RAM
N
CE
I AN E W
IN H
AN
PL I E W
C O M TH E N AN CE
RAM I W
CE
expressed by learners and teachers. Additional
P R O GS T U DY P R O GSOT UG RDYA MY
WIT WIT C O M PL E NE
IN H TH
OF
WIT
O FP R S T U D
OF
resources are also available on portailsofad.com.
RÉSOLUTION RÉSOLUTION
RÉSOLUTION Components of the SOLUTIONS series:
• Learning guide: print and PDF versions;
S
ME
LEARNING GUIDE LEARNING GUIDE
MATHEMATICS DBE
OL
U LEARNING GUIDE
MATHEMATICS DBE • Teaching guide (PDF);
2V
MATHEMATICS DBE
• Videos on situational problems;
MTH-5152-1 CST MTH-5173-2 SCI
MTH-5173-2 SCI
• ICT activities: GeoGebra, graphing calculator;
VOTE DISTRIBUTION MODELS AND RANDOM EXPERIMENTS
VOLUME 1
VOTE DISTRIBUTION
VOLUME 2
GEOMETRIC REPRESENTATION
MODELS AND RANDOM GEOMETRIC
IN A FUNDAMENTAL CONTEXT 2
GEOMETRIC REPRESENTATION
EXPERIMENTS GEOMETRIC
IN A FUNDAMENTAL CONTEXT 2
REPRESENTATION
• Scored activities;
IN A GENER AL CONTEXT
IN A GENER AL CONTEXT
IN AREPRESENTATION
FUNDAMENTAL CONTEXT 2
IN A FUNDAMENTAL CONTEXT 2
• Answer keys.
CE CE
I AN E W AN
PL I E W
M PL N C O M TH E N
RAM RAM
C O TH E CE
IN H IN H I AN
WIT C O M PL E NEW
P R O GS T U DY P R O GSOT UG RDYA M
WIT
IN H TH
WIT
OF O FP R S T U DY
O F
8829-01
You might also like
- CK 12 Algebra II With Trigonometry B v33 Ob7 s1100% (1)CK 12 Algebra II With Trigonometry B v33 Ob7 s1865 pages
- Holt McDougal Florida Larson Algebra 1 PDF92% (13)Holt McDougal Florida Larson Algebra 1 PDF431 pages
- BNN Bootcamp 5 (Combination of Planets Part-3)100% (3)BNN Bootcamp 5 (Combination of Planets Part-3)63 pages
- Computer Arithmetic Practice Exercises ProgrammingNo ratings yetComputer Arithmetic Practice Exercises Programming213 pages
- Advanced Mathematical Methods For Scientists and EngineersNo ratings yetAdvanced Mathematical Methods For Scientists and Engineers2,143 pages
- Functional Equation: Pang-Cheng, Wu May 6, 2018No ratings yetFunctional Equation: Pang-Cheng, Wu May 6, 201880 pages
- Advanced Mathematical Methods For Scientists and Engineers100% (2)Advanced Mathematical Methods For Scientists and Engineers2,143 pages
- Advanced Algebra II Activities and Homework 5.4 PDF100% (1)Advanced Algebra II Activities and Homework 5.4 PDF302 pages
- CK 12 Algebra II With Trigonometry B v24 M3i s1100% (5)CK 12 Algebra II With Trigonometry B v24 M3i s1865 pages
- Advanced Algebra II Activities and Homework 2009No ratings yetAdvanced Algebra II Activities and Homework 2009278 pages
- 1 Mathematical Methods Unit 3 Notes JriNo ratings yet1 Mathematical Methods Unit 3 Notes Jri80 pages
- Table of Content of Introduction To Algebra by Richard Ruskzyk0% (1)Table of Content of Introduction To Algebra by Richard Ruskzyk6 pages
- Lecture Slides: Lecture: 5 Introduction To Matlab Part - 1No ratings yetLecture Slides: Lecture: 5 Introduction To Matlab Part - 142 pages
- Graphics: by J.S. Park Incheon National University100% (1)Graphics: by J.S. Park Incheon National University34 pages
- Establishing OPC UA Connectivity With Rockwell Automation® Integrated ArchitectureNo ratings yetEstablishing OPC UA Connectivity With Rockwell Automation® Integrated Architecture3 pages
- An Application of Ultrasound Technology in Condition Monitoring-Rev.1-WebNo ratings yetAn Application of Ultrasound Technology in Condition Monitoring-Rev.1-Web16 pages
- Marks Oriented Notes For IGCSE O Level Physics v37No ratings yetMarks Oriented Notes For IGCSE O Level Physics v3776 pages
- Manual Alesis Qx25 Quickstart Guide RevbNo ratings yetManual Alesis Qx25 Quickstart Guide Revb40 pages
- Lesson 1: Pre-Analytical Factors and Gross Description: Histopathologic and Cytologic Techniques - LectureNo ratings yetLesson 1: Pre-Analytical Factors and Gross Description: Histopathologic and Cytologic Techniques - Lecture28 pages
- Id Questio N A Graph Is A Set of - and Set of - A Vertices, Edges B Variables, Values C Vertices, Distances D Variable, Equation Answer A Marks 1 Unit 1No ratings yetId Questio N A Graph Is A Set of - and Set of - A Vertices, Edges B Variables, Values C Vertices, Distances D Variable, Equation Answer A Marks 1 Unit 194 pages
- Glass Ampoules & Glass Vials Import SampleNo ratings yetGlass Ampoules & Glass Vials Import Sample15 pages
- Sapien Labs Age of First Smartphone and Mental Wellbeing OutcomesNo ratings yetSapien Labs Age of First Smartphone and Mental Wellbeing Outcomes26 pages